BABEd Final 1_1 Syllabus Mumbai University


BABEd Final 1_1 Syllabus Mumbai University by munotes

Page 1

Page 2

Copy for information and necessary action : -

1. The Deputy Registrar, College Affiliations & Development Department
(CAD),
2. College Teachers Approval Unit (CTA),
3. The Deputy Registrar, (Admissions, Enrolment, Eligibility and
Migration Department (AEM),
4. The Deputy Registrar, Academic Appointments & Quality Assurance
(AAQA)
5. The Deputy Registrar, Research Administration & Promotion Cell
(RAPC),
6. The Deputy Registrar, Executive Authorities Section (EA)
He is requested to treat this as action taken report on the concerned
resolution adopted by the Academic Council referred to the above
circular.

7. The Deputy Registrar, PRO, Fort, (Publication Section),
8. The Deputy Registrar, Special Cell,
9. The Deputy Registrar, Fort Administration Department
(FAD) Record Section,
10. The Deputy Registrar, Vidyanagari Administration Department
(VAD),


Copy for information : -


1. The Director, Dept. of Information and Communication Technology
(DICT), Vidyanagari,
He is requested to upload the Circular University Website
2. The Director of Department of Student Development (DSD) ,
3. The Director, Institute of Distance and Open Learning (IDOL Admin),
Vidyanagari,
4. All Deputy Registrar, Examination House,
5. The Deputy Registrars, Finance & Accounts Section,
6. The Assistant Registrar, Administrative sub -Campus Thane,
7. The Assistant Registrar, School of Engg. & Applied Sciences, Kalyan,
8. The Assistant Registrar, Ratnagiri sub -centre, Ratnagiri,
9. P.A to Hon’ble Vice -Chancellor,
10. P.A to Pro -Vice-Chancellor,
11. P.A to Registrar,
12. P.A to All Deans of all Faculties,
13. P.A to Finance & Account Officers, (F & A.O),
14. P.A to Director, Board of Examinations and Evaluation,
15. P.A to Director, Innovation, Incubation and Linkages,
16. P.A to Director, Department of Li felong Learning and Extension (D LLE),
17. The Receptionist,
18. The Telephone Operator,

Copy with compliments for information to : -

19. The Secretary, MUASA
20. The Secretary, BUCTU.


Page 3

AC – 06/04/2023
Item No. – 8.1(N)




University of Mumbai





Syllabus for

B.A.B.Ed. four years integrated course
Semester – (I to VIII)
(Choice Based Credit System)



(Introduced from the academic year 2023 -24)

Page 4


University of Mumbai



O: 6867 Title of Course B.A.B.Ed. four years integrated
course
O:6868 Eligibility Passed Standard XII – Arts faculty
R: 9687 Duration of Course 04 years Integrated Teacher Education
Programme
R:9688 Intake Capacity 50
R: 9689 Scheme of Examination 60:40
R: 9690 Standards of Passing College Assessment+ University
Assessment
No. of years/Semesters: Sem – I to VIII
Level: P.G. / U.G./ Diploma / Certificate
Pattern: Yearly / Semester
Status: New / Revised
To be implemented from Academic Year : From the Academic Year 2023

Signature: Signature:

Chairman of Board of Studies Faculty of Dean
- 24

Page 5

2 Chairperson:
Dr. Sunita Magre
Professor& Head, Department of Education
Board of Studies in Education

Convenor:
Dr. Frances Vaidya
Member, Board of Studies in Education
Associate Professor, Gandhi Shikshan Bhavan’s
Smt. Surajba College of Education

CORE COMMITTEE MEMBERS:
Dr. Mrs. Masarrat Saheb Ali, Principal Govt. of Maharashtra’s Secondary Training
College, Mumbai
Dr. Ratani Thakur, Principal, Oriental College of Education, Sanpada
Dr. Judy Grace Andrews, Associate Professor, Gandhi Shikshan Bhavan’s Smt.
Surajba College of Education, Juhu
Dr. Andrea Coutinho, Sophia College, Bhulabhai Desai Road, Opp. Breach Candy
Hospital, Mumbai Maharashtra 400026

Dr. Seema Kamble, Principal, Shri Bapusaheb D.D Vispute College of Education,
Sector 15, New Panvel East, Navi Mumbai -410206
Dr. Ankush Audhakar, Principal, Sindhudurg Education Soc. Tondavali, Maharashtra
416601
Dr. Swati Dhoke , Assistant Professor, Seva Sadan’s College of Education,
Ulhasnagar -3
Dr. Ketki Satpute, Assistant Professor, Sree Narayana Guru College of Education,
Mumbai
Dr. Malavika Ahlawat, Assistant Professor, Pal Rajendra Bed College, Kandivali
East, Mumbai 400101
Smt. Kalpana Chavhan, Assistant Professor, St. Xavier’s Institute of Education
Dr. Mary Varghese, Assistant Professor, Seva Sadan’s College of Education,
Ulhasnagar -3
Dr. Rajashree Milind Joshi, Assistant Professor, Seva Sadan’s College of Education,
Ulhasnagar -3

Page 6

3 Overall Credit and Marks Details
(B.A B.Ed.)


Semester Credits Marks B .A B.Ed.
I 45 750 500 250
II 45 750 500 250
III 45 750 400 350
IV 45 750 400 350
V 45 750 300 450
VI 45 750 400 350
VII 45 750 200 550
VIII 45 750 300 450
Total 360 6000 3000 3000

Page 7

4
SUBJECT COMBINATIONS

PART I
COMPULSORY LANGUAGE
Hindi/Marathi/Urdu/Gujarati
FOUNDATION COURSE (COMPULSORY)
ENGLISH (COMMUNICATION SKILLS) COMPULSORY
PART II
PERSPECTIVES IN EDUCATION
General Education Educational
Foundations Educational Studies
Indian Constitution/Human Rights/Library
Resources Knowledge and
Curriculum Learning and Teaching
Gandhism / Mass Communication/Investment
Analysis Indian Society and
Education Educational Management
Women Studies Childhood and Growing
Up Assessment for Learning
Gender Studies ICT for Teaching and
Learning
Action Research
PART III
CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
PART III: CORE BA: ANCILLARY MAJOR
English/Hindi/Marathi/Urdu/Gujarati/German
PART III: CORE BA: SCHOOL SUBJECTS (History/Geography/Economics, Mathematics
and Statistics)
PART III CORE BA: JUNIOR COLLEGE SUBJECTS (Psychology/Sociology/Philosophy/
Political Science)

Page 8

5

PART IV
LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION AND DEVELOPMENT OF SELF
Drama and Arts
Reading and Reflecting on Texts
Social Sensitive Awareness Program
PART V
ABILITY COURSE
Health and Yoga
Education
Understanding the Self
ICT Skills
PART VI
PRACTICUM AND SCHOOL INTERNSHIP
Internship (20 weeks Practice teaching - 4 weeks in third year and 16 weeks in fourth
year). Minimum of 25% of all lessons taught by students for each pedagogic area should
be observed
Community Work

Page 9

6 SEMESTER I B.A B.Ed.

Title of
the
Course Name of the Course Credits CA UA Total
PART I
BA Compulsory Language:
Hindi/Marathi/Urdu/Gujarati 6 40 60 100
BA Foundation Course 3 10 40 50
BA English (Communication
Skills) 3 10 40 50
PART II
B.Ed. Perspectives in Education
B.Ed. Course 1
Childhood and Growing Up 6 40 60 100
B.Ed. Perspectives in Education
B.Ed. Course 1
Creating an Inclusive Society 6 40 60 100
PART III
BA Curriculum and Pedagogical
Studies
Core: B.A (Ancillary Major)
English/Hindi/ Marathi/Urdu/
Gujarati/German 6 40 60 100
BA Core: B.A (School Subjects)
History/ Geography/Economics /
Mathematics and Statistics 6 40 60 100
BA Core: B.A (Junior College
Subjects)
Psychology/Sociology/Philosophy/
Political Science. 6 40 60 100
PART V
B.Ed. Ability Course
B.Ed. Course 1
Health and Yoga 3 50 --- 50
Total 45 750

Page 10

7 SEMESTER II B.A B.Ed.


Title of
the
Course Name of the Course Credits CA UA Total
PART
I
BA Compulsory Language:
Hindi/Marathi/Urdu/ Gujarati 6 40 60 100
BA Foundation Course 3 10 40 50
BA English (Communication Skills) 3 10 40 50
PART
II

B.Ed. Perspectives in Education – Educational
Studies
B.Ed. Course IV
Learning and Teaching 6 40 60 100
B.Ed. Perspectives in Education – Educational
Foundation
B.Ed. Course IV
Knowledge and Curriculum 6 40 60 100
PART
III
BA Curriculum and Pedagogical
Studies
Core: B.A (Ancillary Major)
English/Hindi/ Marathi/Urdu/
Gujarati/German 6 40 60 100
BA Core: B.A (School Subjects)
History/ Geography/Economics /
Mathematics and Statistics 6 40 60 100
BA Core: B.A (Junior College
Subjects)
Psychology/Sociology/Philosophy/
Political Science . 6 40 60 100
PART V
B.Ed. Ability Course
B.Ed. Course VI
Critical Understanding of ICT 3 50 --- 50
Total 45 750

Page 11

8 SEMESTER III B.A B.Ed.

Title
of the
Course Name of the Course Credits CA UA Total
PART I
BA Compulsory Language:
Hindi/ Marathi/ Urdu/Gujarati 6 40 60 100
PART II
B.Ed. Perspectives in Education –
Educational Studies
Assessment for Learning 6 40 60 100
PART III
B. A Curriculum & Pedagogical Studies
Core: B. A (Ancillary Major)
English/Hindi/ Marathi/Urdu/ Gujarati/German 6 40 60 100
B. A Core: B.A (School Subjects)
History/Geography/Economics/
Mathematics and Statistics 6 40 60 100
B. A Core: B.A (Junior College Subjects)
Psychology/Sociology/Philosophy/ Political
Science 6 40 60 100
PART III
B.Ed. Curriculum & Pedagogical Studies -I
Pedagogy of the School Subject -
English/Hindi/Marathi/ Urdu/ Gujarati 6 40 60 100
B.Ed. Curriculum & Pedagogical Studies -I
Pedagogy of the School Subject
History/ Geography/Economics/ Mathematics
and Statistics 6 40 60 100
PART IV
B.Ed. Language n Communication and
Development of Self
Drama and Art in Education 3 50 --- 50
Total 45 750

Page 12

9 SEMESTER IV BA B.Ed

Title of
the
Course Name of the Course Credits CA UA Total
PART I
B. A Compulsory Language:
Hindi/ Marathi/Urdu/Gujarati 6 40 60 100
PART II
B.Ed. Perspectives in Education –
Contemporary India and Education 6 40 60 100
PART III
B. A Curriculum & Pedagogical Studies
Core: B.A(Ancillary Major)
English/Hindi/ Marathi/Urdu/
Gujarati/German 6 40 60 100
B. A Core: B.A (School Subjects)
History / Geography/Economics/Mathematics and
Statistics 6 40 60 100
B. A Core: B.A (Junior College Subjects)
Psychology/Sociology/Philosophy/Political
Science 6 40 60 100
PART III

B.Ed. Curriculum & Pedagogical Studies -II
Pedagogy of the School Subject - English/Hindi/
Marathi/ Urdu/ Gujarati 6 40 60 100
B.Ed. Curriculum & Pedagogical Studies -II
Pedagogy of the School Subject - History/
Geog./Political Science/ Economics/ Maths 6 40 60 100
PART V

B.Ed. Ability Course -
B.Ed. Course IV
Reading and Reflecting of Text 3 50 --- 50
Total 45 750

Page 13

10 SEMESTER V BA B.Ed.

Title of
the
Course Name of the Course Credits CA UA Total
PART II
B.Ed. Perspectives in Education – Educational
Studies
Educational Management 6 40 60 100
PART II
BA Perspective in Education - General Education
Gandhism/ Mass Communication/ Investment
Analysis 6 40 60 100
PART III

BA Curriculum & Pedagogical Studies
Core: B. A (Ancillary Major)
English/Hindi/ Marathi/Urdu/
Gujarati/German 6 40 60 100
BA Core: B.A (School Subjects) 6 40 60 100
History/ Geography/Economics/Mathematics and
Statistics
BA Core: B.A (Junior College Subjects)
Psychology/Sociology/
Philosophy /Political Science 6 40 60 100
PART V
B.Ed. Ability Course -
Understanding the Self 3 50 50
PART VI

B.Ed. Engagement with the field/ Practicum
School Internship – Lesson Plan Coaching/
Orientation and Demonstration class
(4 weeks - 5 days per week 12 200 -- 200
Total 45 750
Active involvement in the college level preparation:
Bridge lesson (Pedagogy 1 or 2) and skills of teaching (any four) 5X10=50/
School Internship: Practice Teaching – General Lesson 5 X10 =50 (3 Pedagogy 1 +2
Pedagogy2) /
Report of Shadowing -30 (6 Lessons observation X 5 Marks = 30)/ / Report of Peer
Observation Lesson -4x5= 20/Reflective Journal of major activities (College level
preparation / General lessons, Peer Observation and Shadowing) – 4 reports x 5
marks= 20/
Organize an Activity in school - 1x 30= 30

Page 14

11 SEMESTER VI B.A B.Ed.

Title of
the
Course Name of the Course Credits CA UA Total
PART II
B. A Perspective in Education - General
Education
Indian Constitution/Human Rights/
Library Resources 6 40 60 100
PART III
B.A Curriculum & Pedagogical Studies
Core: B.A(Ancillary Major) 6 40 60 100
English/Hindi/ Marathi/Urdu/ Gujarati/German
B.A Core: B.A (School Subjects) 6 40 60 100
History/ Geography/Economics/Mathematics and
Statistics
B.A Core: B.A (Junior College Subjects)
Psychology/Sociology/Philosophy/Political Science 6 40 60 100
PART III
B.Ed. Curriculum & Pedagogical Studies – III
English/Hindi/ Marathi/Urdu/ Gujarati
Pedagogy of School subject 6 40 60 100
B.Ed Curriculum & Pedagogical Studies –III
History/ Geog / Political
Science/Economics/Mathematics and Statistics 6 40 60 100
PART VI

B.Ed. Engagement with Field/ Practicum B.Ed Course XX School
Internship(3 Weeks -5 days / Week) + 1-week community
Internship Lesson Plan Coaching /
Orientation 9 150 -- 150
45 750
School Internship: Peer Lesson (Pedagogy 1 or 2) – 1X10 = 10 /Theme based Lesson (Pedagogy
1 or 2) -2 x15 =30/ Experiential Lesson strategies (Pedagogy 1 or 2) - 1 X 20 = 20 / Observe
School activity (any two) -2x10= 20 / Reflective Journal of major internship activities ( Peer
lesson, Theme based lesson, Experiential lesson strategies and Observation of school activities)
– 4 reports X 5 marks= 20 marks / Report of Community Service – 50 Marks

Page 15

12
SEMESTER VII B.A B.Ed.

Title of the
Course Name of the Course Credits CA UA Total
PART II
B.Ed. Perspectives in Education –General
Education
Peace Education 6 40 60 100
B.Ed. Perspectives in Education
Language across Curriculum 6 40 60 100
PART III
B.A Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
Core: B.A (Ancillary Major)
English/Hindi/ Marathi/Urdu/ Gujarati/German 6 40 60 100
B.A Core: B.A (School Subjects)
History/Geography/Economics
OR
Core: B.A (Junior College Subjects)
Psychology/Sociology/Philosophy/Political Science 6 40 60 100
PART VI

B.Ed. Engagement with the Field/Practicum - B.Ed. Course
XXIII
School Internship (8 weeks – 5 days/ Week)
Internship Lesson Plan Coaching / Orientation Action
Research Guidance 18 300
B.Ed. Engagement with the Field/Practicum –
B.Ed. Course XXIV
Participation and organizing in co- curricular activities and report (1) 3 50
Total 45 750
School Internship : General Lesson (Pedagogy 1: 5 lessons , Pedagogy 2: 5 lessons) -
10 x10 =100 / Peer Lesson – 2X 10 = 20 / Theme based Lesson -2 x15 =30 /
Experiential Lesson strategies – 1 x20 = 20 / Administration of Unit test and Analysis
of result - 80 / Organize an Activity in school - 1x 20= 20/ Reflective Journal of major
internship activities ( General Lesson, Peer lesson, Theme based lesson, Experiential
learning strategies, Administration of unit test, Organize school activity) -6 reports x
5 = 30

Page 16

13


SEMESTER VIII B.A B.Ed.

Title
of the
Course Name of the Course Credit
s CA UA Total
PART II
B.Ed. Perspectives in Education
Gender School and Society 6 40 60 100
B.Ed. Perspectives in Education –
Action Research 6 40 60 100
B.Ed. Perspectives in Education –
Guidance and Counselling/ Educational
Management 6 40 60 100
B.Ed. Engagement with the Field/Practicum -
School Internship (3Weeks) + Learning
resources based on Pedagogy 6 100 -- 100
B.Ed. Engagement with the Field/Practicum –
Action Research Project 3 50 50
B.Ed. Engagement with the Field/Practicum –
Educational Field trip report OR Development
of Learning Resources on Health Education /
Environmental Education material and publish
(24hours self-learning program) 3 50 50
B.Ed Ability Course -
Cyber Law 3 50 50
PART III
B.A Core course: B.A (Ancillary Major)
English/Hindi/ Marathi/Urdu/Gujarati/German 6 40 60 100
B.A Core: B.A (School Subjects)
History/ Geography/Economics/ Mathematics
and Statistics
OR
Core: B.A (Junior College Subjects)
Psychology/Sociology/Philosophy/
Political Science 6 40 60 100
Total 45 750
School Internship: General Lesson – 2 X 10 = 20 (P1-1 + P2 -1 )/ Peer
Teaching -1 X10= 10 / Experiential Lesson - 1 x 20= 20/ Developing Learning resource - 35 /
Reflective Journal of major internship activities - (General lesson, Peer teaching, Developing
learning resources ) 3 Reports x 5 = 15

Page 17

14






























SEMESTER I

Page 18

15 SEMESTER I
PART 1
CORE COURSE: HINDI (COMPULSORY LANGUAGE)
COURS E NAME: हि न्द भ ष

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100


अध्ययन उद्दे श्य:
1. भाषा सृजन के विविध पहलुओं को समझना।
2. छााता ाोाोाोां का भाषााई का शल काा िवाकाास करनाा।
3. वाहांदा भााषाा समाृद धवा काे वालए गद य, पद य, ि यााकरण िएां रचनाा का जानकाार दाेनाा
4. छााता ाोाोाोां काो कााव्य काे स िरूप काा ज ञाान प्रदाान करनाा।
5. छााता ाोाोाोां काो द धि यहााररक ि यााकरण काा साामाान्य पररचय दाेनाा पता
लाेखन और ईमाेल लाेखन का प राारा पसमझाानाा।
6. आधाुवानक कााल काे लाेखक िाो किवायाोां काे साावाहद धवाक आांदाोलन काो
समझनाा।

अध्ययन ि नष्पहि : इस इकाई काे अध ययन काे पश चाात छााता याोग्य हाोगाे,
1. पा राोाेमचाोांद जयशाोांकर प्रसााद ,जयनाोाेाोांद्र काोा
कहाावानयाोाोाोां काोाे अाोांतग गत मा वालक तता ाोाोाोां पर
, भाषाोाा शाो`लाोा परिवाचाार करनाोाे माेां।
2. किवाताा
माोाेाोां
वानवाहत स द य ग वा ाोांदाोाु काोाा िवाशा लाोाेषण करनाोाे
माोाेाोां।
3. िवावाभन्न अलाोांकाोाार काोाो पहचाोाान कर उसकाोाा िाोण गन करनाोाे
माोाेाोां।
4. काव्यांशों क व्याख्या तथा सराहना करें गे।
5. किवातााओाोां काोाा भाािाोाोााथ ग तथा पााठ काोाे
गदा याोाााोांशाोाोाोां काोाा भाािाो स पषा ट कर सकाोाे ाोां गाोा े

Page 19

16
6. साोांज ञाोाा , सिाो गनााम, वािोशाोाेषण िाो वािाोयाोाा काोाा अथ ग स पष्ट
करनाोाे माोाेाोां।
7. पता लाेखन काा प राारा प िाो ईमाेल लाेखन काे वानयमाोां काो जाान लाेांगाे।
8. िवािवाध वििधााओाोां दा वााोााराा िवावािाोध सामाोाावाजक जा िाोन
काोा समस्यााओाोां िाो साामाोाावाजक जा िाोन काोा यथााथ गताा काो
समझनाे माेां।

Page 20

17 9. वाहांदा भााषाा माेां साृजनाात्मक, रचनाात्मक का शल माेां।

म ड ्य ल I: हि न्द कह ि नय - प ्र ेमच ˙द, जयश ˙कर प ्रस द, ज
न े ˙द ् र; ि ह ˙द कि ह त ए म िहल शरण ग ¸प्त,
ि नर ल , जयश ˙कर प ्रस द; हि न्द व्य करण (2 credits)
घटक 1: हि न्द कह ि नय
a) प्रेमचंद ईदगाह (मानसरोिोर - भाग 1)
b) जयशंकर प्रसाद पुरस्कार (‘छाया ’ कहान संग्रह )
c) ज `नाेांद्र अपनाा अपनाा भााग्य (‘िाोाोााताायन’ कहााना सांग रह)
घटक 2: ि ह ˙द कि ह त ए
a) म `वाथला शरण गाुप्त सखा , िाोह माुझसाे कह कर जााताे (‘यशाोधराा’ खण ड-कााि य)
b) वानराालाा िाोह ताोडा ता पत्थर (‘रााग-िवारााग’ काि यसांग्रह)
c) जयशांकर प्रसााद ाोा ता िवाभािाोरा , जााग रा (‘लहर काि य’ सांग्रह)
घटक 3: ि ह ˙द व्य करण
a) सांज ञाा िएां उसकाे भाेदाोां काा साामाान्य पररचय
b) सिाो गनााम एिाोाोां भाोाेदाोाोाोां काोाा साोाामााना य पररचय
c) पत लेखन

म ड ्य ल II: ि ह ˙द कह ि नय ˙- अज ्ञ ेय, यशप ल,
भ ष्म स ह न ; ि ह ˙द कि ह त ए - क े
द रन ह अहि ल, र मध र ि स ˙ह ि दनकर,
न ग ज ¸ ¸न क कि ह त ; ि ह ˙द व ्य करण
(2 credits)
घटक 4: ि ह ˙द

कह
ि नय
a) अज ञाेय रोज या गैंग्र न (‘िवापथगाा’ सांग रह)
b) यशपाल कररा का व्रत (इंटरनेट पर गद्यकोष )
c) भ ष्म साहन चा फ क दािाोत (इंटरनेट पर गद्यकोष )
घटक 5: ि ह ˙द

कि ह त

a) काे दाारनााथ अिग रााल सांत िहाा
किवाता (इांटरनाेट पर
किवातााकाोश)
b) राामधाार वासांह
वादनकर समर शेष ह` (‘परशुराम क प्रत क्षा ’ काव्य संग्रह)
c) नाागाोााज ाोाुगन काोा किवाताा ाोाादल काोाो िवारताोाे दाोाे खाा हाो`/
हुत वादनाोां काे ाोााद (प्रवातवानवाध किवातााएां -सांग्रह)

Page 21

18 घटक 6: ि ह ˙द व्य करण
a) िवाशाेषण िएां उसकाे भाेद
b) विया क पहचान
c) ई-मेल लेखन

म ड ्य ल III : अ ˙तग ¸त म ल ् ˙कन (INTERNAL ASSESSMENT) (2 credits)

stिाोम
संख्या िवा
िाोर
ण अंक

Page 22

19 १ काोााय ग/दता त काोााय ग साोाेमाोाेस टर काोाे
प रिोाोाेक मा डा याो ल साोाे (२x१०) २०
२ साेमाेस टर मा ां एक वानयत काल न कक्षाा परा क्षाा १५

Page 23

20 3 साेमाेस टर माेां िवाषय सां ाोां धा एक वान ाोां ध ०५
काु ल योग ४०



हद क य ¸: Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1. वाकस एक कहााना काा नााट्य रा पााांतरण का वाजए।
2. कहााना काा ग्राावाफक अांकन क वाजए।
3. वाकसा किवा याा लाेखक पर प्रकल्प त `याार क वाजए।
4. काोाोई दाोाो औपचााररक पताोा , काोाोई दाोाो अनाोा पचााररक
पताोा और काोाोई दाोाो ईमाोाेल लाोाेखन माोाेाोां
िाोाो`ज ञाावानक भाोााषाा काा उपयाोग करताे हुए नम नाा त `यार का वाजए।
5. वाकसा एक उपन याास काा साारााांश तथाा उसका समा क षाा का वाजए।

स ˙ दभ ¸ स हि त्यग ्र ˙ह (References):-
1. प्रेमचंद क कहान - ईदगाह
http://premchand.kahaani.org/2006/03/blog -post_114186257841658058.html
2. जयशंकर प्रसाद क कहान - पुरस्कार www.hindisamay.com पर उपलब्ध
https:/ /www.hindisamay.com/ content/
3. ज `नाेांद्र का कहााना - अपनाा अपनाा भााग्य काा वालांक https://abhivyakti.life/2020 /12/13
4. म `वाथला शरण गाुप्त का किवाताा- सखा , िाोह माुझसाे कह कर जााताे
http://kavitakosh.org/kk
5. वानराालाा का किवाताा- िाोह ताोडा ता पत थर
6. जयशांकर प्रसाद का किवाताा- ाोा ता िवाभािाोरा , जााग र
7. अज ञाेय का कहााना - राोज याा गा ांग रा न https://www.hindisamay.com/content/934/20
8. यशपाल क कहान - कररा का व्रत https:// www.hindisamay.com/content/ 250/1
9. भ ष्म साहन क कहान - च फ क दािोत https:// www.hindisamay.com/content/ 275/1
10. के दारनाथ अिग्राल क कविता - संत िहा
11. राामधाार वासांह वादनकर का किवाताा- समर शाेष ह`
12. नाागाोााज ाोाुगन काोा किवाताा- ाोाादल काोाो िवारताोाे दाोाे खाा ह`
13. काृ ष्णाा साो ता का कहााना - वासक काा दल गयाा
https://www .hindisamay.com/content/171/1
14. मन्न भंडार क कहान - अक े ल https:/ /www.fe mina.in/hindi/sahitya/kahani/akeli -by-mannu -

Page 24

21 bhandari -4779 -1.html
15. माोाृदाोाुलाोाा गग ग काोा कहानाोा - हराोा वा ाोांदाोा
https://po shampa.org/hari-bindi/

Page 25

22 16. काे दाारनााथ वासांह का किवाताा- पााना माेां िवाराे लाोग
17. ध वामल का किवाताा का किवाताा- माोचा रााम
18. मांगलाेश ड रााल का किवाताा- वापताा का तस िा र
http://www.hindisamay.com/content/8047 /1
19. रााग िवारााग सांग रह, लाोकभाारता प रकााशन, इलााहाा ाोााद।
20. माान सराोिाोर भााग एक रााजकमल प रकााशन, वादल ला ।
21. वाहाोांदाोा रा प रचनाा भाग एक दाोाो प्र स आचाय ग जयनद्र
वाताोा िाोाोाेदाोा लाोाोकभारता प रकाोााशन, इलाोााहाा
ाोााद
22. प्रवातवानवाध किवातााएा यशपााल रााजकमल
23. परशाुरााम का प्रता क षाा काव्य सांग्रह लाोकभाारता प्रकााशन, इलााहाा ाोााद
24. प्रवातवानवाध किवातााएाोा नाागाोााज ाोाुगन, रााजकमल प रकाोााशन, वादल्ला

Page 26

23 SEMESTER I
PART 1
CORE COURSE: MARATHI (COMPULSORY LANGUAGE)
COUR SE NAME: लि लतगद्य ह व्य ह ह ररक
मर ठ

श्र ेय ˙
क: ०६ एक˛ ण
ग ¸ण: १००

अध्ययन उि द्दष्ट े :
1) द`नांवादन ज िाोनाात उपयाुक्त भाावाषक का शल याे िवाकवासत करणाे.
2) व्याािाोहाररक भाषाेच ओळख दाेणाे.
3) साावािह प रकाारााांचाा पररचय दाे णाे.

अध्ययन ि नष ्पह : हाोाा अभ याोाािसम पाो ण ग काोाे ल याोाािाोर
िवाद यााथाोा :
1) द`नांवादन ज िाोनाात उपयाुक्त भाावाषक का शल्यााांचाे योग यप रकााराे उपयोजन करताो.
2) व्याािाोहाररक भाषाेचा िाोाोाापर करताो.
3) साावािह प रकाारााांचा माावाहता सााांगताो.
4) मरााठाोा भााषाोाे दा दल आदर ि यका त करताो.

म ड ्य ˛ल I: ि ह ि ह ध मर ठ स िहत्य प्रक र ˙च पररचय
( २
श्र ेय ˙ क) घटक १: लि लतगद ् य च े स ्वर ˛प ह स ˙कल्पन
अ) लवालत सावािहााचाोाा साो`िाोाोाााोांवातक िवाचाोाार
) लवालत साावािहााचा परां पराा
क) लवालत साावािहााचाे प्रकाार - थोडक याात पररचय
घटक २: लि लत गद ् य च े ि ह ि ह ध प्रक र
अ) िप राािसण गन - स्वरूप, लाोाेखन िाोाो`वाशष्टा टा याोाे, काोााह प रवासधा द /
गाोााजलाोाेलाोा उदाोााहरणाोा े
) ि यक ता वाचता - स िरूप, लाेखन श `ला , काहा प्रवासधा द / गााजलाेला उदााहरणाे

Page 27

24 क) आिठण स िरूप लवालत गद य - स िरा प , कााहा प रवासधा द / गााजलाेला उदााहरणाे
घटक ३: लि लत गद्य: प ¸स्तक पररचय
अ) अपाो िोाोाा गई - पाोाु. ल. दाोाेशपाोाााोांडाोा े
) एकच मुलग - अरुणशेिोते

Page 28

25 क) काोााय गरत- अवानल िअचट

Page 29

26 म ड ्य ˛ल II: व्य ह ह ररक मर ठ च ओळख
( २
श्र ेय ˙ क) घटक ४: श ¸द्धल ेखन ह त्य च े ि नयम
अ) शाोाुिाोलाोाेखनााचाोाे महत
) शाोाुिाोलाोाेखन वानयम
क) शाोाुिाोलाोाेखन माोाुल याोाााोांकन िाो
िाोाोाा साोांदभाोाा गता ल वाचन्ह
घटक ५: गद्य आकलन
अ) गदा य आकलन करताानाा लक्षाात ठाोाे िाोाोाािाोयााच याोाा ाोाा
ाोा
) गदा य खाोांड आकलन िाो शाोा ष गक
वानयम क) गद्य खंड आकलन - उदाहरणे
घटक ६: स र ˙श ल ेखन
अ) साराोाााोांश लाोाेखन करताानाा लक्षाात ठाोाे
िाोाो ाािाो यााच याोाा गाोाोषा टाोा
) सारांश लेखनाचे फायदे
क) सारांश लेखन सरािो

म ड ्य ˛ल III: अ ˙तग ¸त म ˛ल ्म पन) ( २ श्र ेय ˙क)

अनाो
ाु िो
. स्व
रू
प गुण
1. िप राेक माोड य िलर आधााररत वाकमाान दोन स िााध यााय (२x१०) २०
2. अाोांतग गत चाचणाोा परा क षाा १५
3. वान ाोां ध ०५
एक ण गुण ४०

स्व ध्य य / क ˛ त (क णत्य ह द न)
1. ताुम हा अभ याासलाेल्या एकाा लला त गद्यााचाा अभ याास प रकाार, स िरूप , लाेखनश `ला याा आधााराे कराा.
2. ताोाुमा हाोा काोाे लाोाेल याोाा एकाोाा िप राासााचाोाे सिवास तर िोण गन
ताोाुमच याोाा शाो`लाोा त कराा.
3. काोाोिणहाोा एकाोाा लवालतसाावाहिाो लाोाेखकाोााचा पररचय
वालहाोाा िाो िाोाोाााोांच्याा साावाहिो
वािोषयाोा आपलाोाे मत वालहाा.

Page 30

27 4. आपल याोाा पााच िाोग ग वामताोा / माो`वाताोा णा च माोाुलाोााखत
िाोाोाेऊन साामाोाान यपणाोाे लाोाेखन करताानाा
होणाोाायाोाा ग चाोाुकाोाा साोाााोांगाो न अशाा चाुकाा होऊ नयाेत
म हण न उपाय स िचाा.
5. पांिचा स अनाेक शबा ाोाााोां साठा एक शबा िाो पांिचा स समाानााथा शबा यााांचाा
वामळ न शबा काोश तयाार करा.

Page 31

28
स ˙दभ ¸ग ्र ˙ह
१. मरााठा रां गभ मा , मरााठा नााटक -िाोटनाा आवाण परां पराा ( डाा अ. नाा. भालाेराािाो
स माृवातग रांथ ) सांपाादक काे.कााळाे ,िाोाोाा.

Page 32

29 ल. काोाु लकणाोा ,िोोाा. राा. िवाळाोाे ,माोाु म साावाहिाो साोांिाो
माोाु. 71
२. साावािह अध याापन आवाण प्रकाार सांपाा. श्रा .पाु भाािगत ,पा प याुलर आवाण मा ज प्रकााशन, माु. १९८७
३. मरााठा रां गभ मा : शतक पवाहलाे १९८८, िवा.भा. दाेशपााांडाे
४. मलाा वादसलाेला नााटकाे , धाो.,िवा. दाेशपााांडाे
५. साावाहिाो -समाोा क्षा (िवा.िोोाा. वाशरराडकर गाोा रर ग राोांथ ) साोांपाावादत –
साािाो गजवानक िाोाोााचनाालय ,नाोाावासक
१९७६
६. भारता य प्रयाोगकलााांचा पररचय िाो इवातहाास-नााट्य , रााजा िाो नााईक परिवाण भोळाे
,लाोिकााङमय गाृह ,
मुं ई ,२०१०
७. मराठ नाट्यकोश , वि.भा. देशपांडे (संपादन ) १९८९

Page 33

30

SEMESTER I
PART 1
CORE COURSE: URDU (COMPULSORY LANGUAGE)
COURSE NAME: BASICS OF URDU LANGUAGE

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To comprehend the language skills associated with prose of Asaleeb e Adab “Dastan aur
Mazmoon” and “Novel aur Khaka”.
2. To comprehend the language skills associated with prose of Asaleeb e Adab “Inshaieya aur
Afsana”.
3. To analyse the poetry of Asaleeb e Adab (Urdu Ghazal).
4. To acquire listening skills associated with poetry of Asaleeb e Adab (Urdu Nazm).
5. To appreciate the poetry of Asaleeb e Adab (Urdu Rubai).


Learning Outcomes: By the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Describe the elements of Asaleeb e Adab associated with Prose (Dastan aur Mazmoon).
2. Write an essay of Asaleeb e Adab associated with Prose (Novel aur khaka).
3. Identify the literary works of Adab (Inshaieya aur Afsana).
4. Recite the poetry of Asaleeb e Adab associated with Poetry –Urdu Ghazal.
5. Orally explain the poetry of Asaleeb e Adab (Urdu Nazm and Urdu Rubai).


MODULE I: URDU PROSE (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Asaleeb e Nasr (Dastan aur Mazmoon)
a) Dastanaur Mazmoon ka ijmaali taaruf
b) Ek Khudaparast Shahezadi by Meer Amman Dahelvi
c) Ekhlaque by Sir Sayyed Ahmad Khan
Unit 2: Asaleeb e Nasr (Novel aur Khaaka)
a) Novel aur Khaake ka Ijmaali ta aruf
b) Nusuh ki Beemari by deptyNazeer Ahmad

Page 34

31 c) Naam Dev Maali by Maulvi Abdul Haque
Unit 3: Inshaieya aur Afsana
a) Inshaieye aur Afsane ka Ijmaali ta aruf
b) Election by Rasheed Ahmad Siddiquie
c) Do farlang Lambi Sadak by Krishn Chandra

MODULE II: ASALEEB E NAZM (2 Credits)
Unit 4:Urdu Ghazal
a) Ghazal ka Ijmaali Ta arruf
b) Meer Taqi Meer, Mirza Rafi Sauda, Khwaja Meer Dard ki Ghazlen
c) Mirza Ghalib, Daagh Dahelvi, Shaad Azeemabadi ki Ghazlen
Unit 5:Urdu Nazm
a) Urdu Nazm ka Ijmaali Ta arruf
b) Muflisi (NazeerAkbarabadi), Nishat e Ummid ( Altaf Hussain Haali), Nasihat e Ekhlaque
(Akbar Allahabadi)
c) Krishn Chandra Gokhle (Brij Narayan Chakbast), Kohistan e Dakanki Auraten (Josh
Malihabadi)
Unit 6: Rubai
a) Rubai ka Ijmali Ta arruf
b) Amjad Hydrabadi
c) Yaas Yagana Changezi

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40
Tasks/Assignments (Any two)
Students will write an essay and recite poetry of:
1. Meer AmanDehlvikihayatauradabikhidmaatkajaayezalijiye
2. Sir Sayyed Ahmad Khan kaurdunasrkeFarogh me hissakyahai ?
3. Nazeer Ahmad ki Novel Nigarikajayezalijiye
4. Krish Chandra kiafsanaNigari par tafseeliizharkhayalki jiye.
5. Urdu Nazmke Aaghaz O Irteqakajayezalijiye
6. Amjad Hydrabadikirubaigoi par izhar e Khayalkijiye.


References:
1. Irfan e Adab by Kitabdaar

Page 35

32 2. Meer amandahelvi :hayat o taalifat by Dr.Nafees Jahan Begum
3. Sir sayyed Ahmad khan by Maulvi Abdul haq
4. Nazeer Ahmad by NoorulhasanNaqwi
5. Krishn Chandra by BaigEhsas
6. Qadeem Urdu Nazm by Fahemeeda Begum

Page 36

33 SEMESTER 1
PART I
CORE COURSE: GUJARATI (COMPULSORY LANGUAGE)
COURSE NAME: BASICS OF GUJARATI LANGUAGE

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding of the basics of Gujarati language for literature writing
2. To comprehend the contextual Gujarati grammar embedded in the text under study.
3. To analyse sentence formation in Gujarati grammar embedded in the text under study.
4. To evaluate the contextual Gujarati grammar embedded in the text under study.
5. To evaluate the unique features of Gujarati grammar concepts used in poetry and prose


Learning Outcomes: By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Explain the basic elements of Gujarati literature
2. Apply the rules and generalizations related to Grammar concepts in written and oral form
3. Critically analyse the essential elements of different forms of Gujarati Literature
4. Identify the unique features of grammar concepts used in poetry and prose
5. Differentiate between the grammar concepts used in poetry and prose


MODULE I: GUJARATI LANGUAGE AND REVIEW OF SELECTED POETRIES
(2 Credits)
Unit 1: Gujarati Language and Script
a) Script: Meaning, Characteristics
b) Source and evolution of Gujarati language
c) Types of Gujarati language: Boli bhasha, Manya bhasha
Unit 2: Gujarati Grammar
a) Concept of grammar, rules of grammar
b) Grammar of letters and words: Jodakshar, dhwani
c) Proverbs (Rudhiprayog) and phrases
Unit 3: Chuteli Kavitao (Sundaram) Editor: Chandrakant Sheth, Adarsh Prakashan Ahmedabad)
a) Author’s introduction, style of composing poetries (Specific language, imaginative angle)
b) Studying the following poetries in the context of: Summary, comprehension of poet’s
perspective, justification of the title. Topics -3,4,5,9,11,15,18,26,28,30,31,56
c) Contextual grammar: Similar sounding words, similar pronounced (Sarkha uchharvala

Page 37

34 shabdo) words at the end of two or more lines of the stanza, comparative words,

MODULE II: GUJARATI GRAMMAR AND SELECTED GUJARATI SHORT STORIES
(2 Credits)
Unit 4: Sentences and types
a) Vidhan vakya, Prashna vakya, udgarvakya, vidhi vakya and nishedh vakya
b) Sadi rachana, prerak rachana
c) Kartari, karmani, bhave rachana
Unit 5: Visheshano na visheshano and Vakya sanyojan
a) Anuvidhey and Vidhey visheshano and tena prakaro
b) Roop pramane visheshan: ViIkari, avikari
c) Vakya sanyojan: Sadi vakya rachana and sanyukt vakyarachana
Unit 6: Gujarati Varta Shrushti, Author: Babu Davalpura Utpal Patel
a) Critical review of the following short stories in terms of Gujarati language and grammar
(given in the Units 1 and 2: 1 to 8, 10, 11)
b) Identifying the sentence structure as given in the Unit 4
c) Identifying vakya sanyojan and adjectives types.

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40
Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1. Select any Garaba song, Gujarati film bhakti song (any one each) and compare the language
used and grammar as given in the units 2 and 3 and make a comparative chart with your reflection
on it.
2. Analyse the stories given in Vaarta shrushti ( as given in unit 6 but any 3 other than mention).
Identify similarities that were analysed during the course study and reflect on the style of writing
in the context of Sudha Murty’s Gujarati translated short story book ‘Wise and Otherwise’) first
two stories. Make a presentation in the classroom
3. Select any popular poetry and the story (0en each) and based on the contextual grammar learnt
in this semester, identify the unique features of the grammar concepts used for these two forms.
Make a chart and display it in the Language room.
4. Write examples (4 in Grammar of Unit 4,5 and c of unit 6. Display a chart in the language
room.
5. Select any one paragraph in the Prose topic of your subject. Use different forms of sentences

Page 38

35 and rewrite the paragraph without changing its meaning and Present in the class.


References:
1. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chandrakant_Sheth
2. https://www.booksvilla.co.in/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=336
3. https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Csm5oYzScC7Bi2JdUcKOvhBy59e3qiAj/edit#heading
=h.jpz8675e6jp6
4. https:/ /www.tea chingkishan.com/gujarati -vyakaran -materials/
5. https://timesofindia.indiatimes.com/india/jain -writers -pioneers -of-gujarati -
writing/articleshow/5302519.cms (Module 2)
6. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/J._V._S._Taylor
7.

Page 39

36 SEMESTER I
PART I COMPULSORY SUBJECT
CORE COURSE: ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS
COURSE NAME: ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS -1

Total Credits: 03
Total Marks : 50

Learning Objectives:
1. To develop a strong foundation in communicating their thoughts and ideas coherently.
2. To develop a strong foundation in the functional aspects of language.
3. To develop a good command over the English language through their exposure to a variety of
exercises.
4. To articulate with an evolved vocabulary in the professional space.
5. To orient the learners towards the functional aspects of language.
6. To strengthen the students’ command over the English language through a variety of exercises


Learning Outcomes: By the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Articulate and communicate their thoughts and ideas coherently and persuasively.
2. Interpret accurately information that is communicated to them through various media.
3. Speak the English language through their exposure to a variety of exercises.
4. Use correct grammar and syntax in writing essays, letters and presentations.
5. Describe the various Barriers to Communication.


MODULE 1: BASIC LANGUAGE SKILLS (1 Credit)
Unit 1: Parts of Speech
a) Articles, Nouns, Verbs
b) Adjectives, Pronouns, Adverbs
c) Clauses and Phrases
Unit 2: Essentials of English Grammar 1
a) Interjections, prepositions, conjunctions
b) Transformation of Sentences (Simple, Compound, Complex)
c) Tenses, Subject -Verb agreement

MODULE II: ASPECTS OF COMMUNICATION - I (1 Credit)
Unit 3: Reading and Writing Skills

Page 40

37 a) Expository, Persuasive & Analytical, Reflective/Descriptive
b) Reading with fluency and speed, Skimming and scanning
c) Comprehension and Precis writing
Unit 4: Effective Communication
a) The process of Communication
b) Essentials of Effective Communication
c) Barriers to Communication

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (1 Credit)

Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (1x5) 05
2 One Essay held in the given semester 05
Total 10
Task/Assignment (Any One)
1. Comprehension of an unseen literary passage.
2. Comprehension of an unseen non-literary passage
3. Oral activity on the Essay
4. PPT on Log-book making
5. Group activity on vocabulary building


References:
1. Adair, John. Effective Communication. London: Pan Macmillan Ltd., 2003.
2. Ajmani, J. C. Good English: Getting it Right. New Delhi: Rupa Publications, 2012.
3. Amos, Julie-Ann. Handling Tough Job Interviews. Mumbai: Jaico Publishing, 2004.
4. Bonet, Diana. The Business of Listening: Third Edition. New Delhi: Viva Books, 2004.
5. Bovee, Courtland L, John V. Thill & Barbara E. Schatzman. Business Communication
Today: Tenth Edition. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, 2010.
6. Brown, Michele & Gyles Brandreth. How to Interview and be Interviewed. London: Sheldon
Press, 1994.
7. Carnegie, Dale. The Quick and Easy Way to Effective Speaking. New York, 1977.
8. Collins, Patrick. Speak with Power and Confidence. New York: Sterling, 2009.
9. Kumar Sanjay & Pushp Lata. Communication Skills: A Workbook. Oxford Univ. Press,
2018.
10. Pandit, Usha. Writing with Ease. Mindsprings Publishing, 2010.

Page 41

38 SEMESTER I
PART I COMPULSORY SUBJECT
CORE COURSE: FOUNDATION COURSE
COURSE NAME: FOUNDATION COURSE - I

Total Credits: 03
Total Marks: 50


Learning Objectives:
1. To familiarise students with the diversity of Indian society
2. To understand the New Economic Policy and its impact on Indian economy
3. To comprehend the fundamental rights -and-duties and the directive principles of state policy,
in the Indian Constitution.
4. To analyse the issues related to Human Rights of weaker sections with various Redressal
Mechanisms,
5. To create an awareness about the Rights of Vulnerable Groups.


Learning Outcomes: By the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Write an overview of Indian society and its diversity and aspects of disparity and awareness
contemporary issues of the society.
2. Describe various sectors of the Indian Economy
3. Explain the impact of liberalization, privatization and globalization, on society
4. Explain issues related to Human Rights of weaker sections with various Redressal
Mechanisms.
5. Present a PPT on the Rights of the Vulnerable Groups.


MODULE 1: DIVERSITY & DISPARITY (1 Credit)
Unit 1: Indian Society: Diversity & Social Disparity
a) India, a land of Diversity: Principle of Unity in Diversity
b) Diversity in Religion, Caste, Race; communalism, casteism and racism
c) Diversity in language, region, culture: linguism and regionalism
Unit 2: Indian Society & Economic Disparity: The New Economic Policy
a) Overview of liberalization, privatization and globalization
b) Impact on agriculture, industry and services
c) Issues and challenges: widening economic disparity

Page 42

39 MODULE II: THE RIGHTS DISCOURSE (1 Credit)
Unit 3: Rights of the Vulnerable Groups (Violations & Redressal)
a) Scheduled Castes & Scheduled Tribes - Constitutional and Legal Rights, Forms of
Violations, Redressal Mechanisms.
b) Women & children: Constitutional and Legal Rights, Redressal Mechanisms: NCW,
Domestic Violence, Sexual Harassment of Women at Work Place,
c) People with Disabilities, Minorities, and the Elderly Population Constitutional and Legal
Rights, Forms of Violations, Redressal Mechanisms.
Unit 4: Rights of Consumers
a) Rights of Consumers: Consumer Protection Act, 2016.
b) Right to Information: importance of the Right to Information Act, 2005.
c) Public Interest Litigation: the concept , features and significance

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (1 Credit)

Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/Activity for each module held in the semester (1x5) 05
2 One Essay held in the given semester 05
Total 10
Task/Assignment (Any One)
1. Write an essay on:
a. Vidarbha statehood demand in Maharashtra
b. Anti-Hindi protests in Tamil Nadu
c. The ‘black lives matter’ movement
2. Individual/Group presentations on:
a. Impact of liberalisation, privatisation and globalisation on employment and labour
b. Impact of globalisation on culture and lifestyle
c. Globalisation and agrarian crisis
3. Group discussion on
a. Tackling Sexual Harassment in the Work place: Legal Provisions
b. Problems of the Elderly.
c. Realities of the Rights of the Disabled.
4. Compile a list of references on:
a. Child labour.
b. Disaster Management : Case Studies
c. Communal disharmony: the Godhra incident.
5. Case Studies on:
a. Consumer Rights
b. Public Interest Litigation: Importance of PIL and PIL Activism
c. Citizens’ Charters: Relevance & Success stories.

References:
1. Ahuja Ram (2014), Social Problems in India, Jaipur: Rawat Publication.
2. Bajpai, Rochana, “Multiculturalism in India: An exception”, Institute on Culture, Religion and
World Affair, (Boston University), available at, https:/ /www.bu.edu/cura/files/2015/06/bajpai
3. Baruah, Aparijita. Preamble of the Constitution of India: An Insight and Comparison with Other

Page 43

40 Constitutions. New Delhi: Deep & Deep. 2007. ISBN 81-7629 -996-0.
4. Bhattacharyya, Harihar. Federalism and Regionalism in India: Institutional Strategies and
Political Accommodation of Identities. Working paper No. 27, South Asia Institute, Dept. of
Political Science. University of Heidelberg, Heidelberg. 2005.
5. Bhattacharyya, Harihar. Multiculturalism in Contemporary India. IJMS: International Journal
on Multicultural Societies. 2003, vol. 5, no.2, pp. 148-161. UNESCO. ISSN 1817 -4574.
6. Chandra Bipan (1984), Communalism in Modern India, Delhi: Vikas Publishing House.
7. Clothey, Fred (2006). Religion in India: a historical introduction. London New York: Routledge.
ISBN 978-0-415-94024 -5.
8. Desai, A.R. (1959), Social Background of Indian Nationalism, Bombay: Popular Prakashan.
9. Deshta Sunil, Kashyap Sunita (2014), Fundamental Duties of Citizens. Delhi: Regal
Publications.
10. Eric Heinze, The Concept of Injustice. Routledge, 2013.
11. Furer Christoph Von -Haimendorf (1992), Tribes of India, the Struggle for Survival, Berkely:
University of California Press.
12. Gan, Barry L. Violence and Nonviolence: An Introduction, ISBN 978-1442217607
13. Garner, Steve. Racisms: An Introduction. (SECOND EDITION). Sage Publishers.
14. Guha, Ramachandra (2008). India After Gandhi: The History of the World's Largest
Democracy. Pan Macmillan. ISBN 9780330396110.
15. Gupta, J. (1977). “Nation, Region, and Welfare: Ethnicity, Regionalism, and Development
Politics in South Asia.” The Annals of the American Academy of Poli tical and Social Science,
433, 125-136.
16. Harry Brighouse, Justice. Polity Press, Cambridge. 2004.
17. Harvard University Press. 2002. ISBN 978-0-674-01001 -7.
18. Holmes, Robert L.and Barry L. Gan (eds). Nonviolence in Theory and Practice. ISBN978 -
1577663492
19. Kamat, A. R., ‘Ethno -Linguistic Issues in the Indian Federal Context’, in Bidyut Chakrabarty
(ed.) (2003): Communal Identity in India: Its Constitution and Articulation in the Twentieth
Century, Delhi: Oxford University Press.
20. Kapila Uma. Indian Economy: Perform ance and Policy, 17th ed Academic
21. Khalid, Mohammed, “Cultural Pluralism in India: protecting a symbol of National Identity.”
Punjab University.
22. Kymlicka, Will. Multicultural Citizenship: A Liberal Theory of Minority Rights.
23. Mahajan, Gurpreet, “Negotiating Cultural Diversity and Minority Rights in India”, consulted
from, http://www.idea.int/publications/dchs/upload/dchs_vol2_sec3_4.pdf

Page 44

41 24. Malesevic, S. 2004. The Sociology of Ethnicity London: Sage Publications.
25. Mohammada, Malika (2007): The foundations of the composite culture in India, Aakar Books,
New Delhi, ISBN 81-89833 -18-9
26. Nadkarni, M. (2003). “Is the Caste System Intrinsic to Hinduism? Demolishing a Myth”.
Economic and Political Weekly, 38(45), 4783 -4793. Retrieved February 19, 2021, from
http://www.jstor.org/stable/4414252
27. Nehru, Jawaharlal (1946): The Discovery of India, OUP, ISBN978 -0-19-562359 -8
28. Praful Bidwai, Harbans Mukhia and Achin Vinayak (eds.), Religion, Religiosity and
Communalism, Delhi, Manohar
29. Puniyani, Ram. Communal Threat to Secular Democracy. 2010
30. Puniyani, Ram. Communalism: India's Struggle for Democracy and Pluralism (Critical Debates
on History & Politics. 2018
31. Puniyani, Ram. Secularism in India: Concept and Practice.2017
32. Sharma, K L. Perspectives on Social Stratification 1st Edition. (English, Paperback,)
33. Shiman, David. Teaching Human Rights, (Denver: Centre for Teaching International Relations
Publications, U of Denver, 1993): 6-7.
34. Swapan Deb Barma. Human Rights under Indian Constitution. 2010.
35. Tharoor, Shashi (2006): India: From Midnight to the Millennium and Beyond, Arcade
Publishing, New York, ISBN 978-1-55970 -803-6. ISBN 1 -55970 -803-4
Websites:
36. https://egyankosh.ac.in/handle/123456789/25899
37. https://egyankosh.ac.in/handle/123456789/20917
38. https://egyankosh.ac.in/handle/123456789/20917
39. https://egyankosh.ac.in/handle/123456789/63518
40. https://egyankosh.ac.in/handle/123456789/34048
41. https://egyankosh.ac.in/handle/123456789/54483
42. https://egyankosh.ac.in/handle/123456789/55044

Page 45

42 SEMESTER I
PART III : CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: ENGLISH (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH LITERATURE

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks


Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding of the history of English language and literature
2. To comprehend the representative works of important ages of English literature
3. To critically analyse the important aspects and elements of major literary genres.
4. To compare the French, Latin and Scandinavian influences on the history of English Language
5. To appreciate the important elements of the major literary genres like poetry, drama and novel


Learning Outcomes: By the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Describe the chronological development of the history of English literature
2. Write a general overview of the central works of a specific age of English literature
3. Recognise the important elements of the major literary genres like poetry, drama and the novel
4. Orally demonstration the Literary Genres of Poetry, Drama, Novel and Short Story
5. Critically analyse French, Latin and Scandinavian influences on the history of English.


MODULE I: INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH LITERATURE; LITERARY HISTORY
(2 credits)
Unit 1: History of English Literature I
a) Literature of the Anglo -Saxon Period
b) Medieval Literature
c) Elizabethan Literature
Unit 2: History of English Literature II
a) Restoration Literature
b) Neo-Classical Literature
c) Romantic Literature
Unit 3: History of English Literature III
a) Victorian Literature
b) Modern Literature
c) Postmodern Literature

Page 46

43 MODULE II: INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND CONCEPTS (2 credits)
Unit 4: History of English Language
a) The French Influence
b) The Latin Influence
c) The Scandinavian Influence
Unit 5: Literary Genres
a) Poetry – Epic, Ballad, Sonnet, Ode, Lyric
b) The Novel and Short Story - The definition and history of the two genres
c) Drama – Tragedy, Comedy, Satyr
Unit 6: Drama Related Literary Terms
a) Elements of a Play- Stage, Act, Scene, Dialogue, Aside, Soliloquy
b) Aristotle - plot, character, thought, diction, spectacle, song, three unities (time, place, action)
c) Hamartia, Hubris and Catharsis

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40
Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1. Comprehension on the Literature of the Anglo Saxon Period, Medieval Elizabethan Literature
2. Oral activity on Poetry, Drama, Novel and Short Story
3. PPT on Restoration, Neo-Classical and Romantic Literature
4. Group activity on Victorian Literature, Modern and Postmodern Literature
5. Maintain a log-book of readings on the History of English Language


References:
1. Abrams, M H, and Geoffrey G. Harpham. A Glossary of Literary Terms. Boston, Mass:
Thomson Wadsworth, 1999
2. Barber, Charles. The Story of Language. Pan Books: London. 1972.
3. Baugh, Albert C, and Thomas Cable. A History of the English Language. , 2002
4. Childs, Peter, and Roger Fowler. The Routledge Dictionary of Literary Terms. London:
Routledge, 2006.
5. Cuddon, J A, Claire Preston, and J A. Cuddon. The Penguin Dictionary of Literary Terms and
Literary Theory. London: Penguin Books, 1999
6. Daiches, David. A Critical History of English literature. London.Mandarin, 1994.
7. Jerspersen, Otto. Growth and Structure of the English language. New York: D. Appleton and

Page 47

44 Company, 1923.
8. Legouis Émile Hyacinthe , Cazamian Louis. A History of English Literature, New York :The
Macmillan Company, 1930.
9. Sanders, Andrew. The Short Oxford History of English Literature. Oxford: Oxford University
Press, 2000
10. Wren, C.L. The English Language. London : Methuen. 1966.

Page 48

45 SEMESTER I
PART III : CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: HINDI (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: आध ¸ि नक हि न्द गद्य

श्र ेय ˙क
: ०६ Total
Marks : १००

अि धगम उद्द े श्य :
१) ाोा ए काोाे प्रथम िोष ग माोाेाोां वाहाोांदाोा साावाहिाो काोा
तमाोााम गदा य िवाधााओाोां काोाो चयवानत काोा ृ
वातयाोाोाोां काोाे ज़ररए िवाद याावाथगयाोाोाोक सम माुख प रस ताुत करनाा।
२) कहााना और कथाेतर िवाधााओां काा पररचय िवावाभन्न काृ वातयाोां काे मााध यम साे
कराानाा ताावाक िवाद्यााथा इन रूपो काा िप्रक्ष अनाुिभ कर सकाेां ।
३) िवाद याावाथगयाोाोाोां काोाो वाहाोांदाोा काोाे अनाोाेक अमर
साावािहकाराोाोाोां काोा काोाृ वातयाोाोाोां साोाे जाोडाो.नाा।
४) वाहन दा कहानाोा काोाे इवातहाोाास साोाे िवाद याावाथगयाोाोाोां काोाो
िअगत कराानाा।
५) िवावाभन्न काोााल-खाोांडाोाोाोां काोा कहाावानयाोाोाोां काोा
अाोांतिाो गसा ताोाु और रा प काोाे िवाकाास काोाो समझाानाोाा।
६) रचनााओां काे
िवािवाध
पााता ाोाो, उनको
वाथथवात
याोाो, और यथाोााथ ग काोाा साक षााता काोाार कराानाा।


अि धगम ि नष्पहि :
१) िवाद यााथा वाहांदा कहााना ज `सा प्रमाुख गद्य िवाधाा काे िवाकाास साे पररवाचत हाो सकाेां गाे।
२) िवाद यााथा कहाावानयाोां काे मााध यम साे समााज काे िवावाभन्न पक षाोां साे पररवाचत हाोगाे।
३) िवाद यााथा आता मिाोाोाृत त, डायराोा , पता , साोांस मरण, राोाे खाोाावाचता ,
वाा याोांगा य, ररपाोताोाा गज, एकाोाााोांकाोा और वान ाोांध जाो`साोा
कथाोाेतर
िवाधााओाोां साोाे पररवाचत हाोगाोाे, उनकाोाे भाोाेद
समझाोाेाोांगाोाे और उनकाोाे जररए समाोााज काोाो समझनाोाे
काोा दाृवाष्ट प्राापा त कराोाे ाोां ग।ाोा े

Page 49

46
४) िवाद यााथा वाभन्न वाभन्न कथाोाेतर िवाधााओाोां काोाे रा प वािाोधान काोाो भ
समझाोाेाोांगाोाे।

म ड ्य ˛ल I: ि ह ˙द कह न
क ि ह क स एह रचन ए
(2
श्र ेय ˙ क) घटक १: िहन्द कह न क े ि ह ि भन्न य ¸ग
अ) प राोाेमचाोांद पाो िाो ग कहाना

Page 50

47 ) प्रेमचंद युग न कहान
क) प राेमचांदाोत तर िएां नई कहााना (अन्य कहााना आांदाोलन सााठाोत तर काा कहााना सचाेतन
कहाना )
घटक २: िहन्द कह न : प ्र ेमच ˙द, धम ¸ह र भ रत एह
र ˙ग ेय र हघ

Page 51

48 अ) शतरां ज काे वाखलााडा ा - प राेमचांद : माानसराोिाोर भााग-3
) गाोाुलकाोा ना नाोाो- धम गिाोाोा र भारताोा : ाोांद
गलाोा काोाा आवाखरा मकाोाान साोांगा रहगदल-
राोाााोांगाोाेय राािोिाो : प्रवातवानवाध क) कहाावानयााां,
घटक ३: िहन्द कह न : कमल ेश्वर, ि नम ¸ल ह म ¸ एह स्वय
प्रक श
अ) वादल ला माेां एक मा त- कमलाेश िर: वाहांद समय पर उपलब्ध
) लाोांदन काोा एक राात- वानम गल
िाोमाोाा ग: वाहाोांदाोा समय पर
उपलब्ध क) अकाोााल
माोाृिाोाोाु- स ियाोां
प रकाोााश:
प्रवातवानवाध दस कहाावानयाोाााोा ं

म ड ्य ˛ल II: कह ेतर गद्य (२ श्र ेय ˙क)
घटक ४: कह ेतर गद्य : ि नब ˙ध, व ्य ˙ग्य एह य त्र ह ˛ह ˙त
अ) गाोाेहाोां नााम गाोाुलाोाा (वान ाोांध)-
राामिाोाोाृक्ष ाोाेवानपाोाुराोा : वाहाोांदाोा
समय पर उपलब्ध
) माताद न चांद पर (व्यंग्य )- हररशंकर परसाई क)
जमनोता ाोा काोा यााताोा ाोाा
(यााताोा ाोाा िाोाोाृत्ताोाााोांत)-
िवाषा णाोाु प रभाक
घटक ५: कह ेतर गद्य : ररप त ¸ज, एक ˙क और आत्मह ˛ह
अ) वा दाोाापत नााच (ररपाोताोाा गज)- फणा श िर नााथ राोाे णाोा ु
) र ढ़ क हड्ड (एकांक ) -जगद श चंद्र माथुर क)
माोाेराा जा िाोन
(आता मिाोाोाृत त)-
प राोाेमचाोांद: गदा य साोांचयन,
घटक ६: कह ेतर गद्य : स ˙स ्मरण, र े ख ि चत्र एह पत्र
अ) माोहन रााकाे श (सांस मरण) - कमलाेश िर
) िोोा साोाा (राोाे खाा वाचताोा ) - महाोाादाोाेिोोा िाोमाोाा ग

Page 52

49 क) ाोां ई िप राास काोाा पताोा (पताोा साावाहिाो) - फणा श िर नााथ
राोाेणाोाु; फणा श िर नााथ राोाे णाोाु(पा डा एफ)

म ड ्य ˛ल III : अ ˙तग ¸त म ˛ल ् ˙कन (INTERNAL ASSESSMENT): (२
श्र ेय ˙क)

िाोम
सांख याा िवा
िाोर
ण अंक
1 काोााय ग/प रकल्प साोाेमाोाेस टर काोाे
प रिाोाोाेक मा डा याो ल साोा े
(2x10) 20
2 साेमाेस टर माेां एक वानयत काल न कक्षाा परा क्षाा 15
3 साेमाेस टर माेां िवाषय सां ाोां धा एक वान ाोां ध 5

Page 53

50 काु ल योग 40
क य ¸ / स्व ध ्य य (क णत ेह द न प्रकल ्प) Tasks/Assignments
(Any Two):
1. शतरां ज काे वाखलााडा ा कहााना का समा क षाा क वाजए।

Page 54

51 2. कमलाेश िर का कहााना वादल ला माेां एक मा त का समा क षाा का वाजए।
3. 'अकाोााल माोाृिाोाोाु 'कहानाोा काोाे पााताोा इम्माोा
काोाा चररता एिाोाोां पररवाथथवातयाोाोाोां काोाा वििाोाोाेचन
को वाजए।
4 एकााांका 'रा ढ़ का हड्डा ' माेां ि यांग्य का पहचाान का वाजए।
5. महाोाादाोाे िोोा िाोमाोाा ग काोाे राोाे खाोाावाचता 'िोोा सा'
माोाेाोां िोोा साोाा काोाे चररता काोाा िोण गन काोा वाजए।
6. सांस मरण और राे खाावाचता का ताुलनाा क वाजए।
7. आता मिाोाोाृत्त और पताोा साावाहिाो काोा ताोाुलनाा काोा वाजए।

स ˙दभ ¸ ग ्र ˙ह स ˛च :
1. राामचाोांद्र शाोाुका ल, वाहाोांदाोा साावाहिाो काोाा इवातहाोाास,
चाोा दिहाोाााोा साोांस्करण, नाागरा प्रचाोााररणा सभाा, काोााशा ।
2. डा . नगाेन्द र, वाहांद साावािह काा इवातहाास, मय र पाेपर ाो ` क स, नई वादल ला ।
3. डाोा . िवाजयाोाेन्दा र, वाहाोांदाोा सावाहिाो काोाा इवातहाोाास,
सावाहिाो अकाोाादाोाे मा , वादल ला ।
4. डाोा . राामकाोाु माार िाोमाोाा ग, वाहाोांदाोा साावाहिाो काोाा
आलाोाोचनाोाात्मक इवातहाोाास, राामनााराायण लाोााल
ाोाेना मााधिाो प रकाोााशन, इलााहा ाोााद।
5. डाोा रााम स िरूप चताोाुिाोाोाेदाोा , वाहाोांदाोा
साावाहिाो िाो साोांिाोाोाेदनाा काोाा वािोकाास, लाोाोकभारता
प रकाोााशन, इलाोााहाा ाोााद।
6. याोगाेन्द्र प्रतााप वासांह, वाहांद साावािह काा इवातहाास और उसका समस यााएां , िाोाोााणा
प्रकााशन, नई वादल ला ।
7. इांद्रनााथ मदाान, आधाुवानकताा और वाहांद उपन याास, रााजकमल प्रकााशन, नई वादल ला ।
8. काु छ कहाावानयााां काु छ िवाचाार, िवाश िनााथ प रसााद वात पााठ , रााजकमल, प्रकााशन, नई वादल ला ।
9. राामदरश वामश र, वाहांद कहााना : अांतरां ग पहचाान, नाेशनल पद धवावाशांग हााउस, नई
वादल ला ।
10. गाोपााल रााय, वाहन्दा कहााना काा इवातहाास भााग 1 और 2, रााजकमल प्रकााशन, वादल ला
11.प्रवातवानवाध कहाावानयााां, रााांगाेय राािाोिाो , रााजकमल प्रकााशन, वादल ला I
12. गाोाुलकाोा ना नाोाो- धम गिाोाोा र भारताोा : ाोांद गलाोा काोाा
आवाखरा मकाोाान साोांग रह, भारता य ज्ञाानप ठ, वादल्ला
13. गदल- रााांगाेय राािाोिाो : प रवातवानवाध कहाावानयााां, रााांगाेय राािाोिाो, रााजकमल
प रकााशन, वादल ला

Page 55

52 14 प रवातवानवाध दस कहाावानयााां, वाहन दा अध ययन मांडल, माुां ई
15. माताद न चांद पर (व्यंग्य )- हररशंकर परसाई https://poshampa.org/
16. िवाष णाु प्रभााकर : गद्य सांचयन, सां. आलाोक गाुप त, िाोाोााणा प रकाशन, वादल ला
17 वाहन्दा साावािह काा इवातहाास, सांपाादक: डा . नगाेांद्र, मय र ाोाु क स, दररयाागांज, नई वादल्ल
18 फणा श िर नााथ राोाेणाोाु काोाे ररपोताोाा गज, प राोाेरणाा चवािाोकाोाे शन
अथिोोाा समय काोा वाशलाोाा पर, राोााजकमल प रकाोााशन
19. जगदाोा श चाोांद्र मााथाोाुर: आठ एकाोाााोांकाोा , िाोाो ााणा
प रकाोााशन, वादल्ला

Page 56

53 20. प राेमचांद: गद्य सांचयन, सांपाादक: आलाोक गाुप त, प्रकााशक िाोाो ााणा प्रकााशन, वादल ला
21. माेरा हमदम माेरा दाोस त, सांपाादक: कमलाेश िर, नाेशनल पद धवावाशांग हााउस, वादल्ल

Page 57

54 SEMESTER I
PART III : CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: MARA THI (ANC ILLARY MAJOR) (ह `कल्पल्पक
मर ठ )
COURSE NAME: मर ठ स हि त्य प ्रक र ˙च अभ्य स

श्र ेय ˙
क: ०६ एक˛ ण
ग ¸ण: १००

अध्ययन उि द्दष्ट े:
१) िवािवाध साावाहिाो प रकाोााराोाााोांच ओळख िवाद यााथा ा ाोाा गनाा कराो न
दाोाे णाोा े
२) साावाहिाो प रकाोााराोाााोांच आिाोड वानमाोाा गण करणाोा े
३) व्यािोहाररक मराठ चा पररचय करून देणे
४) स्पधाोाा ग परा क षाोाा , ि यिाोसायाावाभमाोाुख दृष टा नाोाे सक्षम निाोणाोा े

अध्ययन ि नष ्पह : हाोाा अभा याोाासिाोम पाो ण ग काोाे
ल याोाािाोर िवाद यााथा :
१) मराठ नाटकाच परं परा सांगतो .
२) नााटकाोााच याा सिाो ग िाोटकाोाााोांच माावाहता साोाााोांगताो.
३) नााटकाोााच याा प्रयाोाोगाोााच याा िाोाो`वाशष्टा टा याोााच माावाहता
साोाााोांगताो .
४) नाटकाचे स्वरूप स्पष्ट करतो .

म ड ्य ˛ल I: मर ठ स ि ह त्य प्रक र ˙च अभ ्य स
( २ श्र ेय ˙क) घटक १: मर ठ स हि त्य प्रक र – न टक
अ) नााटक याोाा साावाहिाो प रकाोााराोााचा साो`िाोाोाााोांवातक
अभ याास
) नााटकाोााच रचनाा
िाोाो`वाशष टाोा टा याोा े आण
क) नाटकाच परं परा

Page 58

55 घटक २: न टक – ि ह ि ह ध प्रक र – ओळख
अ) नााट यछ टाा - स िरा प सांकल पनाा – थोडक याात पररचय
) नभोनाट्य - स्वरूप संकल्पना – थोडक्यात पररचय क)
ाोाालनाट्य - स्वरूप संकल्पना – थोडक्यात पररचय
घटक ३: न टक – रचन त ˙त्र ह ह `ि शष्ट ्य े
अ) नाटक – सविधानक , पात रचना , कालािोकाश , इ. चा विचार

Page 59

56 ) नााट्य सवान हताा िो प रयोग – सााम्य – भाेद
क) नााटकााता ल काालाािाोकााश, भाषााश `ला इ. चाे िवाशाेष

म ड े ल II - न य कल क ˛ त च अभ ्य स (२ श ्र ेय ˙क)
घटक ४: न टक – ह क ्य ¸ ि म.ग्ल ड – ल ेखक - अि नल बह े
न टक च े स्वर प ि ह श ेष
अ) या नाटकाचे कथानक िो नाट्य स त
) नााटकााता ल सांिाोाोााद, भााषाा
क) नााटकााता ल पाता वाचत्ण िाो िाोाोााताािाोरण
घटक ५: न टक - च रचौघ – ल ेखक - प ्रश ˙त दळह न टक च े
स्वर प ि ह श ेष
अ) या नाटकाचे कथानक िो नाट्य स त
) याा नााटकााता ल
सांिाोाोााद,
भाषााक) पाता वाचत्ण
िो
िाोाोााताािाोरण
घटक ६: न यक˛ त च आस्व द – हि च र
अ) नाोााटा यिाोाोाु ता चा आस िााद आवाण प राोाेक्षक
) नााटक आवाण
समााज क) नााट्य
परा क षण

म डय ˛ल III – अ ˙तग ¸त म ˛ल ्म पन (INTERNAL ASSESSMENT) (२
श्र ेय ˙क)

अ. िो
. स्व
रू
प गुण
१ िप राेकमा डय ल मध न वाकमाान दाोिनर प रकल पलाेखन २x१० २०
२ अाोांतग गतचाचणाोा परा क षाा १५
३ स्वाध्याय / वान ाोां ध ०५
एक ण गुण ४०
ख ल लप`क क णत्य ह द न क˛ त प˛ण ¸ कर . Tasks/Assignments (Any two)
१) नाोााट्य पराोां पराोाे च माावाहता वालहाा.
२) िाोराोा ल नाोााट्य प्रयाोाोग पाहन िाोाोाािाोर
ताोाुमचाोाे मत वालहाा.
३) ताुमच याा िआडा च याा नााटकााचाे परा क षण वालहाा.

Page 60

57 ४) अभ याासाालाा नाेमलाेल्या नााटकााता ल कााहा नााट्य िप राेश साादर करा.
५) मरााठा ताोा ल काोाोिणाोााह दाोाोन स्त राोा
नााटकाोााराोाााोांच्याा लाोाेखन शाो`लाोा चाोा िोाो`वाशष्टा टा याोाे
वालहाा.
६) ताोाुमा हाोाालाोाा पररवाचत असलाोाेल याोाा काोाोिणाोााह
दाोाोन नााटककाोााराोाााोांच याायाोगदाोाानाोाा दा दल
वालहाोाा

Page 61

58 स ˙दभ ¸ ग ्र ˙ह :
१) मरााठा रां गभ मा , मरााठा नााटक -िाोटनाा आवाण परां पराा ( डाा अ. नाा. भालाेराािाो
स माृवातग रांथ ) सांपाादक काे.कााळाे ,िाोाोाा.
ल. काोाु लकणाोा ,िोोाा. राा. िवाळाोाे ,माोाु म साावाहिाो साोांिाो
माोाु. 71

Page 62

59 २) साावािह अध याापन आवाण प्रकाार सांपाा. श्रा .पाु भाािगत ,पा प याुलर आवाण मा ज प्रकााशन, माु. १९८७
३) मरााठा रां गभ मा : शतक पवाहलाे १९८८, िवा.भाा. दाे शपााांडाे
४) मलाा वादसलाेला नााटकाे , धाो.,िवा. दाेशपााांडाे
५) साावाहिाो -समाोा क्षा (िवा.िोाोाा. वाशररााडकर गाोा रर गा राोांथ )
साोांपाावादत – साािाो गजवानक िोाोाा चनाालय
,नाोाावासक १९७६
६) भाारता य प रयोगकलााांचाा पररचय िाो इवातहाास-नााट य, रााजा िाो नााईक
परिवाण भोळाे , लाोिकााङमय गृह,मुं ई, २०१०
७) मराठ नाट्यकोश , वि.भा. दे शपांडे (संपादन ) १९८९

Page 63

60 SEMESTER I
PART III CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: GUJARATI (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: PRE - & MEDIEVAL PERIOD LITERATURE
AND FOLK LITERATURE

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To understand the literature created in the pre and during Medieval period
2. To identify the types of literature written by contemporary authors and poets.
3. To analyse the trend and styles of literature during the medieval period.
4. To comprehend Gujarati folk literature

Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Describe the types of literature written by contemporary authors and poets
2. Compare and contrast different types of folk literature
3. Discuss the trend and styles of literature during the medieval period.
4. Explain the literature created in pre and during Medieval period

MODULE I: GUJARATI LITERATURE: PRE - AND MEDIEVAL PERIOD (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Literary culture of Gujarat
a) Development of Gujarati script
b) Comparative review of Rajasthani Literature and that of Saurashtra
c) Cultural heritage of Gujarat
Unit 2: Contemporary Prose Literature: (features, significance and focus during early
and the Medieval period)
a) Natak, Navalkatha
b) Tunki vaarta:Short stories
c) Diaries, Letters and travelogues
Unit 3: Contemporary Poetic Literature: features, significance and focus)
a) Raas and Phagu kaavya: Historical journey From Jain Monks till medieval period
b) Bhakti kavya: Pre and post Narasinha Mehta era in Gujarati literature.
c) Prabhandh: Narrative kaavya: Work of Jain monks and non -Jain poets in the early period.


MODULE II: GUJARATI FOLK LITERATURE (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Concept of Folk literature (Lok sahitya):
a) Meaning, Nature and characteristics,
b) Gujarati Folk literature and reflection of contemporary society and the characters

Page 64

61 c) Gujarati Style of language and central themes
Unit 5: Traditions in folk literature
a) Oral Tradition: folk tales, myths and songs: different varieties
b) Folk and performing arts: Material culture of artists and staging
c) Comparison of Gujarati folk literature in different parts of India.
Unit 6: Popular folk literature and its critical review
a) Folk tales: ‘Folk tales of Gujarat’ by R.M. Bhatt
b) Folk songs: Any one from Garba, Dandia Raas, Tippani and akhyan
c) Folk performing drama: Any one Bhavai depicting social issues

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40
Tasks/Assignments (Any two)
1. Critically compare and analyse the trends of Gujarati literature prevalent in the medieval and
modern era. Write your reflective report.
2. Research on the female composers in the medieval and modern era and make a multimedia
presentation on their contribution to Gujarati Literature.
3. Arrange for an exhibition of Gujarati books depicting different types of literature.
4. Critically review Narsimha Mehta and Mirabal’s Bhakti literature and find out its relevance in
the modern era. Make a presentation using any multimedia.
5. Critically review and identify the features of Phagu and Prabandh literature. Write a reflective
report on it in the context of theme, characters and style of these types of compositions.
6. Review any documentary or film or performances based on Gujarati folk literature. Identify the
unique features and write a reflective report.

References:
1. Gujarati Sahityano itihas granth - Khand 1
2. Gujarati sahitya -Madhyakal: Anantrai Rawal
3. Madhyakalin Gujarati sahityano itihas: Dr. Behcharbhai Patel
4. Kavi Premanandkrut Abhimanyu Akhyan by, Dr. Hashy Yagnik, Parshwa Publication
5. Mirabai: Niranjan Bhagat
6. Mira na Pado: Bhupendra Trivedi
7. Narsimha Mehtani Kavya krutio by SHivlal Jesalpura

Page 65

62 8. Narsimha Mehta - Ek Adhyayan by Ke.Ka. SHastri
9. Yagnik, Hasu, Loksahitya Vimarsh, Gandhinagar, Gujarat Sahitya Akademi, 2001.
Online Reference Links (Retrieved on 20-21 March 2020)
1. Unit 1: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rasa_(literary_form)
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Akhyana
2. Unit 2: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Akhyana
Mukherjee, Sujit (1999). A Dictionary of Indian Literature: Beginnings -1850 . Orient
Blackswan. ISBN 8125014535
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gujarati_literature
3. Unit 4: https:/ /www.britannica.com/ art/folk -literature/Characteristics -of-folk-literature
4. Unit 5: https:/ /www.ugc .ac.in/pdfnews/2254402_B.A. -with-Gujarati.pdf
5. Unit 6: https://ingujarat.in/culture/bhavai -folk-drama/
https:/ /www.indi anetzone.com/49/nationalist_writers_modern_gujarati_literature.htm
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gujarati_literatur e
https:/ /www.kidsg en.com/stories/folk_tales/the_robbers.htm

Page 66

63 SEMESTER I
PART III
CORE COURSE: URDU (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: URDU POETRY 1914 ONWARDS

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. To acquaint the students with the Art, qualities and types of Nazm Nigari.
2. To develop a critical understanding of Urdu Nazm aurNazmNigari.
3. To appreciate the characteristics, critical analysis of the poems (Nazm) of Allama Iqbal.
4. To understand the Art of Nazm Nigari with reference to Allama Iqbal ki muntakhabnazmein.
5. To appreciate the characteristics, critical analysis of the poems (Nazm) of AkhtarSheerani.
6. To understand the Art of Nazm Nigari with reference to Akhtar Sheerani (muntakhabnazmein)


Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Describe the students with the Art, qualities and types of Nazm Nigari.
2. Explain the forms of Urdu Nazm aur NazmNigari.
3. Discuss and appreciate the characteristics, critical analysis of poems (Nazm) of Allama Iqbal.
4. Analyse the Art of Nazm Nigari with reference to Allama Iqbal ki muntakhabnazmein.
5. Explain the characteristics, critical analysis of the poems(Nazm) of AkhtarSheerani.
6. Analyse the Art of Nazm Nigari with reference to Akhtar Sheerani (muntakhabnazmein)


MODULE I: URDU POETRY AND TWO POETS (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Art of Nazm Nigaari
a) Nazm - Urdu shayari ki ek maqbool Sinf
b) Nazm ki maani -o- mafhoom, nazm ki khususiyat,
c) Nazm ki haiyatein/ nazm ki iqsam
Unit 2: A Critical study Of Urdu Nazm aur Nazm Nigari
a) Urdu me nazmnigari -aaghaaz -o-irtequa
b) Azadi se pehle Urdu nazm aur ahem nazm Niagaron ka mukhtasar taaruf
c) Taraqqipasand urdu nazm aur ahem nazmnigaar
Unit 3: Allama Iqbal
a) AllamaI qbal: Life Sketch
b) Allama Iqbal ki nazm nigaari ki khususiyaat

Page 67

64 c) Allama Iqbal ki nazmon ka tanquidi tajziya

Module II: AllamaIqbal (2 Credits)
Unit 4: AllamaIqbal ki muntakhab nazmein
a) Allamaiqbal: usloob -e- shayari
b) Himala, haquiqat -e-husn, chand, sair -e-falak, chand aur taare, dua, naya shiwala, tarana -e-
mili (selected 8 poetries)
c) Art of nazmnigaari
Unit 5: Akhtar Sheerani
a) Akhtar Sheeranikehalat -e-zindagi
b) Akhtar Sheerani ki nazmnigaari ki khususiyat
c) Akhtar Sheerani ki nazmon ka tanqidi - jayeza
Unit 6: Akhtar Sheerani(muntakhab nazmein)
a) Akhtar sheerani ka usloob -e-shairi
b) Ae des se aane wale bata, Ae ishq kahin le chal, Barkha rut, Ek arzoo, Sarzameen -e-ishq,
duniya ki baharein, nazr-e-watan, fareb -e-hasti (selected 8 poetries)
c) Art of nazm -nigaari

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40
Tasks/Assignments (Any two)
1. Urdu Nazm ki khususiyat bayan kijiye
2. Nazm Nigari ke fun ka tafseelijayezalijiye
3. Taraqqi pasand Urdu Nazmgo shoarakefun ka tanqidijayezapeshkijiye
4. Allama Iqbal ki shairikeusloob par sair e hasilbaheskijiye
5. Akhtar Sheerani ki nazm Nigari ka naqedanajayezalijiye


References:
1. Urdu Nazm ki daryaft by Hamidi Kashmiri
2. Jadeed Urdu shairi by Abdul Qadir Sarwari
3. Nayinazm ka safar by Khalirurrehman Azmi
4. Iqbal tanqid (naqedeenkehawale se) by Dr. Aziz Ahmad
5. Iqbal ki fikrimiras by Saleem Akhtar
6. Kulliyat e Akhtar Sheerani by Akhtar Sheerani

Page 68

65 SEMESTER I
PART III
CORE COURSE: GERMAN ( ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: GERMAN LANGUAGE 2 (A2)

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To comprehend language structures at the intermediate level and respond to daily life situations.
2. To comprehend language skills of reading and listening to German (CEFR Level A2.1).
3. To comprehend reading language skills of understanding German (CEFR Level A2.1).
4. To understand skills of speaking German (CEFR Level A2.1).
5. To develop language skills of writing German (CEFR Level A2.1).


Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Know to read German (CEFR Level A2.1).
2. Make use of basic language structures of German.
3. frame simple sentences pertaining to concrete necessities.
Note: Basic language proficiency of A1 level as per the Common European Reference Framework
is necessary for this course. Candidates should have completed (passed) A1 at Max Mueller Bhavan
/ Goethe Institut / equivalent course at University of Mumbai / any other university OR Standard
11 and 12 with German OR any other qualification equivalent to A1.

MODULE 1: BASIC LANGUAGE SKILLS (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Rund ums Essen
a) Sprachhandlungen: Informationen zu Personen verstehen | über Essen sprechen | sich und
andere vorstellen | eine Bildgeschichte verstehen und wiedergeben | etwas begründen | über
Gefühle sprechen | Vermutungen äußern | Fragen zu einem Text beantworten | ein Restaurant
vorstellen | Wörter mit allen Sinnen lernen
b) Wortschatz: Küche und Kochen | Essgewohnheiten | Gefühlsverben
Aussprache: ch wie in ich oder ch wie in acht
Landeskunde: Dunkelrestaurants in D-A-CH Der Film Was gibt es heute? | Ich habe schon so
Hunger!

c) Grammatik; Possessivartikel im Dativ: meinem Freund | doch (nach Ja -/Nein - Fragen) |
Reflexive Verben: sich freuen | Nebensatz mit weil

Page 69

66 Unit 2: Nach der Schulzeit
a) Sprachhandlungen: Berichte aus der Schulzeit verstehen | über die Schulzeit sprechen und
Kommentare schreiben | beschreiben, wo etwas ist | über Gewohnheiten sprechen | Stadt -Tipps
verstehen und geben | Informationen über ein Schulsystem verstehen | über Schultypen sprechen
b) Wortschatz: Tätigkeiten und Erfahrungen in der Schulzeit | Fächer | Schultypen
Aussprache: sp und st Landeskunde: Tipps für den Start in Graz | Schultypen in Deutschland
(Thüringen) Der Film Die Schulzeit | Neu in München

c) Grammatik: Modalverben im Präteritum | Positionsverben | Wechselpräpositionen mit Dativ
und Akkusativ

Unit 3: Medien im Alltag
a) Sprachhandlungen: über Vor - und Nachteile sprechen | Vergleiche formulieren | die eigene
Meinung sagen | über Vorlieben sprechen | über Filme sprechen | Kommentare zu einem Film
verstehen | einen Kommentar schreiben
b) Wortschatz: Medien | Aktivitäten mit Medien | Film
Aussprache: b oder w
Landeskunde: Kino! Kino! – Der Film „Almanya“ Der Film Alte und neue Medien | Bitte lächeln!

c) Grammatik: Komparativ | Vergleichssätze mit als, wie | Nebensatz mit dass | Superlativ

MODULE II: (2 Credits)
Unit 4 - Große und kleine Gefühle
a) Sprachhandlungen: sich bedanken und Glückwünsche aussprechen | über Gefühle sprechen |
Informationen über Festivals verstehen und darüber sprechen | über eine Stadt schreiben |
Freude/Bedauern ausdrücken | über ein Lied sprechen | Blogeinträge verstehen und schreiben |
Überschriften finden
b) Wortschatz:: Feste und Ereignisse | Einladungs - und Dankeskarten | Gefühle
Aussprache: Emotionales Sprechen
Landeskunde: Norddeutsche Feste | „Ende Anfang“ – ein Lied von einer deutschen Band Der Film
Post für mich? | Überraschung | Ein Wochenende in Kiel

c) Grammatik: Nebensatz mit wenn | Adjektive nach dem bestimmten Artikel


Unit 5: Was machen Sie beruflich?
a) Sprachhandlungen: ein Gespräch am Fahrkartenschalter führen | über Freizeitangebote sprechen
| Texten Informationen entnehmen | Personen vorstellen | Berufswünsche äußern | einen Traumberuf
vorstellen | ein Telefongespräch vorbereiten | telefonieren | einen Text zum Thema Arbeitswelt
verstehen
b) Wortschatz: Berufe | Arbeitsmittel und Tätigkeiten | Bahnreisen | Arbeitswelt Aussprache: m
oder n Landeskunde: Am Fahrkartenschalter der Bahn | Arbeitswelt von morgen Der Film Ich
brauche schnell ein Ticket. | Beas Traumjob

Page 70

67 c) Grammatik: Adjektive nach dem unbestimmten Artikel | Präpositionen: ohne + Akkusativ, mit
+ Dativ | das Verb werden
Unit 6: Ganz schön mobil
a) Sprachhandlungen Informationen erfragen | Unsicherheit ausdrücken | eine Wegbeschreibung
verstehen und geben | einen Zeitungsartikel verstehen | die eigene Meinung sagen | über den Weg
zur Arbeit sprechen | eine Statistik beschreiben | Informationen über eine Reise verstehen | über
Reisen sprechen
b) Wortschatz: öffentlicher Verkehr | rund ums Autofahren | Weg zur Arbeit Aussprache:
Schwierige Wörter Landeskunde: Der Weg zur Arbeit in D-A-CH | Mit dem Fahrrad auf Reisen
Der Film Zu spät! | Der Weg ist ganz einfach …
c) Grammatik: Nebensatz: indirekte Fragesätze | lokale Präpositionen an … vorbei, durch, …

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40
Tasks/Assignments (Any two)
1. Listening Comprehension of content in the syllabus
2. Maintain a personal vocabulary list from German prose and poetry
3. Written Assignments
4. Oral Demonstration of poetry
5. Maintain a German Language Log -Book


References:
1. Dengler, Stefanie, u.a.: Netzwerk A2. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Kursbuch und Arbeitsbuch.
(Kapitel 1-6) München / Delhi: Klett Langenscheidt / Goyal Saab 2015
2. Aufderstraße, Hartmut, u.a. : Lagune 2. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Kursbuch und Arbeitsbuch.
Ismaning: Max Hueber Verlag 2014.
3. Breitsameter, Anna, Glas -Peters, Sabine, Pude, Angela, Specht, Franz: Menschen A2. Deutsch
als Fremdsprache. Arbeitsbuch. Ismaning: Hueber 2013
4. Funk, Hermann, u.a.: Studio d - Grundstufe: A2. Berlin / New Delhi: Cornelsen / Goyal Saab
2013
5. Any other textbook for A2.1 / A2 level proficiency (corresponding to the topics in the syllabus)
may be used as a reference book.
6. Websites: https://einstufungstests.klett -sprachen.de/eks/uebungen -netzwerk -a2/

Page 71

68 SEMESTER I
PART III CORE B.A SCHOOL SUBJECTS
CORE COURSE: HISTORY
COURSE NAME: HISTORY OF MODERN INDIA (1757 -1947)

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To understand the establishment of British colonial rule
2. To examine the rise and development of political nationalism.
3. To examine the rise and development of economic nationalism.
4. To acquaint the students with the mass movements in the Indian Freedom struggle
5. To develop an understanding of Gandhian movements


Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Explain the impact of colonial rule and the development of resistance against it.
2. Discuss how forces of nationalism developed led to the creation of an independent India.
3. Describe the events leading to the Partition of India and its impact.
4. Discuss the trends in Indian nationalism
5. Explain the Gandhian movements


MODULE 1: BRITISH COLONIAL RULE (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Beginning of Colonial era
a) Establishment of British rule
b) Challenges to British rule
c) British Reforms and Administration upto 1857
Unit 2: Socio -Religious Reform Movements
a) Revivalist movements
b) Reformist movements
c) Impact of reform movements
Unit 3: Growth of Political Awakening
a) Revolt of 1857 - Causes, Nature and consequences
b) Growth of Political Associations
c) Foundation of Indian National Congress

MODULE II: INDIAN NATIONALISM (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Trends in Indian Nationalism

Page 72

69 a) Moderates
b) Extremists
c) Revolutionary nationalism
Unit 5: Gandhian Movements
a) Non-Cooperation movement
b) Civil Disobedience movement
c) Quit India movement
Unit 6: Towards Freedom
a) Constitutional developments (1909 -1945)
b) Towards Indian Independence
c) Partition of India

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40
Tasks/Assignments (Any two)
1. Submit an assignment on the nature of the Revolt of 1857.
2. Prepare a presentation on Leaders of the Civil Disobedience Movement
3. Draw a flow chart showing activities of the Congress from 1920 – 1947
4. PPT Presentation of the Gandhian movement
5. Written Assignment on the trends in Indian Nationalism


References:
1. Bandyopadhyay Sekhar, From Plassey to Partition and After: A History of Modern India, Orient
Longman, New Delhi, 2004.
2. Banerjee - Dube, Ishita, A History of Modern India, Cambridge University Press, 2015.
3. Brown Judith, Modern India: The Origins of an Asian Democracy, OUP, 1994.
4. Chakravarti Aroop, The History of India (1857 – 2000), Pearson, New Delhi, 2012.
5. Chandra Bipin and Others, India since Independence, Penguin Books India, Paperback, 2017.
6. Grover B.L. & Grover S., A New Look at Modern Indian History (1707 – present day), S. Chand
and Company, New Delhi, 2001.
7. Guha Ramchandra, Makers of Modern India, Penguin UK, 2010.
8. Guha Ramchandra, India After Gandhi, Harper Collins, 2007.
9. Nanda B.R., Essays in Modern Indian History, O.U.P., Mumbai.
10. Nanda B.R., Making of a Nation: India’s Road to Independence, Delhi, 1998.

Page 73

70 11. Pannikar K.N. (ed). National and Left Movement in India, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1980.
12. Thompson Edward & Garratt G.T., History of British Rule in India, Vol. II, Atlantic Publishers
and Distributors, Delhi, 1999.
Resources in Marathi:
13. Acharya Dhananjay, Aadhunik Bharatacha Itihas, Shri SainathPrakashan, Nagpur, 2006.
14. Bhole Bhaskar L. Bharatache Swatrantrya –Pannas Varshancha Magova, Sanket Publication,
Aurangabad,1998.
15. Chandra Bipan and Others, Swatantryottar Bharat, K’Sagar Publication, Pune, Reprint 2017.
16. Chandra Bipan and Others, Grover B. L., Belhekar N. K., Adhunik BhartiyaItihas :Ek Navin
Mulayankan, 3rd Edition, S.Chand Publishing, 2003.
17. Guha Ramchandra, Gandhi Nantarcha Bharat, Majestic Publishing House, 2015.
18. Sarkar Sumit, Aadhunik Bharat, Rajkamal Prakashan Pvt Ltd, 2009.

Page 74

71 SEMESTER I
PART III -CORE B.A SCHOOL SUBJECTS
CORE COURSE: GEOGRAPHY
COURSE NAME: INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN GEOGRAPHY

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To develop a basic understanding about concepts associated with subject of Human
Geography.
2. To understand Man Environment Relation.
3. To understand Population and its related concepts.
4. To understand Settlement and concepts associated with it.
5. To understand the Migration and concepts related to it.
6. To understand the Refugee Crisis and concepts associated with it.

Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. State the man-environment relations and its related concepts.
2. Summarize concepts in settlement, mitigation and associated concepts.
3. Describe Refugee Crisis and its concepts.
4. Correlate Migration to the Refugee Crisis
5. Explain population and its related concepts.


MODULE 1: HUMAN GEOGRAPHY (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Human Geography: An Introduction
a) Human Geography - Meaning, Definition, Nature, Scope
b) Branches of Human Geography
c) Different Approaches of Human Geography
Unit 2: Man Environment Relation
a) Determinism its viewpoints and its Philosophical varieties
b) Possibilism as Human Environment Interaction and views of Major Thinkers of
Geographical Possibilism.
c) Probabilism, support and criticism of Probabilism.
Unit 3: Population
a) Trends and Patterns of World Population change, Demographic Transition Model
b) Population Density, its distribution and its growth
c) Concept and Problems of Under -population, over-population and optimum population

Page 75

72 MODULE 2: SETTLEMENT MIGRATION AND REFUGEE CRISIS (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Settlement
a) Concept of Urban and Rural Settlements
b) Types and Pattern of settlement, Site and Situation
c) Functional classification of urban settlement
Unit 5: Migration
a) Concept and Types of Migration
b) Causes of migration – pull and push; Consequences/effects of migration, Patterns and
processes of migration
c) Emerging trends of migrations or Issues of legal and illegal international Migration
Unit 6: Refugee Crisis
a) Meaning and Definition, Causes of Refugee Crisis
b) Exploitation of displaced people, Political Responses
c) Migratory Routes and Methods of Fleeing, Role of International Rescue Committee.

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40
Tasks/Assignments (Any two)
1. Map - Definition, Components, Type and Importance
2. Map scale - Definition, Verbal Scale and Graphical Scale
3. Construction of Choropleth Maps, Isopleth, Dot and Flow Maps
4. Construction of Population Pyramid
5. Calculate the Population Density of the following states Bihar, Maharashtra, Arunachal
Pradesh and Kerala.

References:
1. Johnson R. J. & Others (1983) : The Dictionary of Human Geography, Blackwell England
2. Singh, L. R. (2009): “Fundamentals of Human Geography”, Sharda Pustak Bhavan, Allahabad
3. Hussain, M. (2011) “Human Geography”, Rawat Publications, Jaipur Dixit, R. D. (1997):
“Geographical Thought: A Contextual History of Ideas”, PHI Learning Private Limited, Delhi
4. Singh, R. Y. (2002): “Geography of Settlements”, Rawat Publications, Jaipur
5. Siddhartha, K. and Mukherjee, S. (2016): “Cities, Urbanization and Urban Systems”, Kitab
Mahal, Delhi
6. Chandna, R. C. (2016): “Geography of Population: Concepts, Determinants and Patterns”,

Page 76

73 Kalyani Publishers, Ludhiana Bhende, A. and Kanitkar, T. (2015): “Principles of Population
Studies”, Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai
7. Koser, K. (2007): “International Migration: A Very Short Introduction”, Oxford Univ Press,
UK
8. Castles, S., Haas, H., and Miller, M. (2013): “The Age of Migration: International Movements
in the Modern World”, Guilford Pr.
9. Leong, G. C. and Morgan, G. C. (1982): “Human and Economic Geography”, Oxford
University Press, Delhi
10. Knowles, R. and Warding, J. (2012): “Economic and Social Geography”, Rupa and CO,
Kolkatta Waugh, D. (2009): “The New Wider World”, Oxford University World, Oxford
11. Mahmood, A. (2008): Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies”, Rajesh Publications,
Delhi
12. Singh, L. R. (2009): “Fundamentals of Practical Geography”, Sharda Pustak Bhavna,
Allahabad
13. Mishra, R. P. and Ramesh, A. (2002): “Fundamentals of Cartography”, Concept Publishing
Company, New Delhi

Page 77

74 SEMESTER I
PART III -CORE B.A SCHOOL SUBJECT
CORE COURSE: ECONOMICS
COURSE NAME: MICROECONOMICS – I


Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding of economics.
2. To help the students to prepare for teaching economics.
3. To impart knowledge of microeconomics.
4. To clarify concepts of utility.
5. To understand and interpret charts, graphs and figures.


Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Use microeconomic analysis as a way of understanding the world.
2. Analyse important concepts in consumer choice theory, the theory of production and costs,
and the impact of market structure on market equilibrium.
3. Use economic tools that support their understanding of economics.
4. Apply theories discussed in class to real-life situations.
5. Interpret charts, graphs and figures; based on demand and supply


MODULE 1: INTRODUCTION TO MICROECONOMICS (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Microeconomics concepts
a) Microeconomics - Meaning, Scope, Importance, Limitations
b) Positive and Normative Economics
c) Concepts of Equation, Functions, Graphs, Diagrams, Line, Slope, and Intercept
Unit 2: Ten Principles of Economics
a) How People Make Decisions (4 principles)
b) How People Interact (3 principles)
c) How The Economy as a Whole Works (3 principles)
Unit 3: Cardinal and Ordinal Analysis
a) Cardinal Utility Analysis, Diminishing Marginal Utility, Equimarginal Utility
b) Ordinal Utility Analysis: Indifference Curve Analysis: Indifference Curves, Construction
Properties, Budget Line – Construction – Slope - Shifts, Consumer’s Equilibrium,
c) Changes in Consumer Equilibrium: Price Effect - Income Effect - Substitution Effect with
Diagrams, Derive the Demand Curve using the PCC

Page 78

75 MODULE 1I: DEMAND, SUPPLY AND ELASTICITY (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Demand
a) Concept of Demand, Determinants of Demand, Demand Function
b) Law of Demand and Exceptions, Individual and Market Demand
c) Elasticity of Demand: Price, Income, Cross, Promotional Degrees: Measurement Methods
Unit 5: Supply
a) Concept of Supply, Determinants of Supply, Supply Function
b) Law of Supply - Individual and Market Supply
c) Elasticity of Supply Concept -Degrees -Measurement
Unit 6: Market Equilibrium - Concept and Diagrams
a) Diagrams to Analyse Changes in Equilibrium due to Change in Demand
b) Diagrams to Analyse Changes in Equilibrium due to Change in Supply
c) Diagrams To Analyse Changes in Equilibrium due to Change in Demand and Supply

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40
Tasks/Assignments (Any two)
1. Written Assignment on Law of Demand and Exceptions, Individual and Market Demand
2. PPT Presentations on Law of Supply - Individual and Market Supply
3. A Seminar on the Elasticity of Supply Concept -Degrees -Measurement
4. Draw diagrams to analyse Changes in Equilibrium due to Change in Demand
5. Draw diagrams of changes in Equilibrium due to Change in Demand and Supply


References:
1. Ahuja. H. L. (2019): Advanced Economic Theory -Microeconomic Analysis, (LPSPE), 21st
Edition. S. Chand Publishing.
2. Mankiw, N. G. (2015): Principles of Microeconomics, 7th Ed. Cengage Learning India Ltd.
3. Koutsouyiannis, A. (1979) Modern Microeconomics, 2nd edition. Macmillan.
4. Samuelson, P. A. and Nordhaus, W. D. (2019): Economics, 20th edition (Indian Adaptation -S.
Chaudhuri and A. Sen). McGraw Hill Education.
5. Frank, R. H. and Bernanke, B. (2007): Principles of Economics, 3rd Ed., McGraw Hill Education
6. Lipsey, R. and Chrystal, A (2015): Economics, 13th Edition. Oxford University Press, India.

Page 79

76 SEMESTER I
PART III - CORE B.A SCHOOL SUBJECT
CORE COURSE: MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS
COURSE NAME: BASIC CONCEPTS OF NUMBER SYSTEMS

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding of the Basic Properties of Numbers
2. To appreciate the usefulness of Real Numbers and their properties
3. To develop numerical skills in Set Theory and Operations on Sets
4. To create an awareness of Equivalence Relations
5. To develop numerical skills in Congruence Relations on Z

Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Explain the Basic properties of Numbers.
2. Analyse the properties of Real Numbers.
3. Differentiates between the Intervals and neighbourhoods;
4. Examine the accuracy of the given solution to the problems based on the Number System.
5. Reflect on the utility of the learned concepts.

MODULE I: NUMBER SYSTEMS (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Basic Properties of Numbers
a) N, Z, Q, Qc, R; BODMAS;
b) Indices, Square and square -roots, Cube and cube -roots,
c) Variation, Ratio and Proportions.
Unit 2: Real Numbers and their properties
a) Properties under addition, multiplication and order, Absolute value of a real number and
the properties.
b) Intervals and neighbourhoods; Archimedean Principle, Hausdorff principle.
c) Bounded set, supremum and infimum of a set. Denseness of rational numbers.
Unit 3: Practicals
a) Properties of the number systems; BODMAS related applications
b) Finding the squares, square -roots, cube and cube -roots -applications.
c) Applications of variations, ratio and proportions
d) Properties of R under addition, multiplication and order; absolute value of real numbers.
e) Intervals, neighbourhoods, Archimedean and Hausdorff principles
f) To find if a set is bounded, find the supremum and infimum of sets.

MODULE II: SETS AND RELATIONS (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Set Theory and Operations on Sets

Page 80

77 a) Definition and types of sets; Operation on sets with properties -union, intersection,
difference, symmetric difference, complement;
b) Subsets and Supersets, Product of sets, Venn Diagram.
c) Definition of binary operators, properties and applications.
Unit 5: Equivalence Relations and Congruence Relations on Z
a) Definition of relations, types of relations, equivalence relations, partitions, equivalence
classes; results on equivalence relations;
b) Definition of congruence relation; congruence relation is an equivalence relation; properties
of congruence relation;
c) Residue classes and Z n; properties on Z n under addition & multiplication modulon;
Euler phi function.
Unit 6: Practicals
a) Sets and operations
b) Venn diagrams
c) Binary operators
d) Equivalence relations
e) Congruence relations
f) Zn; Euler phi function

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No. Particular component Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40
Tasks/Assignments (Any two)
1. Written Assignment on Operation on sets with properties -union, intersection, difference,
symmetric difference, complement
2. PPT Presentations on binary operators, properties and applications
3. A Seminar on Residue classes and Zn; properties on Zn under addition & multiplication
modulon; Euler phi function.
4. Draw diagrams to analyse Subsets and Powersets, Product of sets, Venn Diagram.
5. Draw diagrams of sets with properties -union, intersection, difference,
symmetric difference, complement;

References:
1. Discrete Mathematics, Norman L. Biggs, Revised Edition, Clarendon Press, Oxford 1989.
2. Elementary Number Theory : David Burton ; Tata McGraw Hill (Walter RudinSeries), Indian
Edition.
3. Introduction to Math Olympiad Problems. Michael A. Radin. Chapman and Hall. 2021

Page 81

78 4. Introduction to the theory of numbers, I. Niven and S. Zuckerman, Third Edition, Wiley
Eastern, New Delhi, 1972.
5. Lecture Notes On Mathematical Olympiad Courses: For Junior Section (In 2 Volumes) The
Mathematical Olympiad Series. Jiagu Xu. World Scientific, 2009
6. Master Maths: Solving Word Problems. Brita Immergut. Cengage Learning PTR. 2009
7. Methods And Techniques For Proving Inequalities: In Mathematical Olympiad And
Competitions, Volume 11 of Mathematical Olympiad Series. Yong Su, & Bin Xiong. World
Scientific Publishing Company, 2015.
8. Problem solving Strategies. Arthur Engel. Springer. 1991
9. The History of Counting. Denise Schmandt -Besserat. HarperCollins 1999
10. The mathematics that Every Secondary School Teacher Needs to Know. Alan Sultan & Alice
F. Artzt. Routledge. 2011.

Page 82

79 SEMESTER I
PART III- CORE: B.A (JUNIOR COLLEGE SUBJECTS)
CORE COURSE: PSYCHOLOGY
COURSE NAME: BASICS OF PSYCHOLOGY

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding of the nature, scope and relevance of Psychology
2. To develop an understanding of the methods of Psychology.
3. To develop an understanding of the physiological basis of behaviour
4. To develop an understanding of assessment methods used in Psychology.
5. To develop an understanding of the structure of the brain


Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Describe the nature, scope and relevance of Psychology
2. Explain the methods of Psychology.
3. Critically analyse the physiological basis of behaviour
4. Compare the peripheral nervous system with the central nervous system
5. Explain the structure of the brain


MODULE 1: UNDERSTANDING PSYCHOLOGY (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Basic concepts of Psychology
a) Meaning, scope and branches of psychology
b) Schools of Psychology: Structuralism and Functionalism, Gestalt, Behaviourism,
c) Schools of Psychology: Psychoanalysis, Humanistic & Cognitive
Unit 2: Methods of Psychology
a) Observation (Meaning, Types, Merits and Demerits)
b) Case Study, Experimental Method (Meaning, Types, Merits and Demerits)
c) Survey method, Longitudinal method (Meaning, Types, Merits and Demerits)
Unit 3: Assessment methods
a) Psychometric Tests (IQ, Personality, EQ)
b) Career Guidance
c) Inventory, Projective techniques

MODULE II: PHYSIOLOGICAL BASIS OF BEHAVIOUR (2 Credits)

Page 83

80 Unit 4: The Nervous System
a) Structure, Function and Types of Neurons
b) Neurotransmitters (Types and functions)
c) The Nervous system: Peripheral and Central
Unit 5: The Structure of the Brain
a) The Central Nervous System: Structure of the brain; brain stem
b) The structure of the cortex
c) The association areas of the cortex (Broca’s area and Wernicke’s area)
Unit 6: The Peripheral Nervous System
a) The Peripheral Nervous System: Structure and extent
b) The Somatic Nervous System and the Autonomic Nervous System.
c) Structure and Behavioural Functions of the HindBrain, MidBrain and ForeBrain

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40
Tasks/Assignments (Any two)
1. Group discussion -Suggested Topics - Psychometric Tests (IQ, Personality, EQ)
2. PowerPoint presentation on Merits and Demerits of: Case Study, Experimental Method, Survey
method, Longitudinal method.
4. Written Assignment on the Central Nervous System: Structure of the brain
5. A Seminar on the Somatic Nervous System and the Autonomic Nervous System.
6. Draw diagrams of the Nervous system: Peripheral and Central


References:
1. Feldman, R.S. (2019). Understanding Psychology. 14th Edition
2. Jain, S. (2014). Introduction to Psychology. Kalyani Publishers.
3. Encyclopedia of human intelligence. (2 vol.). (1994). New York: Macmillan.
4. Encyclopedia of learning and memory. (1992). New York: Macmillan.
5. Encyclopedia of psycholo gy. (4 vol.). (1994). 2nd ed. New York: Wiley.
6. Principles of Neuropsychology, Second Edition Eric A. Zillmer, Mary V. Spiers, William C.
Culbertson, (2008). Thomson Higher Education, CA: USA.

Page 84

81 SEMESTER I
PART III- CORE: B.A (JUNIOR COLLEGE SUBJECTS)
CORE COURSE: SOCIOLOGY
COURSE NAME: BASICS OF SOCIOLOGY

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To introduce the nature, scope and significance of sociology and approaches in sociology.
2. To familiarize students to Sociological theories and Perspectives
3. To introduce students to the methods of Sociology
4. To develop an understanding of the relationship between Sociology and other social sciences
5. To develop an understanding of sociological approaches


Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Analyse the nature and scope of sociology as social science.
2. Examine the Relationship between Sociology and other social sciences
3. Differentiate between sociology and common sense
4. Explain the functions of sociological theories
5. Demonstrate knowledge through debates and discussion with application of Sociological
Perspective and Sociological approaches.
6. Explore different career options in Sociology and choose appropriate career


MODULE 1: SOCIOLOGY: NATURE AND SCOPE (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Definition, Scope and Uses of Sociology
a) Definition & Meaning of Sociology
b) Significance of Sociology: Uses of sociology
c) Careers in Sociology
Unit 2: The Sociological Perspective
a) Sociology and Common Sense
b) The Sociological Perspective: Seeing a General in Particular, Seeing Strange in the Familiar
c) C. Wright Mills: The Sociological Imagination
Unit 3: Relationship between Sociology and other social sciences
a) Sociology and History
b) Sociology and Economics
c) Sociology and Psychology

Page 85

82 MODULE 1I: SOCIOLOGICAL PERSPECTIVES (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Introduction to Sociological Theory
a) What is Sociological Theory?
b) Types of Sociological Theory - Micro Theories vs Macro Theories
c) Functions of Sociological Theories
Unit 5: Sociological Approaches
a) The Structural Functional Approach
b) The Social - Conflict Approach
c) The Symbolic Interaction Approach
Unit 6: Introduction to Methods in Sociology
a) The Scientific Approach
b) Basic Principles - Variables, Correlation, Validity, Reliability
c) Emerging Methods in Sociology - Visual Sociology

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40
Tasks/Assignments (Any two)
1. PPT Individual presentations on the relationship of Sociology with different social sciences.
2. Group discussion on the difference between Common Sense Knowledge and Sociological
Knowledge with the help of Sociological Perspectives.
3. PPT Individual presentation on the Sociological Perspective helps to understand society?
4. Maintain a logbook on the Sociological Approach.
5. Group presentations on Sociological Theories

References:
1. Abraham, F. 2006. Contemporary Sociology: An Introduction to Concepts and Theories
2. Dasgupta and Saha (2012) An introduction to Sociology, Pearson.
3. Giddens, Anthony (2017) Sociology (8th Ed.), Atlantic Publishers.(Chapters: 1,5,14,16,21)
4. Haralambos M and Heald (2009) Sociology Themes, Perspectives. Delhi Oxford Univ Press
5. John J.Macionis, Sociology 16th Ed. (2018), Pearson (Chapter 1)
6. Julia Jary and David Jary (2005) Dictionary of Sociology ,Collins
7. Macionis, John (2005) Sociology (10th Ed.) Prentice Hall
8. Marshall Gordon. Dictionary of Sociology New Delhi Oxford University Press

Page 86

83 9. Schaefer Richard Sociology A Brief Introduction (2006) 6th Ed. Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi
10. Shankar Rao, Sociology: Principles of Sociology (2019), S.Chand Pub.(Chapter 1)
11. Stolley S, Kathy (2005) The Basics of Sociology, Greenwood Press

Page 87

84 SEMESTER I
PART III-- CORE: B.A (JUNIOR COLLEGE SUBJECTS)
CORE COURSE: PHILOSOPHY
COURSE NAME: BASICS OF PHILOSOPHY

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding of the basic concepts and the beginnings of Philosophy
2. To develop an understanding of the concept, major classifications and traditions in
Philosophy.
3. To develop an understanding of the beginnings of Indian Philosophy, with reference to
Vedic and Upanishadic Cosmologies
4. To develop an understanding of the methods of philosophizing and primary issues,
concerns, and debates within philosophy.
5. To develop an understanding of the features and classifications of Western Philosophy
6. To develop an understanding of the various Philosophical Methods

Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Identify the main fields of philosophy.
2. Critically analyse the Indian and Western ways of thinking.
3. Explain the context from which a particular philosophical viewpoint arose.
4. Evaluate the implications of philosophical positions in daily life.
5. Explain Vedic Cosmology and Upanishadic Cosmology


MODULE 1: Philosophy: Basic concepts; its beginnings (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Nature, Scope and Significance of Philosophy
a) What is philosophy? Nature & Scope of Philosophy
b) Basic overview of the major areas of philosophy
c) Value of Philosophy - Russell
Unit 2: Beginnings of Philosophy in India: Vedic & Upanishadic Cosmologies
a) Beginnings of Indian Philosophy: From Vedas to Upanishads (Samhita, Brahmana,
Aranyaka & Upanishads)
b) Vedic Cosmology: Rta and Rna in the moral & cosmic order; cosmology in Purusha

Page 88

85 sukta (Rig Veda, book 10, hymn 90) and Naasadiya sukta(Rig Veda, book 10, hymn 129).
c) Upanishadic Cosmology (Brahman, Cosmic Egg & Cosmogenesis as sacrifice)
Śvetāśvatara Upanishad (1. 1), Brihadaranyaka Upanishad, 1.2.1 -7) Kaṭha Upanishad 3.
10-13, and 6. 7-8; Chāndogya Upanishad 6.4
Unit 3: Greek Beginnings of Philosophy: Pre -Socratic Natural Philosophy and
Cosmologies
a) Beginnings of Philosophy among the Greeks: from myths to Philosophy
b) Pre-Socratic Cosmology: Natural Philosophy - Thales of Miletus
c) Pre-Socratic Cosmology: Natural Philosophy - Anaximander & Anaximenes

MODULE 1I: APPROACHES IN INDIAN & WESTERN PHILOSOPHY (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Indian Philosophy: Features & classifications
a) Features of Indian Philosophy
b) Classifications of Indian Philosophy (Orthodox & Heterodox)
c) Classifications of Indian Philosophy (Analytic & Synthetic)
Unit 5: Western Philosophy: Features & classifications
a) Features of Western Philosophy
b) Introduction to schools of Western Philosophy (Idealism of the Platonic tradition &
Realism
of Aristotelian tradition)
c) Introduction to schools of Western Philosophy (Rationalism & Empiricism)
Unit 6: Philosophical Methods
a) Method of Philosophy: The Vedic/Upanishadic Method (Neti…Neti..) (way of
negation) (Brihadaranyaka Upanishad 2.3.6)
b) Method of Philosophy: The Socratic Method (Elenchus)
c) Inductive (empiricist method) & Deductive (Aristotelian) Methods (Russell, Problems
of Philosophy, chs. 6 & 7), Inducto -deductive (integrated reasoning) ( Nyaya )
(Chandhradhar Sharma, A critical survey of Indian philosophy ch.12)

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No. Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40
Tasks/Assignments (Any two)
1. Critically evaluate Russell’s arguments in support of the value of philosophy.
2. Written Assignments on comparing Vedic cosmology with the modern scientific view on
origin and evolution of the universe.

Page 89

86 3. Using steps of Socratic method develop an argumentation on any issue of your choice
4. PowerPoint presentations on Philosophical Methods
5. Written Assignments on features and classifications of Indian Philosophy
6. Written Assignments on features and classifications of Western Philosophy


References:
1. Bishop, Donald (ed.) Indian Thought: An Introduction (New Delhi: Wiley Eastern
2. Chandradhar Sharma. A critical survey of Indian philosophy. Motilal Banarsidass Publ,
2000. Ch. 12- integrated reasoning (induction -deduction method)
3. Dutta and Chatterjee, Introduction to Indian Philosophy. Calcutta: Motialal , 1961
4. G S Kirk and J E Raven, The Presocratic Philosophers, chapter 1 (Myth and philosophy)
5. H. Hiriyanna, Essentials of Indian Philosophy. Delhi: Motialal
6. James Warren, Presocratics, chapter 2 (Natural philosophers) chapter 5 and 6 (Heraclites
and Parmenides)
7. Karsten Friis Johansen, A History of Ancient Philosophy: From the Beginnings to
Augustine, pp. 11-19 (Myth and philosophy); pp. 21-29 (Natural philosophers)
8. Paul Deussen, Sixty Upanishads of the Veda, Volume 1, Motilal Banarsidass, Delhi, 1975)
9. Radhakrishnan, Indian Philosophy ( Vol. I and II). Delhi Oxford. 1999
10. Raju, P. T. The Philosophical Traditions of India. Pittsburgh: Univ. of Pittsburgh Press,
1972.
11. Roy W. Perrett, Introduction to Indian Philosophy, Cambridge University, 2016, chapter
6.
12. Russell Bertrand. The Problems of Philosophy. 1914. Chs. VI, VII;
https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.202549/page/n11/mode/2up
13. T C Roy, A Companion Guide to Western Philosophy: From the Greeks to the Scholastics,
Anushka Publications, Mumbai, 2019.
14. T.C. Roy, A Companion Guide to Indian Philosophy, R.K Publications, Mumbai, 2018.
15. T.M.P. Mahadevan, Invitation to Indian Philosophy. Madras: Arnold Heinmann, 1974.
Websites:
16. https://web.ics.purdue.edu/~drkelly/RussellValuePhilosophy1912.pdf
17. https://oll.libertyfund.org/page/upanishads -and-philosophy
18. http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Overview_of_Cosmology_in_the_Scriptures#Upanishadi
c_Cosmology

Page 90

87 SEMESTER I
PART III- - CORE: B.A (JUNIOR COL LEGE SUBJECTS)
CORE COURSE: POLITICAL SCIENCE
COURSE NAME: INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE


Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding of the approaches and scope of Political Science as a
discipline.
2. To develop an understanding of the relationship between Political Science and other Social
Sciences
3. To develop an understanding of the basic concepts of equality, liberty, and justice
4. To develop an understanding of the main pillars of select mainstream political ideologies
5. To critically analyse and to form an opinion on key issues.

Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Explain the relationship between Political Science and other Social Sciences
2. Identify the scope and various approaches to Political Science.
3. Critically analyse the ideas of political theorists on ideals that constitute the basis of a
political society.
4. Describe the basics of important political ideologies.
5. Write an essay with clarity on contemporary developments
6. Write an essay on the Ideologies of Liberalism, Socialism and Communism


MODULE I - BASICS OF POLITICAL SCIENCE (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Introduction
(a) Meaning and definition of Political Science
(b) Scope of Political Science
(c) Nature - Is it science or art?
Unit 2: Relationship between Political Science and other Social Sciences
(a) Sociology & Psychology
(b) Economics & Philosophy
(c) History & Geography

Page 91

88 Unit 3: Growth & Relevance of Political Science
(a) Evolution of Political Science as a discipline
(b) Approaches to the study of Political Science
(c) Relevance of the study of Political Science

MODULE II - INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL IDEOLOGIES (2
Credits)
Unit 4: Concepts - Meaning, Definition & Types
(a) Equality
(b) Liberty
(c) Justice
Unit 5: Concepts - Meaning, Definition, Types, Inter Linkages
(a) Power
(b) Authority
(c) Legitimacy
Unit 6: Ideologies - Basic Principles & Critical Evaluation
(a) Liberalism
(b) Socialism
(c) Communism

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40
Tasks/Assignments (Any two)
1) Maintain a political diary during the semester (collect articles and news items on course
contents and write your detailed comments).
2) Case study on Ideology of Democratic Republic of Korea, Disintegration of
USSR, Myanmar Military regime, Thailand Monarchy, Hong Kong
Democratic movement
3) Group discussion on Liberty and State authority, free speech, data privacy
law.
4) Street Play on the course content
5) Poster Making on the course content
6) Perform poetry and songs on the meaning and significance of famous political poetry

Page 92

89 and songs (themes of liberty, equality, justice) identify the songs & poems and write
a synopsis
7) PowerPoint presentation on Socio -Politically Relevant Issues
8) On the themes of liberty, equality, justice identify songs & poems and write a synopsis


References:
1. Asirvatham, E. (1971), Political Theory, Lucknow, Upper India Publishing House
2. Barker, E. (1956), Principles of Social & Political Theory, Oxford, London.
3. Bhargava, R. (2008) ‘What is Political Theory’, in Bhargava, R and Acharya,
A.(eds) Political Theory: An Introduction, New Delhi: Pearson Longman
4. Gokhale, B.K. (1994), Political Science (Theory and Government Machinery),
Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House
5. Mukherjee, S. & Ramaswamy, S. (2015), A History of Political thought: Plato to
Marx, Delhi: PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
6. Ramaswamy, S. (2003), Political Theory – Ideas and Concepts, 2nd ed., New Delhi:
PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
7. Rathore L.S. & Haqqi S.A.H. (2002), Political Theory & Organisation, Lucknow:
Eastern Book Company.
8. Sabine, G. H. (1973), A History of Political Theory. New Delhi: Oxford and
IBH Publishing
9. Heywood, A. (2004). Political theory: An introduction . New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
10. Heywood, A. (1992). Political Ideologies: An Introduction, 6th ed., London: Palgrave
MacMillan

Page 93

90 SEMESTER I
PART IV
CORE COURSE: HEALTH AND YOGA
COURSE NAME: HEALTH AND YOGA - 1


Total Credits: 3
Total Marks: 50


Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding of the basic concepts of Health Education and yoga
2. To develop an understanding of the health and hygiene and the role of yogabhyas in
achieving it.
3. To develop an understanding of the holistic practices in health and fitness making them
aware of conditions and causes of ill health, diseases and principles of soundness in health.
4. To elucidate the role of teacher educators in promoting physical education and yoga
among school children
5. To develop an understanding of various methods used for teaching yogabhyas to students
with special needs.

Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Understand the concept and significance of health, health education, and Yoga for health.
2. Reflect upon the principles and requirements of health and the importance of pursuing them
in daily life.
3. Demonstrate basic skills associated with yoga activities including strength and flexibility.
4. Students will practice Hatha Yoga focusing on yoga for strength, flexibility, and relaxation
and engage in practicing techniques for increasing concentration and decreasing anxiety
which eventually will lead to stronger academic performance.
5. Explain various methods used for teaching yogabhyas to students with special needs.


MODULE 1: UNDERSTANDING HEALTH AND HYGIENE (1 Credit)
Unit 1: Foundations in Health and Hygiene
(a) Concept, Aims and Objectives of health education
(b) Factors influencing health
(c) Human Anatomy - Cell, Tissues, Systems, Senses

Page 94

91 Unit 2: Diseases and First Aid
(a) Potential causes of ill health Reproductive and sexual health, Hygiene; Harmful effects
of self-medication and patient's rights.
(b) Diseases (Communicable and non-communicable): RTI, STI, HIV AIDS, Pandemics
and significance of hygiene
(c) First Aid: Meaning and scope; Qualities and duties of a First Aider

MODULE II: YOGA AS THERAPY (1 Credit)
Unit 3: Yoga as therapy and its place in Pedagogy
a) Introduction to Patanjali’s Yogasutra; Meaning and significance of yoga; yoga for
integrated personality
b) Ashtanga Yoga; Four Pillars of Yoga (the four principles of healthy living) (aahar,
vihar, aachar, vichar)
c) Yoga for Mental health and Stress Management:(Stress – definition, causes, symptoms;
yogabhyas for stress related disorders – Anxiety, Depression and suicidal tendencies)
Unit 4: Role of Yogabhyas and its significance in Pedagogy
(a) Role of yogabhyas in prevention of common diseases: Surynamaskar, Vrukshasana,
Nadishodhan, Bhramri, Yoganidra - their health benefits
b) Need of yogabhyas for school children & Methods to teach yogabhyas
c) Health education and yoga for children with special needs

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (1 Credit)

Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 20
3 One Essay held in the given semester 10
Total 50
Tasks/Assignments (Any two)
1. Write an essay on the meaning and concept of health education.
2. List down factors influencing health and find out measures to safeguard good health.
3. Write an essay on the importance of yoga for school children.
4. Take a student with special needs, give her/him yoga training and find out the effect of
daily yoga practice on them and prepare a report on it.
5. Make a field Visit to 2 Yogabhyas Kendras and write a report on it.
6. Prepare a project on the advantages of yoga for women.
7. Write an essay elucidating the concept of swatcchata and discuss the application of it in
reproductive and sexual health,
8. Elucidate the concept of swachhata and discuss the application of it in hygienic practices

Page 95

92 in the scenario of epidemics.


References:
1. John E. Nixon, Ann E. Jewett.1980. “An Introduction to Physical Education, Thomson
Learning 9th edition, London.
2. M.M. Gore. 2007. “Anatomy and Physiology of Yogic Practices” Motilal Banarsi Dass,
Delhi.
3. Aruna Goel, (2007). Yoga education: Philosophy and practice, New Delhi: Deep & Deep
Pubns.
4. Ashwani Kumar (2015). Yoga: A way of life. New Delhi: Khel Sahitya Kendra.
5. Getchell Bud (1992), Physical fitness a way of life, New York: Macmillan publishing
company.
6. Goel S. L. (2008), School health education, New Delhi: Deep & Deep Publications. 7
7. Govindan. M , (2009) B.Ed study material, DDE, Annamalai University
8. NCTE (2015). Yoga education: Diploma in elementary education, New Delhi: NCTE.
9. NCERT. 2015. Yoga: A Healthy Way of Living, Secondary Stage, New Delhi
10. NCERT (2015). Yoga: A Healthy Way of Living, Upper Primary Stage, New Delhi.
11. NCTE. 2015. Yoga Education -Bachelor of Education Programme, New Delhi.
12. Prakash Bhatlavandle and Raman Gangakhedkar. (2001), On the horizon of adulthood,
New York: UNICEF.
13. Saket Raman Tiwari et. al. (2007). Health education, New Delhi: APH Publishing House.
14. Kuvalayananda, Swami, Pranayama , (1983), Popular Prakashan Bombay.
15. Kuvalayananda, Swami, Asanas , (1983) Popular Prakashan Bombay English/Hindi.
16. Niranjananada, Swami. (1998). Yoga Darshan , Deoghar, Panchadashanam Paramahamsa
Alakh Bara.
17. Rai, Lajpat Sawhney, R.C. and Sevvamurthy, W. Selvamurthy (1998). Meditation
Techniques, their Scientific Evaluation. Gurgaon, Anubhav Rai Publication.
18. Ram, Swami. (1999). Practical Guide to Holistic Health, Pennsylvania, Himalayan Inst. of
Yoga.
19. Yadav, A.K. (2007), HIV/AIDS Problems, causes and control. Cyber tech. publications,
New Delhi -110002 18.
20. Reyna, Ruth. (1971). Introduction to India Philosophy New Delhi, Tata McGrawHill Publg
Co.
21. Sivananda Sri Swami (1983), Practical Lessons in Yoga, Shivananda Nagar : The Divine

Page 96

93 Life Society
22. George Feuerstein : The Yoga Tradition (Its history, literature, Philosophy and practice)
23. Sri Ananda : the complete Book of Yoga Harmony of Body and Mind (Orient PaperBacks
: Vision Book Pvt. Ltd., 1982)
24. Swamy Satyananda Saraswathi : Asana, Pranayama, Mudra, Bandha (India : Yoga
Publications Trust, Munger, Bihar)
25. Swami Sivandana Practice of Yoga (The Divine Life Society, Shivananda Nagar, U.P.,
India)
26. B.K.S. Iyenkar : Light on the Yoga Sutras of Patanjali (Harper Collins, Publ India Ltd.,
Delhi)
27. I.K. Taimini, The Science of Yoga, The Philosophical Publishing House, Chennai.
28. Anantharaman, T.R. (1996). Ancient Yoga and Modern Science. New Delhi: Munshiram
Manoharlal Publishers Pvt Ltd.
29. Bhogal, R.S. (2010). Yoga & Mental Health & Beyond. Lonavla: Kaivalyadhama SMYM
Samiti,
30. Bhogal, R.S. (2011). Yoga & Modern Psychology. Lonavla: Kaivalyadhama SMYM
Samiti.
31. Bucher, Charles A. (1975). Foundation of Physical Education. St. Louis: The C.V. Mosby
Co.
32. Devi, I. (1987). Yoga, The Technique of Health and Happiness. Bombay: Jaico Publg
House.
33. Goel, A. (2007). Yoga Education, Philosophy and Practice. New Delhi: Deep and Deep Publs.
34. Kuvalayānanda, Swamī & Vinekar, S.L. (1963). Yogic Therapy. Lonavala: Kaivalyadhama
SMYM Samiti.
35. Kuvalayananda, S. & Vinekar, S.L. (1963). Yogic Therapy: Its Basic Principles and
Methods. New Delhi: Ministry of Health and Family Welfare.
36. Gharote M.L. 2004. Applied Yoga, Kaivalyadhama S.M.Y.M. Samiti, Lonvala.
37. MDNIY. 2010. “Yoga Teachers Manual for School Teachers, New Delhi
38. Morarji Desai National Institute of Yoga, ―Pranayama‖, New Delhi
39. Morarji Desai National Institute of Yoga, ―Yogasana, New Delhi
Websites:
40. https://brainly.in/question/1114041#readmore
41. https:/ /www.importanti ndia.com/23120/physical -education -25-benefi ts-of-physical -
education

Page 97

94



























SEMESTER II

Page 98

95 SEMESTER II
PART I
CORE COURSE: HINDI (COMPULSORY LANGUAGE)
COURSE NAME: ि ह न्द भ ष

Total Credits:06
Total Marks:100

अध्ययन उद्दे श्य:

1) छााता ाोाोाोां काो किवातााएां और कहाावानयाोां काे स िरूप काा ज्ञाान प रदाान
करनाा I
2) छााता ाोाोाोां का भाषााई का शल काा िवाकाास करनाा।
3) लाेखकाो और किवायाोां काे श `वालयाोां काे प्रकाार का जाानकाारा ।दाेनाा।
4)
काोााि याोाा
त मक स द य ग तता ाोाोाोां काोाा ाोाोध और रसाास िाादन
कराानाा।
5) पााठ िाो किवातााओाोां काोा ि याोााख याा और समाोा क्षा। काोा
पिाोवात समझाानााI
6) सांिाोाोााद लाेखन, माुहािाोराे और उनकाा प्रयाोग कररानाा और वालांग
िाोचन काालके
7) वानयमाोां काो समझनाा।
8) अशाोाुिाो िाोाो ााका याोाोाोां काोाे
शाोाुिाोाोा करण काोाे काोाारण िाोह
वानरााकरण काोाे तरा काोाोाोां काोा जाानकाोाारा दाेनाा।
अध्ययन ि नष्पहि :
1) इस इकाई के अध्ययन के पश्चात छात योग्य होगे।
2) कहाावानयाो, किवाताा काोाे अाोां गतग मा वालक तता ाोाोाोां पर,
भाषाोाा शला ो ा ाो` , पर िवाचाोाार कराोाे ाोां ग।ाोा े
3) िवािाोरणाात्मक, ि यााख याात्मक,िवाचााराात्मक,म ल यााांकन परत श `ला साे पररवाचत
हाोगाे।
4) किवाताा
माोाेाोां
वानवाहत स द य ग वा ाोांदाोाु काोाा िवाशा लाोाेषण कराोाे ाोां
गाोाे।
5) काव्यांशों क व्याख्या तथा सराहना करें गे।

Page 99

96
6) किवातााओाोां काोाा भाािाोाोााथ ग तथा पााठ काोाे
गदा याोाााोांशाोाोाोां काोाा भाािाो स पष्ट कर सकाोाे ाोां गाोाे ।
7) सांिाोाोााद लाेखन, माुहािाोराे और उनकाा प्रयाोग कर सकाेां गाेI
8) अशाोाुिाो िाोाो ााका याोाोाोां काोाा शाोाुवािोकरण
कर सकाोाे ाोां गाोाेI
9) कठाोर पररवाथथवातयाोाोाोां काोाा माावाम गक वाचताोा ण,
साोांिाोाोाेदनाापाो ण ग वाचताोा ण,
ि यवा द धक ताोाावादताा िाो उपयाोाोवागताािाोाो ााद
ताोाा काोाा िोण गन, मनाोदशाोाा काोाा
वाचताोा ण, प ढा ाोा साोांिाोष ग काोाा जा िाोाोांत वाचताोा ण
कर सकाेां गाे।

Page 100

97 म ड ्य ˛ल I: हि न्द कह ि नय -- क ˛ ष्ण स
बत मन्न ˛ भ ˙ड र , म ˛द ¸ ल गग ¸; ि ह ˙द
कि ह त एक े द रन ह ि स ˙ह ध ˙ि मल,
म ˙ गल ेश डबर ल; हि न्द व्य करण (2
Credits)

घटक 1: हि न्द कह ि नय
a) काृ ष्णाा साो ता वासक काा दल गयाा (इांटरनाेट पर गद यकाोश)
b) मन न भांडाार अकाे ला (मन न भांडाारा श राेष्ठ कहाावानयााां)
c) माोाृदाोाु लाोाा गग ग हराोा वा ाोांदाोा (हराोा वा
ाोांदाोा साोांग रह)

घटक 2: ि ह ˙द कि ह त ए

a) काे दाारनााथ वासांह पान में विर लोग (‘प रवातवानवाध
किवातााएां ’)
b) धो वामल को कविता मोच राम (‘साोांसद
साोाे सडाो . क’ तक)
c) मंगलेश ड राल वापताा का
तस िा र (‘हम जो देखते हैं’)

घटक 3: व्य करण /रचन त्मक लेखन
a) संिोोाद लेखन
b) मुहािोरे और उनका प्रयोग
c) अशाोाुिाो िाोाोााका याोाोाोां काोाा शाोाुवािोकरण

म ड ्य ˛ल II : ि ह ˙द कह ि नय ˙-
ओमप ्रक श ह ल्म ि क, अमरक ˙त, उष
ि प ्रय ˙ह द ; ि ह ˙द कि ह त ए - र ज ेश ज
श , अर ¸ण कमल, क ˙ ¸ ह र न र यण; ि ह ˙द
व्य करण
(2 Credits)

Page 101

98 घटक 4: ि ह ˙द कह ि नय
a) ओमप रकााश िाोाोााल मा वाक छतरा
b) अमरकांत दोपहर का भोजन
c) उषाा वाप्रयांिाोदाा िाोाोाापसा
घटक 5: ि ह ˙द कि ह त ए
a) राजेश जोश च्चे काम पर जा रहे हैं

Page 102

99 b) अरुण कमल अपन के िोल धार (इस नाम के संग्रह से)
c) काुां िोर नााराायण अ का अगर ला टाा ताो (‘प रवातवानवाध किवातााएां ’)

Page 103

100 घटक 6 : व्य करण
a) वालांग
b) िोचन
c) काल
म ड ्य ˛ल III : अ ˙तग ¸त म ˛ल ् ˙कन (2 Credits)

िोम
संख्या िवािाोरण अंक
1 काोााय ग/दता त काोााय ग साोाेमाोाेस टर
काोाे प रिोाोाेक मा डा याो ल साोा े 2*10 20
2 साेमाेस टर मा ां एक वानयत कााला न कक षाा परा क षाा 15
3 साेमाेस टर माेां िवाषय सां ाोां ध एक वान ाोां
ध 5
कु ल योग 40

हद क य ¸
1) एक कक षाा माेां वाडक टाेशन दाेकर अशाुद धवाकाे काारण और उसकाे उपााय वालखा ए।
2) ाोाालक काोाे वाशक षाा काोाे अवाधकाोाार और
काोाोिवाड 19 माोाेाोां वाशक्षक काोा अध याापन पररवाथथवात
पर समााचारपता माेां।
3) अपने विचार समाचार पत में प्रस्तुत क वाजए I
4) 14 प रकाोाार काोाे िवाराोाामवाचन हाोाोाोां काोाा
उपयाोाोग करकाोाे एक
साोाााोांस्काोाृ वातक काोााय गिाोम काोा
ररपोट ग ताो`याार का वाजएI
5) वाकसा एक उपन्यास काा सारााांश तथा उसका समा क्षाा का वाजए।

स ˙ दभ ¸ स िहत्य ग ्र ˙ह :-
 काृ ष्णाा साो ता का कहााना - वासक काा दल गयाा
 https:/ /www.hindisamay.com/content/171/1
 मन्न भंडार क कहान - अक े ल
 https:/ /www.femina.in/hindi/sahitya/kahani/akeli -by-mannu -bhandari -4779 -

Page 104

101 1.html
 माोाृदाोाुलाोाा गग ग काोा कहानाोा - हराोा वा ाोांदाोा
 https://poshampa.org/hari -bindi/

Page 105

102  काे दाारनााथ वासांह का किवाताा- पाना माेां िवाराे लाोग

Page 106

103  धाो वामल काोा किवाताा काोा कवािाोताा- माोच रााम
 मांगलाेश ड रााल का किवाताा- वापताा का तस िा र
 http://www.hindisamay.com/content/8047/1
 अमरकांत क कहान - दोपहर का भोजन
 https:/ /www.hindisamay.com/kahani/dopahar -ka-bhojan.htm
 उषाा वाप्रयांिाोदाा का कहाना ि-ापस
 https://bharatdarshan.co.nz/lit -collection/literature/345/vapsi -story -usha-
priyamvada.html
 राजेश जोश क कविता - च्चे काम पर जा रहे हैं
 http://kavitakosh.org/kk
 सांसद साे सड़क तक रााजकमल प्रकााशन वादल्ल
 हम जाो दाेखताे हा ां रााधााकाृ ष णना प्रकााशन, वादल्ल
 10 प रवातवानवाध कहाावानयााा - मन न भण डाारा , वाकताा िाोर प रकााशन, वादल ला
 प रवातवानवाध किवातााएा ,काे दाारनााथ वासांह, रााजकमल प रकाशन, वादल्ल
 हम जाो दाेखताे हा ां, रााधााकाृ ष णना प रकाशन, वादल्ल
 प्रवातवानवाध किवातााएां रााजकमल प्रकााशन, वादल ला
 काुां िाोर नाारायण क किवाताा- अ क अगर ला टाा तो
 प्रवातवानवाध किवातााएा , काुां िाोर नााराायण रााजकमल प रकााशन, वादल ला
 वाहाोांदाोा रा प रचनाा भाग एक दाोाो प्र स
आचाय ग जयनद्र वाताोा िाोाोाेदाोा लाोाोकभारता
प रकाोााशन, इलााहा ाोााद।

Page 107

104 SEMESTER II
PART I: MARATHI COMPULSORY LANGUAGE
COURSE NAME: हक स हि त्य च अभ्य स ह
व्य ह ह ररक मर ठ

श्र ेय ˙क: ०६
एक˛ ण ग ¸ण: १००

अध्ययन उि द्दष्ट े:
1) द`नांवादन ज िाोनाात उपयाुक्त लाेखन का शल याे िवाकवासत करणाे.
2) व्यािोहाररक भाषेच ओळख देणे.
3) कथा या सावािह प्रकारांचा पररचय देणे.

अध्ययन ि नष ्पह :
हाोाा अभ याािसम पाो ण ग काोाे ला याोाािाोर िवाद यााथ
1) द`नांवादन जा िाोनाात मरााठा लाेखन का शल यााचाे उपयाोजन करताो.
2) व्याािाोहााररक मराठा भााषाेचाा िाोाोाापर करताो.
3) कथा या सावािह प्रकाराचे स्वरूप िो संकल्पना स्पष्ट करतो .

म ड ्य ˛ल I : मर ठ स ि ह त्य
प्रक र ˙च ओळख (२ श्र ेय ˙क) घटक १ :
कह : स्वर प ह स ˙कल्पन
अ)कथा: सावािहााचाोाा
साो`िाोाोाााोांवातक िवाचाोाार
ब)कथा सावािहाच परं परा
क) कथा सावािहाचे प्रकार – थोडक्यात पररचय

घटक २ :कह स ि ह त ्य: ि ह ि ह ध प्रक र
अ) स्त रा िाोाोाादाोा कथा- स्वरूप, लाोाेखन
िाोाो`वाशष्टा टा याोाे, काोााह प रवासधा द /
गाोााजलाोाेलाोा उदाोााहरणाोाे ब) िवानाोदा कथा

Page 108

105 - स िरूप, लाेखन श `ल , कााह वप्रसध्द / गाजलेल उदाहरणेक ) विज्ञान
कथा - स्वरूप , काह वप्रसध्द /
गाजलेल उदाहरणे

Page 109

106 घटक ३ : ि हनडक कह स ˙ि ह च अभ ्य स: प ¸स्तक पररचय
अ) आत ग- माोवानकाोाा गजाोाेदा रगडकर

Page 110

107 ब) मााझ्या ाोाापाच पाेांड - द. माा. वामराासदाार
क) िाोाोाामनााचाे चा थाे पाऊल- साु ाोाोध जाािाोडाेकर
म ड ्य ˛ल II- व्य ह ह ररक मर ठ
भ ष ल ेखन च ओळख ( २ श्र ेय ˙क) घटक
४ : अज ¸ ल ेखन
अ)अज ग लाोाेखनााचाोाे स िरूप
ब) अज ग लाोाेखनााचाोाे प रकाोाार -(काोाायाोाा गलया न,
माागणाोा , नाोकरा साठाोा अज ग) क) अज ग लाोाेखन
सराािाो

घटक ५ : ि नब ˙ध ल ेखन
अ) वान ाोां ध लेखन क शल्याच ओळख
ब) वान ाोांधाोााचाोाे प रकाोाार (िोण गनाोाात मक,
िाोाो`चाोााररक, आता मिाोाोाृता तपर) क)वान ाोां ध
लेखन - उपयोजन

घटक ६ : ह ˛ह / ब तम ल ेखन
अ) ाोाातमाोा लाोाेखन करताानाा लक्षाात ठाोाे
िाोाोाािाो यााच याोाा गाोाोषा टाोा . ब)
िाोाोाृत्त िोोाा ाोाातमाोा
याोाााोांचाोाे प रकाोाार.
क ) ाोाातम लाेखन सरािाो.

म ड ्य ˛ल III : अन्तर ् गत म ˛ल्यम पन ( २ श्र ेय ˙क)


क्रम
स ˙ख्य ि ह ह रण अ ˙क
1 िप राेक माोड य िलर आधााररत वाकमाान दाोन स िााध यााय 2*10 20
2 अाोांतग गत चाचणाोा परा क षाा 15

Page 111

108 3 वान ाोां ध 5
कु ल योग 40

क र ् ग/स्व ध्य य (क णत ेि द न)
1. मरााठा कथाा साावािहााचा परां परा सााांग न एकाा लाेखकााचाा सिवास तर पररचय
वालहाा.

Page 112

109 2. ताुम हा िाोाोााचलाेल याा एकाा स्त्र िोाोाादा कथाेच्या लाेखन श `ला चा पररचय दाेऊन
स्त्र िाोाो ाादा कथा सावािहाच िाोाो`वाशष्टा टा याोाे वालहाा.
3. ताोाुमच्याोाा पररसरााता ल ताोाुमा हाोा पाावाहलाोाेल याोाा एकाोाा
िाोटनाोाेचाोाे िाोाोाृत्त लाोाेखन कराा.
4. िाोाो`चाोााररक वान ाोांध लाोाेखन करताानाा काोाोिणाोाा
गाोाोषा टाोा लक्षाात घा याोााल? आपलाोाा वान
ाोांध िाोाोााचना य व्हाािाोाो ाा यासाठा वान ाोां ध लाे खकाानाे काोणत्याा
गाोष टा चा िवाचार कराािाोाोाा ताे वालहाा.
5. अज ग लाोाेखनाोााच याा वािाोवािाोध प रकाोाारचाोाे दाोाोन
दाोाोन उदाोााहरणाोाे साोांकवालत कराा िो िाोाोााच याा
मदता नाोाे अज गलाेखनााचाे स िरूप स्पष ट कराा.


स ˙दभ ¸ ग ्र ˙ह :
१) कथा : संकल्पना वआण सम क्षा - सुधा जोश
२) मराठ कथाम ल्य वआण हास - ज . के. ऐनापुरे
३) मरााठा ता ल कथनरूपाे - िाोसांत आ ाोााजा डहााकाे
४) वास्त रयााांचाे कथाालाेखन िना दाृष टा , िना श `ला - डा . मांगलाा िाोरखाेडाे
५) मरााठ कथा िवासािाोाोाे शतक - सांपा. काे. ज. पाुराोवाहत
६) ि याोाािाोहााररक मरााठाोा अध याापनाचा याोाा वादशाोाा (साोांपाा.) डाोा
िाोसाोांत शाोाेकडाोाे , ऋताो प रकाोााशन, अहमदनगर .

Page 113

110 SEMESTER II
PART I: URDU (COMPULSORY LANGUAGE)
COURSE NAME: URDU NAZM O NASAR (FEW FORMS)

Total Credits:06
Total Marks:100

Learning Objectives:
1) To develop a critical understanding of Urdu Nasr keAsaleeb e Adab associated
with - Inshaiya ,Afsanaaur SafarNaama.
2) To develop comprehension of Urdu Nasr keAsaleeb e Adab associated
with -Tanz o Mizah,khaaka, Drama.
3) To develop a critical appreciation of Urdu Nasr keAsaleeb e Adab
associated with Urdu Ghazal.
4) To develop skills for the comparison between TarraqiPasandaur
JadeedNazmen.
5) To develop an appreciation about the Art of Rubai and the contribution of
poets towards RubaiNigari.
6) To apply the knowledge boutRubai (Matn) with reference to Texts.

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, Student will be able to:
1) Explain Urdu Nasr keAsaleeb e Adab associated with - Inshaiya ,Afsanaaur
SafarNaama.
2) Elucidate Urdu Nasr ke Asaleeb e Adab associated with -Tanz o Mizah,khaaka,
Drama.
3) Describe and appreciates Urdu Nasr keAsaleeb e Adab associated with Urdu Ghazal.
4) Compare Tarraqi Pasand aur Jadeed Nazmen.
5) Analyse the Art of Rubai and the contribution of poets towards RubaiNigari.
6) Illustrate and interprets the knowledge boutRubai (Matn) with reference to Texts.

MODULE I: URDU NASR (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Urdu Nasr keAsaaleeb (Inshaiya ,Afsana, SafarNaama)
a) Gulshan e Ummid Ki Bahar by Mohammad Hussain Azad
b) Kaarman by Quratulain Hyder
c) Ye London hai by Sayyed Ehtesham Hussain

Page 114

111 Unit 2: Urdu Nasr KeAsaaleeb(Tanz o Mizah,khaaka, Drama)
a) Natak by Mushtaque Ahmad Yusufi
b) PuraAdmiAdhuraKhaaka by Yusuf Nazim
c) ManzilHaiKahan Teri by Noorulain Ali

Unit 3: Urdu Ghazal
a) Hasrat Mohani, Jigar Muradabadiki Ghazlen
b) Firaque Gorakhpuri, Majrooh Sultanpuri Ki Ghazlen
c) Nasir Kazmi, Moin Ahsan Jazbiki Ghazlen

MODULE II: INEKHAB -E-AFSANA (2 Credits)

Unit 4:TarraqiPasandaurJadeedNazmen
a) Kutte (Faiz Ahmad Faiz) Haveli ( MakhdoomMohiuddin)
b) Umre Gurezan Ke Naam ( AkhtarulIman), Mere Ehd Ke Haseenon (Saahir Ludhiyanvi)
c) Ajanta( Sikandar Ali Wajd), Zindagi se Darte Ho ( Noon Meem Rashid)

Unit 5: RubaiNigari
a) Rubaika Ta aruf
b) Jagat MohanLalRawankiRubai
c) MirzaDabeerkiRubai -goi

Unit 6 : Rubai (Matn)
a) Nesab main shamilRubaikemauzuaatka ta aruf
b) Jagat Mohan Lal Rawanki Rubai (Matn)
c) Mirza Dabeerki Rubai (Matn)

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr. No Particulars Marks
1 Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3 One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Page 115

112
Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1) Quratul Ain Hyder ki hayat par raushnidaaliye.
2) Faiz Ahmad Faiz ki nazmnigari ka Jaayeza lijiye
3) Firaque Gorkhpuri ki nazmnigari ka jaayeza lijiye.
4) Hasrat Mohani ki hayataurilmi khidmaat ka jaayeza lijiye.
5) Mirza Dabeer ki Rubaigoi ka jaayeza lijiye.
6) Akhtar ulIman ki Nazmnigari ka jaayeza lijiye,

References :
 Irfan e Adab by Kitabdaar
 Mohammad Hussain Azad by Sahil Ahmad
 Quratul ain hyderkeNovelonmeintaarikhiShaur by Khursheed Ahmad
 Deewan e HasratMohani by HasratMohani
 FiraqGorakhpuri by Sayyedajafer
 Naqsh e Faryadi by Faiz Ahmad Faiz

Page 116

113 SEMESTER II
PART I
CORE COURSE: GUJARATI (COMPULSORY LANGUAGE)
COURSE NAME: FAMOUS GUJARATI WRITERS AND
COMPOSERS

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To become familiar with the famous work of famous Gujarati composers and writers
in ancient and medieval time
2. To be able to make comparative analysis of the styles and trends of Gujarati text
developed in different periods of time

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, Students will be able to:
1. Compare and contrast the styles of Gujarati poets and authors
2. Critically explain the process of literature writing.
3. Appreciate the creative literary work of the Gujarati Poets and Authors.

MODULE I : GUJARATI TEXT BEFORE AND DURING NARSIMHA MEHTA
(2 Credits)

Unit 1: Gujarati Literature and development
a) Bharateshwar bahubali rasa
b) Jain saint Hemchandracharya’s Gurjara Apabhransha
c) Narratives about thirthankars written by Jain monks

Unit 2: Devotional Poetries in Gujarati (salient features)
a) Narsinha and Devotional songs
b) Meerabai and krishna Bhakti compositions
c) Akhyan Parampara and Bhalan

Unit 3: Contribution of writers in famous Gujarati text( Review)
a) Narsimha Mehta’s ‘Sudama Charit’
b) Premanand Bhatt’s ‘Kuwarbai nu Mameru’
c) Nilratna Desai’s ‘100 Zen Kathao’

Page 117

114 MODULE II: MODERN TIME GUJARATI WRITERS AND THEIR CREATIONS
(2 Credits)
Unit 4: Development of Gujarati literature in modern era
a) The trend of Gujarati write -ups from middle to recent time
b) Mahatma Gandhi and his autobiography (A review of his style of writing autobiography
as compared to the autobiographies written by other Gujarati authors.
c) Contribution of Gujarati Sahitya parishad to promote Gujarati literary work
independent of the influence of other languages like sanskrit.

Unit 5: Critical review of the style and forms of poetry in modern era
a) Narmada Shakar’s ‘Narmakosa’ A dictionary on poetics
b) Nanalal and his work on Apadya Gadya (Rythmic Prose) with reference to an
epic, ‘Kurukshetra’
c) Kavi Kant’s Purvalap a landmark in Gujarati poems

Unit 6: Styles and identifying the trend in the forms of prose writing
a) Dalpatram’s ‘Venacharitra’
b) Dhansukhlal Mehta’s ‘Asadharan anubhavo ane biji vato’
c) Dhumketu’s ‘Ratno Dholi’

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr.
No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments: (Any Two)
1) Make a chart of the trend in Gujarati poetry writing from Narsmh Mehta till the modern
era. Present in the class in the form of Seminar paper reading
2) Take up a case study of any Gujarati author of your choice and collect information about
his/her style of writing and using vocabulary and significant grammar concepts frequently
used and write a reflective report with your justification for sour appreciation for his/her
style.
3) Collect information about the contribution of any 5 authors/ composers to the current status
of Gujarati literature. Prepare a scrapbook.

Page 118

115 4) Prepare a script of any short story from the book Ratno Dholi written by Dhumketu keeping
in mind the unique features of the author’s writing style and his points of view in the story
and narrate it in the class with proper expressions and voice intonation.
5) Critically review any one famous Jain tirthankara’s narrative and reflect upon the unique
features and share in the class.

References:
 https:/ /www.hindu -blog.com/2021/05/bhalan -gujarati-devotional -poet-15th-century -
sri-rama -poems.html 
 https:/ /www.amazon.in/Books -Premanand -
Bhatt/s?rh=n%3A976389031%2Cp_27%3APremanand+Bhatt 
 https:/ /www.journalijar.com/ article/7935/an -overview -of-the-major -trends -of-
contemporary -gujarati -literature/ 
 https://omnilogos.com/twentieth -century -gujarati -literature/ 
 https://www.culturopedia.com/gu jarati -literature/ 
 https:/ /www.britannica.com/ art/Gujarati -literature
 https:/ /www.wikiwand.com/ en/Purvalap 

Page 119

116 SEMESTER II
PART – I
FOUNDATION COURSE COMPULSORY

Total Credits: 03
Total Marks: 50

Learning Objectives:
1) To initiate students into discussions on stress and conflict and equip them with the
techniques to deal with it.
2) To make learners appreciate the importance of science and technology so as to develop
in them the scientific temper.
3) To acquaint students with the principles and values in ethics and familiarise them with
certain perspectives in academic, professional and environmental ethics.

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1) Better understand the causes behind stress and conflict and develop skills and
techniques to deal with them.
2) Have awareness of the conflict scenario around and a few useful techniques to deal with
them.
3) Dispel existing superstitious belief systems and acquire scientific attitudes.
4) Nourish in them value -based principles underpinning behavior and develop proper
ethical attitudes that form character.

MODULE I: UNDERSTANDING STRESS & CONFLICTS (1 Credit)
Unit 1: Stress & Stress Management
a) Meaning and types of stress
b) Causes of stress
c) Stress Management

Unit 2: Conflicts & Resolution of Conflicts
a) Types of Conflict
b) Causes of conflict
c) Conflict Resolution

Unit 3: Science, Technology & Scientific Temper
a) Nature, Characteristics, & Method of Science & the concept of scientific temper
b) Science and its Interface with Religion, Myths, Blind Beliefs, and Prejudices.
c) Science & Technology: Laser Technology Biotechnology: Satellite
and Information technology; Issues of Control, Access and Misuse of Technology
MODULE II: ETHICS IN ACTION AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS

Page 120

117 (1 Credit)

Unit 4: Ethical Perspectives & their Application in Academics and Profession
a) What is ethics? Important Perspectives in Ethics
b) Ethical practices in Research & academic writing
c) Professional Ethics with special reference to Truthfulness and Non Violence

Unit 5: Perspectives toward Environment
a) Anthropocentrism & Issues to Environment
b) Land Ethics and Biocentrism
c) Deep Ecology & Ecofeminism

Unit 6: Principles of Environmentalism
a) Environmental Principles: the equity and Human rights principles
b) Environmental Principles: participatory and Sustainability principles
c) Environmental laws

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (1 Credit)


Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester 05
2 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 10

Task/Assignments ( Any One with presentation & viva)
1) Managing Stress and Conflict
2) Professional Ethics
3) Social Network sites and its impact on youth.
4) Carbon footprints.
5) Laser Technology: Major Recent Developmnts.

References:
 Alexis G. Burgess and John P. Burgess. Truth (1st ed.). Princeton University
Press.2011. ISBN 978-0691144016. 
 Amartya Sen. The Idea of Justice. Cambridge. Belknap Press of Harvard University
Press. ISBN 0-674-06047 -4. 2011.
 Brian Barry, Theories of Justice. University of California Press, Berkeley. 1989
 Chattopadhyay Sujitkumar. Gender Socialisation and the Making of Gender in the
Indian Context. Sage Publications. 2018

Page 121

118  David Schmidtz, Elements of Justice. Columbia University Press. New York. 2006.
Delhi: S Chand
 Deshta Sunil (2014), Fundamental Duties of Citizens, Regal Publications. 
 Michael P. Lynch, “The Values of Truth and the Truth of Values”.In Epistemic Value.
Millar, Pritchard (ed.) Oxford: OUP.
 Pattanaik Bikram K (2006), Social and Human Well Being Selected Perspectives;
Ambala: The Associated Press.
 Ron Panzer. Man in the World: Part Four of Ten Truthfulness (Part of the Ethics of Life
Series) April 17, 2013.
Access: http://www.lifeissues.net/writers/pan/pan_61manintheworld -4.html
 Seglin, Jeffrey L. The Simple Art of Business Etiquette: How to Rise to the Top by
Playing Nice. Kindle Edition.2015. 
 Suresh Jayshree, Raghavan, B.S (2003), Human Values and Professional Ethics. New
 Tim Hicks. Embodied Conflict: The Neural Basis of Conflict and Communication.
Routledge. 2018.
 Warshaw, LJ . Stress, anxiety and depression in the workplace: report of the New York
Business Group on Health/Gallup Survey. New York: The New York Business Group
on Health, 1989.
 Yee, June Ying. "Racism, Types of". In Shaefer, Richard T. Encyclopaedia of Race,
Ethnicity, and Society. SAGE. pp. 1118 –19. Volume 2008. ISBN 978-1-41-2926942. 
 Yinger, J. (1985). Ethnicity. Annual Review of Sociology, 11, 151-180.

Websites:
https://www.cep.unt.edu/enethics.html
https://www.sciencedirect.com/
https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/book/10.1002/9781444367072

Page 122

119 SEMESTER II
PART I
ENGLISH (COMMUNICATION SKILLS) COMPULSORY

Total Credits: 03
Total Marks : 50

Learning Objectives:
1) To familiarize the students with basic and advanced grammatical concepts.
2) To enable the students to identify and use literary devices
3) To empower the students to adopt strategies for effective reading and writing skills.
4) To emphasize the essential aspects of effective written communication necessary
5) for professional success.
6) To enable the students to accurately read and interpret data communicated through
diverse media.

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, Students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate ability to identify common errors in spoken and written English and
rectify them.
2. Identify and define 'poetic devices’ that create rhythm, enhance meaning and intensify
mood.
3. Comprehend the material and be able to identify distinctive features of language.
4. Develop and expand writing skills through controlled and guided activities with special
reference to Letter writing.
5. Demonstrate ability to read and interpret data communicated through diverse media.

MODULE I: SKILLS FOR VOCABULARY BUILDING (1Credit)
Unit 1: Grammar
a) Antonyms, Synonyms,Suffixes and Prefixes,Homophones, homonyms
b) Collocation
c) Changing the Class of Words

Unit 2: Poetic Language
a) Figures of Speech and Rhetoric
b) Language Style (rhythm, word length, number of lines, images, tone of the speaker)
c) Denotation, Connotation
MODULE II: ASPECTS OF COMMUNICATION II(1Credit)

Unit 3: Reading Skills: Advanced Comprehension (unseen passage)
The following skills to be acquired:
a) Isolating fact from opinion

Page 123

120 b) Understanding concepts and arguments
c) Identifying distinctive features of language
(Passage should be 250-350 words of Level I. The passage may be taken from
literary/non -literary texts)

Unit 4: Forms of Correspondence& Interpretation of Technical Data
a) Formal Letters (Letter of Complaint,Letter to Editor,Request for Permission)
b) Reading and interpreting the following: Pie charts and Tables, Line graphs, bar graphs
and charts
c) Maps and analysing weather reports

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (1 Credit)
Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester 05
2 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 10

Task/ Assignment(Any one )
1) Choose 2 poems and annalyse Figures of Speech and Rhetoric
2) Make a report of weather analysis of Maharashtra
3) Choose 5 Pie-diagrams of population in India / world and presnt the interpretation
4) Write any two formal letter on recent issues
5) Listen to a TV show and analyse the fact from opinion

References:
 Homophones and Homographs: An American Dictionary, 4th Ed.. (2014). United
States: McFarland, Incorporated, Publishers. 
 Rao, P., Wren, P. C., Martin, H. (1976). High School English Grammar & Composition.
India: S. Chand & Company. 
 Rozakis, L. E. (2011). Vocabulary For Dummies. Germany: Wiley.
 Becking, M. F., Petty, D. C., Petty, W. T. (1981). Experiences in Language: Tools and
Techniques for Language Arts Methods. United States: Allyn and Bacon.
 Crystal, D., Erazmus, E. T., Crystal, H. P. o. L. D. (1997). English as a global language.
United Kingdom: Cambridge University Press.
 Harvey, S., Goudvis, A. (2007). Strategies That Work. United States: Stenhouse
Publishers. 
 Engelhardt, D. (2013). Practice Makes Perfect Intermediate ESL Reading and
Comprehension (EBOOK). United States: McGraw -Hill Education. 
 A Handbook for Letter Writing. (2018). United Kingdom: Arihant Publications India
limited.

Page 124

121  Monkhouse, F. J., Wilkinson, H. R. (1963). Maps and Diagrams: Their Compilation and
Construction. United Kingdom: Methuen. 
 Irizarry, R. A. (2019). Introduction to Data Science: Data Analysis and Prediction
Algorithms with R. United States: CRC Press.

Page 125

122 SEMESTER II
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: ENGLISH (ANCILLARY MAJOR)

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks

Learning Objectives:
1. To introduce students to texts of each period of English literature.
2. To enable students to understand the features of each period wrt
representative text.
3. To expose students to various texts.

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the ages of English literature.
2. Identify the traits of writers based on the age.
3. Compares the social relevance of the texts.

MODULE I : LITERARY REPRESENTATIVES (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Selected Reading 1
a) ‘Beowulf’ in Literary History: Joseph Harris (JSTOR)
b) Chaucer: Prologue to the Canterbury Tales
c) Shakespeare’s Sonnets (116 & 127)

Unit 2: Selected Reading 2
a) Sir Roger at Home and Sir Roger in Church
b) Rape of the Lock: an overview (JSTOR)
c) Byron and Keats (She walks in Beauty / Ode on a Grecian Urn)

Unit 3: Selected Reading 3
a) Tennyson & Browning (Ulysses / The Last Ride together)
b) W.H. Auden (Musee de Beaux Arts)
c) Short Story – The Garden Party (Katherine Mansefield)

MODULE II: UNDERSTANDING POETIC DEVICES (2Credits)

Unit 1: Rhetoric & Prosody
a) Simile, Metaphor, Hyperbole
b) Metonymy, Synecdoche, Personification

Page 126

123 c) Alliteration, Onomatopoeia, Paradox, Irony
Unit 2: Practical Criticism
a) Meter, Rhyme
b) Poetry Analysis
c) Prose Analysis
Unit 3: Fiction Related Literary Terms
a) Science Fiction
b) Crime Thrillers
c) Chick -lit and Campus fiction

MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)

1. Do a book review on The Canterbury Tales
2. Write an essay on Roger in about 1500 words
3. Write a Critical Appreciation on any two of Tennyson Poem
4. Analyze any 3 poems with respect to Simile, Metaphor, Hyperbole, Metonymy,
Synecdoche, Personification, Alliteration, Onomatopoeia, Paradox and Irony
5. Make a video on imaginary crime thriller (Duration : 300 seconds)

References:
 Wright, David. The Canterbury Tales, Oxford World Classics, 1998.
 Ann Thompson, David Scott Kastan, H. R. Woudhuysen, Katherine Duncan -Jones,
Richard Proudfoot. Shakespeare’s Sonnets (Revised). Bloomsbury Academic, 2010.
 Wordsworth, Jonathan. The Penguin Book Of Romantic Poetry. Penguin Books, 2001.
 Negri, Paul. English Victorian Poetry . Dover Publications,1999. 
 Sarkar and Bhattacharya. A Handbook of Rhetoric and Prosody. Orient Blackswan,
2018.
 Cuddon & Habib. The Penguin Dictionary of Literary Terms and Literary Theory .
Penguin, 2014

Page 127

124 SEMESTER II
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE HINDI (ANCILLARY)
COURSE NAME:आध ¸ि नक ि ह ˙द गद ् य (ि ह ˙द
उपन्य स एह न टक )

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks:100

श`क्षि णक उद्द े श्य:
1. ाोा ए प्रथम िोष ग माोाेाोां वाहाोांदाोा
साावाहिाो काोा उपन याास एिाोाोां नााटक काोा
िवाधााओाोां काोाो काोाृ वातयाोाोाोांकाेज़ररए
िवाद याावाथगयाोाोाोां काोाे समा माोाुख प रसा ताोाुत करनाा।
2. िाोाोाास तिवाक काोाृ वातयाोाोाोां काोाो पवााो.नाोाे
साोाे पाो िाो ग उपन याास और नााटक काोाे इवातहाोाास साोाे
िवाद यााथा काो िअगत कराानाा।
3. चयवानत उपन याास ‘वानम गलाोाा’
और नााटक ‘िाोराोदकरनाा। ाोाा’ काोा अाोांतिाो गसा ताोाु और रा प िवाधाान काोाो स पष्ट
4. दाोनाोां काृ
वातयाोां काे
िवािवाध
पाता ाोाो,कराान
ाा। उनको
वाथथवात
याोाो, और यथााथ ग काोाा राागाात मक
साक षााता काोाार
5. िवाद याावाथगयाोाोाोां काोाो नााटक रा प-िवाधाान साोाे पररवाचत
कराानाोाा।

िअधगम ि नष्पहि :
इस इकाई के अध्ययन के पश्चात छात योग्य होगे,
1. िवाद यााथा वाहांद उपन याास और नााटक ज `सा प्रमाुख गद्य िवाधााओां काे
िवाकाास साे पररवाचत होगे।
2. िवाद यााथा नााटक एिाोाोां उपन याास काोाे मााध यम साोाे
सामाोाावाजक एिाोाोां मनाोिाोाो`ज ञाावानक यथााथ ग काा अनाुिभ
कर सकाेां गाे।

Page 128

125
3. िवाद यााथा उपन याास िएां नााटक का िवावा शष्ट सांरचनाा और वाशल प साे पररवाचत हाो
जाएां गाे।
म ड ्य ˛ल I : ि ह ˙द उपन ्य स
(2 Credits)
घटक 1: ि ह ˙द उपन्य स क
ि ह क स
a) प राोाेमचाोांद पाो िाो ग याोाुग
b) प्रेमचंद युग
c) प्रेमचंदोत्तर युग
घटक 2 : ि ह ˙द उपन्य स ‘ि नम ¸ल ’

Page 129

126 a) वानम गलाोाा पााठ एिाोाोां िाोाोााचन- प राोाेमचाोांद

Page 130

127 b) वानम गलाोाा पााठ एिाोाोां िाोाोााचन- प राोाेमचाोांद
c) वानम गलाोाा पााठ एिाोाोां िाोाोााचन- प राोाेमचाोांद

घटक 3 : उपन्य स ि नम्रल : चररत ्र, कह नक एह अन्य ि ह च र
ि ब ˙द
a) वानम गलाोाा उपन याास समाावाप्त
b) वानम गलाोाा काोाे चररता कथानक
c) वानम गलाोाा काोाे अना य िवाचाोाार वा ाोांदाोा ु
म ड ्य ˛ल II: ि ह ˙द न टक
(2 Credits)
घटक 4: ि ह ˙द न टक क
ि ह क स
a) भारताेांदाु याुग िएां प्रसाद
b) उपाोाेाोांदा रनााथ अशा क जगदाोा श चाोांद्र मााथाोाुर
इिाोाोाावाद
c) माोहन रााकाे श और उनकाे ाोााद

घटक 5 : श ˙कर श ेष क न य क ˛ ि त ‘घर ौद ’
a) नाोााट्य पााठ भाग 1-साोांिाोाोाादाोाोाोां काोाा िाोाोााचन
:िाोर दाोाा, शकराोांशषाोाे ,
b) नाोााट्य पााठ भाग 2-
साोांिोाोाा दाोाोाोां
काोाा िाोाोााचन :िाोरा द
c) नाोााट्य पााठ भाग 3-
साोांिाोाो ाादाोाोाोां
काोाा िाोाोााचन
:िाोरा दाोा ं ाोाा, शंकर शेष,
ाोाा, शंकर शेष,


घटक 6 : न टक घरौद : सम क्ष

Page 131

128
a) नााटक का अवाभनाेयताा िएां चररता वाचता ण
b) नााटक क कथाािाोस ताु दाेशकााल िाोाोााताािाोरण िवाचाार वा ाोां दाु
c) नााट्य आधााररत वाफल्म िाोरा दाा
म ड ्य ˛ल III : अ ˙तग ¸त म ˛ल ् ˙कन (2 Credits)

क्रम स ˙ख्य ि ह ह रण अ ˙क
1 काोााय ग/प रकल्प साोाेमाोाेस टर
काोाे प रिोाोाेक मा डा याो ल साोा े
2*10 20
2 साेमाेस टर माेां एक वानयत कााला न कक षाा
परा क षाा 15

Page 132

129 3 साेमाेस टर माेां िवाषय सां ाोां ध एक वान
ाोां ध 5
कु ल योग 40

Page 133

130
हद क य ¸ (क ई भ द )
1) वाहन दा काोाे ि यवा द धक ताोाादाोा अथिोोाा मनाोिाोाो`ज ञाावानक
उपन याासकाोााराोाोाोां (अजा ञाोाेय,
जाो`नाोाेाोांदा र, इलाोााचाोांद्र जाोशाोा ) माेां साे
वाकसा एक काा जा िाोन पररचय िएां काृ वातयाोां पर एक लाेख
वालखाेां।
2) प राेमचांद काे प्रमाुख उपन याासाोां काा पररचय दा वाजए।
3)
‘िाो
राोद
4)
‘िाो
राोद ाोाा’ नााटक काोाे दाोाेश-काोााल एिाोाोां
िाोाो ााताािाोरण काोा चचाोाा ग काोा वाजए।
ाोाा’ वाफल्म और नााटक का ताुलनाा का वाजए।
5) प राोाेमचाोांद काोाे उपन याास ‘वानम गलाोाा’ काोाे प रमाोाुख चररता
वानम गलाोाा पर एक पा पाोा टा ताो`याार काोा वाजए।

स ˙दभ ¸ ग ्र ˙ह स ˛च :
 राामचाोांद्र शाोाुका ल, वाहाोांदाोा साावाहिाो काोाा
इवातहाोाास, च दिहाोाााोा साोांस्करण, नाागरा प्रचाोााररणा सभाोाा,
काोााश ।
 डाोा . नगाोाेन्दा र, वाहाोांदाोा साावाहिाो काोाा इवातहाोाास, मयाो र
पाोाेपर ाो`क स, नई वादल ला ।
 डाोा . िवाजयाोाेन्दा र, वाहाोांदाोा साावाहिाो काोाा इवातहाोाास,
साावाहिाो अकाोाादाोाे मा , वादल ला ।
 डाोा .राामकाोाु माार िाोमाोाा ग, वाहाोांदाोा
साावाहिाो काोाा आलाोाोचनाोाात मक इवातहाोाास,
राामनााराायण लाोााल ाोाेना मााधिाो प्रकााशन,
इलााहा ाोााद।
 डाोा रााम स िरूप चताोाुिाोाोाेदाोा ,
वाहाोांदाोा साावाहिाो िाो साोांिाोाोाेदनाा
काोाा िवाकाास, लाोाोकभारता प रकाोााशन, इलााहाा ाोााद।

Page 134

131
 याोगाेन्द्र प्रतााप वासांह, वाहांद साावािह काा इवातहाास और उसका समस यााएां ,
िाोाो ााणा प्रकााशन, नईवादल्ल ।
 इाोां दा रनााथ मदाोाान, आधाोाुवानकताा और वाहाोांदाोा उपन याास,
राोााजकमल प्रकाोााशन, नई वादल ला ।
 राामदरश वामशा र, वाहाोांदाोा उपन याास एक अाोांतयाोाा गताोा ाोाा,
रााजकमल प्रकाोााशन, नई वादल ला ।
 रमाेश रााजहांस, नााट्य प्रस ताुवात एक पररचय, रााधााकाृ ष्ण प्रकााशन, नई वादल ला ।
 नाोाेवामचाोांद्र जाो`न, राोां गदश गन, राोााधाोााकाोाृ ष्ण प रकाोााशन, नई
वादल ला ।
 नाेवामचन्द्र ज `न, ता सरा पााठ, रााधााकाृ ष्ण प्रकााशन, नई वादल ला ।
 डा . वादनाेश पााठक, भ मांडला करण, भाारता य समााज और वाहन्द उपन याास,
आर काे पद धवाकाे शन, माुां ई
 वाहन दा साावाहिाो काोाा इवातहाोाास, साोांपाादक : डाोा .
नगाोाेाोांद र, मयाो र ाोाुक स, दररयाागाोांज,
नई वादल्ला I
 साोांिाोाोाादाोाोाोां काोाा िाोाोााचन: िाोरा दाोाा,
शकराोां शषाोाे , परााग प रकाोााशन,
वादलाोा लाोा

Page 135

132 SEMESTER II
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: MARATHI (ANCILLARY MAJOR )
COURSE NAME : स हि त्य प ्रक र ˙च अभ्य स
: प्रह स ह ण ¸न

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

अध्ययन उि द्दष ्ट े:
1. िवािवाध साावाहिाो प रकाोााराोाााोांच ओळख िवाद यााथा ा ाोाा गनाा
करा न दाोाे णाोा े
2. साावाहिाो प रकाोााराोाााोांच िाोाो`वाशष्टा टा याोाे समजाािाोाो न
साोाााोांगणाोा े
3. सावािह प रकाारााता ल लाेखाानश `ला चाा पररचय करा न दाे णाे.
4. सावािहकारांच्या सावािहविषयक योगदानांच ओळख करून दे णे.

अध्ययन ि नष ्पह :
हाोाा अभ याािसम पाो ण ग काोाे ला याोाािाोर िवाद यााथा :
1. लवालत गद्य या साावािह प्रकााराा द्दल स्पष टा करण करताो.
2. िप राािसण गन सावािहााचाोा लाोाेखन िाोाो`वाशष्टा टा याोाे साोाााोांगताो.
3. स्वत: अशा प्रकारचे लेखन करािोयास विद्याथ िप्रृत्त होतो.
म डय ˛ल I : स ि ह त्य प ्रक र ˙च ओळख -लि लत गद्य
(२ श्र ेर ् ˙क) घटक १ : लि लत गद्य - स िहत्य प्रक र -
प्रह स ह ण ¸न
अ) लवालत गदा य याोाा सावाहिाो प रकाोाारााचाोाा
साो`िाोाोाााोांवातक अभ याास
) लवालत गद्य – स िरुप िाो
िाोाो`वाशष्टा टा याोा े क) लवालत

Page 136

133 गद य – परां पराा आवाण इवातहाास

घटक २ : प्रह स ह ण ¸न – एक स िहत्य प ्रक र
अ) िप राास िाोण गन रचनाा िाोाो`वाशष्ट
) मरााठ ताोा ल िप राास िाोण गनााच पराोां पराा

Page 137

134 क) िप राास िाोण गन – लाोाेखनशाो`लाोा िवाशाोाेष
घटक ३ : प्रह स ह ण ¸न – रचन त ˙त्र
अ) िप राास िाोण गन – स्व चा अविष काार
) िप राास िाोण गनााता ल सामाोाावाजक,
साोाााोांस्काोाृ वातक िवाश्व क) िप राास
िोण गन – लाोाेखन शाो`लाोा

म डय ˛ल II - मर ठ त ल प्रह स ह ण ¸नपर स िहत ्यक ˛ त च
अभ ्य स (२ श्र ेर ् ˙क)

घटक ४ : स त सम ¸द ् र पि लकड े – (ग ˙ग धर ग डग ळ) य
प्रह सह ण ¸न च े ि ह श ेष
अ) याोाा िप राािसण गनााचाोाे राुप ाोांध
) याोाा िप राािसण गनााता ल थथलिोण गन आवाण ि यवाक्त
वाचताोा ण क) याोाा िप राािसण गनााता ल अनाोाुिभ कथन
घटक ५ : नम ¸द े ह र ह र- (ल ेखक जगन ्न ह क ˙ ¸ ट े ) य
प्रह सह ण ¸न च े ि ह श ेष
अ) याोाा िप राािसण गनााचा राुप ाोांध
) िप राािसण गनााता ल थथलिाोण गन आवाण
ि यवाक तवाचताोा ण क) िप राािसण गनााता ल अनाोाुभिाोकथन
घटक ६ : हप्र हसण ¸न स हि त्य : आस्व द
अ) िप राास िाोण गन आवाण
िोाोाा चक
) िप राास िाोण गनााता ल प्राादाोाेवाशकता
क) िप राास िाोण गन आवाण वानसग ग जाावािण
म ड ्य ˛ल III : अन्तर ् गत म ˛ल्यम पन (२ श्र ेर ् ˙ क)


क्रम
स ˙ ख्य
वह
ह र
ण अ ˙ क
1 प रत याेक माोड य लवार आधााररत ककमाान दोन स िााध यााय
2*10 20

Page 138

135 2 अाोांतराोा गत चाचणाोा परा क षाा 15
3 कनबंध 5
कु ल योर 40

Page 139

136
क र ् ग/स्व ध्य र ् (क णत ेि द न)
१) लवालत गद य साावािहााचाे िवािवाध प रकाार थोडक याात वालहाा.
२) मरााठा ताोा ल िप राािसण गन सावािहाचाोा पाो िाो ग पराोां पराोाा सिवास तर
वालहाा.
३) िप राािसण गन सावािहााचाोाे िवाशाोाेष साोाााोांगाोाा.
४) ताुम हा काे लाेल याा िप राासााचाे अनाुिभ वालहाा.
५) अभ याासक रमाोाा ि यवातररक्त अशाोाा एखाोाादा याोाा िप राािसण गन कलाोााकाोाृ
ता चाोाे िवाशा लाोाेषण कराा.
स ˙दभ ¸ ग ्र ˙ह :
 लवालत गदा याोााचाोाे ताावात्क सा वारा प आवाण लिाोाोाुवान
ाोांधाोााचा इवातहाोाास, आनाोांद याादिाो, माोाेहताोाा
प रकाोााशन
 लवालत गद्य ताोाे माोाुक्त गदा य – िवा. शाोां. चाोा िाोाोाुलाोाे,
माो˘जाोाेवासा टक प रकाोााशन
 िप राािसण गन एक सावािहप रकाार - डाोा .
िाोसाोांत साािाोाोांत –
माो˘जाोाेवासा टक प रकााशन.
 िप राािसण गन - डाोा . चाोांदा रकाोाााोांत िाोत गक
 व्याािाोहाररक मरााठ – ल. राा. नाावासराा ाोाादकर, फडकाे प्रकााशन.
 मरााठाोा िाोाो ााङ्गमयकाोाोश खाोांड – ४ (समाोा क्षा साोांज ञाोाा) समन्वय –
 साोांपाादक – िवाजयाोाा रााजााधा यक्ष ,
महाोाारााष्टर राजा यसाावाहिो साोांस्काोाृ
ता मांडळ.

Page 140

137 SEMESTER II
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: URDU ANCILLARY
COURSE NAME: INTEKHAB -E-AFSANA

Total Credits:06
Total Marks:100

Learning Objectives:
1. To understand about the Art of Afsana nigari.
2. To understand the Origin and development of Urdu Afsana and progressive
Short -story writers.
3. To appreciate the life sketch, style and characteristics of the writings of
Munshi Premchand.& Rajendra Singh Bedikemuntakhabafsaane.
4. To develop a critical understanding regarding Premchand ke muntakhib Afsane &
Rajendra Singh Bedikemuntakhabafsaane.
5. To analyse the writings of Rajendra SinghBedi& Premchand ke muntakhib
Afsane

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Explain the Art of Afsana nigari.
2. Describe the Origin and development of Urdu Afsana and progressive Short -story
writers.
3. Discuss the life sketch, style and characteristics of the writings of Munshi Premchand.
4. Critically analyse Premchand ke muntakhab Afsane& Rajendra Singh
Bedikemuntakhabafsaane
5. Evaluate the life sketch, style and characteristics of the writings of Rajendra Singh
Bedi

MODULE -I: URDU AFSANE KA FUN (2 Credits)

Unit 1: UrduAfsanaNigari
a) Afsana : meaning & definition
b) Iqsam
c) Fanniajza

Unit 2 : UrduAfsana and progressive Short -story writers
a) Urdu Afsana/ GradualDevelopment
b) Premchand: Premchand and his era
c) Premchand ke Afsane ki khususiyat

Page 141

138 Unit 3 : Munshi Premchand
a) Munshi Premcahnd: life
b) Munshi Premcahnd: Art
c) Premchandkeafsaanoki khususiya

MODULE II: LITERARY WORKS OF MUNISHI PREMCHAND & RAJENDRA
SINGHBEDI (2CREDITS)

Unit 4 : Premchand ke muntakhib Afsane
a) Premchand: usloob -e-bayaan
b) Premchand(selected five short stories)
c) A critical analysis of premchand’sshort stories

Unit 5: Rajendra singhbedi
a) Rajendra SinghBedi: life
b) Rajendra SinghBedi: Art
c) Bedikeafsaanokikhususiyat

Unit 6: Rajendra singhbedike muntakhab afsaane
a) Rajendra SinghBedikausloob -e- bayaan
b) Five short stories of Rajendra SinghBedi
c) A critical analysis of Bedi’s short stories

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Task/Assignments (Any Two)
1) Urdu Afsane ke ahedbaahedirtequa ka jayeza lijiye
2) Munshi Premchand ke afsanon ka tanqiditajziya pesh kijiye
3) Rajendra Singh Bedi ki zindagi ke mukhtalif goshon par roushni daliye
4) Munshi Premchandkesawanehikawaifbayaankijiye
5) Rajendra Singh Bedikeusloob e bayan par sair e hasil tabsera kijiye

Page 142

139 References:
 Dastan se afsanetak by waquar Azeem
 Urdu Afsane ki nayitakhliqifiza by Ram Lal
 JadeedAfsana aur us kemasael by WarisAlvi
 Fun e Afsana nigari by Waquar Azeem
 Taraqqipasand Urdu Afsana aur chand ahem Afsananigar by Dr.AslamJamshedpuri
 Urdu Afsanataraqqipasandtahreek se qabl by professor SagheerAfrahim
 Urdu me taraqqipasandadabitahreek byKhalirurrehman Azmi
 Naya Afsana by Waquar Azeem

Page 143

140 SEMESTER II
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: GUJARATI ( ANCILLARY)
COURSE NAME: MODERN ERA: GUJARATI LITERATURE
IN PANDIT ERA AND GANDHI ERA
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks


Learning Objectives:
1. To critically understand the literature created in the Pandit era and Gandhi Era
2. To comprehend the types of literature written by contemporary authors and poets.
3. To analyse the trend and styles of literature during the medieval period.
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Identify the types of literature written by contemporary authors and poets.
2. explain the unique features of the literature during the medieval period.
3. critically evaluate and draw inferences about the literature created during medieval
period
MODULE I : CHARACTERISTICS AND FACTORS INFLUENCING GUJARATI
LITERATURE IN THE PANDIT ERA. (2 Credits)
Unit 1. Reflection on the Literature during Pandit era
a. Trends in the Gujarati literature emerging in the Pandit era
b. collection of poetries of Kalapi: A critical review
c. Prose literature ‘Bhadrambhadra’ Short stories written by Ramanbhai Nilkantha reflection
with reference to style, central ideas, and unique features.


Unit 2: Gujarati literature during the Gandhian era
a. Factors that Gandhiji propagated influencing Gujarati literature
b. Zaverchand Meghani’s folk literature and Gandhian philosophy
c. A critical review of the Gandhian writers Indulal Yajnik, ‘Gandhijina Sahawasma’ (Part
1)and Essay writer Kaka Saheb Kalelkar’s ‘Jivavano Aanand’

Page 144

141
Unit 3: Post Gandhi Era or Anu Gandhi Yug:
a. Comparative analysis of the literature written between Gandhi Era and Anu Gandhi Era.
b. Contemporary Creative writer Rajendra Shaha: Review of his three poetry collections in the
context of the significant features of the literature written during the Anu Gandhi era.
c. Critical evaluation of the book ‘Baribahar’ by Kavi Anmol in the context of the theme,
contemporary conditions, and characters.


MODULE II: CRITICAL REVIEW OF THE GUJARATI NOVELS
Unite 4: Saraswat Chandra by Govardhan Ram Tripathi (Volume 1)
a) Writers style of writing and analysis of theme with reference to the story.
b) Significance and connections between the main and supporting characters with
reference to the storyline.
c) Reflection on contemporary society and value system.
Unit 5 . Prithviwallabh by Kanhayalal Munshi
a) Writers style of writing and analysis of theme with reference to the story.
b) Significance and connections between the main and supporting characters with
reference to the storyline.
c) Reflection on contemporary society and value system.
Unit 6: Nanda Shankar Mehta’s ‘Karan Ghelo; Gujaratno chhello Rajput Raja’
a) Writers style of writing and analysis of theme with reference to the story.
b) Significance and connections between the main and supporting characters with
reference to the storyline.
c) Reflection on contemporary society and value system.
MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given Semester 15
3 One Essay test held in the given Semester 05
Total 40

Page 145

142 Any two of the following tasks:
1. Write a reflective report on the Umashankar Joshi’s poetic collection book ‘Nishit’
composed in Post Gandhian era.
2. Prepare a scrap book comprising of….
a. the literary creation of Poets and authors during the Pandit era and
b. a graphic representation of the unique features during this time
3. Prepare a multimedia presentation on the work of any of the writer’s styles of literature.
4. Critically review any two novels written by popular novelists (other than given in the
syllabus) in the context of their style, choice of characters, and influence of any particular
philosophy (of the given era) reflected in the storyline. Present the paper comparing the
features.
5. Review the literature of your choice written during the A nu Gandhi Era and Identify the
trends and styles of these literature
References:
Online links
Unit 1
https://www.indianetzone.com/49/nationalist_writers_modern_gujarati_literature.htm
https://www.matrubharti.com/book/11742/bhadram -bhadra -1 (PDF)
Unit 2
https://www.nationalheraldindia.com/opinion/gandhi -in-gujarati -folklore
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jhaverchand_Meghani
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indulal_Yagnik
Unit 3
https://www.matrubharti.com/book/5974/bari -bahar (PDF)
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rajendra_Shah_(author)
Unit 4
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saraswatichandra_(novel)
https://www.marrugujarat.in/2018/07/saraswatichandra -part-1-to-4-by.html (PDF)
Unit 5
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Prithivivallabh
Unit 6 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karan_Ghelo

Page 146

143 SEMESTER II
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: GERMAN( ANCILLARY)
COURSE NAME: GERMAN LANGUAGE 2 (A2)

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Note: Basic language proficiency of A1 level as per the Common European Reference
Framework is necessary for this course. Candidates should have completed (passed) A1 at Max
Mueller Bhavan / Goethe Institut / equivalent course at University of Mumbai / any other
university OR Standard 11 and 12 with German OR any other qualification equivalent to A1.
Note: Basic language proficiency of A1 level as per the Common European Reference
Framework is necessary for this course. Candidates should have completed (passed) A1 at
Max Mueller Bhavan / Goethe Institut / equivalent course at University of Mumbai / any
other university OR Standard 11 and 12 with German OR any other qualification equivalent to
A1.

Learning Objectives:
1. To obtain knowledge of German (CEFR Level A2.2 or A2).
2. To make use of basic language structures of German.
3. To demonstrate a global and fine understanding of simple German texts.
4. Improve pronunciation and reading.
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Recall and choose appropriate phrases to interact in different social contexts.
2. Apply language skills of reading, listening, understanding, speaking and
writing (CEFR Level A2.2).

MODULE I: DAS LEBEN UND DAS LERNEN (2Credits)

Unit 1: Gelernt ist gelernt!
a) Sprachhandlungen Lernprobleme verstehen und beschreiben | Ratschläge verstehen
und geben | etwas begründen | Berichte über den Berufsalltag verstehen | über den
Berufsalltag sprechen | eine Radioreportage verstehen | eine Mini -Präsentation
verstehen und machen
b) Wortschatz Lernen | Prüfung | Präsentation
Aussprache b, d und g am Wortende
Landeskunde Generationenprojekte in D -A-CH Der Film Ich muss auch
üben! |Ausbildung und Praktikum
c) Grammatik Sätze verbinden: denn, weil | Konjunktiv II: sollte (Ratschläge) |

Page 147

144 Genitiv: Name + -s | temporale Präpositionen: bis, über + Akkusativ, ab +
Dativ

Unit 2: Sportlich, sportlich!
a) Sprachhandlungen Begeisterung, Hoffnung, Enttäuschung ausdrücken | Fan-
Kommentare verstehen und schreiben | Folgen formulieren | Vorschläge machen und
reagieren | sich verabreden | einen Bericht über einen Ausfl ug verstehen | schwierige
Texte verstehen | eine Sehenswürdigkeit vorstellen
b) Wortschatz Sport | Fans | Verabredungen
Aussprache Unterscheidung von r und l
Landeskund e Geocaching | Sehenswürdigkeiten in Luzern Der Film Echte Fans
|Verrückt, oder?
c) Grammatik Sätze verbinden: deshalb, trotzdem | Verben mit Dativ und Akkusativ

Unit 3: Zusammen leben
a) Sprachhandlungen sich beschweren, sich entschuldigen, einlenken | um etwas bitten
| Erfahrungsberichte verstehen | über Vergangenes berichten | über Haustiere sprechen
| auf Informationen reagieren | eine Geschichte schreiben und korrigieren
b) Wortschatz Wohnen | Konflikte im Haus | Umziehen | Tiere
Aussprache Satzakzent und Wortgruppenakzent
Landeskunde Haustiere in Deutschland Der Film „Suche Wohnung auf dem Land“
| Der neue Mitbewohner
c) Grammatik Konjunktiv II: könnte (höfliche Bitten) | Nebensätze mit als und wenn

MODULE II: (FREI) ZEIT UND KLISCHEES (2Credits)

Unit 4: Gute Unterhaltung!
a) Sprachhandlungen über Musikstile sprechen | Konzertkarten kaufen | einen Musiker /
eine Band vorstellen | Zeitungsmeldungen verstehen | genauere Informationen zu
Personen geben | Informationen über Malerei verstehen | eine Bildbeschreibung
verstehen | ein Bild beschreiben
b) Wortschatz Musik | Bildbeschreibung
Aussprache Rückfragen
Landeskunde Deutsche Kultur -Rekorde | Prominente | Malerei gestern und heute Der
Film Hinter der Kulisse | Kamera läuft!
c) Grammatik Interrogativartikel Was für ein(e) …? | Pronomen man/jemand/niemand
und alles/etwas/nichts | Relativsätze im Nominativ

Unit 5 : Wie die Zeit vergeht!
a) Sprachhandlungen über Wünsche sprechen | Wünsche äußern | Ratschläge geben |
ein Gespräch verstehen | gemeinsam etwas planen | andere etwas fragen | einen Text
verstehen | Informationen austauschen | über Sprichwörter sprechen | eine Geschichte
schreiben

Page 148

145 b) Wortschatz Zeit
Aussprache Satzakzent: wichtige Informationen betonen
Landeskunde Sprichwörter Der Film Alles ist anders! | Endlich mehr Zeit!
c) Grammatik Konjunktiv II (Wünsche, Ratschläge) | Verben mit Präposition | W-
Fragen mit Präposition: Auf wen? Worauf?

Unit 6 : Typisch, oder?
a) Sprachhandlungen Informationen über andere Kulturen verstehen | über Benehmen
sprechen | Absichten ausdrücken | die passende Anrede verwenden | Tipps in einem
Text verstehen | über Anredeformen sprechen | nähere Informationen geben | über
Klischees sprechen | Klischees recherchieren und darüber schreiben
b) Wortschatz Feste | Klischees
Aussprache Aussage als Frage intonieren
Landeskunde Traditionen | Benehmen und Höflichkeit | Du oder Sie | Klischees Der
Film Das ist doch kein Berliner! | Ein toller Film!
c) Grammatik Nebensätze mit damit und um … zu | Relativsätze im Akkusativ

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

For Oral Examination:
1. Self-introduction
2. Reading a text out loud
3. Picture description
4. Dialog with partner
5. Discussion with partner



Text Books:
 Dengler, Stefanie, u.a.: Netzwerk A2. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Kursbuch und
Arbeitsbuch. (Kapitel 7-12) München / Delhi: Klett Langenscheidt / Goyal Saab 2015
Additional material may be compiled and used by the teacher.

Reference Books:

Page 149

146  Aufderstraße, Hartmut, u.a. : Lagune 2. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Kursbuch und
Arbeitsbuch. Ismaning: Max Hueber Verlag 2014.
 Breitsameter, Anna, Glas-Peters, Sabine, Pude, Angela, Specht, Franz: Menschen A2.
Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Arbeitsbuch. Ismaning: Hueber 2013
 Funk, Hermann, u.a.: Studio d - Grundstufe: A2. Berlin / New Delhi: Cornelsen / Goyal
Saab 2013
 Any other textbook for A2.1 / A2 level proficiency (corresponding to the topics in the
syllabus) may be used as a reference book.
Web Links:
https://einstufungstests.klett -sprachen.de/eks/uebungen -netzwerk -a2/

Page 150

147 SEMESTER II
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: HISTORY (SCHOOL SUBJECT)
COURSE NAME: HISTORY OF CONTEMPORARY INDIA
(1947 -2000)

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To comprehend the problems of India after independence and partition.
2. To understand the socio - economic developments of post-independent India.
3. To analyse the political trends of the period.
4. To comprehend the making of Indian Constitution
5. To critically analyse National Emergency by Indira Gandhi and the role of the J.P.
Movement.


Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Examine the process of integration of Princely States in India and analyze the role of
Sardar Patel in it and the Making of the Indian Constitution
2. Analyze the social and economic reforms of Pandit Jawaharlal Nehru and their impact
on Indian Society and the Economy
3. Understand the rise of Lal Bahadur Shastri and Indira Gandhi and the reforms made by
them
4. Analyse the imposition of the National Emergency by Indira Gandhi and the role of
the J.P. Movement
5. Comprehend the achievements and failures of the Janata Government and analyze the
return of the Congress to power
6. Discuss the Main trends in Contemporary India

Page 151

148 MODULE I : POST -PARTITION AND POST -COLONIAL POLITICAL
DEVELOPMENTS (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Nehru Era
a) Post-Partition Problems
b) Making of Indian Constitution
c) Socio -Economic Reforms


Unit 2: Post Colonial Political Developments (1947 -1964)
a) Integration of Princely States
a) Linguistic Reorganization of States
b) Foreign Policy of Nehru


Unit 3: Political, Social and Economic Developments (1964 CE - 1971 CE )
a) Lal Bahadur Shastri (1964 -1966)
b) Rise of Indira Gandhi
c) Reforms of Indira Gandhi


MODULE II: CONTEMPORARY INDIA (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Emergency and Aftermath (1971 CE - 1984 CE)
a) Emergency - Causes and Consequences
b) Janata Government – Achievements and Failure
c) Return of the Congress to Power


Unit 5 : Socio -Economic and Political Developments (1984 CE - 2000 CE )
a) Rajiv Gandhi’s Reforms
b) Mandal Commission and Reservation Policy
c) New Economic Reforms (1991)


Unit 6: Main trends in Contemporary India
a) Insurgency Movements (Punjab, Nagaland and Assam)
b) Empowerment of Women
c) Science and Technology

Page 152

149
MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40
Task/Assignments (Any Two)
1) Prepare a character sketch of Lal Bahadur Shastri
2) Make a presentation on NEP
3) Engage in Debate on Emergency in India
4) Group discussion on empowerment of women
5) Watch the documentary film on any Indian freedom fighter and write a report


References:
 Ananth, Krishna V., India Since Independence: Making Sense of Indian Politics,
Pearson India, 2009
 Austin, Granville, The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, OUP, New Delhi,
1999
 Bandyopadhyay Sekhar, From Plassey to Partition, A History of Modern India, Orient
Longman, 2004.
 Brass, Paul, R. (ed.), The New Cambridge History of India: The Politics of India since
Independence, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. 1990.
 Chatterjee, Partha (ed.), State and Politics in India, Oxford University Press, New
Delhi, 1997.
 Chandra, Bipan et al., India after Independence, Penguin India Ltd, Paperback, 2000.
 Chaurasia, Radhey Shyam, History of Modern India, 1707 A. D. to 2000 A. D., Atlantic
Publisher & Distributors, 2002.
 Chima Jugdeep, The Sikh Separatist Insurgency in India: Political Leadership and
Ethnonationalist Movements, Sage Publications Pvt. Ltd; New Delhi, 2008

Page 153

150  Das Kumar Samir, Governing India's Northeast: Essays on Insurgency, Development
and the Culture of Peace, Springer publishers, New Delhi, 2013.
 Dreze, Jean and Sen Amartya, India: Economic Development and Social Opportunity,
Clarendon, Oxford University Press, Oxford, 1998.
 Dutt, V.P, India’s Foreign Policy, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, 1984.
 Gopal, Sarvepalli, Jawaharlal Nehru -A Biography, Vol. 2 (1947 -56), London and
Delhi, 1979.
 Grover, B.L. & Grover S., A New Look at Modern Indian History (1707 – present -day),
S. Chand and Company, New Delhi, 2001.
 Guha, Ramchandra, India after Gandhi: The History of the World’s Largest
Democracy, Pan Macmillan India, 2017.
 Guha, Ramchandra, Makers of Modern India, Penguin Books, New Delhi, 2012
 Gupta, Sisir, K., Kashmir: A Study in Indian Pakistan States, London, 1967.
 Hasan, Zoya, Jha, S.N., Rasheeduddin Khan, (eds.), The State, Political Processes and
Identity, New Delhi, 1989.
 Joshi Vijay, New Economic Reforms, Clarendon Press, Noida, 1996.
 Keer, Dhananjay, Dr Babasaheb Ambedkar: Life and Mission, Popular Prakashan,
Bombay.
 Kumar Dharma (ed.), The Cambridge Economic History of India, Vol. II, c. 1757 -2003,
Orient Longman in association with Cambridge University Press, New Delhi, 2005.
 Kulke, Hermann and Rothermund, Dietmar, A History of India, Routledge, 3rd Edition,
1998.
 Majumdar, R.C., Comprehensive History of India, Vol.3 (Part III), People’s Publishing
House.
 Nanda, S.P., History of Modern India (1707 – Present Time), Dominant Pub, New Delhi
2012.
 Nanda B.R. Making of a Nation: India’s Road to Independence, Delhi, 1998.
 Omvedt, Gail, ‘Dalits and Democratic Revolution’ - Dr Ambedkar & the Dalit
Movement in Colonial India, Sage Publication, New Delhi, 1994
 Rothermund Dietmar, An Economic History of India: From Pre-Colonial Times to
1991, Routledge, New York, 1993
 Roy Tirthankar, The Economic History of India, 1857 –2010, Oxford University Press,
New Delhi, 2020.
 Sonal Ashish, Terrorism and Insurgency in India: A Study of the Human Element,
Lancer Publishers, New Delhi, 2006

Page 154

151  Tripathi, Dwijendra, The Oxford History of Indian Business, Oxford University Press,
New Delhi, 2004.
 Tyson, Geoffrey, Nehru: The years of Power, Victor Gollancz, London, 1966.


 Additional References:
 Basu, D. D., An Introduction to the Constitution of India, Lexix Nexis, 22nd Edition,
2015
 Brass, Paul, R. (ed.), The New Cambridge History of India: The Politics of India since
Independence, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. 1990.
 Chakrabarty, Bidyut & Pandey, Rajendra Kumar, Modern Indian Political Thought,
Text and Context, Sage Publications, 2009.
 Chakravarti, Aroop, The History of India (1857 – 2000), Pearson, New Delhi, 2012.
 Chopra, P.N., Puri B.N, Das M.N, Pradhan A.C, A Comprehensive History of Modern
India, Sterling Publishers 2003.
 Desai, A.R., Social Background of Indian Nationalism, Popular Prakashan, Bombay,
1976.
 Majumdar, Raychauduri and Datta, An Advanced History of India, Modern India, Part
III, Macmillan and Co. Ltd, London, 1963.
 Pylee M. R., Constitutional History of India, S. Chand & Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 2011
 Rammohan E., Counter Insurgencies in India: An Insider View, VIJ Books, New Delhi,
2011.

Page 155

152
SEMESTER II
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: GEOGRAPHY (SCHOOL SUBJECT)
COURSE NAME: GEOGRAPHY OF ENVIRONMENT

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To develop a basic understanding about Fundamentals of Environmental Geography.
2. To comprehend the basics of Ecosystem and its structure.
3. To understand Biogeochemical cycles and concepts associated with it.
4. To learn about Contemporary Environmental Issues.
5. To develop awareness about Major Environmental Movements and Laws.
6. To appreciate Natural Resources and Biodiversity.

Learning outcome:
By the end of the course, students will be able to
1. Describe the basic concepts and the place of different disciplines in the school
curriculum
2. Explain Geography as a subject and indicate the essentials of teaching Geography.
3. Discuss the approaches of curriculum construction.
4. Recall different types of teaching - learning resources, different methods and techniques
of teaching Geography.
5. Describe essentials of a Geography teacher.
6. Identify current trends in the Geography subject



MODULE I: FUNDAMENTALS OF ENVIRONMENTAL GEOGRAPHY,
ECOSYSTEM AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES (2 Credits)

Unit 1: FUNDAMENTALS OF ENVIRONMENTAL GEOGRAPHY
a) Definition, Meaning of environment and Environmental Geography: Concepts and
Contents
b) Nature, scope and importance
c) Man' s interaction with Environment, Relationship of Environmental geography with
other sciences

Page 156

153 Unit 2 : ECOSYSTEM STRUCTURE AND FUNCTIONS
a) Ecosystem - meaning and definition and its Structure
b) Functions: Energy flow in ecosystem, food chains, food webs, food pyramid
c) Classification of Ecosystem detail study of Desert, Rainforest and fresh water lake
ecosystem

Unit 3: BIOGEOCHEMICAL CYCLES
a) Hydrological
b) Carbon
c) Nitrogen Cycle

MODULE II : ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES, MOVEMENTS AND LAWS, NATURAL
RESOURCES AND BIODIVERSITY (2 Credits)

Unit 4: CONTEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
a) Pollution - Air and Water Pollution - causes, effects
b) Land and Noise Pollution - causes, effects
c) Major environmental issues - global warming, Ozone depletion and acid rain

Unit 5: MAJOR ENVIRONMENTAL MOVEMENTS AND LAWS
a) Environmental movement
b) Save Amazon forest or Green peace Movement, Chipko movement, Save Narmada
c) Environmental Law and Theory (Property Rights, Citizen’s Rights, Nature’s Rights)
Unit 6: NATURAL RESOURCES AND BIODIVERSITY
a) Natural resources - meaning, definitions and importance, Types of natural resources
b) Causes of depletion and methods/measures of natural resources conservation
c) Biodiversity in India and its conservation

MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)
Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Task/ Assignments (Any two):
1) Map Filling - World
2) Interpretation or question answer on thematic maps drawn with techniques -
Choropleth Maps, Isopleth,

Page 157

154 3) Interpretation or question answer on thematic maps drawn with techniques - Dot
Maps and Flow Maps
4) Explain any one Sustainable practice for Conservation of Natural Resources.
5) Prepare two environmental games for std 10

References:
 Asolekar S, Gopichandran R. 2005, 'Preventive Environmental Management –an Indian
perspective', CEE, Ahmedabad, Foundation Books Pvt. Ltd, Daryaganj
 Chambers N., Simons C., Wackernagel M., 2006, 'Sharing Nature's Interest –
Ecological footprints as an indicator of sustainability'.
 Cunningham W., Cunningham M., 2003, 'Principles of Environmental Science –
Inquiry
 Applications', Tata McGraw Hill Publication Company Ltd, New Delhi.
 Doniwal H. K., 'Urban Geography', GNOSIS, Delhi, 2009.
 Dresner S., 2005, 'The principles of sustainability', Earth scan publication Ltd, London.
 Gandotra V., Patel S., 2008, 'Environmental problems and strategies', Serials
Publication, New Delhi
 Global Environment Outlook 3 -2002, 'Past, present and future perspectives', UNEP,
Earths can publications Ltd, London, Sterling VA.
 Hulse J. H., 2007, 'Sustainable Development at risk -Ignoring the past', Cambridge
University Press India Pvt Ltd., New Delhi.
 Mohanta R., Sen A., Singh M.P., 2009, 'Environmental Education -Vol. 1',
APH Publishing Corporation New Delhi.
 Nellison N., Straaten J. Van D. & Klinkers L., 2001, 'Classics in Environmental
Studies – anoverview of texts in Environmental Studies', Kusum Publishing, Delhi
 Perumal M., Veerasekaran R., Suresh M., Asaithambi M., 2008, 'Environmental and
Ecological issues in India', Abhijeet Publication, Delhi

Page 158

155
SEMESTER II
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: ECONOMICS (SCHOOL SUBJECT)
COURSE NAME: MICROECONOMICS – II

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To understand the concepts of production, cost and revenue.
2. To understand breakeven analysis.
3. To understand characteristics of various market structures.
4. To understand how firms attain equilibrium.
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. construct isoquants and isocost lines.
2. understand the various laws of production.
3. differentiate between various concepts of cost.
4. analyse the relationship between various concepts of revenue.
5. compare equilibrium of firms in different market structures.

MODULE I : PRODUCTION, COST, REVENUE, BREAK EVEN
ANALYSIS (2 Credits)

Unit 1 : Production
a) Production and Production Function – Isoquants Construction – Types - Properties
b) Isocost Line – Construction - Producer’s Equilibrium
c) Law of Variable Proportions – Returns to Scale – Economies And Diseconomies

Unit 2 : Cost and Revenue
a) Concepts Of Cost – Money, Real, Social, Private, Explicit, Implicit, Accounting,
Economic, Opportunity, Fixed, Variable, Short Run, Long Run
b) Relationship between TC, AC and MC – Short Run and Long Run - Calculation
c) Relationship between TR, AR And MR under Perfect Competition and Imperfect
Competition


Unit 3 : Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly
a) Features of Monopolistic Competition

Page 159

156 b) Monopolistic Competition: Equilibrium in the Short Run and Long Run
c) Features Of Oligopoly

MODULE II: EQUILIBRIUM IN DIFFERENT MARKET
STRUCTURE (2Credits)

Unit 4: Perfect Competition
a) Characteristic Features
b) Conditions for Equilibrium using TR-TC And MR-MC Curves
c) Equilibrium in the Short Run and Long Run

Unit 5: Monopoly
a) Characteristic Features, Sources of Monopoly Power
b) Conditions for Equilibrium using TR-TC and MR-MC Curves
c) Equilibrium in the Short Run and Long Run

Unit 6: Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly
a) Features of Monopolistic Competition
b) Monopolistic Competition: Equilibrium in the Short Run and Long Run
c) Features of Oligopoly

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/ Assignments (Any Two)
1) Concept map on Construct isoquants and isocost lines
2) Analyse the Oligopoly in Alumnium productions, mobile phones and News Media and
prepare a booklet on the same
3) Analyse and write a repot on Monopoly in different Hotal industry
4) PPT presentation on famine and economoy in India 2022
5) Prepare two articles on equilibrium in different market structure

Page 160

157
References:
 Ahuja. H. L. (2019): Advanced Economic Theory -Microeconomic
Analysis, (LPSPE), 21st Edition. S. Chand Publishing.
 Mankiw, N. G. (2015): Principles of Microeconomics, 7th Edition. Cengage Learning
India Pvt. Ltd.
 Koutsouyiannis, A. (1979) Modern Microeconomics, 2nd edition. Macmillan. 4.
Samuelson, P. A. and Nordhaus, W. D. (2019): Economics, 20th edition
(Indian Adaptation -S. Chaudhuri and A. Sen). Mc Graw Hill Education.
 Frank, R. H. and Bernanke, B. (2007): Principles of Economics, 3rd Edition, Mc Graw
Hill Education.
 Lipsey, R. and Chrystal, A (2015): Economics, 13th Edition. Oxford University Press,
India.

Page 161

158 SEMESTER II
PART III-CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE : MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS
COURSE NAME: BASIC CONCEPTS OF ALGEBRA

Total Credits: 06

Total Marks: 100 Marks
Learning Objective:
1) To develop an understanding of the basic concepts of Algebra.
2) To apply the understanding of the basic concepts of Algebra in a given new situation
3) To examine the solution for the problems on the basic concepts of Algebra.
4) To appreciate the utility of the basic concepts of Algebra.
5) To acquire the Graph drawing skill.


Learning Outcomes:

After completing the semester, the students will be able to:

1. Explain the basic concepts of Algebra.
2. Analyse the basic concepts of Algebra.
3. Examine the accuracy of the given solution to the problems based on the basic
concepts of Algebra.
4. Determines interlink between the concepts of Algebra.
5. Reflect on the utility of the basic concepts of Algebra.
6. Draw the Graphs for the standard functions.


Module I: Functions and Limits

Unit 1 - Functions and Graphs –

a) Definition of function, domain and range, properties of function – onto, one -to one,
bijection, bounded function, odd and even functions, periodic functions.
b) Inverse of a bijection, composite of two functions (when defined).

Page 162

159 c) Graphs of standard function – identity function, constant function, linear function,
absolute function, quadratic function, square and cube functions, step function, reciprocal
(1/x), square root function, log and exponential function, Sin x and Cos x.
Unit 2 – Limits and Continuity

A) Definition of a limit, left and right -hand limit

B) Results on limits; Sandwich theorem

C) Continuous and discontinuous functions, results on continuous
functions; applications of continuous functions (Intermediate Value and
Boundedness theorem)
Unit 3 – Practicals

i. Properties of functions

ii. Inverse of functions

iii. Graphs of standard functions and combination of functions

iv. Limits of a functions (Using definition)

v. Left- and right -hand limits

vi. Continuous functions

Module II: Integers

Unit 4 – Finite Induction and GCD

a) Statements of well-ordering property of non-negative integers, principle of finite
induction (first and second) as a consequence of well-ordering property
b) Binomial theorem for non-negative exponents, pascal’s triangle.

c) Divisibility in integers, division algorithm, greatest common divisor (g.c.d.) and least
common multiple (l.c.m) of two integers, basic properties of gcd such as existence and
uniqueness of g.c.d. of integers a and b, g.c.d can be expressed as ma+nb, m, n are integers.
Euclidean algorithm, Primes, Euclid’s lemma.

Page 163

160 Unit 5 – Counting Principles

a) Addition and multiplication principles, distributions of distinct and non-distinct objects,
b) Multinomial coefficients, combinatorial interpretations, multinomial theorem (without
proof), applications.
c) Pigeonhole Principle (statement only) with applications
Unit 6 – Practicals

i. Finite induction
ii. Binomial theorem
iii. Division algorithm and GCD
iv. Addition and multiplication principles
v. Multinomials
vi. Pigeonhole principle
MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Task/Assignments: (Any tw)

(i) Assessment of Practical components will be based on Unit 3 of Module I and Unit 6 of
Module II.
(ii) Assessment of Practical component
1. Journal
2. Viva -voce
3. Practical tes

References:

1) tCounting. Khee -meng Koh, & Eng Guan Tay. World Scientific, 2002 2. Discrete
Mathematics, Norman L. Biggs, Revised Edition, Clarendon Press, Oxford 1989.

Page 164

161 2) Elementary Number Theory : David Burton ; Tata McGraw Hill (Walter
RudinSeries), Indian Edition.
3) Graph Theory. Volume 3 of Mathematical Olympiad series. Bin Xiong,
Zhongyi Zheng. World Scientific, 2010
4) Introduction to the theory of numbers, I. Niven and S. Zuckerman, Third
Edition, Wiley Eastern, New Delhi, 1972.
5) Master Maths: Solving Word Problems. Brita Immergut. Cengage Learning
PTR. 2009
6) Problem solving Strategies. Arthur Engel. Springer. 1991
7) The mathematics that Every Secondary School Teacher Needs to Know. Alan
Sultan & Alice F. Artzt. Routledge. 2011

Page 165

162


SEMESTER II
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: PSYCHOLOGY ( JUNIOR COLLEGE)
COURSE NAME: DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1) To comprehend the basic concepts of Human Development processes
2) To grasp principles, perspectives and modern trends in Developmental psychology
3) To understand the factors influencing development
4) To develop awareness about the characteristics of different developmental stage
5) To understand the adolescence stage

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1) Explains the process of human development
2) Grasp the principles of developmental psychology
3) Explains the modern trends of developmental psychology
4) Expounds the factors affecting development psychology
5) Differentiate the different stages of development


MODULE 1: BASICS OF DEVELOPMENT (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Understanding Human Development
a) Life in formation - Fertilization, determination of sex, pre natal development and
stages.
b) Meaning, nature and principles of development
c) Types of development and factors influencing development

Unit 2: Aspects of Development during Childhood
a) Characteristics and needs of prenatal, Infancy and Toddlerhood stage
b) Early childhood and childhood stage
c) Role of Family and School in developmental process

Unit 3: Aspects of Development during Adolescence stage
a) Characteristics and needs of Adolescence stage

Page 166

163 b) Challenges during Adolescence stage
c) Role of Family and School in Adolescence developmental process
MODULE II : APPROACHES IN STUDYING HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
(2 Credits)

Unit 4: Aspects of Child development
a) Child Development as a multidimensional concept within a pluralistic society
(physical, Emotional and Social)
b) Impact of different parenting styles on child development.
c) Child development in socio - cultural context: Interplay of poverty, caste, gender and
tribal communities.

Unit 5: Issues and Implications of Child Development
a) Changing family structure
b) Attachment and bonding
c) Experiences of childhood trauma

Unit 6 : Issues and Implications of Child Development
a) Changing family structure
b) Attachment and bonding
c) Experiences of childhood trauma

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)

1) Seminar presentation related to any topic on Adolescent issues
2) Case study of a special child
3) Presentation of stages of development
4) Reflective journal on self
5) Seminar presentation on Learning disability

Page 167

164


References:
 Feldman, R.S., Babu, N. (2018). Development Across the Life Span. Pearson
Publication. 
 Berk, L. E. (2006). Child Development. (7th Ed). New Delhi: Pearson Education
Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt Ltd.
 Crandell, T. L., Crandell, C. H., and Zanden, J. W. V. (2009). Human Development.
(9th Ed). New York: McGraw Hill co. Inc
 Papilia, Diane E., Sally Wendos Olds (2005). Human Development. 9th Edition. Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
 Hurlock, E. (1980). Developmental Psychology. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing. 3.
Shaffer, David R. (1993). Developmental Psychology. IV Edition Brooks / Cole
Publishing Company. 
 Smith, Barry D. (1998). Psychology Science and Understanding The McGraw -Hill
Company. 
 Santrock, John W. (2007). Adolescence. 11th edition. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company.
 Santrock, John W. (2007). Child Development. 11th edition. Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company 

Page 168

165


SEMESTER II
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: SOCIOLOGY ( JUNIOR COLLEGE)
BASIC CONCEPTS IN SOCIOLOGY

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1) To understand the basic concepts in sociology.
2) To familiarize students with the theoretical aspects of different concepts.
3) To develop relevance of these concepts in everyday life.
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1) Explain the basic concepts in sociology.
2) Gain deeper and coherent understanding of sociological agencies and Institutions
3) Articulate an analytical viewpoint with the help of sociological concepts.
4) Critically review the sociological interactions in everyday life

MODULE I: FOUNDATIONS OF SOCIOLOGY – I (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Society & Groups
a) What is Society? : Definition & Meaning, Types of Societies: Hunting &Food
Gathering Societies, Modern Industrial and Post- Industrial Society
b) Groups: Definition & Meaning, Primary Group & Secondary Groups: Meaning &
Characteristics
c) In- group, Out –group, & Reference groups.

Unit 2: Socialization
a) Socialization: Definition & Meaning
b) Agencies of Socialization: Family, School, Peer group and Mass -Media Gender
Socialization, Political Socialization, Occupational/ Professional Socialization
c) Resocialization

Unit 3: Culture
a) Culture: Meaning, Definition and Components of culture
b) Characteristics of Culture
Cultural Diversity, Cultura l Universals, Ethnocentrism, Cultural Relativity,

Page 169

166 c) Sub Culture and Counter Culture

MODULE II: FOUNDATIONS OF SOCIOLOGY – II (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Social Institutions
a) Marriage: Definition & Meaning
Patterns in marriage – Endogamy, Exogamy, Monogamy,Polygamy
Patterns of Descent: Patrilineal, Matrilineal, Bilateral
b) Family: Definition & Meaning,
Functions of Family Variations in Family Structure: Traditional &
Contemporary
c) Religion: Definition & Meaning, Functions of religion
Types: Magic, Sect and Cult, Totemism, Naturism,
Animism, Monotheism, Polytheism

Unit 5: Social Interaction in Everyday life
a) Daily life encounter – Verbal and Non -Verbal Communication (Face, Body, Gestures)
b) Interaction in cyberspace
c) Advantages and disadvantages of virtual communication

Unit 6: Social Stratification
a) Concept of Social Stratification
b) Types of Social Stratification and Discrimination: Age, Caste, Class, Gender, Race,
Religion and Differently Abled.
c) Social Mobility: Definition , Types of Social Mobility - Vertical,
Horizontal, Intergenerational, Intra Generational

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments ( Any Two)

1) Write an essay on varieties of World Religions.
2) ‘Are we prisoners of Culture’? – Critically analyse.
3) Evaluate the advantages and disadvantages of virtual interactions

Page 170

167 4) Group presentation on ‘Interaction in cyberspace’
5) A video on different cultural practices of India

References:
 C N Shankar Rao, Sociology: Principles of Sociology (2019), S.Chand Pub.(Chapter
2,3,6,8,17,27) 
 John J.Macionis, Sociology 16th Edition (2018) , Pearson.
(Chapters:4,5,6,8,10,13,14,15,18,19, &23)
 Dasgupta and Saha (2012) An introduction to Sociology, Pearson 
 Giddens, Anthony (2017) Sociology (8th edition), Atlantic Publishers (Chapter:
5,14,16,21) 
 Haralambos M and Heald (2009) Sociology Themes and Perspectives. New Delhi
Oxford University Press
 Julia Jary and David Jary (2005) Dictionary of Sociology Collins
 Macionis, John (2005) Sociology (10th edition) Prentice Hall
 Marshall Gordon. Dictionary of Sociology New Delhi Oxford University Press
 Schaefer Richard Sociology A Brief Introduction (2006) sixth edition Tata McGraw
Hill New Delhi 
 Schaeffer and Lamm (1998) Sociology (6th edition) McGraw Hill
 Stolley S, Kathy (2005) The Basics of Sociology, Greenwood Press .(Chapter 
: 3,4,6,8,)

Page 171

168

SEMESTER II
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: PHILOSOPHY ( JUNIOR COLLEGE)
SOCIO -POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1) To understand the nature of Social and Political Philosophies as a branches of
Philosophy.
2) To become aware of the scope and relevance of Social Philosophy.
3) To acquaint with major themes and debates in Socio -political philosophy regarding
social stratifications, diversities and liberty, equality and justice.

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1) Explain the basic notions in Socio -political philosophy.
2) Concept mapping of various types of diversity.
3) Appraise values of liberty, equality and justice from different theoretical perspectives.

MODULE I - SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Nature, Scope of Social Philosophy and Perspectives on Marriage, family and
Gender
a) Nature & Scope of Social Philosophy
b) Perspectives on Family & Marriage, Contemporary trends in Family and Marriage –
Single Parent families, Live – in relationships, Gay marriages
c) Feminist Perspective on gender as a construct, Claims of Masculinity

Unit 2 Exploitation: Class and race
a) Hegel’s notion of Recognition: significance of the Master -Slave dialectic.
b) Frantz Fanon’s postcolonial critique of racism: inadequacy of Hegelian
master -slave dialectic; Fanon’s Justification of anti-colonial violence.
c) Karl Marx: Historical Materialism account of history;
d) Marx’s analysis of capitalism and exploitation.

Unit 3 : Response to Diversity (Engagement & Tolerance)

Page 172

169 a) Liberalism and multiculturalism: the problem stated. Will Kymlicka: culture and
freedom; Brian Barry’s egalitarian critique of multiculturalism.
b) An analysis of the concept of toleration in liberalism; John Locke’s justification
of religious toleration; toleration as ‘recognition’
c) Philosophy of War: Militarism -realism, just war and pacifism

MODULE II : POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Nature, Scope and Major Concepts of Political Philosophy
a) Nature & Scope of Political Philosophy
b) State & Nationalism
c) Liberalism, Conservatism and Socialism

Unit 5 Liberty and Domination
a) Two Concepts of Liberty; dangers of positive liberty. Negative Liberty (Isaiah Berlin)
b) Freedom from non-interference - the Harm Principle. Positive Liberty (J. S. Mill)
c) The notion of General Will. Third concept of freedom - the republican view:
freedom from Domination. (J.J. Rousseau)

Unit 6: Equality & Justice
a) Formal equality and its limitations. Liberal versus Socialist conception of equality -
equality of opportunity or equality of outcome? Equality of resources: Ronald
Dworkin.
b) Distributive justice: John Rawls: justice as fairness; Robert Nozick: entitlement
theory of justice – self-ownership argument;
c) Critical assessment of Rawls’ and Nozick’s view

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Case Study (Any Two)
1) Should same -sex marriages be tolerated?
2) The case of Islamic Veil in public schools in France.
3) Nationalism and the state intervention on individual freedom

Page 173

170 4) Make 2 concept maps on diversity
5) Collect from news papers any two political issues and do review with regard to
justice.

References:
 Arun P. Mukherjee. “B.R. Ambedkar, John Dewey, and the Meaning of Democracy”.
New Literary History (2009) 40 (2): 345-370
 B.R. Ambedkar. “Annihilation of Caste” in Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar: Writings and
 Baradat, Leon. Political Ideologies: their origins and impact (Pearson -Prentice Hall,
2008)
 Barrie Thorne. “Feminist Rethinking of the Family: An Overview” Rethinking the
Family: Some Feminist Questions ed. Barrie Thorne and Marilyn Yalom Longman:
New York and London, 1982
 Bhiku Parekh. “Equality of Difference” in Colin Farrelly (ed) Contemporary Political 
 Bird, Colin. An Introduction to Political Philosophy (Cambridge University Press,
2006)
 Brian Barry “The Muddles of Multiculturalism” New Left Review 8, March -April 2001
 Charles Taylor “The Politics of Recognition” in Colin Farrelly (ed) Contemporary 
 David Miller ed. The Liberty Reader Routledge 2006 : Readings from the above text as
follows: (a)Two Concepts of Liberty by Isaiah Berlin (b) Negative and Positive
Freedom by Gerald C. MacCallum, Jr. (c)The Republican Ideal of Freedom by Philip
Pettit (d)A Third Concept of Liberty by Quentin Skinner
 Deborah Satz “Feminist Perspectives on Reproduction and the Family” Stanford
Encyclopedia of Philosophy 2013 (on line
https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/feminismfamily/) 
 Edward Said. Orientalism (New York: Pantheon, 1978) 
 Franz Fanon “The Fact of Blackness” Black Skin White Masks -Grove Press 1967
 Heywood, Andrew. Political Theory: An Introduction (Palgrave Macmillan, 2012/13) 
 Jack Sawyer “On Male Liberation” in Feminism and Masculinities ed. Peter Murphy
OUP, Oxford 2004
 John Rawls A Theory of Justice, Cambridge, MA Harvard University Press,
1971(chapter 1 and chapter 2)
 Julian Lamont “Distributive Justice” Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy
https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/equality/ 1993/2013 
 Knowles, Dudley. Political Philosophy (London: Routledge, 2001)
 Mark Lebar “Justice as Virtue” Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy
https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/equality/ 2002/2016 
 Michael Dummett Immigration and Refugees Routledge London and New York, 2001,
(chapters 1-5)
 Plato, Republic New Haven: Yale University Press, 2006 (Book 1)
 Political Theory: A Reader. Sage Publishers, 2004
 Raymond Plant. Modern Political Thought. Wiley Blackwell. 1991 

Page 174

171  Robert Goodman, Philip Pettit and Thomas Pogge. A Companion to Contemporary
Political Philosophy Blackwell: 2007 ( 2 volumes) 
 Robert Nozick. Anarchy, State and Utopia, New York: Basic Books, 1974 (chapter 7)
 Ronald Dworkin “What is Equality? Part 1: Equality of Welfare” Philosophy &
Public Affairs, 10 (3) (Summer, 1981), pp. 185-246
 Ronald Dworkin “What is Equality? Part 2: Equality of Resources” Philosophy &
Public Affairs, Vol. 10, No. 4 (Autumn, 1981), pp. 283-345
 Simone de Beauvoir. “Introduction” The Second Sex (a new translation by Constance
Borde and Sheila Malovany -Chevallier) Vintage: London, 2009
 Speeches, Vol. 1. Bombay: Education Department, Government of Maharashtra, 1979,
pp. 25-96. (also available online)
 Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy (on line source) reading on multiculturalism 
 Stephan Goosepath “Equality” in Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy;
https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/equality/ 2007
 Valerian Rodrigues. “Ambedkar on Preferential Treatment” Seminar (2005), 549, pp
55–61

Websites:
 Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels A Manifesto of the Communist Party, 1848
https://www.marxists.org/archive/marx/works/download/pdf/Manifesto.pdf 
 Martin Luther King. “Letter from Birmingham Jail”
https://web.cn.edu/kwheeler/documents/Letter_Birmingham_Jail.pdf 1963 

Page 175

172



SEMESTER II
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: POLITICAL SCIENCE ( JUNIOR COLLEGE)
COURSE NAME: POLITICAL SCIENCE -WORKING OF
THE GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the working of the three organs of the government at the union
level.
2. Analyse the distinctive features of India’s federalism
3. Comprehend the organisation of local self -government in India under the 73rd
and 74th Constitutional Amendment and emerging issues thereafter.
4. Familiarise with the working aspects of public administration in India and
acquaint with select landmark public policy.

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Identify their composition and distinctive functions of the three organs of
the government at the union level.
2. Compare and contrast the unitary and federal features of the Indian constitution
and related issues.
3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the local self -governance model in India. 4.
Demonstrate an understanding of key concepts of the administrative machinery
in India.

MODULE I: STRUCTURE & FUNCTIONS (2 Credits)
Unit 1 : Organs of government (Union)
a) Legislature - Bicameral, Elections, Legislative procedure, Parliamentary
Committees
b) Executive - Nominal and Real, Office of the Vice President.
c) Judiciary - Appointment of Supreme Court Judges, Powers and functions

Unit 2 : Federalism
a) Quasi federal features of the Constitution of India

Page 176

173 b) Asymmetric Federalism in India - issues
c) Cooperative federalism - the way forward


Unit 3 : Local Self-Government
a) 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendment
b) Three tiers, elections, reservations (social exclusion and the challenges faced by
women)
c) People’s participation - Gram Sabha

MODULE II : ADMINISTRATIVE MACHINERY (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Introduction to Public Administration
a) Public Administration - meaning, definition, changing scope
b) New Public Management & Public Choice Approach
c) Decentralisation, Accountability & Good Governance.

Unit 5: Concepts in Public Administration
a) Bureaucracy - meaning, features, Views of Max Weber
b) Civil Services in India - origin, features, types, recruitment, lateral entry
c) Tools of administration - E -Governance, Public Private Partnership (PPP) model,
Self Help Groups (SHGs) as Vehicles of Implementation

Unit 6: Landmark Public Policies - origin, provisions, features, significance
a) Mid-day Meals Scheme
b) Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan
c) Janani Suraksha Yojana

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)
Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40
Tasks/Assignments ( Any Two)
1. Evaluate the various E -governance portals of GOI or GOMH and write a long
Essay on Digital India Mission (CoWin app, Aaple sarkar, etc.)
2. Conduct a Survey on Public awareness with regards to important schemes like

Page 177

174 Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan, RTI, Mahila Gram Sabha, Working of Panchayats
3. Street play on course content
4. Poster Making on the course content
5. Debate on Maharashtra’s OBC reservation in Local self -governments and Judicial
intervention, Competitive and Cooperative Federalism in India, Role of Speakers
and Governors.
References:
 M.P. Sharma, and others (2014) Public Administration in Theory and Practice,
Kitab Mahal Publishers, Delhi
 Rathod, P.B. (2004), Contemporary Public Administration, A.B.D. Publishers
 Almond G. A. and Verba S., 1963, The Civic Culture, New Jersey,
Princeton University Press.
 Ball Alan R., 1971, Modern Politics and Government, London, Macmillan.
 Venkatesan V., 2002, Iinstitutionalizing Panchayati Raj in India, New Delhi,
Institute of Social Science.
 Bhagwan Vishnu and Bhushan Vidya, 2007, Public Administration, New Delhi,
S Chand
 Avasthi Amreshwar and Maheshwari Shriram, 1982, Public
Administration, Agra,Lakshmi Narayan Aggrawal and Company Ltd.
 M Laxmikanth, 2012, Public Administration, New Delhi, McGraw Hill.
 S. R. Maheshwari, 1994, Administrative Theories, New Delhi, Allied.
 Kothari, Rajni. 2000. Politics in India. Hyderabad: Orient BlackSwan.

Page 178

175
































SEMESTER III

Page 179

176



Semester III
PART I

CORE COURSE: HINDI (COMPULSORY LANGUAGE)
COURSE NAME: HINDI
Total Credits:06
Total Marks :100

अध्यन न उद्द े श्य:
1. जा वान काोा समस्यााओाोां काोाे यथााथ गवााादा और मनाोवााो`ज्ञााकनक कचता रण
साोाे पररकचत कराानाा
2. एकाोाााोांकाोा काोाे चररत्र कचत रण, कथानक और उसकाोाे द्वाोां
वा वाााताावारण और घटनााओाोां काोाे अनाोाुबाोांध काोाे
कनमाोाा गण साे पररकचत करवााानाा।
3. छाात्राोां का भााषााई क शल काा कवाकाास करनाा।
4. कहांदा एकााांका , कहांदा रा ाोा त और ज़ा ल काे स िरूप काो समझाानाा।
5. लाेखकाो और ककवायाोां काे श `कलयाोां काे प रकाार का जानकाारा दाेनाा।
6. काोााि याोाात मक स दय ग तता ाोाोाोां काोाा बाोाोध और रसाास िाादन कराानाा।
7. पााठ वा ककवातााओां का ि यााख याा और समा क षाा का वपकत समझाानाा I
8. छाात्राोां काो ि यवाहााररक ि यााकरण काा साामाान्य पररचय दाेनाा

अध्यन न वनष्पहव:
इस इकाोााई काोाे अध ययन काोाे पश चाात छाात्र योगा य हाोाोराोा ाोाे,
1. कहााकनयाो, ककवाताा काोाे अाोांतराोा गत म कलक तता ाोाोाोां पर , भाषाोाा
शला ो ा ाो` , पर कवाचाोाार करनाोाे माो।ाे ाोां
2. कवावारणाात मक ,ि याोााख यााता मक, कवाचाोााराात मक, माो ला ाोाााोांकन परत शाो`लाोा
साोाे पररकचत हाोराोा ाोाे।
3. ककवाताा माोाेाोां कनकहत स दय ग कबदाोां काोाा कवाशा लाोाेषण करनाोाे माो।ाे
ाोां
4. काव्यांशों क व्याख्या तथा सराहना करें र ाोाे ।
5. ककवातााओाोां काोाा भावााोााथ ग तथा पााठ काोाे
राोा दाोा ाोाााोांशाोाोाोां काोाा भावा स पष्ट कर सकाोाे ाोां
राोा ाोा े
6. समशा राोाुकत कभन नााथगक शबा द ,कवालाोम शबा द ,पयाोाा गयवाााच शबा द, प्रत यय -
उपसराोा ग - काोाे कनयमाोाोाोां काोाा पाालन याोाोग्य कराेां रा
ाोाे
7. राोा ज़ल काोाो एकाोाााोांकाोा काोाे रा प माोाेाोां पररवातगन

Page 180

177 करनाोाे माोाे ाोां
8. राोा ाोा त काोाो कनबाोांध माोाेाोां पररवातगन करनाोाे माोाेाोां।
9. कवाकभन न श `ला तता ाोाोाोां काा उपयाोरा करकाे लाेख कलखनाे माेां

म ड ्य ˛ल I: वि ˙द एक ˙क - उप े ˙द ् रन थ अश्क , र मक ¸
म र ह म ग, सह ेश्वर दर ् ल सक ्स ेन ;वि ˙द
र ् त- वनर ल , र ् प लवस ˙ि न ेप ल ,र ्
प लद स न रज; वि न्द व्य करण (2 Credits)

Page 181

178 घटक 1 : िवन्द एक ˙क

Page 182

179 a) उपाोाेाोांदा रनााथ अशा क जाोकाोा ं
b) राामकाोाु माार वामाोाा ग राोाे शमाोा टाोााई (‘पाोाााोांच
एकाोाााोांकाोा नााटक’ काोाे साोांग रह साोाे)
c) सवााेश िर दयााल सक साेनाा कहसााब-ककतााब (‘हवााालाात’ सांग्रह साे)
घटक 2: र ् त एह ग़ज ल
a) कनराालाा सखख, वासांत आयाा (रा ाोा त) (राारा कवाराारा )
b) रा ाोाोपााल कसांह नाेपााला ताुम जलाा कर कदए माुांह छाु पााताे रहाे (रा ाोा त) (इांटरनाेट पर
ककवातााकाोश)
c) रा ाोाोपाालदाास ना रज कजतनाा कम साामाान रहाेरा ाोाा (रा ाोा त) ( इांटरनाेट पर
ककवातााकाोश)
घटक 3: व्य करण
a) समशा राोाुकत कभन नााथगक शब्द
b) वकलोम शब्द
c) पयाोाा गयवाााच शब्द

म ड ्य ˛ल II: एक ˙क - भ ¸ह न ेश्वर प्रस द , स ¸र े
˙ द्र ह म ग ; वि ˙द ग़ज ल- द ¸ ष ्य ˙ त क ¸ म र; िवन्द
व्य करण (2 Credits)
घटक 4: एक ˙ क
a) भाोाुवानाोाेश िर प्रसााद स्टा र ाोााइक (‘आठ एकाोाा ाोाााोा काोा ’ : दाोाे वााोाेाोांद्र
रााज अाोांकाोाु र )
b) साोाुराोाे ाोां द्र वामाोाा ग हराोा घाास पर घाोांटाोाे भर (‘आठ
एकाोाााोांकाोा ’: दाोाेवााोाेाोांद्र रााज अाोांकाोाु र)
c) दोनों एकांककयों क तुलना

घटक 5: वि ˙द ग़ज ल
a) दुष्यंत कु मार 1 हो ई ह` प र (‘साए में ध प’)
b) दुष्यंत कु मार 2 कहां तो तय था (‘साए में ध प ’)
c) दाोनाोां जा लाोां काे कबांब एवाां रूपक
घटक 6: व्य करण
a) प्रत्यय - सामान्य पररचय
b) उपसराोा ग - सामाोाान य पररचय
c) अपकठत - द ा ाोाााोां श

Page 183

180
म ड ्य ˛ल III : अ ˙तर ् गत म ˛ल्य ˙कन (2 Credits)

Page 184

181
Sr. No
Assignment
Marks

1
Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10)
20

2
One periodical class test held in the given Semester
15

3
One Essay test held in the given Semester
05
Total 40


दह क र ् ग:

1. रााम काोाु माार वामाोाा ग काोा राोाे शमाोा टााई पर कवाषय कवाशा लाोाेषण
काोा कजए।
2.. अभ याास क रम काोाे अना तराोा गत आए राोा ज़लकाोााराोाोाोां काोा
राोा ज़लाोाोाोां काोाा साोांग रह काोा कजयाोाेI
3. ध्वना याोजनाा, शब द याोजनाा, वाााक्य याोजनाा काे आधाार पर एक लाेख कलखखएI
4. दुष्यंत कु मार क ककस एक ज़्ल को एकांक के रूप में कलखखए।
5. फाो` ज़ अहमद फाो` ज़ काोा कलखा हाुई” हम दाोाे
खाोाेाोांराोा ाोाे “ इस उदाो ग नज़ाोा म (राोा ाोा त) पर
कनबाोांध कलखखए।

स ˙दभ ग:
 उपाोाेाोांदा रनााथ अशा क काोाा एकाोाााोांकाोा - जाोकाोा ं
 राामकाोाु मार वामाोाा ग काोाा एकाोाााोांकाोा - राोाेशमाोा टाोााई
(पाोा डाोा एफ पाोाुसा तक)
 रा ाोाोपााल कसांह नाेपााला काा रा ाोा त- ताुम जलाा कर कदए माुांह छाु पााताे रहाे
 रा ाोाोपाालदाास न रज काा रा ाोा त- कजतनाा कम सामाान रहाेरा ाोाा
 जोक, न लाभ प्रकाशन , इलाहाबाद 
 आठ एकाोाााोांकाोा : दाोाे वााोाेाोांद्र रााज अाोांकाोाु र वाााण
पा रकाोााशन , नई कदल्ला 
 ‘वहालात ’ संग्रह वाााण प्रकाशन , नई कदल्ल 
 राारा कवाराारा सांग्रह, लाोकभाारता प्रकााशन, इलााहााबााद
 कहाोांदाोा रू प रचनाा भाारा एक एवााोां दाोाो प्र स आचााय ग
जयाोाेाोांद्र कत रवााोाेदाोा लाोाोकभाारता पा रकाोााशन,
 राारा कवाराारा सांग्रह, लाोकभाारता प्रकााशन, इलााहााबााद

Page 185

182  कहाोांदाोा रू प रचनाा भाारा एक दाोाो प्र स आचााय ग जयनद र कता रवााोाेदाोा
लोकभाोाारताोा पा रकाोााशन , इलााहाोााबााद
 साए में ध प , राधा कृ ष्ण प्रकाशन , नई कदल्ल 
 http://meenaldhawan.blogspot.com/2014/11/jonk -leech -by-upendra -nath-ashk-in-hindi.html 
 http://db.44boo ks.com/2019/05 -
 http://kavitakosh.org/kk 

Page 186

183




Semester III

PART I
CORE COURSE: MARATHI (COMPULSORY LANGUAGE)
COURSE NAME: मर ठ स वि त्यप्रक र ह
व्य ह ि ररक ल ेखन

Total Credits:06
Total Marks :100

अध्यन न उवद्दष्ट े:

१) द`नांकदन जा वानाात उपयाुक्त भााकषकक शलाोाे कवाककसत करणाे.

२) व्यावाहाररक लेखन प्रकारांच ओळख देणे.

३) ककवाताा या सााकहत्य प्रकाारााचाा पररचय दाेणाे.

अध्यर ्न वनष ्पह :
हाोाा अभ याासक रम पाो ण ग काोाे लाोा ाोाावार कवादा ाोााथा
१) द`नांकदन जा वानाात श रवाण वा वाााचन याा का शला ाोााचाे उपयोजन
करताो.

२) मराठ भाषेत व्यावाहाररक लेखन करतो .

३) ककवाताा याा साकहत्य प्रकाारााच स िरूप वा सांकल पनाा स्पष ट करताो.

म ड ्य ˛ल १: स वि त्यप ्रक र च ओळख : कवह त ( 2 Credits)

घटक १ : कवह त : स ्वर ˛प ह
स ˙कल्पन अ) ककवाता : साकहत्यााचाा
स `वाााांकतक कवाचाारब) ककवाताोाा

Page 187

184 सााकहता यपा रकाोाारचा पराोांपरा
क) ककवाताा सााकहत यााचाे प रकाार -भाावारा ाोा त वा भाावाकााव्य यााता ल फरक

Page 188

185 घटक २ : वह वह ध क व ्यप्रक र ˙च अभ ्य स

अ) साामााकजक ककवाताा – स िरूप,
लाेखन वा `कशष्टा ट याे ब) प राेम ककवाताा –
स िरूप, लाेखनश `ला
क) कनसराोा ग ककवाताा – सा वारा प, लाोाेखनशाो`लाोा

घटक ३ : कवह त स ˙ि ि च अभ ्य स: प ¸स्तक पररचर

अ) कसझर कर म्हणतेय मात - कल्पना दुधाळ ब)
नंतर आलेले लोक -अरुण काळे .
क) भाोाुईशाासा र - ऐश्वयाोाा ग पाोााटाोाे कर

म ड ्य ˛ल २ : व ्य ह ि ररक मर ठ - भ ष
ल ेखन च ओळख ( 2 Credits )

घटक ४ : ज वि र त ल ेखन

अ) जाकहरात लेखनाचे स्वरूप
ब) जाकहरात चे वकवकध प्रकार क)
जाकहरात लेखन उपयोजन
घटक ५ : भ वषक कौशल्य े हवक स

अ) भाकषक का शला ाोाााोां चा पररचय

ब) भाकषक का शला ाोाााोां चाे
प्रकाार- वाााचन वा लाेखनक)
भाकषक
काोा शला ाोाााोांत
अाोांतभ ाो गत घटक

घटक ६ : ह ˛ह ˙त ल ेखन

Page 189

186 अ) वााोाृता ाोाााोांत
लाोाेखन करताोाानाा लक्षाात ठाोा े

वााावायााच याोाा राोा ाोाोषा टाोा
ब) वााृता ाोाााोां त लाेखनााचाे
स िरूप क) वााृता ाोाााोां त
लाेखनााचाे प्रकाार
म ड ्य ˛ल III: अ ˙तर ् गत म ˛ल्यम पन ( 2 Credits)

Page 190

187
Sr. No
Assignment
Marks

1
Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10)
20

2
One periodical class test held in the given Semester
15

3
One Essay test held in the given Semester
05
Total 40

स्व ध्य र ् / क˛ त (क णत्य ि द न)

१. ता न भाावाकााव्य वा ता न भाावाककवाताा सांककलत करा वा
त्यााच याा मदता नाे भाावाकााव्य वा भावाककवाताा याता ल फरक स्पष ट
कराा.
२. पााच कनसराोा ग ककवाताा साोांकलाोा त कराा याोााता ल
ताोाुमा हाोाालाोाा आवाडलाोाेलाोा ककवाताा काोाोणता
हाोाे साोाााोांराोा ाो न त्यता ल स दय ग स पष्ट कराा. .
३. ताोाुमच्याोाा महाोााकवादा ाोाालयाोाात झाालाोाेला ाोाा एकाोाा
काोााय गका रमााचाोाे वााोाृताोाााोांत लाोाेखन,
वााोाृताोाााोांत लाोाेखनाोााच याा पाययाोाा ग वा स िरूप याोाा
माोाुदाोा ाोाााोांसह कलहाोाा.

४. वाााचन याा भााकषक का शला ाोााचाे घटक काोणताे? ताुम हा आयोकजत
काे लाेला ाोाा वाााचन स पधाेट तुम्ह कोणकोणते घटक लक्षात घ्याल ?
५. ताुम हा वााापरत असलाेला ाोाा ता न वास ताुांसााठा जाकहराात
लाेखन कां रा वा ता जाकहराात आपला ाोाासमाो हाात सदर कराा वा
त्याोााताो न कमळाोाालाोाेलाोाा अनाोाुवभ स्व शब दाात कलहाा.
स ˙दभ गग्र ˙थ:
 काोाु लकणाोा वााा.ल. मरााठाोा ककवाताा- जाोाुना आकण
नवाा , पाोपा याोाुलर प रकाोााशन आकण मा ज प्रकाोााशन
राोा ाोाृह, माुांबई,१९८७.
 भाावाा त श्रा .पाु.वा इतर (सांपाा.);सााकहत्य अध याापन आकण प्रकाार- पाोप याुलर प्रकााशन रा ाोाृ ह,

Page 191

188 माुांबई.
 पाटणकर, वासाोांत ककवाताा साोांकल पनाा, कनकमगता आकण समाोा क्षा,
मरााठाोा वकभाोााराोा , माोाुाोांबई कवादा ाोाापाोा ठ
वा अनाुवभ प्रकााशन, माुांबई, १९९५.
 पााटणकर, वासांत शाोध ककवाताेचाा, मा ज प रकााशन रा ाोाृ ह माुांबई २०११.
 शाेकडाे, साुभााष, ि याावाहााररक मरााठ 

Page 192

189 SEMESTER III
PART I
CORE COURSE: GUJARATI (COMPULSORY LANGUAGE)
COURSE NAME: INTRODUCTION OF GUJARATI TEXT AND
CONTEXTUAL GRAMMAR

Learning Objectives:
1. To develop understanding of the literature writing in the poetic form
2. To critically analyse the contextual grammar embedded in the poetries under study.
3. To differentiate and identify the unique features of grammar concepts used in different
types of folk text written in Gujarati

Learning Outcomes:

By the end of the course, students will be able to:

1. Compare and contrast the literary work of the poetic work created in the past and the present
era

2. Differentiate between the contextual grammar and other approaches of grammar teaching

3. Critically analyse folk literature of different forms


MODULE I: GUJARATI DANCES AND DEVOTIONAL SONGS: UNIQUE
FEATURES (2 Credits)

Unit1: Garaba: characteristics and rachana

a) Meaning and udgam of Garabai, instruments used in garba songs
b) Famous Garbi composers and their styles (any 5)
c) Types of Garba: Garbi and Raas: comparative analysis

Unit 2: Tribal Dances of Gujarat :( Origin, song forms and themes, significant
feature and instruments used)

a) Hudo dance
b) Dandia Dance
c) Rathva Dance:

Unit 3: Gujarati Bhajan and devotional songs (Poet’s style, theme, message, values,
relevance in present time.)

a) Narsimh Mehtani Uttam Padavali by Mansukhlal Savalia
b) Subhashit Saurabh by Kulinchandra Yagnik
c) Sorathi Santvanii by Zaverchandra Meghani

Page 193

190
MODULE II : FOLK TALES FROM GUJARAT AND OUTSIDE REGIONS (2
Credits)

Unit 4: Concept of folk tales

a) Meaning, characteristics and types of folk tales
b) Origin of Gujarati folk tales and its utility value in present day context.
c) Variety of Gujarati folk tales (with reference to place, occasion, nature )

Unit 5: Indian Folk tales (features, comparison with Gujarati folk tales in
terms myths, reality, Local culture, and moral of the story )
a) Eastern Indian folk tales : (Bawan Ganga and other stories in English)
b) South Indian folktales: Tenaliram na Adbhut kissao translated by Darshali
c) North Indian folktales: Chacha Chaudhari ane Swachha Bharat

Unit 6: Short folk stories from Abroad translated into Gujarati (Grammar
concepts as studied in the first year, proverbs, moral values, (First 4 chapters
each)
a) ‘Esop ni pachas niti kathao’ by Pratibha Shah :
b) ‘Galivarni Ajab Safar’ translated by Yashvant Mehta
c) Thanmblina in Gujarati

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2
Credits)

Sr. No Assignment Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given Semester 15
3 One Essay test held in the given Semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1. Watch the you tube videos of the tribal dances mentioned and compare these dances
with similar dances of other tribes from other regions of India or abroad. write a reflective
report considering the salient features.

Page 194

191 2. View the Gujarati translated children comic book on Chandamama. Identify different
types of text, vocabulary and unique grammar concepts used in these text and write an essay
on it
3. Select any short story book written in Gujarati and prepare a script of a short play based
on the storyline and present in the class

4. Prepare a scrapbook on the traditional folk test in Gujarati with pictures and display in
the Gujarati language room.

5. Critically evaluate Folk literature (any three forms) and identify the unique features of
folk literature in Gujarati.


References:
 https://gujarat.pscnotes.com/gujrat -history/folk -dances -of-gujarat/
 https:/ /www.gujar atibooks.com/Isap -Ni-50-Niti-Kathao -Gujarati -book.html
 https:/ /www.youtube.com/watch?v=pYB6H_YqA2Y
 https:/ /www.gujar atibooks.com/Narsinh -Mahetani -Uttam -Padavali -Gujarati -
book.html
 https:/ /www.gujar atibooks.com/subhashit -saurabh.html
 https:/ /www.gujar atibooks.com/sorathi -santvani.html
 https://study.com/academy/lesson/folk -tales-definition -characteristics -types -
examples.html Translated by Paran
 https:/ /www.augusthouse.com/why -are-folktales -important
 https:/ /www.booksandyou.in/produ ct/folk -tales-of-east-india -bawan-ganga -and-other -
stories
 https:/ /www.gujar atibooks.com/Tenaliram -Na-Adbhut -Kissao -Gujarati -
book.html#description
 https:/ /www.amazon.c om/Chacha -Chaudhary -Swachh -Bharat -
Gujarati/dp/9385856995
 https:/ /www.gujar atibooks.com/gujarati -navlika/
 https:/ /www.gujar atibooks.com/gulivarni -ajab-safar.html
 https:/ /www.youtube.com/watch?v=D44 zVCnTiIM
 https:/ /www.youtube.com/ channel/UCzGc6gvWiy3vxGH9JNfkfbQ

Page 195

192 Semester III
PART I
CORE COURSE: URDU (COMPULSORY LANGUAGE)
COURSE NAME: URDU GRAMMAR
Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To understand and apply fundamental components of Grammar in the learning of Urdu
language.
2. To understand and apply the knowledge of different types of Ism in Urdu Language.
3. To acquaint the students with application of Lawazim e Ism.
4. To understand the importance and application of Sifat aur us ki Qismein.
5. To understand the importance and application of Zameer aur us ki Qismein.
6. To understand the importance and application of Fel aur us ki Qismein.

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Describe the fundamental components of Grammar in the learning of Urdu language.
2. Discuss and apply the knowledge of different types of Ism in Urdu Language.
3. Explain the application of Lawazim e Ism.
4. Highlight the importance and application of Sifat aur us ki Qismein.
5. Discuss the importance and application of Zameer aur us ki Qismein.
6. Discuss the importance and application of Fel aur us ki Qismein.

MODULE I: HIJJA, ERAB, HARUF E RABT, ISM AND SIFAT (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Hijja,Erab,Haruf e Rabt
a) Hijja : Haruf e Tahajji,Haruf e Illat, Haruf e Sahih, Haruf e Shamsi O Qamri
b) Erab (Harkat O Saknat) : Zabar,Zer,Pesh, Jazm,Tashdid,Tanween
c) Haruf e Rabt: Harufe Rabt, Atf, Takhsees,Fijaiya

Unit 2: Ism
a) Ism : Ism e Aam, Ism e Khaas
b) Ism e Aam Ki Aqsam : Ism e Kaifiyat, Ism e Jama, Ism e Zarf, Ism e Aala
c) Ism e Khaas Ki Aqsam : Khetab,Laqab,Urf, Takkhallus,Kunniyat

Unit 3: Lawazim e Ism
a) Jins : Jandaron ki Tazkeer,Bejaan Ki Tazkeer O Tanees
b) Tadad : Wahid , Tasniya, Jama
c) Ism ki Halatein :Faaeli,Mafuli, Nidai,Izafi,Zarfi,Tauri

MODULE II : SIFAT (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Sifat Aur uski Qismein
a) Sifat e Zaati, Sifat e Nisbati
b) Sifat e Adadi
c) Sifat e Miqdari

Unit 5: Zameer aur us ki Qismein

Page 196

193 a) Zameer e Shakhsi,Zameer e Mausula
b) Zameer e Istefhamiya
c) Zameer e Ishara

Unit 6: Fel aur us ki Qismein
a) Fel keTaur ,Taur e Maruf,Taur e Majhool
b) Fel ke Zamane : Maazi
c) Haal, Mustaqbil

MODULE 3: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Assignment Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given Semester 15
3 One Essay test held in the given Semester 05
Total 40


Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1. Urdu ke Haruf e Tahaji aur Urdu Erab ka jaiza lijiye
2. Ism ki Mukhtalif aqsam par izhar e khayal kijiye
3. Sifat aur us ki aqsam ka jaiza lijiye
4. Fel aur us ki aqsam ka jaiza lijiye.
5. Zameer ki taarif bayan karte huye us ki qismon ka jaiza lijiye.

References :
 Qawaid e Urdu ByMaulvi Abdul Haque
 Maulvi Abdul Haq ; Hayat aur Ilmi Khidmaat By Shahabuddin Saqib
 Ibtedai Urdu Qawaid by Sayyed Ali Hyder
 Urdu Qawaid ByShaukat Sabzwari

Page 197

194 Semester III
Part III
ENGLISH (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: AMERICAN LITERATURE

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks

LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. To familiarise learners with the important literary terms and movements in American
Literature.
2. To introduce learners to the social, cultural, and literary milieu of America through the
study of seminal literary texts of various genres.
3. To enable learners to understand how American historical, cultural and literary contexts
have shaped American Literature .

LEARNING OUTCOMES:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Enhance their knowledge about the literary terms and movements important to the study of
American Literature.
2. Develop an awareness of the social, cultural, and literary milieu of America.
3. Relate the historical, cultural and literary contexts to the study of the texts prescribed in
the syllabus .

MODULE I: AMERICAN LITERATURE 1 (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Introduction to American Lit
a) Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism in American Literature
b) Modernism in American Literature
c) African American Literature: the Harlem Renaissance, The Black Arts Movement, and
Slave Narratives.

Unit 2: Poetry 1
a) Emily Dickinson (I’m Nobody – Who Are You?/I Felt a Funeral in my Brain)
b) Walt Whitman ( O Me O Life/ I Sing the Body Electric)
c) Ezra Pound (The Tree/A Pact/ L’Art, The Encounter)

Unit 3: Poetry 2
a) Robert Frost (Mending Wall/Desert Places/ Christmas Trees)
b) Adrienne Rich (Aunt Jennifer’s Tigers, Diving into the Wreck)
c) Sylvia Plath (Lady Lazarus, Daddy, Edge)

MODULE II: AMERICAN LITERATURE 2 (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Prose
a) T.S. Eliot – Modern Education (Selected Essays)
b) Ernest Hemingway (Hills like White Elephants)
c) Kate Chopin (Desiree’s Baby; Her Letters)

Page 198

195 Unit 5: Plays
a) American Drama (Tenessee Williams: the Theatricalising Self in Modern American
Drama: 1945 -2000 C.W.E.Bigsby 2004 JSTOR)
b) The Glass Menagerie (Tennessee Williams) 2015
c) The Glass Menagerie (Stage Production)

Unit 6: Novels
a) The Greatness of “Gatsby” by Charles Thomas Samuels (JSTOR)
b) The Great Gatsby (Novel)
c) The Great Gatsby (Film Adaptation)

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Assignment Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given Semester 15
3 One Essay test held in the given Semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1) Poster presentation (Individual/Group) on plays.
2) Group discussion on contribution of poetry in American literature
3) Review submission of Novel
4) Quiz on American literature
5) Creative writing on given subjects

References:
 Abrams, M. H. A Glossary of Literary Terms. (8th Edition) New Delhi: Akash Press,
2007.
 Adamson, Lynda.G. Thematic Guide to the American Novel. Greenwood Press, 2002.
 Andreach, Robert J. Tragedy in the Contemporary American Theatre, UPA, 2014.
 Phelan, James. Reading the American Novel 1920 -2010, John Wiley & Sons,
Incorporated, 2013.
 Baldick, Chris. The Oxford Dictionary of Literary Terms. Oxford: Oxford University
Press, 2001.
 Bassnett, Susan. Sylvia Plath: An Introduction to Poetry. Palgrave Macmillan, 2005.
 Beach, Christopher. The Cambridge Introduction to Twentieth -Century American
Poetry. CUP, 2003.

Page 199

196  Bendixen, Alfred and James Nagel. (eds)A Companion to the American Short Story.
Wiley -Blackwell, 2010.
 Berkovitch, Sacvan. The Cambridge History of American Literature. (relevant
volumes). CUP.
 Beuka, Robert. American Icon Fitzgerald’s The Great Gatsby in Critical and Cultural
Context. Camden House, 2011.
 Bloom, Harold. F. Scott Fitzgerald’s The Great Gatsby. Infobase Publishing, 2010.
 Lamb, Robert Paul. Art Matters: Hemingway, Craft, and the Creation of the Modern
Short Story. Louisiana State University Press, 2010.
 Leiter, Sharon. Critical Companion to Emily Dickinson: A Literary Reference to her
Life and Work. Facts on File, 2007.
 Mathews, John T. (ed). A Companion to the Modern American Novel: 1900 -1950.
Wiley -Blackwell, 2009.
 Martin, Wendy. The Cambridge Introduction to Emily Dickinson. CUP, 2007.
 Ostman, Heather and Kate O’Donoghue. (eds.) Kate Chopin in Context: New
Approaches. Palgrave Macmillan, 2015.
 Tredell, Nicolas. Fitzgerald’s The Great Gatsby: A Reader’s Guide. Continuum
International Publishing Group, 2007.

Page 200

197 Semester III
Part III
COURS E NAME: ि ि द (ANCILLAR Y MAJOR )
COURSE NAME: मध ्यक ल न एवह ˙ आधन ¸
नक क व ्य
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks

अधधगम उद ् द ेश ्य:
1. छाता राोाोाोां काोाो भकाोा तिाोकााल माोाे ाोां भका तिाो
एवाां रा तिाो कााल (उत्तर मधाोा यकााल) काोाे रा तिाो
ग राोांथाोाोाोां काोा अवाधाारणाा काो समझाानाा I 2. भाषााई
का शलाोां काा वावा काास करना।
3. आदिाोकााला न कावााोा य एवाां भका तिाोकााल काोाे
काावााोा य काोाा पररचय, इितहाास, वााो`चाोााररक पषा ाोाृ ठभमाो म
एवा वावाशाोाेषिाोाोााओां काोाा ज्ञाान वावाकमसिाो करनाा।
4. छाात राोां माेां रचनाात्मक वावावााेक काा वावा काास करनाा।
5. छाोाात राोाोाोां काोाो भकाोा तिाोकाोााल काोा तनराोा गण
वा सराोा गण धाोााराोाा काोाे काोाावााोा याोाोाोां काोाो
समझोानोा I

अधधगम ननष ्पत्तह : इस अध ययन काोाे पशा चाोाािो छात्र याोग्य हाोरां ा ाोाे-
1. काोााल अनगसाोाार काोाावााोा याोाोाोां काोा वावाशाोाेष
जाोाानकाोााराोा साोाे अवारा िाो हाोाोाोांरा ाोाे।
2. िप िाोथाोाा िाोाोाोहाोां काोाा भाोाावाााथाोाु साोा पषाोा ट
करनाोाे माोाेाोां।
3. पाो वााोाु मधा यकाोााल (भकाोा तिाोकाोााल) िाोथाोाा उत्तर
मधा यकाोााल (राोा तिाोकाोााल) काोा े काोाावााोा य
िाोथाोाा अनाोा य प्रमगख प्रवाताोाृ िाोयाोाोाोां काोाो
साोा पषाोा ट करनाोाे माोाेाोां।
4. िाोाोाोनाोाोाोां हाोा काोाालाोाोाोां काोाे प्रमगख
कवावायाोाोाोां और उनकाोा वावाशाोाेषिाोाोााओां
िाोथाोाा रचनााओां काोा जाानकाार प राापाोा िाो करनाे माेां।

Page 201

198 5. भका तिाोकााल और रा तिाोकााला न कवावायाोां काोाे रा हन अध ययन काोाे
पशा चाोाािो वावाचाोाार वावातनमय माोाेाोां।
6. पदिठ कवावायाोां काोा रचचिाो कवावािाोाोााओां माोाे ाोां
वावावावाध अलांकाोाार, रस काोाा वावाशा लाोाेषण-वावावााोाेचन
करनाोाे माोाेाोांI

म ड ्य ˛ल I: मध ्यक ल न क व ्य –
(भक ्हत क ल) (2 credits) घटक 1 : प ˛वव मध ्यक ल
(भक ् तह क ल)

Page 202

199 a). आदिाोकााला न कावााोा य काोाा साामााना य पररचय - मसदाोा ध,
नााथ, ज`न, राासाो काावााोा य और अमा र खगसराोाो काोाा पररचय

Page 203

200 b) भकाोा तिाो
काोााल काोा
तनराोा णग धोारोा –
साोांि
ाो
एवााोां स ाोा कवावा
c) भकाोा तिाो काोााल काोा सराोा ण धाोााराोाा - काोाृ षाोा ण
एवााोां राोााम काोाावााोा य


घटक 2: भक ् तह क ल - कब र, सर ˛
द स और ह ल ¸

a)कबा र काोाे
िाोाोाोहाो
ाे: गाुरुदाेवा
का अांग-
1.पा छाो ` ाोां लाागाोाा जााइ
................................ ............. दाोा पक
दाोा याा हााथिो
2. सतगाोाुर साोााचाोाा साो
ररवााोाा ाोाााो -------------------------- ललया
ततसाारा साोाु लिाोरण काोा
अाोां ग- स द स क क व्य

1. जजहह घिह प्रा तत ---------उपजज खयाोाे बाेकाोाािाो II
2. लाो हिाो सकाो` ताोाो ------
यहाोाु तन जो`हो` छो िह बबरह .क
अंग-
1.यहाोाु तन जाोाालाोा ाोां.............राोाााोांिाो
पठाोाााोांउाोां ॥
2. अांखिडा याा ाोाााो झाोााईाोां--------पाोाुकाोाारर पाोाुकाोााररII

b). साो रिाोाोाास काोाे पिाो: विरगाोा त-साार,

1. ए अलल ! कहा जोग.........जहर क बेल ॥

2. अाोाााोा खखयाााा हरर- दरसन......... सररताा हा ां साुखा ॥

Page 204

201
3. तनगाोाुण काोा न दसाोाे काोाो..........सबाो`
िाोतत नाोाासाोा ॥ c).
िाोगलसाोा िाोाोाास काोाे पिाो: वावानय
पबिाोकाोाा,
ताोाुलसाोा दाोाास गाोा ताोााप्राोाेस
गाोाोरखपाोाुर 1.दाोा न काोाो
दयाोाालाोाु............ताोाुलसाोा दाोाास
िाोाोाेराोाो II
2.त दयाालाु दा न हा .........चरण सरन पाावा `II

Page 205

202 3.कबहाोाुाोाााो िाोन बबस राोाािाो ......जनिाो लसराोाानाोा याोाोII
घटक 3: भक ् तह क ल - म र ब ई, रि म और ज यस क क व ्य

a)म राबाई के िप:

Page 206

203 1. बसाोां िाोाोाे राे न `नन-------------भक त वाछल गोपाालII

2. िाोाोाे राोाे ताोाो थगरधर गाोाोपााल-------ताोााराो अब
िाोाोाोहहII

3. पग घाोांाोाुघरू बाोाााोांध िाोाोा राोाा ाोाोाा---------काोा
दाोाास राोाे II
b) रहाोा म काोाे िाोाोाोहाोाे:

1.एक ` साधाे सब ------फ ल` फ ल` अघााय II

2. ख `र ख न खााांसा -------जाानत सकल जहान

3. जाोाो रहा िो उत तिाो-------लपिाोाोाे रहत भाोाुजाोांग

4. बबगरा बाात बनाो`……...…िाोिाोाोाे न िोोााखन हाोय।।

5. रहहिाोन अ ाोाोाासाोाुआ नन………..भाोाेद कहह दइाोाे ।।

6. रहिहन धागा प्रेिो………..गाा ठ परर जाय।।
c).जाायसा - िपमाावि का नाािमवाा
वावा रह खण्ड
म ड ्य ˛ल II: र नह क ल अथव उह र मध ्यक ल
(2 credits) घटक 4: र नह क ल : अवध रण , कत्तव
एवह ˙ प्रम प्रवत्त ˛ ह य
a) रा तिाोकााल: नाामकरण एवाां रा तिाो ग राोांथाोाोाोां काोा
अवाधाोाारणाा

b) रा तिाोकााल काोाा वावाभाोााजन: रा तिाोबदाोा ध,
राोा तिाोमगतिाो एवााोां राोा तिाोमसदाोा ध कवावा

c) प्रम गख प्रवावााोाृ त्तयाोाााोां - शाोा ाोांराोा ाोाार एवााोां
आलाोांकाोााररकिाोाोाा, राोााजाोा याोााशाोा य एवााोां अनाोा य
बबिो

Page 207

204 घटक 5: र नह क ल : पदम कर, बबि र और घन नन्द क क व ्य

a).
पदाोा माो
ााकर
काोाे
शाोा ाोा ं ाोाारपरक
एवााोा ं
ऋिाोग
वाणन काोाे पिो

1. औराोाे भाोाााोांतिाो काोां ग जन माोाे ाोां राोा ाो ग ांजरिाो
भाोा र भाोा र।

2. याोाे ननाोा िाोरा ाोाााोांवा िाोाोाे आयाोाे इहाोाााोां
उिाो आई स गिाोाोाा वाह काोा नहाो गा वााोााल काोा ।
3. घर नाोाा स गहाोाािाो नाोाा स गहाोाािाो बन बाोाादहर हाो

Page 208

205 b). बबहाारा काोाे न तिाो, भकाोा तिाो एवााोां शाोा ाोांराोा ाोाारपरक
िाोाोाोहाोा े

1. िाोाोाे राोा भवा -बााधाोाा...............हररत-दताोाु त हाोाोइ॥

2. कहत, निाोत, राोा झत......... ..नाो`ननाोाु हाोा ाोां सब बाोाात॥

3. कागद पर ललखत............िाोाोाे राोाे हहय काोा बाात॥

4. याोाा अनाोाुराोाागाोा थचत्त............उजा जलाोाु हाोइ॥

5. घरु घरु डोलत द न.........िब लखाइ॥

6. िाोाो ाोहन-िाोाो रवात साोा याोाािाो ..........प5. घरु घरु
डाोाोलत दाोा न.........बिाोाोा लखाोााइ॥

6. िाोाो ाोहन- िाोाो रतत
साोा याोाािाो ......... .प्रततबबजबबबबताोाु जग
हाो
ाोइII c). घनाानांिाो : प राेम एवाां स िां ाोयाु काे कवावात्त
1.अांिाोर उिाोाोाेरा – िाोाोााह ...नहाोा काोा रहतन हाो` ।

2.अत िो
सध ाोाो सनाोाेह काोाो .. िाोाोाे ह
ग छटाोाााोांक नहाोा ाोा ं

3.लाोााजतन लपाोाेटाोा चचिाोवातन ...वाग रर मगरर जाोाातन म)

घटक 6: र नह क व ्य श ्ह ˙ ग र भ ष एवह ˙
अलह ˙ क र व `भव

a)
राोा तिाोबद
ाोा ध
काोाावााोा य
माोाे ाोां
शाोा ाोांाोा ृ

b) राोा तिाोमसदाोा ध काोाावााोा य माोाे ाोां
शाोा ाोा ं

c) राोा तिाोम गतिो काोाावााोा य माोाे ाोां
शाोा ाोांाोा ृ

Page 209

206
ाोाार, अलांकाार
योजनाा एवाां
भााषाा
ाोाार, अलांकाार योजनाा एवाां भााषाा

ाोाार, अलांकाार योजनाा एवाां भााषाा

म ड ्य ल˛ III : अह ˙ह गह मलय ह ˙ कन (2 credits)

क्रम
हस˙ख्य
त्तववरण हअ˙क

Page 210

207 1 क यव/ प्रकलप स ेम ेस ्टर क े प्रत ्य ेक म ड ्य ल˛
स े 2*10 20
2 स ेम ेस्टर म े एक ननहय क ल न कक्ष पर क्ष 15

Page 211

208 3 स ेम ेस्टर म े त्तवषय हस˙हब˙ध एक ननहब˙ध 5
क¸ ल य ग 40


Tasks/ Assignments: Any two

1. मधाोा यकााला न दहिाोाोा काोाावााोा य काोा वावाकाोाास याात राा पर
सांक्षिाोपाोा िाो लखाोाे मलखखए।
2. कबा र काोाे पदिठ िाोाोाोहाोां काोाे आधाोाार पर एक समा िोाोाात मक
लाोाेख मलखखए।
3. ककसाोा एक मधा यकााला न कवावा काोाा पररचय और उनका एक रचनाा काोा
समा िाोाोाा काोा काोा जए।
4. मसदाोा ध, नााथ, जाो`न एवााोां राोाासाोाो काोाावााोा य और
अमाोा र खगसराोाो ज `साोाे आदिाोकाोााला न काावााोा य माोाे ाोां
साोाे ककसा एक काा साामाान्य पररचय मलखखए।
5. घनाोाानांिाो काोा
कवावािाोाोााओां माोाे ाोां
अमभवाा यतिाो प राेम, सा िाोयाोाु और
शाोा ाोांप्रकाोाार मभनाोा न हाो`, साोा पषाोा ट
काोा काोा जए I ाोाार
राोा तिाोकाोाालाोा न
भाोाावाबाोाोध साोा े ककस
6. भका तिाोकााल काोाे मा रााबाोााई, रहाोा म, जाायसा माोाे ाोां साोाे
ककसाोा एक काोाे काावााोा य काोा
वावाशाेषिोाोााएा साोा पषाोा ट का क्जए।


हस˙दभव स ि ि त्यहि ˙थ:
1. दहिाोाोा अध ययन मांडल, माोांगबई वावाशा वावावादाोा याोाालय,
रााजपाल एां ड सांस, नई दिाोलाोा ल
2. सांिाो मा रााबाई और उनकाोा पिाोाोाावाला सांपाािाोक,
बलिाोाोाे वा वाांशा
3. रहाोा म ग रांथाावालाोा ,
साोांपाोाािाोक
वावादाोा याोाातनवााोाास ममश
एवााोां राोा ाोाोवावािाोाोा ं राज

Page 212

209
4. साोांिाोभाोाु पगसाोा िाोक:
दहना िाोाोा साोाादहता य काोाा इितहाोाास,
सांपािाोक : डाोा . नराोा ाोाेाोां दा र, मय
िाोररयाारा ां ज, नई दिाोलाोा ल
5. बबहाारा रत्नाकर, शाोा ाोा जना ा नाोााथ
िाोाोाास रत्नााकर बगतस,
6. घनाोाानांिाो – कवावात त काोाा काावााोा य वा `भवा, रााम प्रकाोााश
िाोाोा का षिाोिाो , वावानाोाोिाो पगसाोा िाोक माोांदिाोर,
आरा रा
7. https://epustakalay.com/book/38494 -ghananand -aur-bodha -ke-kavya -
mein...
https://www.hindikunj.com/2018/01/tulsidas -ke-pad.html
8. ttps://poemgyan.com/िाोगलसाोा िाोाोाास-काोाे-पिाो-अथाोाु-
सदहिाो..

Page 213

210 9. स िाोाोाास काोाे पिाो: विरगाोा त-साार,
10.िवारगा त-साोाार, साोांपाोाा आचाोाायाोाु राोाािाोचनाोा र
शाोाुका ल
11.िाोगलसाोा िाोाोाास काोाे पिाो: वावानय पबिाोकाोाा,
ताोाुलसाोा दाोाास गाोा ताोााप्राोाेस गाोाोरखपाोाुर

Page 214

211 12.रहाोा िाो ग रांिाोाोाावाला सपाोां
वावादाोा यावातनाास लिाोशा र एवाां
गाोाोवावादाोां रजना श
13.कबा र ग राोांथाोाावाला – समाोा पाोाािाोक - माोाािाोाोाा
प्रसाोाािाो राोा गपाोा िो
14.कबा र , हज़ाारा प्रसािो द िवावााेिाोाोा
15.वावा नय पबता रकाोाा –वावायाोरा ाोा हरर
16.स िाोाोाास – ब रजाेश शमााोाु
17.भका तिाो काोाे िाोाोा न साोा वार : माोा रा,साो र,कबा र –जा न
साोा राो` टन हा ला , अन गवााोाािाो अशाोाोक क ग माोाार
18.रहाोा म काोाे काावााोा य माोाे ाोां पगराोााखा याोाान, डा . मोहमसन
खाोाान
19.याोाे रहाोा म िाोर िाोर कफरहाोा ाोां – डा .
शाोा ाोा काोाााोां िो
उपााधा यााय

Page 215

212 Semester: III
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: MARATHI (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: स वि त्य प्रक र ˙च अभ्य स :
क द ˙बर

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks


अध्यन न उवद्दष्ट े :

१) कवाकवाध सााकहता य प रकाोााराोााचा पररचय कवादा ाोााथा ा ाोाा गनाा करा न
दाोाे णाोा े

२) सााकहत्य प रकाारााांचा रचनाा वा `कशष्ट्ट याे समजावा न सााांणाे

३) साकहत्य प्रकारात ल कादं बर या साकहत्य प्रकारात ल घटकांचापररचय करून देणे.

४) कादां बरा सााकहत यकारााांच याा सााकहत यकवाषयक याोदााा नााांचा ओळख करूनदाेणाे.

अध्यर ्न वनष ्पह :
हाोाा अभ याासक रम पाो ण ग काोाे लाोा ाोाावार कवादा ाोााथा
१) कथन साकहत्यप्रकाराचे स्वरूप स्पष्ट करतो .

२) काादां बरा सााकहत यााचा रचनाावा `कशष्टा ट याे आकण परां पराा सााांताो.

३) कादं बर साकहत्याच व्याकमश्रता स्पष्ट करतो .

म डर ् ˛ल I: स वि त्यप ्रक र च अभ ्य स – क द ˙बर (2
Credits)
घटक १: क दम्बर – कथन त्मक स िवत्य प्रक र

अ) कथनाात मक सााकहत्य प्रकाारााचाा
स `वाााांकतक अभ याासब) कथनाात्मक
साकहत यााच रचनाा वा `कशष्टा ट याे

Page 216

213 क) कथनात्मक साकहत्याच परं परा

घटक २: क द ˙बर – ल ेखन ह `वशष्ट ्य े

Page 217

214 अ) कादां बरा साकहत्य प रकारााचाा स `वाााांकतक
अभ याासब)) कादं बर साकहत्य – रचना तंत्र
क) मराठ कादं बर साकहत्य – परं परा

घटक ३: क द ˙बर वह वह ध प्रक र – ओळख

अ) ऐकतहाकसक कादं बर
ब) ग्राम ण कादं बर
क) महानरर य कादं बर

म डर ् ˛ल II: क द ˙बर - स वि त्यक ˛ त च अभ ्य स (2 Credits )

घटक ४: क द ˙बर - उद ् य – न ˙द खर े

अ) या कादं बर चा रुपबंध

ब) याा काादां बरा चाे आशय स त्र आकण व्यखक्त
कचत रणक) याोाा काोाादाोांबरा ता ल
साोा थल काोााल वाण गन
घटक ५: आन ˙द ओह र र ् क द ˙बर च े स्वरूप वह श ेष

अ) आनंद वओर कादं बर चा रुपबंध

ब) आनांद ओवारा कादां बरा चाे आशय स त्र आकण ि यखक्त
कचत्रणक) आनाोांद ओवारा
काोाादाोांबरा ता ल साोा थल काोााल वाण गन


घटक ६ : क द ˙बर स वि त्य प्रक र
आवण ह चक अ) कादां बरा साकहत्य प रकार
आकण वाााचकाचाा प रकतसााद ब) काादां बरा सााकहत्य

Page 218

215 प्रकाार आकण कवाकशष्टा ट्य कवाचाारसरणा क) कादं
बर त ल वकवकध ज वान जाकवणा

Page 219

216 म डर ् ˛ल III : अ ˙तर ् गत म ˛ल्यम पन (2 Credits)

Sr. No Assignment Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given Semester 15
3 One Essay test held in the given Semester 05
Total 40

क र ् ग / स्व ध ्य र ् (क णत ेि द न)

१) काोाादाोां बरा साकहत यााचाोाे कवाकवाध प रकाोाार थोडका याोाात कलहाा.

२) मरााठ ताोा ल काोाादाोांबरा साकहत यााचाोा पाो वा ग पराोां पराोाा
सकवास्तर कलहाा.

३) काादांबरा साकहत्यााचाे ठळक ताुमच्या शब दाात सााांरा ाोाा.

४) अभ याासक रमाोााि यकतररक्त अशाोाा दाोाोन काोाादाोां बरा काोाारााचाोा
मााकहता कलहाा.

५) काादांबरा सााकहत्यााचाे प रमाुख घटक कवाशद कराा.



स ˙ दभ ग ग ्र ˙थ :

 मरााठाोा काोाादाोांबरा ताोांत्र आकण कवाकाास – प्र. वााा
बाोाापट, ि हा नस प रकाोााशन197
 कादां बरा कवाषया – हररश चांद्र थाोराात, पद्मरा ां धाा प रकाशन, पाुणाे 2006
 कादां बरा – एक सााकहत्य प रकार हररश चांद्र थाोराात, शब्द प रकााशन, माुांबई,2010
 मरााठा काादां बरा चाे पकहलाे शतक, काु साुमाावाता दाेशपााांडाे , माुांबई
मरााठा सााकहत्य सांघ
1975
 मरााठा कादां बरा चाा इकतहाास, चांद्रकााांत बााांकदवाााडाेकर ,माेहताा प्रकााशन,1989

Page 220

217  धाोाार आकण काोााठ, नरहर काोाु रूाोां दकर,दाोाे
शमाोाुख आकण काोां पनाोा ,1971

Page 221

218 Semester: III
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: URDU (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: URDU POETRY AND ITS FORMS

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks

Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding about History and art of Ghazal
2. To develop an understanding about the Fani Badayuni and Asghar Gond style of
writing ghazals
3. To develop an understanding about History and art of Nazm
4. To develop an understanding about the Khalilur Rahman Azmi and Akhtarul Iman's
style of writing nazm.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the course, studentwill be able to:

1. describes the History and art of Ghazal
2. describes the Fani Badayuni and Asghar Gondvi&;s style of writing ghazals
3. describes History and art of Nazm
4. describes the Khalilur Rahman Azmi and Akhtarul Iman's style of
writing nazm

MODULE 1: URDU GHAZAL & TWO GHAZALGO POETS (2 Credits)

Unit 1 : Art of Ghazal
a) Ghazal - Meaning & Fanni Khususiyat
b) Urdu Ghazal – Umoomi Mauzu’at
c) Urdu Ghazal – History

Unit 2 : Shaukat Ali Fani Badayuni
a) Life
b) Art of Ghazal Goi
c) Ten Selected Ghazals

Unit 3 : Asghar Husain Gondvi
a) Life
b) Art of Ghazal Goi
c) Ten Selected Ghazals


MODULE 2: URDU NAZM & TWO NAZMGO POETS (2 credits)

Unit 4 : Art of Nazm Nigari

Page 222

219
a) Nazm - Meaning & Fanni Khususiyat
b) Urdu Nazm – Kinds and Different Forms
c) Urdu Nazm – History and Gradual Development

Unit 5 : Khalilur Rehman Azmi
a) Life
b) Art of Nazm Goi
c) Ten Selected Nazm

Unit 6: Akhtarul Iman
a) Life
b) Art of Nazm Goi
c) Ten Selected Nazm

MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Assignment Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given Semester 15
3 One Essay test held in the given Semester 05
Total 40
Tasks/Assignments ( Any Two)
1) Urdu Ghazal ke fun par apne khayaalat likhiye.
2) Urdu Ghazal ka ahed ba ahed irteqa
3) Faani badayuni ki Shakhsiyat par Raushni daliye
4) Faani badayuni ki ghazal goi ka jaayeza lijiye.
5) Asghar Gondvi ki Shaksiyat par apni malumaat qalam band kijiye.
6) Asghar Gondvi ki Ghazal goi ka jaayeza lijiye.

References :
 Urdu Ghazal by Yusuf Hussain khan
 Ghazal ka Naya Alamati Nizam by Anees Ashfaque
 Faani Badayuni Hayat aur Khidmat by Mughni Tabassum
 Faani ki Shayari by Zaheer Ahmad Siddiquie
 Asghar Gondvi : Shakhsiyat aur fun by Zubaida Khatoon

Page 223

220
Semester: III
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: GUJARATI (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: UNCONVENTIONAL LITERATURE IN GUJARATI
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks
Learning Objectives:
1. To understand the different forms of unconventional literature written in Gujarati.
2. To critically understand the variety of language styles used in the writing this literature
3. To develop the skills of effective communication for using such type of literary work.

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

1. Identify the features of unconventional Literature in Gujarati

2. Compare the difference in vocabulary used in unconventional literature

3. present the review of unconventional literature using the similar vocabulary


MODULE I: LITERATURE IN GUJARATI FOR FUNCTIONAL
COMMUNICATION (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Critical understanding of the functional Gujarati Literature for Advertisements

a) Elements of the communicative language of advertisements: Characteristics of the message,
constructing an argument as to attract, Use of emotive language, Highlights.

b) The socio -linguistic style used in the advertisement: Meaning and significance for the
impactful message.

c) The language is used for clarity of Graphical and other visual figures.

Unit 2: Critical understanding of film writing and reviews

a) Scriptwriting for the movie from popular Gujarati literature (stories, Novels, Biographies,
etc: Identifying from various such movie adaptions, the typical language, style, and other
elements of converting literature to the movie script.

b) Converting narratives conversations into the dialogue with emotive language

Page 224

221 c) Scriptwriting from the documentaries: comparing with the films or similar movies, Essential
elements

Unit 3: Scriptwriting for a play or Drama

a) identifying the elements of scriptwriting from popular Gujarati Plays

b) comparison between the script written for films and plays with reference to purpose,
audience, nature, etc.

c) A critical review of the scripts of different types of performing art in Gujarati: One-act play,
full drama, street plays, Bhavai


MODULE II: FICTIONS AND NONFICTION FORMS OF GUJARATI
LITERATURE (2 Credits)

Unit 4 : Different types of reports
a) Research / Project reports Format, Process of Chapterization, the specific language used,
Rules and protocols of writing report

b) Newspaper reports: Characteristics, criteria for unbiased report writing

c) Critical and reflective review writing of the film, and other forms of literature: in the context
of the novel or similar literature. : Essential elements of writing the review like the theme of
the literature, characters, situations, Author’s perspective, message, and moral reflected.
Negative and positive criticism from the lens of the reviewer.


Unit 5. Fictions (in the context of Historical journey in Gujarati language,
characteristics, Language style significance, review of selected popular literature)

a) Meaning, characteristics and historical background of fictions in Gujarati

b) Historical and Social Fictions in Gujrati Literature: Novel, Poetic forms of literature

c) Science/horror fiction: Science -based writing in Gujarati, and unrealistic ghost stories are
written in Gujarati

Unit 6: Non-fiction literature: (Historical journey in Gujarati language, characteristics,
Language style significance, review of selected popular literature)
a) Autobiography

b) Biography: characteristics and style of writing

c) Political literature: Journals, magazines. Periodicals

MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Page 225

222 Sr. No Assignment Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given Semester 15
3 One Essay test held in the given Semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two):
1. Write a newspaper report on a review of the newly released Gujarati film keeping in mind
the unbiased view that would be appreciated and trusted by the readers for deciding whether
to watch it or not.

2. Make a presentation on the significant features of Gandhiji’s Autobiography ‘My
experiments with truth’ written in Gujarati with reference to l anguage style, highlights of
each chapter, values reflected, and also your justification for prescribing others to read it.

3. Carry out the following project:

● Explore and make a list of popular Gujarati authors and composers who are known
for writing fiction and non-fiction literature.

● Write a comparative chart of their unique specialty and styles with common features
all follow as an essential part of writing these two types of literature.

4. Make an online survey of the general interest of the Gujarati readers in Fiction and non -
fiction literature with their justification and write a research report with reference to the
analysis of the survey done in around 1000 words. Attach the survey templet with the report.

5. Review any fictional and non fictional literature in Gujarati and write a reflective report on
it.

References:
 Ray,Madhu,Kalptaru,Ahmedabad,Vora Prakashan,1987 
 Munshi K.M.Patan -ni Prabhuta, Ahmedabad,Gurjar Prakashan,2001 
 Joshi,Umashankar,and others. Gujarati Sahitya -no itihas,(Vol.I) Ahmedabad,Gujarati
Sahitya Parishad,2001 
 Dalal,Yasin,Akhbari lekhan,Rajkot, Pravin Prakashan,1997 
 https:/ /www.ugc.a c.in/pdfnews/2254402_B.A. -with-Gujarati.pdf 
 Refer to different Gujarati Newspaper, magazines, periodicals. 

Page 226

223 Semester III
Part III
CORE COURSE : GERMAN (ANCILLARY MAJOR)

COURSE NAME: GERMAN LANGUAGE 3

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks : 100

Note: Language proficiency of A2 level as per the Common European Reference Framework
is necessary for this course. Candidates should have completed (passed) A2 at Max Mueller
Bhavan / Goethe Institut / equivalent course at University of Mumbai / any other university /
any other qualification equivalent to A2.

Learning Objectives :
1. Apply language learning skills of reading, listening, understanding, speaking and writing
skills at the intermediate level. (CEFR B1.1)
2. Analyze language structures at the intermediate level.
3. Practice of German language structures, their application in authentic situations.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will be able to:

1. Construct and answer more complex questions pertaining to areas of interest, feelings,
desires or events from one’s life and one’s surroundings.
2. Respond to daily life situations in German.

MODULE I - Reisen und Geschichten (2 credits)
Unit 1 : Gute Reise!

a) Sprachhandlungen über Vorlieben und Abneigungen sprechen | ein Gespräch im
Reisebüro verstehen und führen | Hotelbeschreibungen verstehen | Kommentare schreiben |
eine Geschichte schreiben | Durchsagen verstehen | einen Blogeintrag verstehen
b) Wortschatz
Urlaubsarten | Reiseangebote | Serviceangebote
Aussprache n – ng – nk
Landeskunde Alm-Blog: Arbeiten auf der Alm Der Film Verrückte Hotels
c) Grammatik Infinitiv mit zu | Verblassen


Unit 2 : Alles neu!

a) Sprachhandlungen über Kaufentscheidungen sprechen | Gründe und Gegengründe
ausdrücken | etwas reklamieren | Informationen über neue Technik verstehen | einen
Kommentar schreiben | Werbeanzeigen vergleichen | Meinungen zu Werbung äußern | über
Werbung sprechen
b) Wortschatz Technik und technische Geräte | Werbung

Page 227

224 Aussprache Intonation: Freundlich oder unfreundlich?
Landeskunde Werbung in Deutschland Der Film Menschliche Netzwerke
c) Grammatik Nebensatz mit obwohl | Genitiv | Präpositionen: wegen, trotz

Unit 3: Wendepunkte

a) Sprachhandlungen Texte über Wendepunkte im Leben verstehen | über Vergangenes
berichten | über Zitate sprechen | eine Radiosendung verstehen | eine E -Mail mit Tipps
schreiben | Informationen über historische Ereignisse verstehen
b) Wortschatz Ereignisse im Leben | Glück | historische Ereignisse Aussprache ts und
tst
Landeskunde Die Wende: Deutsche Wiedervereinigung Der Film Die Grenze ist
offen
c) Grammatik Präteritum | temporale Präpositionen: vor, nach, während | Folgen aus
drücken: deshalb, darum, deswegen, so ... dass, sodas

MODULE II GEGENWART UND ZUKUNFT (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Arbeitswelt

a) Sprachhandlungen Gespräche bei der Arbeit führen | Irreales ausdrücken | sich
entschuldigen | auf Entschuldigungen reagieren | Bewerbungstipps verstehen | über
Bewerbungen sprechen | am Telefon nach Informationen fragen | Informationen geben | einen
Text strukturieren | Tipps austauschen
b) Wortschatz Arbeit und Arbeitssuche | Stellenanzeigen | Bewerbung Aussprache
Mehrere Konsonanten hintereinander Landeskunde Bewerbung und Vorstellungsgespräch
in Deutschland Der Film Mannheimer Popakademie
c) Grammatik Konjunktiv II der Modalverben | irreale Bedingungssätze mit Konjunktiv
II | Pronominaladverbien: dafür, darauf, ... | Verben mit Präposition und Nebensatz

Unit 5: Umweltfreundlich?

a) Sprachhandlungen etwas vergleichen und begründen | über Umweltschutz diskutieren
| einem längeren Text Informationen entnehmen | eine Geschichte schreiben | über das Wetter
sprechen | einen Text verstehen und dazu einen Kommentar schreiben
b) Wortschatz Umwelt und Umweltschutz | Papier: Geschichte und Verwendung |
Wetter Aussprache Sprechrhythmus in langen Sätzen Landeskunde Wetter in D -A-CH |
Engagement für die Umwelt Der Film Einsatz in den Schweizer Bergen
c) Grammatik Nebensatz mit da | Komparativ und Superlativ vor Substantiven | n -
Deklination | aus + Material

Unit 6: Blick nach vorn

a) Sprachhandlungen über Pläne und Vorsätze sprechen | genauere Angaben zu Personen
machen | einen längeren Zeitungstext verstehen | über die eigene Stadt schreiben | ein Lied
verstehen | über Lieder sprechen
b) Wortschatz Zukunftsprognose | Stadtplanung Aussprache ss oder ß Landeskunde
Hamburg heute und 2030 | „Leb deine Träume“ – ein Lied der deutschen Band „Luxuslärm“
Der Film Retortenstadt vom Reißbrett: Hafencity Hamburg

Page 228

225 c) Grammatik Futur I | Relativsätze: Relativpronomen im Dativ und mit Präposition
Aussprache ss oder ß Landeskunde

MODULE III - INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2credit)

Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1. Listening Comprehension
(Best score of two tests)
2. Mini Project or Group Work
3. Test
(Best score of two tests)
4. Oral Examination
(One internal and one external examiner should be present.)
For Oral Examination:
1. Reading a text out loud
2. Picture description
3. Debate

Text Books:
1. Dengler, Stefanie, u.a.: Netzwerk B1. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Kursbuch und
Arbeitsbuch. (Kapitel 1 -6) München / Delhi: Klett Langenscheidt / Goyal Saab 2015
Additional material may be compiled and used by the teacher.
Reference Books:
 Aufderstraße, Hartmut, u.a. : Lagune 3. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Kursbuch und
Arbeitsbuch. Ismaning: Max Hueber Verlag 2013
 Braun -Podeschwa, Julia, u.a. : Menschen B1. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Kursbuch.
Ismaning: Hueber 2019
 Funk, Herman, u.a.: Studio d - Grundstufe: B1. Gesamtband - Kurs - und Übungsbuch
mit mit Zertifikatstraning. Berlin / New Delhi: Cornelsen / Goyal Saab 2017
 Any other textbook for B1.1 / B1 level proficiency (corresponding to the topics in the
syllabus) may be used as a reference book.
 Websites:
 https://einstufungstests.klett -sprachen.de/eks/uebungen -netzwerk -b1/

Page 229

226 SEMESTER: III
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: HISTORY (SCHOOL SUBJECT)
COURSE NAME: HISTORY OF ANCIENT INDIA
(EARLY PERIOD TO 10th CENTURY A.D.)

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 10

Learning Objectives:
1. To introduce the Early period, protohistory, and important political and social
events till 11th Century CE of India.
2. To give a brief idea about the different sources and the changing
interpretations of ancient Indian history.
3. To understand the evolution of social and political institutions in the Vedic
society

Learning Outcomes:

At the end of the course, students will be able to:

1. After completing this course students are expected to have a fair knowledge of the
prehistory, protohistory and sources of Ancient Indian History.
2. Student will be able to Identify Approaches towards the sources and the study of
ancient Indian history.
3. Student will be able to understand the evolution of social and political institutions in
the Vedic society, Religious dissent and the rise of Jainism and Buddhism

MODULE I: PRE HISTORIC PERIOD (2 Credits)

Unit 1: First Urbanization - Indus Valley Civilization
a) Discovery & Extent
b) Socio -Economic, Political system & art and Architecture of Indus Valley Civilization

c) The decline of the Indus Valley Civilization

Unit 2: Vedic Age
a) Janapada
b) Social and Economic Life
c) Religion and Literature

Unit 3: Second Urbanization
a) Administration of Mahajanapadas
b) Jainism and Buddhism
c) Persian and Greek Invasions

MODULE II: DYNASTIES OF THE DECCAN AND GREATER INDIA (2 Credits)

Page 230

227 Unit 4:Mauryas and Shungas
a) Chandragupta and Ashoka
b) Mauryan Administration
c) Shungas

Unit 5 : Post Mauryan Period
a) Kushanas&Satvahanas
b) Gupta Period
c) Harshvardhan and Arab Invasion

Unit 6: Major Dynasties of the Deccan and Greater India
a) Rashtrakutas and Chalukyas
b) Chola and Pallavas
c) Greater India


MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments: (Any two)

1. Make a poster on different types of seals of Indus valley civilizations
2. Make a map of the extent of Ashokan edicts
3. Prepare a presentation on the Impact of Indian Culture in South East India.
4. Group discussion on Gupta period
5. Compare the Socio -Economic, Political systemof people during Indus Valley
Civilization with today’s scenarios.

References:
● Alavi Seema (ed.), The 18th Century in India, OUP, New Delhi, 2002.
● Basham A. L. (ed.), Cultural History of India, OUP, New Delhi, 1975.
● Basham A. L., Wonder That Was India, Rupa, Mumbai, 1971.
● Jha D. N., History of Ancient India, Manohar, New Delhi, 1998.
● Kulke Hermann (ed.), State in India : 1000 to 1700 A. D., OUP, Delhi, 1995.
● Marshall P. F., 18th Century in India : Revolution or Evolution, New Delhi, 2003.
● Rizvi S.A.A., The Wonder That Was India Vol.II, Foundation Books, New Delhi
1993.
● Sastri K. A. Nilkantha, The Cholas, University of Madras, 2002.

Page 231

228 ● Sharma R. S., Light on Early Indian Society and Economy, Manaktalas, Mumbai,
1966.
● Thapar Romila, History and Beyond, OUP, New Delhi, 2000.

Books in Marathi & Hindi:
● Agarwal O.P. -Essentials of Conservation & Museology (Marathi Tr.)
● Dhawalikar M. K., PrachinBharatiyaNanakashastra, Continental Prakashan, Pune,
2007.
● Dhavalikar M.K., Kone Eke Kali Sindhu Samskriti, RajahamsaPrakashan, Pune.
2008
● Deo S. B., Puratattvavidya (Marathi), Continental Prakashan, Pune, Reprint 2007.
● Jha Amiteshvar, BharatiyaSikke, IIRNS, Anjaneri, 2004.
● Oza G. H., PrachinBharatiyaLipimala (Marathi Tr.), Sahitya Academy, Delhi, 1977.
● Prabhune P., MaharashtratilChalanachaItihas, Diamond Publications, Pune 2007.
● Sankalia H. D., PuratattvaParichay (Marathi), Deccan College, Pune.
● Vajpeyi K. D., AitihasikBharatiyaAbhilekha, Publication Scheme, jaipur, 1992

Page 232

229
SEMESTER: III
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: GEOGRAPHY (SCHOOL SUBJECT)
COURSE NAME: GEOGRAPHY OF INDIA and GEOGRAPHY
OF MAHARASHTRA
Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an overall understanding about the geography of India.
2. To develop an overall understanding about the geography of Maharashtra.
3. To understand the distribution of physiographic divisions, rivers and climate in India
and in Maharashtra.
4. To study and understand the distribution of forests, soils, minerals and energy
resources and the problems and methods of soil and forest conservation in India and
in Maharashtra.
5. To study and understand the features and problems associated with agriculture,
industry, transport and communication sector in India and in Maharashtra.

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Explain Geography of India and Maharashtra.
2. Summarize distribution of physiographic divisions, rivers and climate in India and in
Maharashtra.
3. Describe distribution of forests, soils, minerals and energy resources and the problems
and methods of soil and forest conservation in India and in Maharashtra.
4. Report problems associated with agriculture, industry, and transport and
communication sector in India and in Maharashtra.

MODULE I: GEOGRAPHY OF INDIA (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Physiographic divisions of India, rivers and climate of India.
a) Location and extent -Physiographic divisions of India (Mountain ranges, Plateaus,
Plains, Coastal Plains and Islands)
b) Drainage system in India – distribution of major Himalayan rivers – distribution of
major peninsular rivers – distribution of major lakes in India.
c) Climate of India – features of various seasons.

Unit 2: Forest, Soil, Minerals and energy resources in India.
a) Distribution of forests - problems associated with degradation of forests – conservation
of forests in India.
b) Distribution of soils - problems associated with degradation of soils – conservation of
soils in India.
c) Distribution of minerals and energy resources.

Page 233

230 Unit 3: Agriculture, Industry, Transport and Communication sector in India.
a) Distribution of various agricultural activities in India and problems associated with
Indian agriculture.
b) Distribution of major industrial activities in India and problems associated with
development of industries.
c) Distribution of transport and communication facilities and associated problems.

MODULE II: GEOGRAPHY OF MAHARASHTRA (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Physiographic divisions of Maharashtra, rivers and climate of Maharashtra.
a) Location and extent -Physiographic divisions of Maharashtra (Mountains, Plateau,
Plains)
b) Drainage system in Maharashtra – distribution of rivers – distribution of lakes.
c) Climate of Maharashtra – features of variousseasons.

Unit 5: Forest, Soil, Minerals and energy resources in Maharashtra .
a) Distribution of forests - problems associated with degradation of forests – conservation
of forests in Maharashtra.
b) Distribution of soils - problems associated with degradation of soils – conservation of
soils in Maharashtra.
c) Distribution of minerals and energy resources.

Unit 6: Agriculture, Industry, Transport and Communication sector in Maharashtra.
a) Distribution of various agricultural activities in Maharashtra and problems associated
with agriculture in Maharashtra.
b) Distribution of major industrial activities in Maharashtra and problems associated
with development of industries.
c) Distribution of transport and communication facilities and associated problems.

MODULE III- INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1. Name and locate important geographical features discussed in the syllabus on an
outline map of India.
2. Name and locate important geographical features discussed in the syllabus on an
outline map of Maharashtra.
3. Study thematic maps that use dot method, choropleth, isopleth or proportionate circles
technique and answer the questions based on the map.

Page 234

231 4. Interpret a thematic map based on dot method, choropleth, isopleth or proportionate
circles technique.
5. Write a report on problems associated with agriculture, industry, and transport and
communication sector in India and in Maharashtra.

References:
• Sharma, T.C.: (2013) Economic Geography of India, Rawat Publications.
• Hussein Majid: (2017) Geography of India, Mcgraw Hill.
• Oxford Student Atlas for India(2017), Oxford University Press
• Economic Geography – Johns
• Environmental Geography – Savindra Singh

Page 235

232 SEMESTER: III
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: ECONOMICS (SCHOOL SUBJECT)
COURSE NAME: MACROECONOMICS – I

COURSE CREDITS: 6 CREDITS
TOTAL MARKS: 100 MARKS


Learning Objectives:
1. To introduce students to the historical background of the emergence of
macroeconomics.
2. To familiarise students with various concepts of national income.
3. To familiarise students with Keynesian macroeconomic theoretical framework of
consumption and investment functions.
4. To introduce students to the role of money in an economy.
5. To introduce students to the conceptual and theoretical frameworks of inflation, and
related concepts.
6. To help the students to prepare for teaching macroeconomics.

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Use macroeconomic analysis as a way of understanding the world.
2. Familiarize with the basics of Keynesian macroeconomics.
3. Explain policy making and its pitfalls.


MODULE I: INTRODUCTION TO CLASSICAL AND KEYNESIAN
MACROECONOMICS (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Introduction and National Income
a) Macroeconomics - Meaning, Scope, Importance, Limitations
b) Meaning and Concepts of National Income - GDP, GNP, NNP, PCI, Personal Income,
Disposable Income
c) Methods of National Income Measurement - Difficulties in the Measurement of
National Income - Circular Flows of National Income (2 -3-4 Sector Models)

Unit 2: Theory of Employment and Output
a) Classical Theory of Employment, Say’s Law of Market.
b) Keynes’ Criticism of Classical Theory
c) Keynesian Theory of Employment – Aggregate Demand, Aggregate Supply and
Employment Determination (Effective Demand)

Unit 3: Consumption and Investment
a) Consumption Function – Meaning, Various Concepts - APC, MPC, Psychological
Law of Consumption, Factors influencing Consumption Function
b) Saving - APS, MPS - Investment – Meaning, Types, Marginal Efficiency of Capital

Page 236

233 c) Concept of Multiplier – Assumptions – Working –Diagram – Leakages.



MODULE II - MONEY, INFLATION AND MACROECONOMIC POLICY (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Money
a) Money – Meaning and Functions
b) Value of Money – Meaning, Quantity Theory of Money, Cash Balance
Approach
c) Supply of Money – Various Measures of Money Supply published by RBI

Unit 5: Inflation
a) Inflation – Meaning, Types, Causes – Demand Pull and Cost Push Inflation,
Concept of Deflation
b) Effects of Inflation - Measures to Control Inflation
c) Philips Curve (Short Run, Long Run) – Concept of Stagflation

Unit 6: Macroeconomic Policy
a) Objectives of Macroeconomic Policies
b) Monetary Policy - Meaning, Instruments, Advantages and Limitations
c) Fiscal Policy - Meaning, Instruments, Advantages and Limitations

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40


Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1. Using a numerical example calculate APC, MPC, APS, MPS.
2. Analysis of trends in per capita income
3. Recent trends in inflation
4. Essay on changes in monetary policy
5. Essay on changes in fiscal policy

References:
 Ahuja, H.L. (2019): Macroeconomics – Theory and Policy (LPSPE), 20th Edition. S.
Chand Publishing. 
 Dwivedi, D. N. (2018): Macroeconomics: Theory and Policy, 5th Edition Mc Graw
Hill Education. 

Page 237

234  Jhingan, M. L. (2019): Macro Economic Theory, 13th Edition, Vrinda Publications
Private Limited.
 Mankiw, N. G. (2015): Principles of Macroeconomics, 7th Edition, Cengage Learning
India.
 Dornbusch, R., Fischer, S. and Startz, R. (2018): Macroeconomics, 12th Edition, Mc
Graw Hill Education. 
 Samuelson, P. A., Nordhaus, W. D. and Chaudhuri, S. (2021): Macroeconomics, 20th
Edition, Mc Graw Hill Education. 

Page 238

235 SEMESTER: III
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE :MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS(SCHOOL SUBJECT)
COURSE NAME: DERIVATIVES
Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100

LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. To understand the basic principles, methodologies, and a thorough knowledge of the vast
power of mathematical ideas and tools, as well as how to utilize them through modeling,
solving, and interpreting.
2. To Reflect the subject's breadth and generate mathematical tools for further research in
different domains of science and technology.
3. To Enhance students' holistic education and provide them with the computational
mathematical ability, problem -solving skills, creative talent, and communication power
required for teaching.
4. To Encourage students to acquire a positive attitude toward mathematics as a fascinating
and worthwhile subject of study.

Learning Outcomes:
After completing the semester, the students will be able to:
1. Apply the knowledge of the learnt topic in a given situation.
2. Analyse mathematical pattern involved in the topic.
3. Analyse the interconnection between the topics.
4. Examine accuracy of the given solution of the problems based on the topic.
5. Reflect on the utility of the learnt concept.

MODULE I: DIFFERENTIATION (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Basic concepts of differentiation
a) Definition of differentiation at a point of an open interval, examples of differentiable
and non -differentiable functions, differentiable functions are continuous but not
conversely
b) Algebra of differentiable functions. Chain rule, Derivative of inverse functions,
Implicit differentiation,
c) Partial derivatives.

Unit 2: Higher order derivatives
a) Definition of higher order derivatives, nth derivative of xm, (ax+b) m, (ax+b)-1,
log(ax+b), exp (ax+b) Sin(ax+b), Cos(ax+b), eaxSin(bx+c) eaxCos(bx+c)
b) Leibnitz rule for higher order derivatives, applications.
c) Differential equations – definition, types of d.e, linear first order d.e, homogeneous
d.e, forming a d.e. from a general solution, solving d.e variable separation method.

Unit 3: Practicals:
a) Derivatives (using the definitions involved)
b) Different methods of finding derivatives.
c) Partial derivatives.

Page 239

236 d) Higher order derivatives
e) Leibnitz rule – applications
f) Different equations.

MODULE II: APPLICATIONS OF DERIVATIVES (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Maxima – minima and curvature
a) Definition of local maximum and local minimum, necessary condition, stationary
points, second derivative test, Monotone increasing and decreasing function,
examples
b) Graphing of functions using first and second derivatives
c) Concave functions, points of inflexion.

Unit 5: Mean Value Theorems
a) Rolle's theorem and its applications
b) Lagrange's and Cauchy's mean value theorems, applications and examples.
c) Taylor’s theorem, Maclaurin’s series, Taylor’s polynomials of functions.

Unit 6: Practicals:
a) Maxima -minima problems
b) Drawing graphs of functions using derivatives.
c) Concavity of functions
d) Rolle’s functions
e) Lagrange’s mean value theorem.
f) Taylor’s Mean Value theorem and Maclaurin’s series

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Internal Assessment (20 marks):
Assessment of Practical components will be based on Unit 3 and Unit 6.
1. The Practical Journal (05 marks)
2. Individual Viva -voce (05 marks)
3. A Practical Test (10 marks)

References:
 A Course in Calculus and Analysis by Sudhir Ghorpade and Balmohan Limaye,
Springer 2006.
 Calculus and its Applications, Marvin L. Bittinger, David J. Ellenbogen and Scott
A. Surgent, Addison Wesley, tenth edition.
 Calculus of a single variable Ron Larson , Bruce Edwards, 10th edition.
 Differential Calculus, Shantinarayan, 10th Edition, S. Chand and Co.

Page 240

237  Elementary Analysis, The Theory of Calculus, Kenneth A. Ross, Springer
Publication, 2nd edn.
 Introduction to Real Analysis by Robert G. Bartle and Donald R. Sherbert, 4th
Edn, John Wiley and Sons.
 Master Maths: Solving Word Problems. Brita Immergut. Cengage Learning PTR.
2009
 Principles of Mathematical Analysis, W. Rudin, Third Edition, McGraw Hill,
1976
 Smarter Integral Calculus for JEE Main, Advanced, KVPY & Olympiads.
Gajendra Kumar. Disha Publication; First edition. 2020
 The mathematics that Every Secondary School Teacher Needs to Know. Alan
Sultan & Alice F. Artzt. Routledge. 2011

Page 241

238
SEMESTER: III
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: PSYCHOLOGY(Jr. College Subject)
COURSE NAME: EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding of the nature, scope and relevance of educational psychology
2. To develop an understanding of the concept, nature, characteristics, process of learning
factors affecting Learning.
3. To develop an understanding of the processes of Learning through various theoretical
perspectives
4. To develop an understanding of the cognitive processes of learning

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, student will be able to:
1. Understand the basic concepts of Educational Psychology
2. Realize the scope of Educational Psychology
3. Summarize the implications of Heredity& Environment
4. Assess the relevance of Educational Psychology
5. Comprehend the various Mental processes
6. Apply the implications of Theories of Multiple and Emotional Intelligence

MODULE I: UNDERSTANDING BASIS OF EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Educational Psychology
a) Meaning of Educational Psychology
b) Nature of Educational Psychology
c) Scope of Educational Psychology

Unit 2: Relevance of Educational Psychology
a) Relevance of educational psychology to teachers,
b) Relevance of Educational Psychology to Learners,
c) Relevance of Educational Psychology to teaching -learning

Unit 3: Individual Differences & Learning Styles
a) Meaning and Types of Individual Differences
b) Heredity and Environment
c) Learning Styles

MODULE II- UNDERTANDING MENTAL PROCESSES (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Thinking and Types of Thinking
a) Concept of Thinking

Page 242

239 b) Types - divergent, convergent, critical, reflective, lateral. Problem solving.
c) Meta -cognition: Meaning, Components & Strategies

Unit 5: Intelligence
a) Intelligence – Concept
b) Gardner’s Theory of Multiple Intelligence
c) Implications of Gardner’s Theory of Multiple Intelligence

Unit 6: Emotions and Emotional Development
a) Emotions (Concept, importance and types)
b) Emotional development,
c) Concept of Emotional Intelligence & educational implications

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Tasks/ Assignment (Any Two)

1. Administer Learning Style Inventory by Kolb on Self and identify the dominant Learning
Style.
2. Administer Emotional Intelligence Test and identify your EQ.
3. Administer Multiple Intelligence Test by Gardner and identity your dominant Intelligence
4. Administer Thinking Style Inventory to identify your thinking style
5. Administer Metacognitive Awareness Inventory to understand the Metacognitive strategies
that you adopt
6. Conduct an Interview of two school teachers and identify how the knowledge of Educational
Psychology has helped them to deal with students in their classroom

References:
 Atkinson& Hilgard’s Introduction to Psychology. Wadsworth Publishing Company
 Coon, D. &Mitterer, J.O. (2007). Introduction to Psychology: Gateways to Mind and
Behaviour(11th edition). Delhi (India): Thomson Wadsworth
 Woolfolk, A. &Vij, S. (2017). Educational Psychology. Pearson

Page 243

240
SEMESTER: III
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE : SOCIOLOGY(Jr. College Subject)
COURSE NAME: INDIAN SOCIETY: CONCEPTS, STRUCTURE AND
PROCESSES

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To introduce students to the structure and dynamics of the Indian Society
2. To familiarize students with the concepts of social change and social movement
3. To understand the changing realities of the Indian society

Learning Outcomes: By the end of the course students will be able to:

1. Explain the tribal, urban and rural structure of the Indian society
2. Examine the concepts of social movements and social change
3. Analyse the process of social change in India
4. Examine the resistance movements in contemporary India.

MODULE I: Structure of Indian Society(2Credits)
Unit1 : Tribal Society

(a) Definition and Geographical Distribution of Tribes
(b) Characteristics of Tribal Society
(c) Issues of Tribal Integration and autonomy

Unit2: Rural - Agrarian Society

(a) Nature, scope, significance, relevance of rural society
(b) Village studies
(c) Agricultural Labour - Issues and Problems

Unit 3: Urban society

(a) Characteristics of Urban society
(b) Recent trends of Urbanization in India
(c) The challenge of slums

MODULEII: Social Change and Social Movements in India (2Credits)

Unit4: Concepts of Social Change and Social Movements

(a) Meaning/ Characteristics of Social Change
(b) Meaning/ Characteristics of Social Movement
(c) Types of Social Change/Social Movement

Page 244

241
Unit5: Social Change in India

(a) Sanskritisation
(b) Modernisation
(c) Secularisation

Unit 6: Resistance Movements

(a) Tribal movement
(b) Farmers’ Movement
(c) Dalit Movement

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40


Task/ Assignment: (Any two)

1. Power Point Presentation on any Social Change in India
2. Field Visit to any tribal area and note down the social conditions, challenges and new
trends
3. Report on Urban society - challenges of urban and recent trends
4. Critical analyse a movie based on tribals and write a review
5. Organise any one activity on tribal art form


References:

• Ahuja, Ram. (1999): Society in India, Rawat Pub.
• BOSE, ASHISH [2002] ‐ India’s Urbanization 1901‐2001 ‐ New Delhi: TATA Mc GRAW
HILL
• Giddens, Anthony (2017) Sociology (8th edition), Atlantic Publishers
• Gupta, Dipankar. (2011): How rural is rural India – RNFE, Oxford Handbook of Agriculture.
• Jodhka, S. (2002): Nation and Village, Economic & Political Weekly, August 10.
• Patel, Sujata & Das Kushal [2006], Urban Studies New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
• Srinivas, M.N. 1971, Social Change in Modern India University of California Press Berkeley

Page 245

242 SEMESTER: III
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies




Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100 CORE COURSE :PHILOSOPHY(Jr. College Subject)
COURSE NAME: INDIAN METAPHYSICS


Learning Objectives:
1. To familiarize with the basic concepts in Indian metaphysics
2. To analyze the ontological theories in Indian philosophy.
3. To study Indian perspectives on self, causality and reality.
4. To evaluate critically the debates between major systems over the core concerns in
metaphysics.

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Realize how Indian metaphysics has its own basis and uniqueness.
2. Acquaint with Development of metaphysical perspectives in Indian systems of
thought.
3. Grasp some of the pertinent issues regarding self, causality and reality.

MODULE I - Perspectives on Self & Causality (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Perspectives on Self in Upanishads &Advaita
a) Upanishadic perspective on self: Katha Upanishad: Self-Knowledge
b) Taittiriya Upanishad’s Pancakosha theory of human existence.
c) Advaita view of self: the three planes of existence (sattatraya) and four levels
consciousness.
Unit 2: Buddhist & the Jaina views on self
a) Nairatmyavada (the No-soul theory) in Buddhism
b) The Pancaskandha theory (theory of 5 conglomerates) in Buddhism
c) Jain Classification of Reality: their view on plurality of jivas.

Unit 3: Theories of Causation
a) Satkaryavada&Asatkaryavada.
b) Advaita theory of Vivartavada
c) Buddhist theory of Pratityasamutpada.

MODULE II - Perspectives on Reality (2 Credits)

Unit 4:Dualist Perspectives on Reality

a) Samkhya Dualism
b) Vaiseshika Pluralism.
c) Madhva’s dualism: the theory of Pancabhedas(fivefold differences)

Page 246

243 Unit 5: Vedantic Non-Dualist Perspectives on Reality
a) Sankara’sMayavada and his non-dualist view on the relation between Atman,
Brahman and the world.
b) Ramanuja’s critique of Sankara’sMayavada
c) Ramanuja’s theory of qualified non-dualism and his and exposition of the relation
between Atman, Brahman and the world.

Unit 6: Carvaka Monistic Materialism, Buddhist Kshanikavad& Jain Pluralist
Relativism

a) CarvakaMaterialism
b) Buddhist theory of Kshanikavad(theory of momentariness)
c) Jaina theory of Anekantavad (Doctrine of many -sidedness)

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40


Tasks/ Assignment (Any Two)
1. Assignment on Carvaka view on reality.
2. Open book assignment on Dualist Perspectives on Reality
3. Power Point Presentation on Vedantic Non-Dualist Perspectives on Reality
4. Critical review the Buddhist & the Jaina views on self
5. Seminar Presentation views of Self in Upanishads &Advaita

References:
 Chattopadhyay D.P., Lokayata: A Study in Ancient Indian Materialism (People’s
Publishing House; Third edition (2006)
 Dalvi (Editors) (2004). The Essential Vedānta: A New Source Book of
AdvaitaVedānta. Bloomington, Indiana.
 Deutsch Eliot, Advaita Vedanta: A Philosophical Reconstruction, East - West Center
Press, Honolulu, New York, 1968. Chapters 1,3 & 4.
 Gethin, Rupert .The Foundations of Buddhism(Oxford University Press, 1998.
 Gokhale, Pradeep Lokayata/Carvaka OUP, New Delhi, 2015
 Joerg Tuske, ed., Indian Epistemology and Metaphysics, Bloomsbury Academic,
Bloomsbury, Oxford, 2017, Part 4.
 Joerg Tuske, ed., Indian Epistemology and Metaphysics, Bloomsbury Academic,
Bloomsbury, Oxford, 2017, Part 2.
 John M. Koller, Oriental Philosophies, Macmillan, 1969, chapter 12.

Page 247

244  Maharaj K. Raina, The Levels of Human Consciousness and Creative Functioning:
Insights from the Theory of Pancha Kosha (Five Sheaths Of Consciousness),
Woodland, http://www.indigenouspsych.org/Resources/Journal%20of%20TPPsy.pdf 
 Max Muller, Katha Upanishad, in The Upanishads - Part II, Dover Publications,
1962.
 Nagin shah. Jaina philosophy and religion, Motilal Banarsidass, (2001) 
 PurushottamaBillimoria, ed., History of Indian Philosophy, Routledge, New York,
2018, chapter 1
 Raju, P. T. The Philosophical Traditions of India. Pittsburgh: University of
Pittsburgh Press, 1972.
 Roy W. Perret, Indian Philosophy A Collection of Readings, Routledge, New
York,2001 
 Roy W. Perrett, Introduction to Indian Philosophy, Cambridge University, 2016,
chapter 6.
 Shah Nathubhai. Jainism: The World of Conquerors (Delhi: Motilal Banarasidas
Publishers, 1999)
 SS Sastri, trans., Kathopanishad, in The Katha and Prasna Upanishads with Sri
Shankara's Commentary, Harvard College Archives. 
 Stephen J. Laumakis, An Introduction to Buddhist Philosophy, Cambridge University,
2008, chapter 7.
 T.C. Roy, A Companion Guide to Indian Philosophy, R.K Publications, Mumbai,
2018.

Page 248

245 SEMESTER: III
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: POLITICAL SCIENCE (Jr. College Subject)
COURSE NAME: POLITICAL THOUGHT: WESTERN AND INDIAN

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100
Learning Objectives:
1. Acquaint the students with the contemporary political thought.
2. Internalize an appreciation for classic texts in political thought.
3. Develop an understanding of different Western and Indian thinkers
4. Appreciate the writings of pioneer thinkers of western and Indian political thought
through a comparative perspective.

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. A rich understanding of the depth and range of discussions in political thought.
2. Apply the knowledge gained from readings of classics in understanding contemporary
political discourses.
3. Compassionate approach while dealing with diverse social groups of learners.
4. Analyse and evaluate various socio - political themes that shape our present political
environment.

MODULE I - Western Political Thinkers(2 Credits)

UNIT 1 – Ancient, Medieval & Modern
a) Aristotle – Classification of governments & Idea of Justice
b) Niccolo Machiavelli – Statecraft
c) J.S. Mill – On Liberty

UNIT 2 - Political Economic Thought
a) St. Simon - Utopian Socialists
b) Adam Smith - Classical Liberalism
c) Karl Marx - Communism

UNIT 3 NEW TRENDS IN CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL THOUGHT
a) Simone de Beauvoir - Feminism
b) William Kymlicka - Multiculturalism
c) Michael Sandel - Meritocracy

MODULE II - Indian Political Thinkers(2 Credits)

UNIT 4 - Ancient & Modern
a) Kautilya – Basics of Arthashastra
b) Bal Gangadhar Tilak - Swaraj & Swadeshi

Page 249

246 c) M. N. Roy - Communism & Humanism

UNIT 5- Spiritual Nationalism
a) Bankim Chandra Chatterjee
b) Swami Vivekananda
c) Sri Aurobindo Ghosh

UNIT 6- Modern Indian Thinkers
a) Dr. B.R. Ambedkar - Social Justice
b) Jawaharlal Nehru - Modern India
c) Ram Manohar Lohia - Socialism

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40


Tasks/ Assignment (Any Two)
1. Group discussion - multiculturalism, Nationalism, Patriotism, Meritocracy &
Reservation,
2. Make a plan for making an inclusive campus
3. Film review on the course content
4. Street play on the course content
5. Identify and write about the aspects of Political Philosophies put into actual practice
from course content
6. Poster Making on the course content
7. Book Reviews on course content
8. Survey in campus on awareness/ knowledge about thinkers and their thought
9. Collage on a theme related to course content
10. Activities - suggested topics - Participation of women in Political activities, (From Past
to Present)
11. Invite Guest speakers/ experts on the course content
12. Write essays comparing Indian and Western thinkers form course content.

References:
 Keer, D. (1990) Dr Babasaheb Ambedkar Life & Mission, Popular Prakashan Private
Limited, Bombay
 Keer, D. (1959) Lokamanya Tilak - Father Of The Indian Freedom Struggle, Printed
by India Printing Works, Published by Kangutkar, Mumbai
 Arora, V. K.: RammanoharLohia and Socialism in India. Deep and Deep
Publishers,New Delhi, 1984.

Page 250

247  Gauba, O.P. 2019. Western Political Thought. N. Delhi: Macmillan. First published in
2012.
 Ray, B.N. & R. K. Mishra. 2018. Indian Political Thought. N. Delhi: Kaveri Books.
First published in 2008.
 Rangarajan, L N: KautilyaArthashastra. Penguin, 1992
 Mukherjee, S. & Ramaswamy, S. (2015), A History of Political thought: Plato to
Marx, Delhi: PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
 Mehta, V. R. 2017. Foundations of Indian Political Thought. N. Delhi: Manohar. First
published in 1996.
 Sabine, G. H. (1973), A History of Political Theory. New Delhi: Oxford and IBH
Publishing 
 Selected Speeches and Writings of Sri Aurobindo from BandeMataram and
Karmayogin. 
 Sri Aurobindo - Spiritual Nationalism - 1- https://pragyata.com/sri -aurobindo -spiritual -
nationalism -and-indian -renaissance -i/
 Sri Aurobindo - Spiritual Nationalism - 2- https://pragyata.com/sri -aurobindo -spiritual -
nationalism -and-indian -renaissance -ii/
 Ambedkar, B. R., & Rodrigues, V. (2002). The essential writings of B.R. Ambedkar.
New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Page 251

248





























Semester IV

Page 252

249








SEMESTER IV
PART 1
CORE COURSE: HINDI (COMPULSORY LANGUAGE)
COURSE NAME: HINDI


Total Credits:06
Total Marks :100

अि धगम उद्द े श्य:
1. भाषा सृजन के विविध पहलुओं को समझना।
2. छााता ाोाोाोां का भाषााई का शल काा िवाकाास करनाा।
3. वाहन दा हाास य-ि यांग्य काे स िरा प काा ज्ञाान प रदान करनाा।
4. छााताोा ाोाोाोां काोाो काोााव्य काोाे दा वााोााराा मवाहलाोाा सवशक तकरण
काोाे प्रवात उदाोाार भाािाोनाा। वानमाोाा गण करनाा।
5. व्याकरण और भाषा का सं ाोां ध समझना।
6. आधाुवानक कााल काे लाेखक िाो किवायाोां काे सावाहद धवाक आांदाोलन काो
समझनाा।

िअधगम ि नष्पि ह :
इस इकााई काे अध ययन काे पश चाात छााता याोग्य होगाे,
1. प राोाेमचाोांद , ाोाा ाो अना नपाो णाोाा ग नाोांद अक रा
लाोाोटाोाा, शरद जाोश हाासा य वाा याोांग्य काोाे अाोांतग गत म वालक
तत ाोाोाोां पर
, पर विचार करने में।
2. किवाताा माोाेाोां वानवाहत स दय ग वा ाोांदाोाु काोाा िवाशा लाोाेषण
करनाोाे म।ाोाे ाोां
3. रसाास िाादन काोाे सााथ कलाोााता मक अवाभरुवाच वानमाोाा गण माोाेाोां और
रचनाोाात मक काोा शल माोाे ाोां

Page 253

250 4. किवातााओाोां काोाा भाािाोाोााथ ग तथा पााठ काोाे
गदा याोाााोांशाोाोाोां काोाा भाािाो स पष्ट कर सकाोाे ाोां गाोा े
5. ि याोााकरण काोाा उपयाोाोग करकाोाे भाषाोाा भाोांडार माोाेाोां
िाोाोाृदा धिो
6. कठाोर पररवाथथवातयाोाोाोां काोाा मावाम गक वाचताोा ण,
साोांिाोाोाेदनाापाो ण ग वाचताोा ण, ि यवा द धक ताोाावादताा िो
उपयाोाोवागताािाोाो ााद ताा काोाा िोण गन, मनाोदशाोाा काोाा
वाचताोा ण, काोाा िाोाोााचन और लाोाेखन

Page 254

251 कर सकाोाे ाोां गाोाे।

Page 255

252
म ड ्य ˛ल I ि ह ˙द ह स्य व ्य ˙ग्य- प ्र ेमच ˙द ,ब ब ˛ अन्नप ˛ण ¸ न ˙द
अकबर ल ट , शरद ज श ;
ि ह ˙द क व्य
: स्त्र स्वर- हम द े ह ह म ¸ स ¸भद्र क ¸ म र
च ौह न, क त्य यन ; व्य करण (2
Credits)


घटक 1 हि न्द ह स्य-व ्य ˙ग्य
अ) प्रेमचंद ड़े भाई साह (‘मानसरोिोर ’ भाग-1)
) ाोाा ाो अना नपाो णाोाा ग नाोांद अक रा लाोाोटाा
(इाोां टरनाोाेट पर उपलबा ध) क) शरद
जाोशा हाोनाा काु छ नहा का

घटक 2िहन्द क व्य : स्त्र स्वर
अ)महाोाादाोाे िोोा िाोमाोाा ग माो`ाोां ना र भरा दलाोा (‘याामाोाा’
काोााव्य साोांग रह)
) सुभद्रा कु मार च हान झांस क रान (अंशत :)
क) काोाािाोाोाायना साात भाइयाोाोाोां काोाे ाोा च
चाोांपाोाा (इसाोा नााम काोाे साोांग रह साोाे)

घटक 3 व्य करण
अ)िवारााम वाचह्न : साामाान्य पररचय
) अनाेक
शबा ाोाोाोां काे
वालए एक शबा क)
शाोाुिाो िोत गन

म ड ्य ˛ल II ि ह ˙द ह स्य व ्य ˙ग्य श्र ल ल श ¸क्ल , ह ररश ˙कर परस ई ,
क े प सक ् स ेन ; ि ह ˙द क व्य :
स्त्र स्वर- अन ि मक , ि नम ¸ल गग ¸ ,गगन ि गल ; व्य करण (2 Credits)

Page 256

253 घटक 4 ह स्य-व ्य ˙ग्य
अ)श्रा लााल शाोाुक्ल अाोांगद काोाा पाोाााोांिाो ( इाोां टरनाोाेट पर
गदा यकाोाोश पर उपलब्ध )
) हररशांकर परसाई िोह जाो आदमा ह` नाा (इांटरनाेट पर वाहांदा - समय
पर उपलब ध) क) काोाे पाोा सका साोाेनाा चाोांदन
िाोाोाुड वाचल्डा र न स्काो ल

Page 257

254 घटक 5 हि न्द क व्य : स्त्र स्वर
अ)अनाोाावामकाोाा िाोाोाृिाोाोााएाोा ं
) वानम गलाोाा गग ग रा र काोाा दजाोाा ग

Page 258

255 क) गगन वागल यह रहाा उसकाा िोर (एक और दाो)

घटक 6 व्य करण और भ ष
अ) साोांका षाोाेपण
) पद्धल्लन
क) लाोाोकाोाोवाक्तयाोाााोां : अथ ग एिाोाोां प्रयाोाोग

म ड ्य ˛ल III : अ ˙तग ¸त म ˛ल ् ˙कन (2 Credits)

िाोम
सांख याा िवाि
ाोरण अंक
१. काोााय ग/दत त काोााय ग
साोाेमाोाेस टर काोाे
पा रिाोाोाेक म डा याो ल साोाे
2*10 २०
२. साेमाेस टर मा ां एक वानयत कााल न कक्षाा पर क्षा १५
३. साोाेमाोाेस टर माोाेाोां
वािाोषय साोां ाोांधाोा एक
वान ाोांध ०५
काु ल
याोग ४०

हद क य ¸ –(क ई भ द )
1. अनाोाावामकाोाा दा वााोााराा रवाचत िाोाोाृिाोाोााएाोां
वाहाोांदाोा काोााव्य काोा माो ल साोांिाोाोाेदनाा स पष्ट काोा वाजए।
2. डाो.ाोाे भाई साह इस पााठ माोाेाोां लाोाेखक नाोाे समाो च वाशक षाा
काोाे वाकन ता र तरा काोाोाोां पर
वाा याोांग्य वाकयाोाा हाो`? आप अपनाे िवाचार प्रकट का वाजयाेi
3. अनाेक शबा ाोाोाोां काे वालए एक शबा ऐसाे 200 शबा ाोाोाोां का स चा नाएा ।
4. “लाोाोकाोाोवाक्तयाोाोाोां काोाा भाषाोाा माोाेाोां महता पाो ण ग थथान” इस
पर वान ाोांध वालवाखए।
5. प राोाेमचाोांद अपनाोाे याोाुग काोाे एक महाान साावािहकाार रहाोाे
हाो`ाोां। इनकाोा साावाहद धवाक
याोगदाोाान पर चचाोााकग ा वाजए।


स ˙दभ ¸ स िहत्य ग ्र ˙ह :-
• प्रेमचंद क कहान - ड़े भाई साह

Page 259

256 • https://premchandstories.in/bade -bhai-sahab -kahani -premchand -pdf/
• ाोाााो अना नपाो णाोाा ग नाोांद काोाा वाा याोांगा य- अक रा लाोाोटाा
• http://gadyakosh.org/gk
• शरद जोश का व्यंग्य- होना कु छ नह ंका
• https:/ /www.navne ethindi.com
• महाोाादाोाेिोोा िाोमाोाा ग काोाा गाोा त- माो`ाोां नाोा र भरा
दाोाु ख काोा दलाोा

Page 260

257 • http://kavitakosh.org/kk
• साुभद राा काु माार चा हाान का किवाताा- झााांस का रााना
• https:/ /www.hindwi.org/kavit a/jhaansii -kii-raanii -subhadrakumari -chauhan -kavita
• काोाािाोाोाायना काोा किवाताा- साात भाइयाोाोाोां
काोाे ाोा च चाोांपा
• https:/ /www.hindwi.org/kavit a/saat-bhaaiyon -ke-biich -champa -katyanii -kavita
• श्रा लााल शाोाुक्ल काोाा वाा याोांगा य-अाोांगद काोाा पाोाााोांिो
• https:/ /www.hindisamay.com/ content/3713/1/
• हररशांकर परसााई काा ि यांग य- िाोह जाो आदमा ह` ना
• https:/ /www.hindisamay.com/ content/636/1
• काोाे पाोा सका साोाेनाा काोाा वाा याोांगा य- चाोांदन िाोाोाुड
वाचल्डा र न स्काो ल
• https:/ /www.ra chanakar.org/2017/01/blog -post_99.html
• अनाोाावामकाोाा काोा किवाताा- िाोाोाृिाोाोााएाोा ं
• https://books.google.co.in/books
• गगन वागल का किवाताा- यह रहाा उसकाा िोर (1 और 2)
• http://kavitakosh.org/kk
• माान सराोिाोर भााग एक रााजकमल प रकााशन, वादल ला ।
• कवि नाोाे कहाा, काोाािाोाोाायना वाकताा िोर प रकाोााशन,
वादल्ला
• किवा नाे कहाा, अनाावामकाा वाकताा िाोर प रकााशन वादल ला
• आधाुवानक वाहांद कााव्य िप रााह, स ब रह मनाेश िर प रसााद रााय स `लजाा प रकाशन
पा जा काुां जिवाहाार, यशोदानगर , कानपुर
• वाहाोांदाोा रा प रचनाा भाग एक एिाोाोां दाोाो प्र स आचाय ग
जयाोाेाोांद्र वाताोा िाोाोाेदाोा लाोाोकभारता प रकाोााशन, इलोाहा
ाोााद।

Page 261

258 SEMESTER IV
PART 1
CORE COURSE: MARATHI (COMPULSORY LANGUAGE)
COURSE NAME: MARATHI

श्र ेर ् ˙क: ०६
एक˛ ण र ् ¸ ण: १००


अध्यनन उवद्दष्ट े:
१)द `नांकदन ज वानाात उपयाुक्त भााकषकका शला ाोाे कवाककसत करणाे.
२)ि याावाहााररक भााषााकवाषयक क षमतााांचा ओळख दाेणाे.
३)एकांककका या साकहत्य प्रकाराचा पररचय देणे.

अध्यर ्न वनष ्पह :
हाोाा अभ याासक रम पाो ण ग काोाे ला ाोाावार कवादा ाोााथा
१) द`नांकदन जा वानाात भााकषकका शला ाोाााोां चाे याोग यप रकााराे उपयोजन करताो.
२) ि याावाहााररक भााषााकवाषयक क षमतााांचाे साादरा करण करतो.
३) एकााांकककाा याा सााकहत्य प रकारााचाे स्पष्टा करण करताो .
४) एकांककका या साकहत्य प्रकाराचे स्वरूप स्पष्ट करतो .
म ड ्य ˛ल I- मर ठ एक ˙वकक र ्
स वि त्यप ्रक र ˙च ओळख ( २ श्र ेर ् ˙ क)
घटक १ : एक ˙ वकक : स ्वर ˛प ह स ˙कल्पन
अ) एकााांकककाा साकहत यााचाा प रकारााचाा
स `वाााांकतक कवाचाार ब) एकांककका साकहत्य
प्रकारच परं परा
क) एकांककका साकहत्य – एकोण स शतकानन्तरच्या एकांककका चार ले खकांचा पररचय
घटक २ :एक ˙वकक : वह वह ध प्रक र ˙च अभ ्य स
अ) साामााकजक एकााांकककाा - स िरूप, लाे खन
वा `कशष्टा ट याे ब) ग राामा ण एकााांकककाा -

Page 262

259 स िरूप, लाे खन श `ला
क) एकाोाााोांकककाोाा वा समाोााज उदा बाोाोधन
घटक ३ : एक ˙ वकक ˙च अभ ्य स:
अ) एकााांकककाा - रूप कवाशाेष

Page 263

260 ब) एकांककका - वकषयस त्र वा
रचना क) एकााांककका -
भााषााश `ला
म ड ्य ˛ल II- व्य ह ि ररक मर ठ भ ष वह षर ्क
क ्षमत ˙च ओळख ( २
श्र ेर ् ˙ क)

घटक ४ : भ ष ˙तर
अ) भाषाोाााोांतर - स िरूप
वा वााो`कशष्टाोा याोा े ब)
भाषांतरचे वकवकध प्रकार
क) भाषांतर सरावा
घटक ५ : भ वषक क ौशल्य े हवक स
अ) श रवाण वा सांवाााद
याा का शला ाोाााोां चाा
पररचयब) श रवाण वा
साोांवाााद
काोा शला ाोाााोांतअ
ाोांतभ ाो गत घटक क) भाकषक
काोा शला
कवाकाासााचाोाे मााराोा ग
घटक ६ : वटप्पण ले खन
अ) कटप पणा लाोाे खन करताानाा लक्षाात ठाोाे
वााावायााच याोाा राोा ाोाोषा टाोा ब)
वााृता ाोाााोां त लाे खनााचाे स िरा प
क) वााृता ाोाााोां त लाे खनााचाे उपयाोजन

म ड ्य ˛ल III- अ ˙ तर ् गत म ˛ल्यम पन – ४० र ् ¸ण ( २
श्र ेर ् ˙ क)


अनु क्र. स्वरूप र
ाो

Page 264

261 ाु

प रत याेक माोड य लवार आधााररत ककमाान दोन
स िााध यााय २०
अाोांतराोा गत चााचणाोा
परा क षाा १५
कनबंध ०५
एक ण र ाोा ु ण ४०

ख ल ल प `क क णत्य ि द न वह षर ् ˙ह र स्व ध्य र ्
वलि .
१. ताोाुमा हाोा अभ याासलाोाे ला ाोाा
एकाोाााोांकककाोाे मधाोा ल आवाडलाोाे लाोा
एकाोाााोांकककाोाा महाोााकवादा ाोाालााच याा
काोााय गका रमाात सदर कराा वा त्यााचा अहवाााल कलहाा.
२. एकााांकककाा याा सााकहत्य प रकाारचाा स `वाााांकतक पररचय सकवास्तर कलहाा.

Page 265

262 ३. ताोाुमच याोाा महाोााकवादा ाोाालयाात झाोाालाोाे ला ाोाा एकाोाा
काोााय गका रमााचाोाे कटप पणाोा लाोाे खन कलहाोाा.

Page 266

263 ४. श रवाण या भााकषक का शला ाोााचाे घटक काोणताे? ताे कवाककसत करण्याासााठा दहा उपााय
साुचवााा.
५. भाषाोाााोांतरााच आवाशाोा यकताा स पष ट कराा. भाषाोाााोांतर करताानाा
काोाोणता याोाा राोा ाोाोष टाोा लक षाोाात ठाोाे वााोााि याोाात?

साोांदभ गग राोांथ -
१) वािनडक मरााठा एकााांवाककाा : सांपाा. साुधा जोशा , रत नााकर मतकर , साावािह अकाादमा ,
वादल ला .
२) िसाोत्काोाृ ष्ट मरााठाोा एकाोाााोांवाककाोाा, प रभाकर नााराायण
पराोाााोांजपाोाे, साोाुपण ग प रकाोााशन, पाोाुणाोाे, १९४८
३) मरााठाोा एकाोाााोांवाककाोाा ताोांता आवाण िवाकाास - साोांपाादक श राोा .
राोां. भ . वाभडाोाे साोाुपण ग प रकाोााशन पाोाुणाोाे.
४) एकााांवाककाा िवाशाेषााांक, पांचधाारा, जाुल `- सप टाे र २०१५
५) भाषांतर - सदा कऱ्हाडे
६) भाषांतर म मांसा - संपा कल्याण काळे िो अंजल सोमण .

Page 267

264 SEMESTER: IV
Part I
CORE COURSE: GUJARATI (COMPULSORY LANGUAGE)
COURSE NAME : GUJARATI DRAMA REVIEW AND FACTUAL TEXT


Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks


LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. To develop an awareness of writing a critical review of the Gujarati drama
2. To Be familiar with the descriptive text in Gujarati and related contextual Grammar.
3. To develop appreciation of the Gujarati Drama writing art

LEARNING Outcomes:
By the end of this course, student will be able to:
1. Review and identify the text style used in the social media on different platforms
2. Use contextual grammar from the Gujarati text
3. Critically review the different aspects of Gujarati performing literature
4. Identify the nuances of drama writing

MODULE 1: GUJARATI DRAMA AND DESCRIPTIVE TEXT (2 Credits)


Unit 1: Gujarati Drama by Askok Patode and directed by Sanjay Garodia.’Ba Retire
Thay chhe’
a) Brief description of the story, importance of the theme, style and gentre of the play
b) Director’s interpretation of the play, reflection on the main character in the drama,
Social Issue focussed in the play and reflection with reference to the real life situation
c) Significant grammar concepts, language style. Overall reflection on the likes and
dislikes of the students.
Unit 2: Epistolary write -up (Letter writing)
a) Meaning: Epistolary write -ups (patrasambandhi lekhan), Types and sub -types of
letters
b) ‘Ek Patra Khushiyona Sarname’ written by Yakshita Patel, critical analysis in terms
of type of letter, subject, grammar concepts, author’s perspective.

Page 268

265 c) Essential grammar for letters: Basic rules for both types, appropriate figures of
speech, vocabulary and punctuations. Identification from epistolary Gujarati text.
Unit 3: Descriptive text: (Review and contextual grammar)
a) Nibandh: ViIpul Mali’s Gujarat Kala and Sanskruti Darshan
b) Pravas Varnan:Amrut Patiya Ami’s ‘Pravas Varnan’
c) Jeevan Darshan nibandh: Natwar Gohel’s, ‘Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel’


MODULE 2: GUJARATI SOCIAL MEDIA AND TEXT (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Comprehension of the Gujarati advertisements on social media:
a) Review of advertisements on different social media platforms and: Electronic and
print media
b) purpose, use of language style, social issue addressed, proverbs or figures of speech
used,
c) students’ narrative and reflection on their likes and dislikes of the advertisement under
study
Unit 5: Newspaper and text
a) Identification of different types and forms of text in the newspaper
b) Comprehension of the Editorial and ascent columns in the newspaper
c) Identification and listing of significant vocabulary used in the Gujarati newspaper and
its application in writing a report.
Unit 6. Digital Social Media: TV, Facebook, Instagram
a) Features of text displayed on Gujarati TV channels
b) Newsroom and different forms of reporting events or current affaires: Identification of
scripts for different types.
c) Trends of TV serial and common trends of the narratives of these serials on Gujarati
channels, social issues addressed.
MODULE 3: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT. (2 Credits)

No Assessment Marks
1 Project work from every module of the semester
2*10 20
2 Class test 15
3 subject related assignment 1 05
Total marks 40

Page 269

266
Task/ Assignment (Any two)
1. Select any famous Gujarati Drama and write a review based on the elements given in the
Unit 1.
2. Review the Novel ‘Chhinnapatra’ written in the form of letters by Suresh Joshi and write a
narrative of any 5 letters from the novel using the style of descriptive writing.
3. review the advertisements that you liked the most displayed on the TV and create the script
on the similar theme by incorporating social message through the advertisement. Write a e -
mail to the Product owner for the approval of your advertisement. (present the creative in the
class through a role play)
4. Based on comprehension of the Jeevan Darshan book on Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel under
study, prepare a chart displaying his qualities and achievements using the grammar concepts
like figures of speech, proverbs or any suitable language style.
5. Listen to the Gujarati News readers from different channels and prepare the Glossary of pure
Gujarati vocabulary which is not commonly practiced in day -to-day life. Use them in any
literary work that you write. Display the glossary in the classroom.

Reference links:
 https:/ /www.matrubharti.com/book/re ad/content/19904768/a -letter -to-the-address -of-
happiness
 https://gvbooks.in/product/gujarat -kala-ane-sanskruti -darshan -dhyey/
 https://www.matrubharti.com/book/19865565/pravas -varnan
 https://www.matrubharti.com/book/19865565/pravas -varnan
 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chhinnapatra

Page 270

267 SEMESTER IV
PART 1
CORE COURSE: (COMPULSORY LANGUAGE )
COURSE NAME : TarjumaNigaari
TOTAL CREDITS: 6
TOTAL MARKS: 100


LEARNING OJECTIVES
1. To understand the Art (Fun), types and fundamental issues of Tarjuma Nigari.
2. To understand the need, importance and principals of Tarjuma Nigari.
3. To understand the competency, principles and application of Tarjuma Nigari
(translation) and IstelahSaazi (terminology).
4. To develop a critical understanding of Translation, translator and important colleges.
5. To understand and appreciate the Special contribution of colleges for
translation(Tarjuma Nigari).
6. To develop a critical understanding and application of the Art of Translation (Tarjuma
Nigari) with reference to Urdu and English languages.

LEARNING OUTCOMES
At the end of the course the student will be able to
1. describe the Art (Fun), types and fundamental issues of Tarjuma Nigari.
2. explain the need, importance and principals of Tarjuma Nigari.
3. analyse the competency, principles and application of Tarjuma Nigari (translation)
and IstelahSaazi (terminology).
4. critically analyse the samples of Translation, translator and important colleges.
5. explain and appreciate the Special contribution of colleges for translation(Tarjuma
Nigari).
6. analyse and apply of the Art of Translation (Tarjuma Nigari) with reference to Urdu
and English languages.




MODULEI: TARJUME KA FUN, GAYAT AUR CHAND ISTELAHAT
(2 CREDITS)


Unit1: Turjume Ka Fun
a) Tarjume Ki Tareekh
b) Tarjume Ki Iqsam (Ilmi, Adabi, Sahafati)

Page 271

268 c) TarjumeKeBuniyadiMasael


Unit2: Tarjume Ki Gayat
a) Tarjume Ki Zaroorat
b) TarjumeKeBuniyadiUsool
c) Tarjume Ki Ahmiyat


Unit 3: MutarjimAur Chand Istelahaat
a) Mutarjim Ki Liyaqat
b) Usool -E-IstelahSaazi
c) Intezamiyakikuch ahem English, HindiAur Urdu istelahaat


MODULE -II URDU TARJUMEKAMUTALEYA (2 CREDITS)


Unit 4: Translation, translator and important colleges
a) Urdu tarjumekairtequa
b) Tarjumanigari me mukhtalifidaaronkakirdaar
c) Chand ahem tarjumanigar


Unit 5: Special study of colleges for translation
a) Fort william college
b) Delhi college
c) Darut -tarjumaosmania


Unit 6 Mukhtaliflisanitarjume
a) Translation - English to Urdu
b) Translation - Urdu to English
c) Translation - Hindi to Urdu

Page 272

269 MODULE III – INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Task/ Assignment (Any two)
1. Tarjumeke fun par roushnidaliye
2. Mutarjim ki liyaqaton par izhare khayal kijiye
3. Fort William college ki khidmat ka jayezalijiye
4. Tarjume ki mukhtalifiqsam bayan kijiye
5. Tarjumakartewaqtjo masaelpeshaate hain un parapnekhayalatka izharkijiye


References
Fun e tarjumanigari by Khalique Anjum
Urdu Adab me tarjuma nigari ki riwayat byIbn e Aasi

Page 273

270 SEMESTER: IV
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE : ENGLISH (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: AFRICAN -AMERICAN AND INDO -AMERICAN LITERATURE


Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks


LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. To understand the concepts of race, class and gender through poetry
2. To familiarise the aforementioned concepts through literary representations.
3. To understand the concepts of race, class and gender through films
4. To appreciate African -American literature
5. To appreciate Indo-American literature

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. describe the progress of the coloured debate.
2. write an essay on the importance of agency
3. explain racism using various kinds of literary representations.
4. recognise the important elements of race, class and gender through poetry
5.critically analyse the important elements of race, class and gender through poetry

MODULE I: AFRICAN -AMERICAN LITERATURE. (2 Credits)


Unit 1: Poetry & Film
a) The Help (2011)
b) Langston Hughes (Mother to Son)
c) Maya Angelou (Still I Rise)


Unit 2: Contemporary Issues of Race
a) Ain’t I a Woman? (Bell Hooks)
b) Rita Dove (Chocolate)
c) Octavia butler – Blood Child




Unit 3: Prose

Page 274

271 a) Alice Walker - Colour Purple
b) Tony Morrison – Unspeakable Things Unspoken; The Afro -American Presence in
American Literature
c) Richard Wright – Blue Print for Negro Writing


MODULE II: INDO -AMERICAN LITERATURE. (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Poetry
a) Meena Alexander (The Journey)
b) Agha Shahid Ali (A Nostalgist’s Map of America)
c) Chitra Banerjee Divakaruni (Leaving Yuba City)


Unit 5: Prose and Film
a) Jhumpa Lahiri – The Namesake Film
b) Bharati Mukherjee: Selected Short Stories
c) Mira Jacob: Excerpts from Good Talk


Unit 6 : NonFiction
a) Thriti Umrigar: Honor
b) Siddharta Mukherji: My Father’s Body, At Rest and in Motion
c) Suketu Mehta (Independent Essays)


MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Task/ Assignment (Any two)
1) Comprehension on the coloured debate.
2) Oral activity on race, class and gender through poetry
3) PPT on race, class and gender through poetry
4) Maintain a log-book of readings from African -American literature

Page 275

272 5) Poster presentation (Individual/Group) on Indo-American literature


List of References:
1. Hussain, Yasmin. Writing Diaspora: South Asian Women, Culture and Ethnicity. N.p.,
Taylor & Francis, 2017.
2. Chow, Rey, and Chow, Anne Firor Scott Prof of Literature in Trinity Clg of Arts/Sciences
Rey. Writing diaspora : tactics of intervention in contemporary cultural studies.
Bloomington, Indiana University Press, 1993.
3. African Women Writing Diaspora: Transnational Perspectives in the Twenty -First
Century. United States, Lexington Books, 2021.
4. Routledge Handbook of the Indian Diaspora. United Kingdom, Taylor & Francis, 2017.
5. Global Indian Diasporas: Exploring Trajectories of Migration and Theory. Netherlands,
Amsterdam University Press, 2007.
6. Miller, D. Quentin. The Routledge Introduction to African American Literature. United
Kingdom, Taylor & Francis, 2016.
7. Ward, Jr, Jerry W., and Graham, Maryemma. The Cambridge History of African
American Literature. Kiribati, Cambridge University Press, 2011.
8. Gates, Henry Louis, and McKay, Nellie Y.. The Norton Anthology of African American
Literature. United Kingdom, W.W. Norton & Company, 2004.
9. Black Voices: An Anthology of African -American Literature. United Kingdom, Signet
Classic, 2001.
10. The Oxford Anthology of African -American Poetry. United Kingdom, OUP USA, 2006.
11. The Wiley Blackwell Anthology of African American Literature, Volume 2: 1920 to the
Present. Germany, Wiley, 2014.
12. The Cambridge Companion to African American Women's Literature. United Kingdom,
Cambridge University Press, 2009.
13. Reading Contemporary Black British and African American Women Writers: Race,
Ethics, Narrative Form. United Kingdom, Taylor & Francis, 2020.
Web References
14. https://www.jstor.org/stable/2904004
15. https://www.mea.gov.in/images/pdf/BibliographyResearcher.pdf

Page 276

273 SEMESTER IV

Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: HINDI (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME : आध ¸वनक वि ˙द क व्य

अध्यन न उद्द े श्य:
1. आधाुकनक कहांद काि य काे कवाकभन्न चरणाोां काा सामाान्य पररचय करवााानाा
2. भारताोाेाोांदाोाु एवााोां कदा वावााोाेदाोा
याोाुराोा , छाोाायावाााद, प्रराोा कतवाााद,
प्रयाोाोराोा वााोााद काोााव्य और नई ककवाताा काोा
प रमाोाुख कवाशाेषतााओां काा ज्ञाान प रााप्त करवााानाा।
3. आधाुकनक कहन दा ककवाताा काे काु छ प रकतकनकध ककवायाोां का ककवातााओां काा
पठन-पााठन एवाां कवावााेचन करना।
4. आधाुकनक कहांद काव्य का भााषाा श `ला , कवाचाार तत्व और काव्य काे रूप काो समझाानााI
5. छाायाोाावाााद माोाेाोां प्रकाोाृ कत, प राोाेम एवााोां स दय ग काोाो स पष्ट
करनाोााI

अध्यन न वनष्पहव:
1. इस अध ययन काे पश चाात छात्र -
2. छाायाोाावााादा काोााव्य काोा प रमाोाुख वकशाोाेषताा काोाो स पष्ट
करनाोाे माोाेाोां समथ ग हाोराोा ाोाे।
3. आधाोाुकनक कहाोांदाोा काोााव्य काोा कवाकभन्न काोााव्य धाोाारााओाोां
काोाो समझ पााएाोां राोा ाोाेाोां।
4. नई ककवाताा का काि यधााराा, आधाुकनक भाावा बाोध काा ज ञाान प्रााप्त कर पााएां रा ाोाे ।
5. ककवातााओाोां माोाेाोां कनकहत अथ ग साोा दय ग काोाा कवाशा लाोाेषण
करनाोाे माोाेाोां समथ ग हाोराोा ाोाे।
6. काोााि याोाााोांशाोाोाोां काोा ि याोााख याा तथा प रशाोांसाोाा
(appreciation) करनाोाे माोाेाोां समथ ग हाोराोा ाोाे।
7. स्वााताोांत्र्योत्र ककवायाोाोाोां काोा रचनााएाोां उनकाोा चचाोाा ग और
समाोा क्षा करनाोाे माोाेाोां समथ ग हाोराोा ाोाे।
8. प रकतकनकध ककवातााओाोां काोाा कवाचार कवाशा लाोाेषण, स पष्टा करण करनाोाे
माोाेाोां समथ ग हाोराोा ाोाे।

म ड ्य ˛ल I : आध ¸वनक वि ˙द क व्य क वह क स : स म न्य पररचर ्
(2 Credits)

घटक 1: भ रत े ˙द ¸ र ् ¸र ्, हवह ेद र ् ¸र ्,
छ र ् ह द, प्रवनतह द, प्रर ् र ् ह द, नई

Page 277

274 कवह त : स म न्य पररचर ्
a) भाारताोाेाोांदाोाु एवााोां कदा वावााोाेदाोा याोाुरा काोाे ककवा
एवााोां ककतपय वकशाोाेषताोााएाोा ं
b) छायाोाावाााद (प्रकाोाृ कत, प राोाेम एवााोां स दय ग काोा ककवाताा)
एवााोां पा रराोा कतवाााद
c) प रयाोवाााा द, नई ककवाताा एवाां उसकाे बााद का ककवाताा काा साामाान्य पररचय

घटक 2: आध ¸वनक वि ˙द क व ्य-स ¸वमत्र न ˙दन प ˙त, वनर ल , प ्रस द
एह वदनकर
a. सुकमत्रानंदन पंत -भारत माता

Page 278

275 b. कनराालाा एवााोां प्रसााद - स नाोाेह कनझ गर बह राोा याोाा हाो` और कहमाोााकद्र
ताोाुाोांरा शाोांरा से

Page 279

276 c. कदनकर - हुंकार


घटक 3: आध ¸वनक वि ˙द क व ्य- न र ् ज ¸गन, अज ्ञ ेर ्, एह
शमश ेर बि द ¸ र वस ˙ि
a. नाोााराोा ाोााज ा ो ा ुगन -रहाा उनकाोाे बाोा च माो ` ाोां
b. अजा ञाोाेय-कलराोा ाोा बाोााजराोाे क
c. शमशेर बहादुर कसंह - बात बोलेर ाोा

म ड ्य ˛ल II : नई कवह त और उसक े उपर ˙त (2 Credits)
घटक 4: आध ¸वनक वि ˙द क व ्य—म ¸क ्तह ब ध, ध ˛वमल एह क े
द रन थ वस ˙ि
a) मुखक्तबोध - मुझे कदम कदम पर
b) .धाो कमल-ककस साोाा ए जनताोांत्र
c) काोाे दाोाारनाथ कसाोांह-शा त लहराोा माोाेाोां एक बाो वााोाे
आदमाोा काोा प्रााथगना
घटक 5: आध ¸वनक वि ˙द क व ्य- ज्ञ न े ˙द ् रपवत, क त्य र ्न
एह अन वमक
a) ज ञाानाेांद्रपकत --नद
b) कात्यायन - सात भाइयों के ब च चंपा
c) अनााकमकाा- द धखयााां
घटक 6: आध ¸वनक वि ˙द क व ्य- म ˙र ्ल ेश डबर ल, अर ¸ण कमल
एह क ˙ ¸ ह र न र र ्ण

a) मंलेश डबराल - घर का रास्ता :
b) अरुण कमल - नए इलाक े में
c) क ुं वार नारायण - घर रहेंर ाोाे

मा डा याो ल III : अाोांतराोा गत माो ला ाोाााोांकन. ( 2 Credits )

क्रम
संख्या कवावारण अंक

Page 280

277 1 काोााय ग/प रकलाोा प साोाेमाोाेस टा र काोाे प्रता याोाेक
मा डा याो ल साोाे 2*10 20
2 साेमाेस्टर मा ां एक कनयत काल न कक्षाा परा क्षा 15
3 साेमाेस्टर माेां कवाषय सांबांधा एक कनबांध 5

Page 281

278 काु ल याोरा 40

काोााय ग/प रकलाोा प (Any 2)
1) माोांराोा लाोाेश डबराोााल काोा ककवाताा माोाेाोां जा वान
काोाे साोांघष ग काोाो स पष्ट काोा कजएI
2) ककसाोा भ एक प रकतकनकध ककवाताा काोा अथ ग एवााोां भााषाोाा शाो`लाोा
काोा ि याोााख याा काोा कजएI
3) भारताोाेाोांदाोाु एवााोां कदा वावााोाेदाोा याोाुरा काोा
ककतपय वकशाोाेषतााओाोां काोाा कवाशा लाोाेषण काोा कजए।
4) कवाचाोाार काोा उत्काोाृ ष टताा और कल पनाा काोाे वााो`वभ काोा दाृकष ट साोाे
नदाोा काोा आता मकथा
1500 शब दाोाोाोां पर कलखखएI
5) आधाोाुकनक काोााल काोा काोााव्य धाोाारााओाोां काोाे
साोांदभ ग माोाेाोां ककसाोा एक ककवाताा काोाा
भावाबाोाोध कवासा ताोाारपाो वा गक समझााइएI

स ˙दभ ग स वि त्यग ्र ˙थ:-
साोांदभ ग पाोाुसा तक: कहन्दा सााकहत्य काोाा इकतहाोाास, साोांपाादक :
डाोा . नराोा ाोाेाोांदा र, मयाो र बाोाुक स,
दररयाोााराोा ाोांज, नई कदल्ला पाोांत, अजा ञाोाेय, शमशाोाेर
बहाादाोाु र कसाोांह, माोाुखतबाोाोध, धाो कमल,
माोांराोा लाोाेश डबरााल, अराुण कमल, काोााता यायनाोा , अनाोााकमकाोाा
काोा ककवातााएाोां ककवाताा काोाोश
http://kavitakosh.org/ पर उपलब्ध
ज्ञाानाेांद्रपकत का ककवाता- मध यकाल न एवाां आधाुकनक काि य, कहन दा अध ययन मांडल, वाााण
प रकाशन, नईकदल ला कनराालाा एवाां प्रसााद - काव्य साोपाान, सांपाादक, सत य प्रकााश कमश र,
लाोकभाारता प्रकााशन, इलााहााबााद
नाोााराोा ाोााज ाोाुगन
काोा प रकतकनकध ककवातााएाोाोाा
कदलाोा लाोा साोांपाादक : नाामवार कसाोांह, रााजकमल
प रकाोााशन,नई
प्रकतकनकध ककवातााएां , काे दाारनााथ कसांह, रााजकमल

Page 282

279
प्रकााशन, कदल ला प रकतकनकध ककवातााएां , काुां वार
नााराायण , रााजकमल प रकााशन, कदल ला
https://www.aajtak.in/literature/poems/story/manglesh -dabral -poems
https://www.kailasheducation.com/2020/10/bhartendu -yug-ki-visheshta.html
https://en.bharatdiscovery.org/india/कदा वावााोाे दाोा _याोाु रा
अनााकमकाा का ककवाताा स तरा य शब दााांकन bing.com/videos

Page 283

280
SEMESTER: IV
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: Marathi (Ancillary Major)
COURSE NAME : मर ठ स वि त्य
प्रह ि ˙च अभ्य स

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks
अध्यनन उवद्दष्ट े
१) कवाकवाध सााकहता य प रवाााहाोाााोांचा पररचय कवादा ाोााथा ा ाोाा गनाा करा न
दाोाे णाोा े
२) सााकहत्य प्रवाााहााांचा रचनाा वा `कशष्टा ट याे तसाेच कालखांड समजाावा न सााांणाे
३) सााकहत्य प रवाााह आकण समााज यााांचाे परस्पर सांबध उलडा णाे.
४) कवाकवाध प रवाााहाता ल सााकहत यकारााांच याा सााकहत यकवाषयक योदााा नााांचा ओळख करून
दाेणाे.
५) सााकहत्य प्रवाााहााता ल बदलााांचाा माारा ाोाोवााा घाेणाे.

अध्यर ्न वनष ्पह :
हाोाा अभ याासक रम पाो ण ग काोाे ला ाोाावार कवादा ाोााथा
१) कवादा ाोााथा ा ाोाा गनाा सााकहत्यप रवाााहाोााचाोाे स पष्टा करण दाोाे ताोाो.
२) कवाकवाध सााकहत यााप्रवाााहााचा रचनाावा `कशष्टा ट याे आकण परां पराा स्पष्ट करताो.
३) काादां बरा सााकहत यााचा ि यााकमश्रताा कवाषद करताो.

म डर ् ˛ल I : स वि त्य प्रह ि ˙च अभ ्य स (2 Credits)
घटक १ : मर ठ त ल स वि त्य प्रह ि – स `द ् ˙वतक वह च र
अ) साकहत्य प रवाााह – सांकल्पनाा
स्वरुपब) सााकहत्य प्रवाााह रचनाा
वा `कशष्टा ट याे
क) मरााठ ताोा ल सााकहता य प्रवााोााहाोाा ाोाााोा च पराोां पराा

Page 284

281 घटक २ : स वि त्य प्रह ि आवण क लख ˙ड
अ) कवाकशष्ट काालखण्ड आकण सााकहत्य प रवाााह परस पर
प्रभाावाााांचााअभ याासब)) सााकहत्य प रवाााह आकण कवाकशष्ट
कवाचाारसरणा यााांचाे नााताे

Page 285

282 क) सााकहत्य प रवाााहााता ल बदलत याा जा वान जााकणवाााांचाे कचत रण
घटक ३ : प्रम ¸ख स वि त्य प ्रह ि च अभ ्य स
अ) ग्राम ण साकहत्य वप्राह ब)
िाोाो ा वाााद
सााकहत्य प्रवाााह क)
दकलत सााकहत्य प रवाााह
म डर ् ˛ ल II : स वि त्य हप्र ि ह र आध ररत स वि त्य क˛ त च अभ्य स. (2 Credits)
घटक ४ : कवह त स ˙ि ि - प कप ण – इ ˙द ् रज त भ ल ेर ह
अ) या ककवाताासांग्रहााचाा राुपबांध
ब) याा ककवाताासांग रहााचा
लाेखनश `ल कवाशाेष क) याोाा
ककवाताासाोांग रहााताोा त
ाोा ल कनसराोा ग वाण गन
घटक ५: कवह त स ˙ ि ि - र ् धड – ह ि रू स न ह ण े
अ) रा ाोाोधड ककवाताा सांग्रहााचा कााव्य
लाेखनश `ला वा `कशष्टा ट याे ब) रा ाोाोधड
ककवाताा सांग रहााता ल आकदवााासा जा वान
कचत्रण क) रा ाोाोधड ककवाताा सांग रहााता ल
कवाद्राोहााचाे स्वरुप
घटक ६ : कवह त स वि त्य प्रक र
आवण ह चक अ) ककवाताा
सााकहत्य प्रकाार आकण वाााचकााचाा प्रकतसाादब)
कााव्य आकण कवाकशष्टा ट्य कवाचाारसरणा
क) ककवाताेत न व्यक्त हाोणाा-याा कवाकवाध जा वान जााकणवााा

 म डर ् ˛ल III – अ ˙तर ् गत म ˛ल्यम पन (2 Credits)

अ.क्र. स्वरू
प र
ाो

Page 286

283 ाु

१ प रत याेकमा डय ल मध न ककमाान दोनवार प रकल पलाे खन
२x१० २०
२ अाोांतराोा गतचाचणाोा परा क षाा १५
३ स्वाध्याय / कनबंध ०५
एक ण

ाो
ाु ण ४०

Page 287

284 ख ल लप `क क णत्य ि द न क ˛ त प ˛ण ग कर .
१) सााकहत यााचाे कवाकवाध प्रवाााह थाोडक याात कलहाा.

Page 288

285 २) आकदवााास वा प्राादाोाेकशक ह याोाा
दाोाोन सााकहता य प रवाााहाताोा ल
दाोाोनकलाोााकाोाृ ताोा च
३) साकहत यााप रवाााहाचाा वाााचकावार हाोणााराा
पररणााम कवाशद कराा . ाोाे पररक षण कराा.
४) मरााठ ताोा ल दकलत, िाोाोा वााादाोा सााकहता य प्रवाााहााचाोा ठळक
वााो`कशष टा याोाेकवाशद कराा.
५) ताोाुमा हाोा अभ याासलाोाेला ाोाा सााकहत्य प रवाााहाच याोाा आधाोााराोाे
कदसाो न याोाेणााराोाे समाोााज दश गन स पष्ट कराोाा.

स ˙दभ ग ग ्र ˙थ :
१ आकदवााासा मरााठा सााकहत्य - एक अभ याास : डा .ज ञाानाेश िर वाााल हाेकर
२ आकदवााासा समााजााचाे समााजशाािाो : डा . प रदा प आलााा वााे
३ ग्राामा ण सााकहत य: प्रवाााह आकण पररखस थता : डा . वााामन जााधवा
४ दा कलत ककवाताेता ल नवााे प रवाााह – महाेांद्र भवाराे
५ ग्राम ण साकहत्य : स्वरुप आकण शोध – ड . नाना थ कोतापल्ले
६ ग्रामा णताा सााकहत्य आकण वााास तवा : आनांद यावद
७ साकहत यााचाोा कनकमगता प रकका रयाोाा - आनाोांद याादवा
८ मरााठाोा लघाोाु काोाादाोांबरा – राुपबाोांध आकण अाोांतराोां रा
– डाोा मदन काोाु लकणाोा ,कवाजय प्रकाोाा. पाोाुणाोा े

Page 289

286 SEMESTER: IV
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE : URDU (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: URDU PROSE & ITS TWO IMPORTANT FORMS

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks


LEARNING OBJECTIVES
1. To develop an understanding about the fanni khususiyat and history of Maktoob
Nigari
2. To develop an understanding about the fanni khususiyat of Ghalib and Sir Sayyed
Ahmed Khan's Maktoob Nigari
3. To develop an understanding about the fanni khususiyat and history of Safarnama
Nigari
4. To develop an understanding about the fanni khususiyat of Mujtaba Husain and
Sughra Mehdi's Safarnama Nigari


LEARNING OUTCOMES
By the end of the course the student will be able to
1. explain the fanni khususiyat and history of Maktoob Nigari
2. analyse the fanni khususiyat of Ghalib and Sir Sayyed Ahmed Khan's Maktoob Nigari
3. explore the fanni khususiyat and history of Safarnama Nigari
4. compare the fanni khususiyat of Mujtaba Husain and Sughra Mehdi's Safarnama Nigari

Module 1: Urdu Maktoob Nigari & Two Maktoob Nigar. (2 credits)
Unit I : Art of Maktoob Nigari
a) Maktoob Nigari - Meaning & Fanni Khususiyat
b) Urdu Makateeb – Literary and Historical Importance
c) Urdu Maktoob Nigari – History


Unit II : Mirza Asadullah Khan Ghalib
a) Life
b) Art of Maktoob Nigari
c) Seven Selected Makateeb

Page 290

287 Unit III : Sir Sayyed Ahmed Khan
a) Life
b) Art of Maktoob Nigari
c) Seven Selected Makateeb


Module 2: Urdu Safarnama & Two Safarnama Nigar. ( 2 credits)


Unit IV : Art of Safarnama Nigari
a) Safarnama Nigari - Meaning & Fanni Khususiyat
b) Urdu Safarnamae - Literary and Historical Importance
c) Urdu mein Safarnama Nigari - History


Unit V : Mujtaba Husain
a) Life
b) Art of Safrnama Nigari
c) Four Selected Chapters From Japan Chalo Japan Chalo


Unit VI: Sughra Mehdi
a) Life
b) Art of Safrnama Nigari
c) Two Selected Safarname


MODULE III – INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1 Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Task/ Assignment (Any two)
1) Urdu safarnama nigari ka tafseeli jayeza lijiye
2) Safarnama k fun par roushni daliye

Page 291

288 3) Safarname ki mukhtalif iqsaam bayan kijiye
4) Sughra Mehdi ke halaat e zindagi bayan kijiye
5) Mujtaba Husain ke sawanehi kawaif tahreer kijiye


References
 Urdu safarnaey ki mukhtasar tareekh by Mirza Hamid Baig
 Urdu safarnamon ka tanqeedi mutalea by professor Khalid Mehmood
 Lali chaudhari ke safarname by Dr.Rafiya Saleem
 Sair kar duniya ki ghafil by Sughra Mehdi
 Intekhab e nazm o nasr by kitabdar
 Mujtaba Husain ke safarname by Hasan Chishti
 Japan chalo Japan chalo by Mujtaba Husain
 Urdu maktoob nigari by Shadab Tabassum
 Ghalib ke khutoot by Khaliq Anjum
 Sir sayyed aur un ke karnamey by noorul Hasan Naqvi

Page 292

289 SEMESTER IV
Part III
CORE COURSE : GUJARATI (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: TRANSLATED LITERATURE AND JOURNALISTIC
LITERATURE
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks


LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. To enrich the knowledge of literature from different parts of the country and world
2. To critically analyze the unique features of the literature created by authors and poets
3. To develop the capacity to identify the culture of respective countries or regions based
on the literature created.

LEARNING OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, student will be able to:
1. Compare the unique features of the literature created by authors and poets
2. Compare the cultural differences in different region through respective literature.
3. Identify the culture of respective countries or regions based on the literature created.

MODULE I: UNDERSTANDING THE ART OF TRANSLATION OF LITERARY
WORK (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Criteria of an effective translation ( critical evaluation with reference to any text in
other language and its translation in Gujarati. )
a) Need and significance of translation of the literature
b) Clarity, precision, and style: Readability and comprehension, Reader -friendly style
c) Retaining originality: an undisturbed reflection of the culture of the original text,
Emotionality, and message of the author, Impact of words and terms used,
Grammatical rules, illustrations, a perspective of the author, unbiased attitude,

Unit 2: Review of the Selected Gujarati literature translated in other languages
(considering the criteria given in Unit 1)
a) Prose forms ‘Wings of Fire’ By, A P J Kalam translated by Harsh Dholakia,
‘Aganpankh’
b) Poetic literature ‘Gitanjali by Ravindranath Tagore translated by Mavji K Savla.

Page 293

290 c) Folk literature : Review of World famous folk stories fro 75 countries Part 1 -5 by
Hasmukh Raval
Unit 3 Developing the skill of translation
a) Comprehension: Paraphrasing (writing in own words)any one story from Ashok
Sinh Tank” Short stories titled, ‘Swapna’ considering the criteria of translating given
in Unit 1
b) Translation (Prose): Translating Sudha Murty’s Short stories, ‘wise and Otherwise’
in Gujarati using the criteria of translating
c) Translation (Poem): Critical comparison of the phrases and grammar used in
Gujarati with the translated version to reflect upon the criteria of translation of the
Umashankar Joshi’s Poem, ‘Bhomia Vina’ translated by Taralika Trivedi

MODULE II: JOURNALISTIC LITERATURE (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Journalistic Text:
a) Meaning, type, Characteristics of Journalistic text
b) History of Gujarati Journalism
c) Styles of Journalistic text-( Informative, Opinion and mixed texts),


Unit 5: Gujarati Print and digital media:
a) Meaning and Types of print media
b) Forms and characteristics of digital media
c) comparative analysis of Print and digital media


Unit 6: Famous Gujarati journalist Kanti Bhatt and his contribution to journalistic
text.
a) Critical review of different texts authored by Kanti Bhatt (Style, themes, pattern etc..)
b) Kanti Bhatt’s creation and reflection on the Contemporary social and cultural tradition
c) Identifying Unique feature as a contribution to the development of Journalistic text in
Gujarati

MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks

Page 294

291 1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given Semester 15
3 One Essay test held in the given Semester 05
Total 40

Task/ Assignment (Any two)
1. Study a few famous comic books translated into Gujarati and write a reflective report on
the positive and negative points that are generally found in translated versions
2. List the phrases and words of expressions used in the Gujarati literature which are
translated into other languages and critically analyse the precision of meaning and emotive
feelings.
3. Read the editorial in the newsp aper in the language that you are familiar with other than
Gujarati and translate it into Gujarati and present the reflective paper in the class justifying
the use of the rules of grammar in the translation.
4. Identify the types of Journalistic texts in the Gujarati literature and make a table of the
comparison between the types in the context of their unique features.
5. Design a newsletter of your college and write an editorial assuming you are an editor and
present via multimedia.
OR
6. Write a script of a newsreader on the digital news channel based on current affairs and role
play in the class.

References
 History of Gujarati literature by Mansukhlal Zaveri, Sahitya Academy New
Delhi
 History of Gujarati literature by Dhirubhai Thakkar
 https://www.amazon.in/Books -DHIRUBHAI -
THAKAR/s?rh=n%3A976389031%2Cp_27%3ADHIRUBHAI+THAKAR


Weblinks
 https://eriksen.com/general/translation -quality -accuracy -tips/
 https://esflanguageservice.com/en/services/translations/types -of-
translationsnslations/literary -translation/

Page 295

292  www.matrubharti.com › stories › Gujarati
 https:/ /www.dhoomkharidi.com/git anjali-detail
 https:/ /www .matrubharti.com/book/re ad/content/19925236/svapna
 https:/ /dlscrib.com/download/wise -and-otherwise -paperback -sudha -
murty_587b92106454a7b56a35c090_pdf
 https://www.poemhunter.com/poem/without -guide -translation -of-the-poem -bhomiya -
vina-by-famous -gujarati -poet-umashankar -joshi/
Module II
 https://crgsoft.com/journalistic -texts -types -examples -and-characteristics/
 https://www.peoi.org/Courses/Coursesen/mass/mass5.html
 https://web.archive.org/web/20141013054039/ http://pressinstitute.in/history -of-
gujarati -journalism/
 http://pressinstitute.in/history -of-gujarati -journalism/
 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_people_from_Gujarat

Page 296

293 SEMESTER: IV
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE : GERMAN (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME : GERMAN LANGUAGE 4 (B1)

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks : 100

Note: Language proficiency of A2 level as per the Common European Reference Framework
is necessary for this course. Candidates should have completed (passed) A2 at Max Mueller
Bhavan / Goethe Institut / equivalent course at University of Mumbai / any other university /
any other qualification equivalent to A2.

LEARNING OBJECTIVES :

1. To understand language learning skills of reading, listening, understanding, speaking and
writing skills at the intermediate level. (CEFR B1)
2. To develop language learning skills of reading, listening, understanding, speaking and
writing skills at the intermediate level. (CEFR B1)
3. To comprehend language structures at the intermediate level.
4. To develop competencies for application of language structure
LEARNING OUTCOMES:

By the end of the course the student will be able to

1. Apply language learning skills of reading, listening, understanding, speaking and
writing skills at the intermediate level. (CEFR B1)
2. Analyze language structures at the intermediate level.
3. Construct and answer more complex questions pertaining to areas of interest, feelings,
desires or events from one’s life and one’s surroundings.
4. Practice of German language structures, their application in authentic situations
5. Respond to daily life situations in German.
MODULE I: DIE WELT UM MICH! (2 credits)

Page 297

294 Unit 1 – Beziehungskisten

a. Sprachhandlungen
einen Forumsbericht verstehen | zeitliche Abfolgen verstehen und ausdrücken | einen
Chat verstehen | über Konflikte sprechen | einen Kommentar zum Thema Streiten
schreiben | Konfliktgespräche führen | kurzen Texten Informationen zuordnen |
Prominente vorstellen | über Fabeln sprechen | einen Text lebendig vorlesen
b. Wortschatz
Männer | Frauen | Familie | Konflikte
Aussprache Intonation bei Modalpartikeln
Landeskunde
Berühmte Paare
Der Film Frauen als Erfolgsrezept
c. Grammatik
Plusquamperfekt | temporale Nebensätze: bevor, nachdem, seit, …


Unit 2 - Von Kopf bis Fuß


a. Sprachhandlungen
Hilfe anbieten, annehmen, ablehnen | jemanden warnen | über Gewohnheiten sprechen
| einen Infotext verstehen | einem Zeitungsartikel Informationen entnehmen | über
Musik und Gefühle sprechen | eine Diskussion im Radio verstehen | über Gedächtnis
sprechen | Infos in einem Zeitungstext fi nden | über Schule sprechen
b. Wortschatz
Gesundheit | Krankenhaus | Musik | Schule
Aussprache Satzmelodie bei Aussagen, Fragen und Aufforderungen
Landeskunde Regeln im Krankenhaus | Alternative Schulformen
Der Film Leben in einer modernen Welt – Multitasking
c. Grammatik
Reflexivpronomen im Akkusativ + Dativ | nicht/kein/nur + brauchen + zu | zweiteilige
Konnektoren

Unit 3 – Kunststücke
a. Sprachhandlungen

Page 298

295 einen Zeitungsbericht und Inserate verstehen | Personen oder Dinge genauer
beschreiben | Hauptinformationen in Zeitungstexten fi nden | etwas verneinen | über
Bilder sprechen | Aussagen verstärken/ abschwächen | ein Interview mit einem
Regisseur verstehen | über Filme sprechen | ein Volkslied verstehen und darüber
sprechen.
b. Wortschatz Kunst | Theater | Museum | Film
Aussprache Vokal am Wortanfang (Knacklaut) Landeskunde
Kunst in Innsbruck | Regisseur Arne Birkenstock | Volkslieder
Der Film Sound of Heimat (Trailer)
c. Grammatik Adjektivdeklination ohne Artikel | Stellung von nicht im Satz

MODULE II: DIE WELT DER ZUKUNFT (2 credits)

Unit 4 Sprachhandlungen
a. Texte über soziales Engagement verstehen und darüber sprechen | Vorgänge
beschreiben | einen Zeitungsartikel verstehen | Projekte und Vorgänge beschreiben |
über Projekte sprechen | Informationen über die EU verstehen | eine kurze Präsentation
halten.
b. Wortschatz
Gesellschaftliche Werte | Europa | Politik
Aussprache
Satzmelodie: Kontrastakzente in oder-Fragen
Landeskunde
Soziales Engagement | Mini -München | Europäische Union
Der Film Was ist ein Simultanübersetzer?
c. Grammatik
Passiv Präsens, Präteritum und Perfekt | Passiv mit Modalverben | Präposition mit
Genitiv: innerhalb, außerhalb

Unit 5 - Vom Leben in Städten
a. Sprachhandlungen Forumskommentare verstehen | über Stadt/Land sprechen |
wichtige Informationen verstehen | einen Bericht schreiben | Meinungen über
Städterankings verstehen | eine Stadt beschreiben | ein Rankingergebnis vorstellen |

Page 299

296 einen Text über eine Besonderheit von Köln verstehen | verschiedenen Empfängern
schreiben | Stadtattraktionen beschreiben
b. Wortschatz
Stadt | Verkehr
Aussprache
Texte vorlesen: Satzzeichen helfen
Landeskunde
Leipzig | Büdchen in Köln
Der Film Salzburg
c. Grammatik
Artikelwörter als Pronomen: einer, keiner, meiner, … | Adjektive als Substantive |
Relativpronomen was und wo

Unit 6 - Geld regiert die Welt
a. Sprachhandlungen Informationen in einem Werbetext fi nden | Gespräche in der
Bank verstehen und führen | Hinweise verstehen | Argumente verstehen | Meinungen
erkennen und äußern | Personen, Dinge, Situationen näher beschreiben | über
Verhalten diskutieren | eine Gewissensfrage schreiben | einen informativen Text
verstehen | über etwas berichten

b. WortschatzBank und Geld | Globalisierung
Aussprache
Wortakzent in zusammengesetzten Substantiven
Landeskunde
Fuggerei in Augsburg Der Film So erkennt man … Falschgeld


c. Grammatik
Sätze mit je … desto | Partizip II als Adjektiv | Partizip I als Adjektiv

Page 300

297 MODULE 3 : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)
No Assessment Marks
1 Project work from every module of the semester 2*10 20
2 Class test 15
3 Subject related assignment 1 05
Total marks 40

TASKS/ASSIGNMENT (Any two)
1. Listening Comprehension
(Best score of two tests)
2. Mini Project or Group Work
3. Test
(Best score of two tests)
4. Oral Examination
Reference Books:

- Aufderstraße, Hartmut, u.a. : Lagune 3. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Kursbuch und
Arbeitsbuch. Ismaning: Max Hueber Verlag 2013

- Braun -Podeschwa, Julia, u.a. : Menschen B1. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Kursbuch.
Ismaning: Hueber 2019

- Funk, Herman, u.a.: Studio d - Grundstufe: B1. Gesamtband - Kurs - und Übungsbuch mit
Audio -CD. Berlin / New Delhi: Cornelsen / Goyal Saab 2017

Any other textbook for B1.1 / B1 level proficiency (corresponding to the topics in the syllabus)
may be used as a reference book.

Websites:

https://einstufungstests.klett -sprachen.de/eks/uebungen -netzwerk -b1/

Page 301

298 SEMESTER: IV
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: HISTORY AND CIVICS (SCHOOL SUBJECT)
COURSE NAME: INTRODUCTION TO INDIAN ARCHAEOLOGY


Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100


LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. To introduce the students to the basics of archaeology.
2. To understand the definitions of basic concepts in archaeology.
3. To understand the basic techniques involved in archaeology.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
At the end of the Course the student will be able to
explain ancient Indian history with reference to archaeology
1. give reasons why archaeology plays a very important role in understanding ancient
history.
2. Explore the ideas of ancient sites and human landscapes in a much more meaningful
manner.



MODULE I: BASICS OF ARCHAEOLOGY (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Introduction to Archaeology
(a) Definition, Aims and Development of Archaeology in India
(b) Field Archaeology: Exploration and Excavation
(c) Dating methods and interpretation of archaeological sources

Unit 2: Stone Age of India
(a) Paleolithic Age
(b) Mesolithic Age
(c) Neolithic Age

Page 302

299 Unit 3: Early settlements of India
(a) Chalcolithic Age
(b) Indus Valley Civilization - Mehergarh, Lothal, Kalibangan, Rakhigari ,Dholavira,
Diamabad,
(c) Megalithic Age

MODULE II : EARLY HISTORIC PERIOD ( 2 credits)
Unit 4: Early Historic Period
(a) Iron Age of India
(b) PGW
(c) NBPW
Unit 5 – Epigraphy
(a) Definition and History of Indian Epigraphy
(b) Types of Inscriptions and their significance
(c) Evolution of Brahmi and Kharosthi Scripts; Edicts of Ashoka
Unit 6: Numismatics
(a) Definition, History & Significance of Indian Numismatics
(b) Punch -Marked, Greeks, Shakas, Kushanas
(c) Satavahana, Western Kshatrapas and Gupta Coins


MODULE III INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 credits)

No Assessment Marks
1 Project work from every module of the semester 2*10 20
2 Class test 15
3 subject related assignment 1 05
Total marks 40

Page 303

300 Task/ assignment (Any two)
1. Make a diagram of different types of Excavation
2. Make a chart of different types of Gupta Coins
3. Prepare an assignment on Comparative study of PGW and NBPW.
4. Write Review on Hisorical Film
 References:
1. Chopra, P.N., Puri B.N, Das M.N, Pradhan A.C, A Comprehensive History of Modern
India, Sterling Publishers 2003.
2. Allachin, F.R. and Norman K.R., Guide to the Ashokan Inscriptions, South Asian
Studies, Vol-I: 1985.
3. Altekar A. S, Coinage of the Gupta Empire, Numismatic Society of India, Varanasi,
1957.
4. Altekar A.S., Catalogue of Coins of the Gupta Empire, Varanasi, Numismatic Society
of India, 1937. Bhattacharya D K, An outline of Indian Prehistory, Palaka Prakashan,
New Delhi, 1991.
5. Burgess Jas Report on the Buddhist Cave Temples and their Inscriptions,
Archaeological Survey of Western India, (Vol-IV), London, 1883.
6. Chakrabarti, Dilip K, India - An Archaeological History: Paleolithic Beginnings to
Early History Foundation, Oxford University Press, 2010 (Fourth Edition)
7. Chakraborti Haripada, Early Brahmi Records in India, Sanskrit Pustak Bhandar,
Calcutta, 1974.
8. Chakraborty, S K, A Study of Ancient Indian Numismatics, Mymensingh, 1931.
9. Cumming John (Ed), Revealing India‟s Past, The India Society, London, 1939.
10. Cunningham Alexander, Inscriptions of Ashoka, Corpus Inscriptinum Indicarum,
Vol-I, 1877.
11. Dani, A. H, Indian Paleography, Munshiram Manoharlal, New Delhi, 1986.
12. Datta, Mala, A Study of the Satavahana Coinage, Harman Publishing House, Delhi,
1990.
13. Dhavalikar M K, First Farmers of the Deccan, Ravish Publishers, Pune, 1990.
Dhavalikar, M K, Indian Proto History, Books and Books, New Delhi, 1997.
14. Dhavalikar, M K, Aryans Myth and Archaeology, Munshiram Manoharlal 2007.
15. Drewett Peter, Field Archaeology: An Introduction, UCL Press, London, 1999.

Page 304

301 16. Gai G S, Introduction to Indian Epigraphy, Central Institute of Indian Languages,
Mysore, 1986.
17. Gardener P, The Coinage of the Greek and Scythic Kings of Bactria and India in
British Museum, 1986.
18. Ghosh A (Ed), Archaeological Remains, Monuments and Museums, Govt of India,
New Delhi, 1964.
19. Gokhale Shobhana, Kanheri Inscriptions, Deccan College Post Graduate and
Research Institute, Pune, 1991.
20. Goyal S R, Indigenous Coins of Early India, Kusumanjali Prakashan, Jodhpur, 1994.
21. Gupta P L and Sarojini Kulashreshtha, Kushana Coins and History, DK Publishers,
New Delhi, 1993.
22. Gupta, S P and Ramchandran, K S, The origin of Brahmi Script, DK Publications,
Delhi, 1979.
23. Handa Devendra, Tribal Coins of Ancient India, Aryan Books International, New
Delhi, 1997.
24. Jain V K, Prehistory and Protohistory of India: An Appraisal - Palaeolithic, Non -
Harappan, Chalcolithic Cultures, D.K. Printworld, Delhi, 2006.
25. Jha, Amiteshwar and Dilip Rajgor, Studies in the Coinage of Western Kshatrapas,
Indian Institute of Research in Numismatic Studies, Anjaneri, 1994.
26. Konow Sten, Kharoshthi Inscriptions, Corpus Inscriptinum Indicarum, vol -II-I,
(Reprint) 1991.
27. Lahiri Nayanjyot, Ashoka in Ancient India, Harvard University Press, 2015. Lüders
Heinrich, Mathura Inscriptions,Vandenhoeck and Ruprecht, Göttingen, 1961.
28. Majumdar Basu Sushmita, The Mauryas in Karnataka, Mahabodhi Book Agency,
Kolkata, 2016.
29. Mirashi V. V., The History and Inscriptions of the Satavahanas and the Western
Kshatrapas, Maharashtra State Board for Literature and Culture, Bombay, 1981.
30. Murthy Sathya K, Textbook of Indian Epigraphy, Low Price Publications, Delhi,
1992.
31. Nagaraju S., Buddhist Architecture of Western India, Agam Kala Prakashan, Delhi,
1981.
32. Paddayya, K, The New Archaeology and Aftermath, Ravish Publishers, Pune, 1990.
33. Piggot Stuart, Approach to Archaeology, Adams and Charles Black, London, 1959.

Page 305

302 34. Rajgor, Dilip, Punch -Marked Coins of Early Historic India, Reesha Books,
International, 2001.
35. Ramesh K.V, Indian Epigraphy, Vol I, Sundeep Prakashan, New Delhi, 1984.
36. Rapson, E J, Catalogue of Coins of Andhra Dynasty, Western Kshatrapas etc., British
Museum, London, 1908.
37. Renfrew Colin and Bahn Paul, Archaeology : Theories, Methods and Practice,
Thames and Hudson, London, 1991.
38. Salatore R N, Early Indian economic History, Popular Prakashan, 1993.
39. Sankalia, H D, Prehistory and Protohistory of India and Pakistan, Deccan College,
Pune,1974.
40. Singh Upinder, A History of Ancient and Early Medieval India, Pearson Longman,
New Delhi, 2008.
41. Sircar D C, Studies in Indian Coins, Motilal Banarasidas, Delhi, 1968. Sircar D C,
Studies in Indian Coins, Motilal Banarsidass, Delhi, 1968.
42. Sircar DC, Indian Epigraphy, Motilal Banarasidas, Delhi, 1965
43. Soloman Richard, Indian Epigraphy: A Guide to the Study of Inscriptions in Sanskrit,
Prakrit and other Indo Aryan Languages, Oxford University Press, 1998.
44. Thapar Romila, Ashoka and the Decline of the Mauryas, Oxford India Perennials,
(Third Edition), 2012.
45. Thosar H S, Historical Geography of Maharashtra and Goa, Epigraphical Society of
India, Mysore, 2004.
46. Woolley Leonard, Digging up the Past, Penguin Books, Middlesex, 1952.


a. Books in Marathi:
47. Deo S B, Maharashtracha Itihas, Pragaeitihasik Maharashtra, Khanda -I, Maharashtra
Rajya Sahitya ani Samaskruti Mandal, Mumbai, 2002.
48. Deo S B, Puratatva Vidya, Continental Prakashan, Mumbai, 2008 (second edition)
49. Dhavalikar M K, Aryanchya Shodhat, Rajahansa Prakashan, Pune, 2008.
50. Dhavalikar M K, Bharatachi Kulakatha, Rajahansa Prakashan, Pune, 2017. Dhavalikar
M K, Kone Eke Kali Sindhu Samskruti, Rajahansa Prakashan, Pune, 2006.
51. Dhavalikar M K ,Maharashtrachi Kulakatha, Rajahansa Prakashan, Pune, 2008.
52. Dhavalikar M K, Prachin Bharatiya Nanakashastra, Continental Prakashan, Mumbai,
2013.

Page 306

303 53. Dhavalikar M K, Puratatva Vidya, Maharashtra Rajya Sahitya ani Samaskruti Mandal,
Mumbai, 1980.
54. Dhopate S G, Quest in Indian Numismatics, Satavahana Charitable Trust, Badalapur,
2014. Ed.
55. Pathak Arunchandra, Itihas: PrachinKal (Khanda -I) Maharashtra Rajya Gazetteer,
Darshanika Vibhag, 2010.
56. Gokhale Shobhana, Bharatiya Lekhavidya (translation of Indian Epigraphy by D C
Sircar), Continental Publication, Pune, 2010.
57. Gokhale Shobhana, Purabhilekhavidya, Continental Prakashan, Pune, 1975.
58. Gokhale Shobhana, Prachin Bharatiya Itihasachi Sadhane, Tilak Maharashtra
Vidyapith, Pune, 2008.
59. Kolte V B, Maharashtratil Kahi Tamrapatva Shilalekh, Maharashtra Rajya Sahitya ani
Samaskruti Mandal, Mumbai, 1987.
60. Mirashi V V, Satavahan Ani Pashchimi Kshatrap Yancha Itihas, Maharashtra Rajya
Sahitya ani Samaskruti Mandal, Mumbai, 1979.
61. Ojha Gaurishankar, Prachin Bharatiya Lipimala, Munshiram Manoharlal, Delhi, 1971.
62. Patil Ashutosh, Pashchimi Kshatrapanchi Nani, Merven Technologies, Pune, 2017.
63. Rairikar Kalpana and Bhalerao Manjiri, Maharashtrachya Itihasache Sakshidar,
Diamond publication, Pune, 2009.
64. Sankalia H. D. and Mate M S, Maharashtratil Puratatva, Maharashtra Rajya Sahitya ani
Samaskruti Mandal, Mumbai,1976.
65. Thapar Romila, Ashok Ani Maruyancha Hras, Maharashtra Rajya Sahitya ani
Samaskruti Mandal, Mumbai, 1988.
66. Tulpule S G, Prachin Marathi Koriv Lekh, Pune Vidyapith Prakashan, 196

Page 307

304 SEMESTER: IV
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: GEOGRAPHY (SCHOOL SUBJECT)
COURSE NAME: AGRICULTURAL GEOGRAPHY AND GEOGRAPHY OF
TOURISM AND RECREATION



Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100

LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. To develop an overall understanding about agricultural geography.
2. To study and understand the distribution of various types of farming, major crops and agro-
climatic regions in India.
3. To study the trends in Indian agriculture.
4. To develop an overall understanding about the geography of tourism and recreation.
5. To study the impact of tourism development on society, culture, economy and environment .
6. To study and understand the tourism policy and potential for tourism development in India
and in Maharashtra state.

LEARNING OUTCOMES:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Explain agricultural geography.
2. Explain types of farming, major crops and agro-climatic regions in India.
3. Describe trends in Indian agriculture and geography of tourism and recreation.
4. Identify the impact of tourism development on society, culture, economy and environment.
5. Summarize tourism policy and potential for tourism development in India and in
Maharashtra state.




MODULE I: AGRICULTURAL GEOGRAPHY (2 Credits)


Unit 1: Introduction to Agricultural Geography

Page 308

305 a) Definition, nature and scope of agricultural geography.
b) Approaches: regional approach, systematic approach, commodity approach, recent
approaches.
c) Factors influencing agriculture in India.


Unit 2: Introduction to Indian Agriculture.
a) Types of farming in India.
b) Major crops of India.
c) Agro - climatic regions of India.


Unit 3: Trends in Indian agriculture.
a) Components and Impact of Green Revolution technology on Indian agriculture.
b) Need for sustainable agriculture in India.
c) Poly house agriculture, Agro processing in India and Agro forestry.


MODULE II: GEOGRAPHY OF TOURISM AND RECREATION (2 Credits)


Unit 4: Introduction to Geography of Tourism and Recreation.
a) Definition, Nature and Scope of Geography of Tourism.
b) Historical trends in tourism development.
c) Geographical, Economic, Socio -cultural and political factors affecting tourism
development.

Unit 5: Types and Impact of Tourism .
a) Types of Tourism.
b) Recent trends in tourism development.
c) Positive and Negative impacts of tourism on society, culture, economy and
environment.

Unit 6: Tourism Policy and Potential for Tourism Development.
a) Tourism policy of India and Maharashtra.
b) Potentials for development of agro tourism, adventure tourism, heritage tourism,
medical tourism in India and Maharashtra.
c) Role of IATA, ITDC and MTDC in tourism development.

Page 309

306

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No. Particulars Marks
1. Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3. One Essay held in the given semester 05
Total: 40

Task/ Assignment (Any two)
1. Interpretation/ question - answer on thematic maps related to agriculture of India
2. (NATMO and other)
3. Drawing of Statistical Diagrams and Graphs using data related to agricultural geography:
Simple line graphs, multiple line, simple bar, compound bar and band graph.
4. Interpretation/ question - answer on thematic maps related to geography of tourism
5. (NATMO and other)
6. Draw and interpret flow maps based on data related to geography of tourism.


References:
 Bansil, B. C. (1975): ‘Agricultural Problems of India’, Delhi.
 Bayliss Smith, T.P. (1987): The Ecology of Agricultural Systems. Cambridge University
Press, London.
 Berry, B.J.L. et. al.(1976) : The Geography of Economic Systems. Prentice Hall, New
York.
 Gregor, H.P.: Geography of Agriculture. Prentice Hall, New York, 1970.
 Grigg, D. (1984): ‘An Introduction to Agricultural Geography’, Hutchinson Publication,
London.
 Grigg, D.B.(1974) : The Agricultural Systems of the World. Cambridge University Press,
New York.
 Hartshorn, T.N. and Alexander, J.W. (1988): Economic Geography. Prentice Hall, New
Delhi.
 Morgan W.B. and Norton, R.J.C. (1971): Agricultural Geography. Mathuen, London,.

Page 310

307  Morgan, W. B. and Munton, R. J. C. (1977): ‘Agricultural Geography’ Methuen, London.
 Morgan, W.B.(1978): Agriculture in the Third World - A Spatial Analysis. Westview
Press, Boulde.
 Sauer, C. O. (1952): ‘Agricultural Origins and Dispersals’, American Geographical Journal
 Sauer, C.O.(1969): Agricultural Origins and Dispersals. M.I.T. Press, Mass, U.S.A.
 Singh J.(1997): Agricultural Development in South Asia: A Comparative A Study in the
Green Revolution Experiences, national Books Organization, New Delhi.
 Singh, J. and Dhillon, S. S. (1984): ‘Agricultural Geography’, McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
 Singh, J. and Dhillon, S.S. (1988), “Agricultural Geography”, 2nd edition, Tata McGraw -
Hill, NewDelhi.
 Symons, L. (1972): ‘Agricultural Geography’, Bell and Sons, London.
 Tarrant, J.R. (1974): Agricultural Geography, Problems in Modern Geography Series, John
Wiley and Sons. Page 2 of 3.
 The Hindu (2006): Survey of Indian Agriculture 2006. New Delhi.
 Wigley, G. (1981), Tropical Agriculture: The Development of Production, 4th edition,
Arnold, London.
 Anand M.M., Tourism & Hotel Industry in India, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
 Bhatia A.K., Tourism Development, Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
 Geetanjali, Tourism Geography, Centrum press publishers, New Delhi.
 T.K. Sathyadev, P. Manjunath - Tourism Planning, Pacific books Internationals, Delhi.
 Gharpure, Vitthal (2010): Tourism Geography, Pimplapure Publishers, Nagpur.

Page 311

308 SEMESTER: IV
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: ECONOMICS (SCHOOL SUBJECTS)
COURSE NAME: MACROECONOMICS – II

LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
a. To introduce students to IS-LM analysis.
b. To provide an understanding of commercial and central banking.
c. To introduce students to economics of insurance.
d. To familiarise students with money and capital markets.


LEARNING OUTCOMES:
At the end of the Course the student will be able to
1. Use IS-LM analysis to evaluate the effects of monetary and fiscal policy.
2. Acquaint with the working of commercial and central banks.
3. Investigate the developments in the field of Insurance.
4. Examine the working and limitations of the money and capital markets.


MODULE I: POST -KEYNESIAN ECONOMICS. (2 credits)


Unit 1: Goods Market 20
a) Concept and Derivation of IS Curve
b) Slope and Shifts of IS Curve
c) Effectiveness of Fiscal Policy using diagrams


Unit 2: Money Market
a) Concept and Derivation of LM Curve
b) Slope and Shifts of LM Curve
c) Effectiveness of Monetary Policy using diagrams


Unit 3: Equilibrium in Goods Market and Money Market
a) Simultaneous Equilibrium
b) Changes in Equilibrium due to Changes in IS Curve

Page 312

309 c) Changes in Equilibrium due to Changes in LM Curve



MODULE II: BANKING, INSURANCE AND FINANCIAL SECTOR. ( 2 credits)


Unit 4; Commercial and Central Banks
a) Meaning and Functions of Commercial Banks
b) Multiple Credit Creation - Limitations
c) Central Bank Functions


Unit 5 : Insurance


a) Definition of Insurance, Characteristics of Insurance, Principles of Insurance
b) Functions of Insurance, Classification of Insurance, Limitations of Insurance.
c) Developments and Regulation in the Field of Insurance in India – IRDA, LIC, GIC.


Unit 6 : Financial Sector
a) Money Market –Meaning and Functions - Instruments –Structure - Limitations of
Indian Money Market
b) Capital Market – Meaning and Functions – Instruments – Structure - Limitations.
c) SEBI


MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given Semester 15
3 One Essay test held in the given Semester 05
Total 40



Task/ Assignment (Any two)
(Written / PPT Presentation / Seminar)

Page 313

310 (i) Using diagrams discuss the effectiveness of fiscal policy
(ii) Using diagrams discuss the effectiveness of monetary policy
(iii) Write an essay on central bank functions
(iv) Evolution of the insurance sector in India
(v) Educational visit to one of the financial institutions RBI / BSE /NSE and write a
report.

References:
1. Ahuja. H.L. (2019): Macroeconomics – Theory and Policy (LPSPE), 20 th Edition. S.
Chand Publishing.
2. D. N. Dwivedi, (2018): Macroeconomics: Theory and Policy, 5 th Edition Mc Graw
Hill Education.
3. Jhingan, M. L. (2019): Macro Economic Theory, 13 th Edition, Vrinda Publications
Private Limited.
4. N. Gregory Mankiw (2015): Principles of Macroeconomics, 7 th Edition, Cengage
Learning India.
5. Rudiger Dornbusch, Stanley Fischer & Richard Startz, (2018): Macroeconomics, 12
th
Edition, Mc Graw Hill Education.
6. Samuelson, P. A., Nordhaus, W.D. and Chaudhuri, S. (2021): Macroeconomics, 20 th
Edition, Mc Graw Hill Education.

Page 314

311 SEMESTER: IV
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS(SCHOOL
SUBJECT)
COURSE NAME: DESCRIPTIVE STATISTICS



LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. To develop an understanding of the topic.
2. To develop mathematical logical reasoning while learning the topic.
3. To apply the knowledge of the learnt topic in a given situation.
4. To develop an understanding of the theorems based on the topic.
5. To analyse mathematical patterns involved in the topic.
6. To analyse the interconnection between the topics.
7. To examine accuracy of the given solution of the problems based on the topic.
8. To reflect on the utility of the learnt concept.
9. To develop an appreciation of the topic in terms of its utility.


LEARNING OUTCOMES:
By the end of the Course the student will be able to
1. acquire mathematical skills while learning the topic.
2. acquire mathematical modelling skill by using the topic.
3. solve day to day problems which can be modelled using the topic.
4. explain the practical activities based on the topic.
5. create recreational products using the topic.
6. suggest different solutions for a given problem based on the topic.


MODULE I: DATA TYPES AND DATA CONDENSATION (2 Credits)
Unit 1 - Basic terminology
a) Population and sample; parameters and statistics.
b) Stages of a statistical survey; types of sampling – random sampling and non -random
sampling.

Page 315

312 c) Scales of measurement; primary and secondary sources of data; types of data.


Unit 2 -Tabulation of Univariate data, bivariate data and qualitative data
a) Tabulation of quantitative data - ungrouped, grouped discrete and continuous
frequency distribution, relative, percentage and cumulative frequencies.
b) Bivariate frequency distribution - marginal and conditional frequencies.
c) Qualitative Data – dichotomous classification (2 & 3 attributes); verification for
consistency; association of attributes (qualitative characteristic).

Unit 3 – Practicals
a) Ungrouped Frequency distribution
b) Grouped frequency distribution
c) Bivariate frequency distribution
Dichotomous classification – 2 attributes
Dichotomous classification – 3 attributes
Association of attributes

MODULE II: GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION AND MEASURES OF CENTRAL
TENDENCY ( 2 Credits)


Unit 4 - Graphs and Diagrams -
a) Merits, demerits and applications of graphs;
b) XY graph, stem and leaf; frequency curve(polygon); histogram; cumulative frequency
graph;
c) Difference of graphs and diagrams; bar diagrams; pie diagrams


Unit 5 - Measures of Central Tendency
a) Requirements of good measure of central tendency;
b) Location averages: median, mode; partition averages; quartiles, deciles, percentiles,
c) Mathematical averages – arithmetic mean and properties, merits and demerits,
combined mean, weighted mean, geometric mean, harmonic mean, empirical relation
between mean, median and mode.

Unit 6 – Practicals

Page 316

313 a) Graphs of different data distributions
b) Diagrams
c) Location averages (graphical and formula methods)
d) Mean of different data distributions
e) Combined mean, weighted mean, geometric mean, harmonic mean
f) Applications of measures of central tendency


MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 credits)

Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40


Task/ Assignment (Any two)

(i) Assessment of Practical components will be based on Unit 3 of Module I and Unit 6 of
(ii) Maximum marks for assessment of Practical components is 20 marks.
(iii) Assessment of Practical component
Journal
Viva -voce
Practical


References:
1. Agarwal B.L.: Basic Statistics, New Age International Ltd.
2. Goon A.M. , Gupta M.K., Dasgupta B. : Fundamentals of Statistics, Volume II: The
World Press Private Limited, Calcutta
3. Kothari C.R. : Research Methodology: Wiley Eastern Limited.
4. Master Maths: Solving Word Problems. Brita Immergut. Cengage Learning PTR. 2009
5. Spiegel M.R. : Theory and Problems of Statistics, Schaum’s Publns series, Tata Mc -Graw
Hill

Page 317

314 6. Smarter Integral Calculus for JEE Main, Advanced, KVPY & Olympiads. Gajendra
Kumar. Disha Publication; First edition. 2020
7. Statistics and Probability in High School. Carmen Batanero & Manfred Borovcnik.
SensePublishers. 2016
8. Statistics Made Simple for School Leaders: Data -Driven Decision Making. Susan
Rovezzi Carroll,& David J. Carroll.R&L Education, 2002
9. The mathematics that Every Secondary School Teacher Needs to Know. Alan Sultan &
Alice F. Artzt. Routledge. 2011

Page 318

315
SEMESTER IV
PART III
CORE COURSE: PSYCHOLOGY (JUNIOR COLLEGE SUBJECT)
COURSE NAME : SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY


LEARNING OBJECTIVES
1. To develop an understanding of the meaning and scope of Social Psychology.
2. To develop an understanding of the concept of Schemas.
3. To develop an understanding about the Effects of Group on Social behavior.

LEARNING OUTCOMES
By the end of the course the student will be able to
1. explain the meaning and scope of Social Psychology.
2. explain the concept like Schemas, social perception etc.
3. discuss the effects of group on Social Behavior.


MODULE 1: UNDERSTANDING SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY ( 2 Credits)


Unit 1: Introduction to Social Psychology
a) Meaning, Nature & Scope of social psychology
b) The Origin and Development of Social Psychology
c) The role of Theory in Social Psychology.


Unit 2: Social cognition
a) Schemas and its Impact on Social Cognition
b) Heuristics and Social Cognition
c) The nature and origin of stereotyping


Unit 3: Social perception
a) Meaning, Definition of Social perception
b) Non Verbal Communication and Body Language
c) Kelley’s theory of Attribution

Page 319

316

MODULE II: GROUP BEHAVIOUR (2 credits)
Unit 4: Social Influence
a) Meaning and definition of Social Influence
b) Factors affecting Conformity
c) Principles of Compliance


Unit 5: Aggression
a) Nature and Meaning of Aggression
b) Causes of Human Aggression
c) Some (3) effective Techniques of Controlling Aggression


Unit 6: Leadership
a) Meaning and features of a Leader
b) Leadership Types (Lewin)
c) Characteristics of Transformational Leadership



MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given Semester 15
3 One Essay test held in the given Semester 05
Total 40

Task/ Assignment (Any two)
1) A presentation on ‘Gender Stereotypes in the society’ and write a report of your
presentation.
2) Observe in your friend group and write about ‘Language of Expression and
Gestures’
3) Write an Essay on ‘I am as a transformational Leader’

Page 320

317 4) Take an Interview of a leader of a school or College and write a report on the steps
leader has taken to deal with Aggressive students.
5) Explain the contribution of Albert Bandura in the field of Social Psychology.


References:
 Baron, R.A. & Branscombe, N. (2016). Social Psychology. Pearson Publication

 Branscombe, N., Baron, R.A. & Kapur, P. (2017). Social Psychology. Pearson
Publication

Page 321

318
SEMESTER IV
PART III
CORE COURSE: PHILOSOPHY (JUNIOR COLLEGE SUBJECT
COURSE NAME : WESTERN PHILOSOPHY - FROM THE GREEKS TO
MEDIEVAL SCHOLASTICISM
LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. To familiarize with major thinkers in Greek and medieval times.
2. To elucidate how epistemology and metaphysics evolved in response to varying views
during the period.
3. Explain and analyze key issues and philosophical positions during the period.


LEARNING OUTCOMES:
By the end of the course, student will be able to:
1. Explain the early Greek Philosophy
2. Analyze the similarities and differences between Plato’s and Aristotle’s Philosophy
3. Investigate the Hellenistic Philosophy of Reality and Meaning of Life
4. Explore Neo-Platonism and early Medieval philosophy
5. Analyse Later Medieval Philosophy



MODULE I: EARLY & CLASSICAL GREEK PHILOSOPHY ( 2 credits)

Unit 1: Early Greek Philosophy
(a) Sophist Philosophy: Protagoras: man as the measure of all things - radical relativism
(b) Problem of Change: Parmenides’ One
(c) Problem of Change: Heraclitus’ flux

Unit 2 Classical Greek Philosophy: Plato
(a) Plato's idealism: theory of ideas/forms
(b) Plato: theory of knowledge
(c) Plato’s theory of soul

Page 322

319 Unit 3: Classical Greek Philosophy: Aristotle
(a) Aristotle’s Hylemorphism (the matter –form theory)
(b) Aristotle's theory of causation; theory of potentiality and actuality
(c) Aristotle’s account of love and friendship

MODULE II: HELLENISTIC, NEO -PLATONIC & MEDIEVAL WESTERN PHILOSOPHY (2
Credits)
Unit 4: Hellenistic Philosophy
(a) Stoic view on Reality and meaning of life: Epictetus
(b) Epicurean Perspective on Reality and meaning of life: Epicurus
(c) Achieving tranquility as ultimate goal of philosophical research: Sextus Empiricus.

Unit 5: Neo-Platonism & the Early Medieval philosophy
(a) Neo-Platonism: Plotinus: three hypostases (or underlying states or substances), the
"One", the "Nous" and the "Soul"
(b) Augustine: theory of knowledge(illumination)
(c) Boethius: Consolation of Philosophy

Unit 6: Later Medieval Philosophy
(a) Peter Abelard : Relationship between reason and faith
(b) Averroes: Philosophy cannot contradict revelation
(c) Aquinas's concepts of faith and reason




Sr. No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given Semester 15
3 One Essay test held in the given Semester 05
Total 40

Page 323

320
Task/ Assignment (Any two)
1. Record an enactment of Plato’s Allegory of the Cave to depict Plato’s theory of
Knowledge.
2. Compare and contrast the exposition of causality by Aristotle and modern science.
3. Elucidate Aristotle’s view on true friendship.
4. Open Book Assignment : Epicurean Perspective on Reality and meaning of life
5. Critically analyse Augustine’s theory of knowledge(illumination)


Reference :
Annas, Julia. Ancient Philosophy: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford University Press, 2000)
Augustine (354 -430). The Essential Augustine. Edited by Vernon J. Bourke. Hackett
Publishing Company, 1964 -74. ISBN: 0-915144 -07-7. $12.95 Saints Shoppe.
Barnes, Jonathan. Early Greek Philosophy,(Penguin; Revised edition 2002)
Boethius (480-524). Consolation of Philosophy. Revised Edition. Translated by Victor Watts.
Penguin, 1999. ISBN 978 -0-14-044780 -4. $12.00 (used), Saints Shoppe.
D.J. O’Connor Critical History of Western Philosophy Free Press, 1985
Elrouayheb K, SChmi dtke S, Oxford handbook of Islamic Philosophy, Oxford University
Press, 2017
Frederick Copleston A History of Philosophy (volumes 1, 2, 3) Image 1993
G. S. Kirk and J. E. Raven. The Pre -Socratic Philosophers. (Cambridge University Press,
1957)
Grube, G. M. Plato’s Thought (London: Methuen, 1935)
Guthrie, W. K. C. 1962, 1965, 1969, A History of Greek Philosophy, Vols. I, II, and III, IV,
V, VI (Cambridge University Press. 1962, 1965, 1969)
Jones, W.T. A History of Western Philosophy: The Medieval Mind (Harcourt, Brace and
World, Inc. 1969)
Joseph W. Koterski An Introduction to Medieval Philosophy: Basic Concepts. Wiley -
Blackwell, 2009. ISBN: 978 -1-4051 -0678 -8 $43.95 (new; used 25.50) at the Saint’s Shoppe.
Kenny, Anthony, A Brief History of Western Philosophy, Oxford:Blackwell Publishing,1981.
Osborne, Catherine. 2004 Pre -Socratic Philosophy: A Very Short Introduction (Oxford
University Press 2004)

Page 324

321 Peter Abelard (1079 -1142). The Story of my Misfortunes. Translated by Henry Adams
Bellows. N.p, N.d.
Rogers, Arthur Kenyon, A Student’s History of Philosophy, New York: The Macmillan
Company, 3rd edition, 1971.
Russell, Bertrand, A History of Western Philosophy, London: Routledge, 2000.
Stace, W.T. A Critical History of Greek Philosophy (Macmillan, 1985, 1992)
Stumpf, S.E. & Fieser, J. Philosophy: History and Problems. McGraw -Hill, 1971.
T C Roy, A Companion Guide to Western Philosophy: From the Greeks to the Scholastics,
Anushka Publications, Mumbai, 2019.
Thomas Aquinas (1225 -1274). Thomas Aquinas Basic Philosophical Writings, Edited and
Translated by Stephen Baldner. Broadview Press,2019. ISBN:978 -1-554813 -72-8.
Walsh, Martin. A History of Philosophy. London: Geoffrey Chapman, 1985.


Websites:
Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy. https://www.iep.utm.edu/
• Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy. https://plato.stanford.edu/

Page 325

322 SEMESTER: IV
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: SOCIOLOGY (JUNIOR COLLEGE SUBJECT
COURSE NAME : CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN INDIAN SOCIETY

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks


LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. To familiarize with the population related issues and concerns in contemporary
society.
2. To analyze the emerging contemporary issues in Indian society.
3. To sensitize on the emerging issues of Inequality in the context of Globalization.

LEARNING OUTCOMES:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Examine the major issues and concerns due to changing population patterns.
2. Analyse the emerging environmental and health related issues
3. Explore the different social issues and concerns in contemporary Indian Society
4. Defend one’s own views critiquing the emerging social inequalities in society.

MODULE I: CHANGING POPULATION PATTERNS - ISSUES AND CONCERNS
(2 Credits)


Unit 1: Demographic Studies
a) Demography: Meaning, Nature, Scope and Significance
b) Fertility, Mortality and Nuptiality: Concept and Factors
c) Declining Sex Ratio: Causes and Measures


Unit 2: Ageing: Issues and Concerns
a) An Overview of Ageing: Demography of Indian Ageing ,2001 -2051
b) Ageing as a contemporary global issue across socio cultural contexts - Characteristics
of Ageing in India
c) National Policy on Senior Citizens 2011

Page 326

323 Unit 3: Health: Issues and Challenges
a) Health: Meaning and definition, Operationalizing human rights in public health and
its Challenges
b) The Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016, Features and Critique of the Act
c) Social Epidemiology : Significant concepts in the field of social epidemiology


MODULE II: EMERGING ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY SOCIETY (2 Credits)


Unit 4: Environmental issues and concerns
a) Carbon Footprints: Concept
b) Sustainable development
c) Robbing of Soil


Unit 5: Migration: Issues and Concerns
a) Migration: Definition, Meaning Characteristics & Types
b) Migrant Labour : Problems and Concerns
c) Patterns of Migration: Case Study on Mumbai


Unit 6: Globalization and Reproduction of Inequality
a) The Reproduction of Inequality: Occupation, Caste and Family
b) Land Displacement: Forest Rights Act 2006 and its impact on the tribal community
c) Economic Liberalization and Adverse Social Inclusion of Poor


MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given Semester 15
3 One Essay test held in the given Semester 05
Total 40

Page 327

324
Task/ Assignment (Any two)

1. Evaluate the National Policy for Senior Citizens 2011.
2. Critically analyses the migrant workers problems in India during the Covid -19
pandemic.
3. Write a note on reproduction of inequality on the basis of caste in the post
liberalization economy.
4. Apply Carbon Calculator to find your Carbon Footprints and explain the measures
you will take to reduce your Carbon Footprints along with suggestions.
5. Open book assignment on The Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016,
Features and Critique of the Act


Reference :
Abhishek Gupta, et.al. (2014). Home away from Home: Quality of Life, Assessment of
Facilities and Reason for Settlement in Old Age Homes of Lucknow, Indiaet.al.2014. Indian
journal of Community Medicine, 26 :2 —
Asha Bhende, Tara Kanitkar (2014). Principles of Population. Himalaya Publishing House.
Mumbai
Bhagat, R. Jones, G. (2013). Population Change and Migration in Mumbai Metropolitan
Region: Implications for Planning and Governance. Asia Research Institute. National
University of Singapore.
Bhagat, R.B., M. Guha, and A. Chattopadhyay, A. (2006) Mumbai after 26/7 deluge: issues
and concerns in urban planning, Population and Environment, 27(4), pp. 337349.
Chakraborti, Rajgopal D. (2004). The Greying of India Population Ageing in the context of
Asia. Sage publications. New Delhi
CS Nishvitha, An overview of Rights of Persons with Disabilities Act, 2016 .
Dandekar, K. (1996). The Elderly in India. Sage Publications
David Mose (2018) , Caste and Development : Contemporary Perspectives on Structure of
Discrimination and Advantage.
Deshpande Sudha (2007), Declining Sex Ratio in India: Why are the girls missing?

Page 328

325 Gaurav Bhatnagar, 2016, Disability Activist Slam Regressive Clause in New Act That
Allows Discrimination.
GOI, (1969), National Commission on labour, Govt.Press, Government of India, New Delhi.
GOI, (1931), Report of the Royal Commission on Labour in India, Central publication
branch, Calcutta,
Govt. of India: Maintenance and Welfare of Parents and Senior Citizens Act 2007 .
Heggade Odeyar. D (1998), International Labour Standards and India, The Case of Women
Labour, The Indian journal of Labour Economics, Vol.41.No.4, 1998.
Irudaya Rajan,Sankara Sarma, Udaya Mishra (2003),Demography of Indian Aging, 2001 -
2051.
Irudhaya Rajan, S. (2000). Home Away from Home: A survey of old age homes and inmates
in Kerala. Retrieved from www.researchgate.net
James Meadowcraft (2022), Forms of Sustainability
Kaori Honjo (2004) : Social Epidemology: Definition, History, Research Examples
Leena Gaunoli, Ravi Duggal,Abhay Shukla(ed)2005; Review of Health care in India.Cehat
Pub.
Macionis, John 2012. Sociology.14th edition. Pearson
Mies, M., & Shiva, V. (1993). Ecofeminism. Halifax, N.S: Fernwood Publications.
Nath, G.B. (1998), Linking International Labour Standards with trade implications for India,
The Indian Journal of Labour Economics, Vol. 41, No.4.
Noelle Selin , Carbon Footprint : Ecology and Conservation
Phoebe S. Leibig, S. Irudaya Rajan. (2005). An Aging India: Perspectives, Prospects and
Policies. Rawat Publications.
Raj, H. (1998). Population Studies. Surjeet Publication. Delhi.
Ramamurti , Jamuna D. (Ed) (2004). Handbook of Indian Gerontology. Serial Publications .
Schaeffer Richard T,Lamm Robert P, Sociology, 6th edition, Tata McGraw Hill 1999.
Subas Mohapatra, Society and Culture in India: A Reader, Published by Social Science Press
( Chapter : 8,11 & 12)
Syam Prasad,Deprivation and Vulnerability among elderly in India(2013)
Victor, Christina. (2005). The Social Context of Ageing. Routledge.
WHO. The Right to Health.


Websites:
https:/ /www.constitutionofindia.net/blogs/public_he alth_in_indian_constitutional_history

Page 329

326 https:/ /www.nci.nlm.nih.gov/pm c/articles/PMC6293343/
https://science.thewire.in/health/public -health -nrglect -india -coronavi rus-governement -
responsibility/

Page 330

327
SEMESTER: IV
Part III: Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: POLITICAL SCIENCE (JUNIOR COLLEGE SUBJECT)
COURSE NAME : FUNDAMENTALS OF THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks


LEARNING OBJECTIVES
1. Comprehend the rich philosophy behind the Constitution of India.
2. Familiarise with various important Constituent Assembly debates
3. Understand the concepts of fundamental rights, Fundamental Duties and Directive
Principles of State Policy.
4. Summarise the role of Judiciary as custodian of the Indian Constitution.


LEARNING OUTCOMES:
By the end of the course the student will be able to
1. Identify the sources and influences on the making of the Constitution of India.
2. Appreciate the nuanced debates and the background of various constitutional
provisions
3. Critically evaluate the impact of fundamental rights, Fundamental Duties, Directive
Principles of State Policy on the lives of people in India.
4. Associate key constitutional provisions and amendments derived from judicial
pronouncements.

MODULE I: MAKING OF THE CONSTITUTION OF INDIA (2 credits)
Unit 1 : Historical context - Pre-independence period
a) Government of India Act, 1858
b) Morely Minto Reforms of 1909
c) Montague - Chelmsford reforms of 1919

Page 331

328 Unit 2 : Formation of the Constituent Assembly
a) Government of India Act, 1935
b) Constituent Assembly: formation & membership
c) Constituent Assembly: main debates (Reservation, Uniform Civil Code & Federalism)


Unit 3 : Philosophy of the Constitution of India
a) Main ideological influences on constitutional provisions - Socialist, Gandhian, Liberal
b) Salient features of the Constitution of India
c) Preamble to the Constitution of India


MODULE II : IMPORTANT PROVISIONS OF THE INDIAN CONSTITUTION
(2 credits)


Unit 4 : Fundamental Rights
a) Provisions in Part III
b) Features and types
c) Relevant amendments & judicial pronouncements - 44th Amendment Act, 86th
Amendment Act & Right to Privacy under Article 21.

Unit 5 : Directive Principles of State Policy
a) Provisions in Part IV
b) Influences, types, features
c) Clash with Fundamental Rights


Unit 6 :Fundamental Duties
a) Provisions in Part IV (A)
b) Introduction, Influence and Relevance
c) Clash between Fundamental Duties and state authority

Page 332

329 MODULE III - INTERNAL ASSESSMENT. ( 2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given Semester 15
3 One Essay test held in the given Semester 05
Total 40




Task/ Assignment (Any two)
1. Group discussion - Equality, Right to freedom, Caste System, etc.
2. Film/ Documentary review, Street play, Poster Making and presentations
3. Case studies on Landmark Judgments to protect Fundamental Rights
a) Essay on - Influence of Universal Declaration of Human Rights on Indian
Constitutional provisions, Freedom in public space & Religious Freedom - France and
India - a comparative perspective, Implications of suspension of Fundamental Rights
during Emergency in India.
4. Maintain a political diary on topics relating to the Freedom of expression, Freedom of
religion, Equality and dignity of the individual. (refer case studies from newspapers).
5. Group activity - MOCK Constituent Assembly and draft an ideal constitution
6. Make a collage on the theme of the Constitution.
7. Survey on awareness regarding Fundamental Rights (In Campus, in respective
housing societies of students).

References:


Basu, D.D (2005), An Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi, Prentice Hall
Kashyap, Subhash C. 2010. Indian Constitution: Conflicts and Controversies. N. Delhi:
Vitasta Publishing Pvt. Ltd.
Laxmikanth M. (2016) Indian Polity for Civil Services Examinations, New Delhi: Tata
McGraw Hills

Page 333

330 Rajeev Bhargava. (2008). Eds. Politics and Ethics of the Indian Constitution. New Delhi ;
Oxford ; New York :Oxford University Press

Bakshi, PM. (2010) The Constitution of India, New Delhi, India : Universal Law Pub.


M. V. Pylee's (2017) India's Constitution, S. Chand Publishing


De, Rohit. (2018) A People's Constitution: The Everyday Life of Law in the Indian Republic
(Histories of Economic Life.) Princeton, N.J., Princeton University Press

Austin, G. (1999) Working a democratic constitution : the Indian experience, New Delhi ;
New York : Oxford University Press

M.P. Jain (2003) Indian Constitutional Law, Wadhwa

Page 334

331





























SEMESTER V

Page 335

332 SEMESTER V
PART III: CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
COURSE NAME: GANDHISM
Credits : 6
Total Marks : 100


Learning Objectives
 To introduce Gandhian thought as an academic discipline and a subject to be studied
 To explore the economic, social, and political thought of Gandhian thoughts
 To examine the relevance of the Gandhian thought to present time

Learning Outcomes
By the end of this course, the students will be able to
1. Explain the basis of Gandhian thoughts
2. Analyse the philosophical basis of Gandhian thoughts
3. Explain the influence of different sources on Gandhian thinking
4. Articulate the significance of Gandhian basic ideologies
5. Examine the relevance of Gandhian philosophy in today’s world.
6. Elaborate the influence of Gandhian thoughts on social reformers.
7. Explain the importance of Economic self-reliance and Gandhian Thought.
8. Examine the impact of Gandhian Thought and Social Ideologies
9. Appreciate the relevance of Political thought of Gandhian in today’s times


MODULE 1 : MAKING OF GANDHISM (2 Credits)
Unit 1 : Basis of Gandhian Thoughts
a. Life of Gandhi.( Education, Work at South Africa)
b. Western influence on Gandhian thoughts (wrt Tolstoy & Ruskin)
c. Indian influence on Gandhian thoughts: (Sarvadharma Samabhav)
Unit 2 : Philosophical Basis of Gandhism
a. Gandhian basic ideologies Satya (Truth), and Sarvodaya
b. Influence of Philosophical thoughts like idealism, naturalism and pragmatism
c. Development of Wardha Scheme of Basic Education
Unit 3 : Influence of Gandhian Thoughts

Page 336

333 a. Bhoodan Movement - Vinoba Bhave
b. Movement against Racism - Nelson Mandela & Martin Luther King
c. Peace & Non- violence -Dalai Lama


MODULE III : GANDHIAN ECONOMIC SOCIAL AND POLITICAL IDEOLOGIES (2
Credits)
Unit 4 : Gandhism - Economic Ideologies
a. Swadeshi and Self Reliance & Trusteeship
b. Charkha as an instrument of self-sufficiency
c. Impact on Make in India of Gandhian Economic Ideas
Unit 5 : Gandhism – Social Ideologies
a. Untouchability, Child marriage & Gender discrimination
b. Social Engineering and Constructive Program
c. Rural Reconstruction
Unit 6 : Gandhism – Political Ideologies
a. Ahimsa (Non -violence) and Satyagraha for Political Empowerment
b. Gram Swaraj and Its relevance
c. Gandhi and Human Rights and Equality






MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 credits)

Sr No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 05
4 Total 40

Task/Assignment (Any Two)
 Review the film of Lage Raho Munnabhai for Gandhian Philosophy
 Case Study of Anand Niketan

Page 337

334  Concept Map of Gandhian Philosophy and its Impact on Today’s Swatch Bharat Abhiyan
and other schemes
 Critical Evaluation of Gandhian Political Ideas. (Special reference to Ambedkar’s
thoughts)
 Book Review – My Experiments with Truth
 Theory of Resistance and Gandhian Passive Resistance – A critique
 Script a street play on Gandhian ideas of peace and non-violence in today’s times
 Essay on – Gandhi – The Leader of Masses
 Book Review -Waiting for the Mahatma by R K Narayan
 Creating a Socially Useful Productive Work (SUPW)
 Document a visit to Gandhian Museum/Educational Institutions/Khadi Institutes
 Documentary/ short film on Rural Setting

References
 R. K. Prabhu and U.R. Rao (ed.), The Mind of Mahatma(Encylopedia of Gandhi’s
Thoughts: Navjivan Trust, Ahmedabad, 1960.
 Gandhi’s Philosophy And The Quest For harmony By Anthony J.parel: Cambridge
University Press, C/o Cambridge University Press India Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi 110002
 Bhave, Vinoba. SwarajSastra. Akhil Bharat Sarva -Seva -Sangh Pub., 1955.
 Dalton, Dennis. Mahatma Gandhi: Nonviolent power in action. Columbia University
Press, 2012.
 Fischer, Louis. The essential Gandhi: his life, work, and ideas: an anthology.Random
House Inc, 1962.
 Fox, Richard Gabriel. Gandhian utopia: Experiments with culture. Boston,
 MA: Beacon Press, 1989.
 Gangal, Anurag."The Gandhian concept of Human security and peace.” 2007.
 Gangurde,K.D. “Gandhi’s Autobigraphy: Moral Lessons’’, Gandhi Smriti and
DarshanSamiti, New Delhi.
 Gandhi, Mahatma. Towards new education. Ed. BharatanKumarappa.Ahmedabad:
Navajivan Publishing House, 1953.
 Gandhi, Mahatma. Village swaraj. Ahmedabad: Navajivan Publishing House,1963.
 Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. Village industries. Ahmedabad: Navajivan Publishing
House, 1960.

Page 338

335  Gandhi, M. K., and Jitendra T. Desai."Ruskin: Unto This Last." A Paraphrase,
translated from the Gujarati by Valji Desai (Ahmedabad: Navajivan, 1989) (1956).
 Gandhi, Mohandas Karamchand. Trusteeship. Navajivan Publishing House, 1960.
 Ghosh, B. N. Gandhian political economy: Principles, practice and policy.Ashgate
Publishing, Ltd., 2007.
 Guha, Ramachandra. India after Gandhi: The history of the world's largest democracy. Pan
Macmillan, 2011.
 Kelkar, Ravindra. "MK Gandhi on Trusteeship."Published by Jitendra T.
 Desai NavajivanMudranalaya, Ahmedabad, India. Retrieved on June 14 (1960): 1914.
 Kumarappa, Joseph Cornelius, and Joseph Chelladurai Cornelius. Gandhian economic
thought. Bombay (Mumbai): Vora, 1951.
 Nazareth, P.A. “Gandhian perspective on International Security”, Center of Advanced
Strategic Studies, 2013.
 Pandey, Janardan. Gandhi and 21st century.No. 12. Concept Publishing Company, 1998.
 Parekh, Bhikhu, Gandhi: a very short introduction, Oxford University Press,2001.
 Scalmer, Sean. Gandhi in the West: The Mahatma and the rise of radical protest.
Cambridge University Press, 2011.
 S. K. Joseph & B. Mahodaya (Eds.), “Continuing Relevance of Swadeshi”. Maharashtra:
Institute Of Gandhian Studies.
 “Success stories of Panchayati Raj” compiled by Sunita Sharma and Sharbani Das Gupta,
Indian Environmental Society, 2007.
 Varma, Ravindra. "Gandhi’s theory of trusteeship: An essay in understanding."
Contextualizing Gandhian thought: Essays in honor of and by
 RavindraVarma. Wardha: Institute of Gandhian Studies. Retrieved October 16 (2012):
2014.

Page 339

336





Credit : 6 SEMESTER V
PART – II PERSPECTIVE IN EDUCATION
MASS COMMUNICATION
Total Marks : 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To understand the concept of Mass Communication
2. To comprehend the historical perspective and evolution of the Mass Media
3. To gain analytical ability and critical skills while considering media texts and
representations in the media
4. To be sensitized to the varied issues and dimensions of the media
5. To gain legal insight into the issues of censorship and freedom of expression
6. To develop an inclusive mindset with respect to media content and outreach


Learning Outcomes:
1. An understanding of the concept of Mass Communication and varied forms of the
Mass Media
2. Comprehension of historical perspective and evolution of the Mass Media
3. An engagement with critical analysis of media texts and representations in the media
4. Sensitization to varied issues and dimensions of the media
5. Legal understanding and knowledge of Press laws, Constitutional articles and
censorship
6. An inclusive outlook with respect to media content and its outreach




MODULE I: UNDERSTANDING MASS COMMUNICATION – MEANING, OF THE
CONCEPT, HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT AND THEORIES (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Mass Communication:
a) Concept of Mass Communication - Definitions, meaning, Nature of Mass
Communication, Relevance and Purpose of Mass Communication

Page 340

337 b) Different forms of the Mass Media (Newspapers, Radio, Television, Internet, Digital
Media, Social Media)
c) Freedom of the Press and Censorship of the Media
Unit 2 : Evolution of the Mass Media:
a) Historical Development of the various forms of the Mass Media from the 19th
Century to the Millenium
b) Changes seen in the content of the Mass Media (Radio, Television, Films,
Online Streaming Platforms or OTT)
c) Media Audiences: Evolution of the Audience, Changes in Opinion formation of
audiences
Unit 3: Theories
a) Uses and Gratification Theory
b) McCombs and Shaw’s Agenda Setting Theory
c) Herman and Chomsky’s Propaganda Model


Module II: DIMENSIONS OF THE MASS MEDIA (2 Credits)
Unit 4 : Issues of the Mass Media
a) Globalisation and First World media dominance
b) Infotainment
c) Technology and Access
Unit 5 : Femminist Perspectives
a) The Prohibition of the Indecent Representation of Women Act
b) Positive and Negative Media representations of women
c) Agency of Women
Unit 6 : Mass Media and Social Media
a) WhatsApp and Fake News
b) Twitter and Celebrity Culture
c) Social Media and Activism




MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 credits)

Sr No. Particulars Marks

Page 341

338 1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 05
4 Total 40

Task/ Assignments: ( Any Two )
1) Field Visits and a Reflection Report
2) Interviews with media persons and personalities
3) Newspaper Policy Review
4) Class Presentations
5) Critical Reviews of Media Content and Representations
6) Film Reviews
7) Making Documentaries, Short Films, Podcasts, Blogs, Vlogs, or any kind of creative
media content
8) Legal Considerations related to the Media


References:
 Blumler J.G. & Katz, E. (1974). The uses of mass communications: Current
perspectives on gratificationsresearch. CA: Sage. Print.
 Defleur, Melvin L. and Sandra J. Ball -Rokeach (1997). Theories of Mass
Communication. London: Longman. Print.
 Goldberg, Bernard. (2002). Bias: A CBS Insider Exposes How The Media Distort
The News. New York: HarperCollins Publishers. Print.
 Herman Edward and Chomsky Noam (1988). Manufacturing Consent:The
Political Economy of the Mass Media. New York: Pantheon. Print.
 Hooks, B. (2014). Feminism is for everybody (2nded.). Routledge.
 Kaptan.S and Subramanian.V. (2001). Women in Advertising . Jaipur: Book
Enclave. Print.
 Kumar, Keval J. (2020). Mass Communication in India. Mumbai: Jaico. Print.
 McQuail, D. (2010). McQuail’s mass communication theory. London: Sage
Publications.
 Modleski, Tania. (1984). Loving With a Vengeance: Mass Produced Fantasies for

Page 342

339 Women – Fifth Edition . London and New York: Routledge. Print.
 Rodman George (2000). Making Sense of Media. An Introduction to Mass
Communication. London: Longman. Print.
 Vasudevan, Ravi. S. (2000). Making Meaning in Indian Cinema. Oxford
University Press: New Delhi. Print.
 Al Jazeera English. (2017, March 2). Noam Chomsky – The 5 Filters of the Mass
Media Machine.YouTube.com.
www.youtube.com/watch?v=34LGPIXvU5M&feature=youtu.be
 Anonymous. (n.d.). Propaganda Model. Retrieved from URL:
www.communicationtheory.org/propaganda -model/
 Baba, J.P. Josephine. (2014, September 18). History of Media Laws in India.
Retrieved from URL: https://wecommunication .blogspot.com/2014/09/history -of-
indian -press -and-press -acts.html
 Chomsky.info. (n.d.). A Propaganda Model: Edward Herman & Noam Chomsky,
Excerpted from Manufacturing Consent , 1988. Retrieved from URL:
https://chomsky.info/consent01/
 Chom sky’s Philosophy. (2014, September 27). Noam Chomsky – The Propaganda
Model. YouTube.com. URL:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9RPKH6BvcoM&feature=youtu.be
 Enoch, Simon. (n.d.). Theory: The Propaganda Model. Retrieved from URL:
https://beautifultrouble.org/theory/the -propaganda -model/
 https://hbr .org/2019/06/tacklin g-the-underrepresentation -of-women -in-media
 Jones, Josh. (2017, March 13). An Animated Introduction to Noam Chomsky’s
Manufacturing Consent and How the Media Creates the Illusion of Democracy. Open
Culture. URL: http://www.openculture.com/2017/03/an -animated -introduction -to-
noam -chomskys -manufacturing -consent.html
 MediaCollege.com. (n.d.). What Makes a Story Newsworthy? Retrieved from URL:
https://www .mediacollege.com/journalism/news/newsworthy.html
 Mondal, Puja. (n.d.). History and Development of Indian Press and Press Acts.
Retrieved from URL: http://www .yourarticlelibrary.com/history/history -and-
development -of-indian -press -and-press -acts/23717/
 Tanu Priya. (2014, September 2). Freedom of Speech and Expression. Retrieved from
URL: https://www.lawctopus.com/acad emike/freedom -of-speech -and-expression/

Page 343

340  Tarumoy. (2008, January 16). Freedom of the Press in India. Retrieved from URL:
http://tarumoy.blogspot.com/2008/01/freedom -of-press -in-india.html?m=1
 TEDx. (2017, May 17). Whoever Controls the Media, Controls the Culture. Retrieved
from URL: https://www.youtube.com/watch? v=ZpjWioF6iMo
 https://www.newslaundry.com/2018/05/04/women -media -gender -bias-power -indian -
newsrooms -male -editors
 https://www .youtube.com/watch?v=2CA9RDsSXg8
 https://www.article19.org/
 https://onlinecourses.swayam2.ac.in/ugc19_hs42/preview

Page 344

341
SEMESTER V
PART – II PERSPECTIVE IN EDUCATION
INVESTMENT ANALYSIS
Credit : 6
Total Marks : 100


Learning Obje ctives:
1. To define and understand the concept of investment
2. To calculate return on investment, understand the meaning of risk
3. To describe and compare various investment alternatives based onvarious criteria
to evaluate investment alternatives
4. To understand how primary market and secondary market operates
5. To compare primary market and secondary market
6. To calculate future value and present value of an amount or an annuityand evaluate
investment alternatives
7. To calculate portfolio return and portfolio risk
8. To understand the significance of diversification in making a portfolio

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, the student will be able to
1.Compare and evaluate different investment alternatives
2 Apally the technical and financial terms used by investment advisors.
3. Guide the student to take an informed decision.
4. Read, understand and analyse the information provided in financial newpapers and
journals, news channels

MODULE I: INVESTMENT (2 Credits )
Unit 1: Concept of Investment
a) Concept Investment: Definition ofan asset/investment, physical and financial asset,
definition of investors,types of investor
b) Criteria to evaluate and compare various assets: Return, Risk, Liquidity,
Marketability, tax benefits

Page 345

342 c) Non-marketable investments/assets
– Deposits with bank, post office, public provident fund, retirement schemes
Unit 2: Marketable Assets
a) Marketable investments/assets: securities like equity shares, preference shares,
bonds/debentures
b) Marketable investments/assets:contracts - financial derivatives, short term (money
market) instruments - treasury bills, certificate of Deposits, Corporate paper
c) Marketable investments/assets:commodities - gold, pooled investment -mutual funds,
physical asset - real estate
Unit 3 : Primary and Secondary Market
a) Primary Market: what is a primary market - functions ofprimary market – selling
mechanism
b) Secondary Market: what is a secondary market – functions of secondary market -
Operations orsecondary market (trading, settlement and transaction cost)
c) Securities and Exchange Boardof India: functions and achievements of SEBI


MODULE II : MARKET THEORIES AND FUNDAMENTAL ANALYSIS (2 Credits
)
Unit 4: Value of Money
a) Time Value of Money: Concept of time value ofmoney
b) Future value: Concept of future value - Future value of a single amount -future
value withdifferent frequencies of compounding - real future value - future
value of an annuity - application of future value in investment decision
c) Present Value: Concept of present va lue, present value ofa single amount,
Present valueof an annuity, application of present value in investment decision
Unit 5: Market Theories
a) Portfolio Theory: calculation of portfolio return - calculation of portfolio risk -
significance of diversification, efficient portfolio frontier for 2 assetsand ‘n’ assets
b) Capital Asset Pricing ModelSystematic & unsystematic risk- assumption of CAPM,
equation of CAPM, Security Market Line, identifying overpriced and under -priced
assets
c) Efficient Market Theory Efficient market hypothesis - weak form of efficient market
hypothesis, semi- strong formof efficient market hypothesis, strong form of

Page 346

343 efficient market hypothesis
Unit 6: Fundamental and Technical Analysis of a security
a) Fundamental & Technical analysis of a security : Meaning of fundamental analysis
& technical analysis, difference between fundamental and technicalanalysis
b) Fundamental Analysis: Macroeconomic analysis, IndustryAnalysis, Company
analysis
c) Technical Analysis: Tools oftechnical analysis: Charting techniques, tend & trend
line,technical indicators

MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 credits)

Sr No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 05
4 Total 40

Task/ Assignments: ( Any Two )
1. Compare non-marketable investment - deposits in bank and post office
2. PPT present on the concept of Time Value of Money
3. Seminar on Fundamental and Technical analysis of a security with current examples
4. Elaborate with relevant current examples application of present value in investment
decision
5. Visit the Securities and Exchange Boardof India and write a report on its
functions and achievements of SEBI

References :
 Kevin. S, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management
 Donald Fischer & Ronald Jordon, Security Analysis & Portfolio Management
 Prasanna Chandra, Security Analysis & Portfolio Management
 Sudhindhra Bhatt, Security Analysis and Portfolio Management.
 Francis J.C Investments - Analysis and Management Mc Graw Hill New York.
 Reilly Frank K and Keith Brown Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management

Page 347

344 SEMESTER V
PART III
CORE COURSE: ENGLISH (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: INDIAN LITERATURE
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks


Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding of different genres and trends in Indian literature in
English
2. To develop an understanding of Indian poetry, novels and short stories.
3. To develop an understanding of Indian drama, essays and visual narratives.
4. To appreciate the literary elements in Indian poetry, novels and short stories.
5. To appreciate the literary elements in Indian drama, essays and visual narratives.
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Critically analyse the context and situatedness of Indian literature in English
2. Give an oral demonstration of the Indian drama, essays and visual narratives.
3. Recognise the important elements of different genres and trends in Indian literature
in English
4. Write a general overview of the Indian drama, essays and visual narratives.
5. Give a group presentation on Indian poetry, novels and short stories.


MODULE 1: INDIAN LITERATURE -1 (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Poetry
a) Mirabai: “Go to that Impenetrable Realm”, “ Strange are the Decrees of Fate”
b) Jayanta Mahapatra: “Glass”
c) Meena Kandasamy: “Aggression”, “Lines Addressed to a Warrior”
Unit 2 : Novel -Amitav Ghosh: Shadow Lines
a) Nationalism and patriotism
b) Multiculturalism
c) Geo-critical perspectives
Unit 3: Short Story

Page 348

345 a) Shashi Deshpande: “Ghosts”
b) Suniti Namjoshi: “The Monkey and the Crocodiles”, “The Hare and the Turtle”
c) Vilas Sarang: “Testimony of an Indian Vulture”


MODULE II : INDIAN LITERATURE – 2 (2 Credits)
Unit 4 : Drama - Girish Karnad: Hayavadana OR Asif Currimbhoy: Dumb Dancer
a) History of Indian theatre
b) Representation of body and gender
c) Representation of mythology/psyche and identity
Unit 5 : Essay
a) Rabindranath Tagore: “Nationalism in India”
b) Susie Tharu: “The Impossible Subject: Caste and the Gendered Body”
c) Salman Rushdie: “Step Across this Line”
Unit 6 : Visual Narrative
a) Shonali Bose: Margarita with a Straw
b) Nina Paley: Sita Sings the Blues
c) Kaveri Goplakrishnan: “Basic Space?” (From Priya Kuriyan’s Drawing the Line:
Indian Women Fight Back )

MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
4 Total 40

Task/ Assignment ( Any two)
1. Comprehension on the context and situatedness of Indian literature in English
2. Oral activity on Indian drama, essays and visual narratives.
3. PPT on important elements of different genres and trends in Indian literature in English
4. Maintain a log-book of readings on the Indian poetry, novels and short stories.
5. Poster presentation (Individual/Group) on Indian drama, essays and visual narratives.

Page 349

346 References
 Alexander, Meena. "Jayanta Mahapatra: A Poetry of Decreation." The Journal of
Commonwealth Literature 18.1 (1983): 42-47.
 Alston, A J. The Devotional Poems of Mirabai . Motilal Banarsidass, 1980
 Anand, Mulk Raj. The Indian Theatre . Read Books Ltd, 2016.
 Chowdhary, Arvind, ed. Amitav Ghosh's The Shadow Lines: Critical Essays . Atlantic
Publishers & Dist, 2002.
 Das, Sisir Kumar. History of Indian Literature . Sahitya Akademi, 2005
 Jain, Jasbir. "Shashi Deshpande." A Companion to Indian Fiction in English (2004):
210-229.
 Kandasamy, Meena. "The Flight of Birds." Indian Literature 50.4 (234 (2006): 99-101.
 Kaul, Suvir. "Separation Anxiety: Growing Up Inter/National in Amitav Ghosh's The
Shadow Lines." Oxford Literary Review 16.1 (1994): 125-145.
 Mahapatra, Jayanta. "The Lost Children of America." Us/Them: Translation,
Transcription and Identity in Post-Colonial Literary Cultures (2021): 170.
 Mukherjee, Meenakshi. The Perishable Empire: Essays on Indian Writing in English .
New Delhi: Oxford Univers ity Press, 2000.
 Namjoshi, Suniti, and Susan Trangmar. Feminist fables . Sheba Feminist Publishers,
1981.
 Niranjana, Tejaswini, P. Sudhir, and Vivek Dhareshwar. Interrogating Modernity:
Culture and Colonialism in India . Seagull Books, 1993.
 Paranjape, Makarand R., and G. J. V. Prasad. Indian English and ‘Vernacular’ India .
Pearson Education India, 1900.
 Patke, Rajeev S., and S. Rajeev. Postcolonial Poetry in English . Oxford University
Press, 2006.
 Richmond, Farley P., Darius L. Swann, and Phillip B. Zarrilli, eds. Indian theatre:
traditions of performance . Vol. 1. Motilal Banarsidass Publ., 1993.
 Rushdie, Salman. Conversations with Salman Rushdie . Univ. Press of Mississippi,
2000.
 Rushdie, Salman. Step across this line: Collected nonfiction 1992 -2002 . Vintage
Canada, 2010.
 Sangari, Kumkum. "Mirabai and the spiritual economy of bhakti." Economic and
Political Weekly (1990): 1537 -1552.

Page 350

347  Sarang, Vilas. "Pure Fiction: Imaginators and th e Long and the Short." Indian
Literature 55.1 (261 (2011): 149-160.
 Sarang, Vilas. "Tradition and Conflict in the Context of Marathi Literature." Indian
Literature 35.5 (151 (1992): 159-168.
 Tagore, Rabindranath. "The Oxford India Tagore: Selected writings on education and
nationalism." (2009).
 Thomas, A. J. "UR Ananthamurthy." Indian Literature 58.5 (283 (2014): 41-48.
 Trivedi, Harish. Colonial Transactions: English Literature and India . Manchester
University Press, 1995
 Tuteja, K. L., and Kaustav Chakraborty, eds. Tagore and Nationalism . Springer India,
2017.
 Varadpande, Manohar Laxman, and Manohar Laxman Varadpande. History of Indian
theatre . Vol. 1. Abhinav Publications, 1987.
 Yarrow, Ralph. Indian Theatre: Theatre of Origin, Theatre of Freedom . Routledge,
2000.
Web resources
museindia.com
sahitya -akademi.gov.in

Page 351

348 SEMESTER V
PART III
CORE COURSE: HINDI (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: वि ˙द भ ष एह व्य करण
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks


अवधम न उद्द े श्य :
1. िाोण ग-िवाचाोाार काोाे मााध यम साोाे छााताोा ाोाोाोां काोाो भाषाोाा
काोाे माो ल आधाोाार काोाा ज्ञाान कराानााl
2. शबा -िवाचाार काे मााध यम साे छााता ाोाोाोां का ि यााकरण सां ाोां धा समझ काो
िवाकवासत करनााl
3. छााताोा ाोाोाोां काोाो भाषाोाा काोाे अनाोाेक
सा तराोाोाोां अथाोाा गताोा धा वावान, शबाोा , िाोाोााका य,
िाोाोााक्य रचनाा काोा े प्रयाोाोग आवाद साोाे पररवाचत कराानाा
4. छााता ाोाोाोां
माेां भााषाा क
ध्ववानयाो,िवाकवासत
करनााl शबा , िाोाोााक य, िाोाोााक्य रचनाा काा व्याािाोहाररक रूप माेां
प रयोग करनाे का योग यताा
5. भाषाा काे गाुण-दाोषाोां काो परखनाे का याोग यताा काा िवाकाास करनाा l
6. ि यााकरण द्वाारा छााता ाोाोाोां माेां रचनाा तथाा साृजनाात मक िप राृवात्त काा िवाकास करनाा l
7. िाोाोााका य-िवाचाोाार काोाे मााध यम साोाे छााताोा ाोाोाोां काोा
भााषाोाा काोाो समाोाृिाो करनाा l
8. भाषाोाा साोां ाोांधाोा काोा शल काोाा वािोकाास करनाा l

अवधम न वनष्पहव :
इस अध ययन काोाे पश चाात छााता वानमा नवालवाखत गवातिवावाधयाोाो माोाेाोां सक षम हाोाो
साोांकाोाे गाोाे:-
1. िाोण ग-िवाचाोाार और शबाोा -िवाचाोाार काोाे मााध यम साोाे
छाोााताोा ाोाोाोां काोा भाषाोाा समाोाृिाो हाोगाोा l
2. भाषा क ध्वध्वनयो , शब
ाो
ाो,

Page 352

349
िाोाोााक्य िएां िाोाोााक्य रचनाा काे प रयोग करनाे माेां सक षम नाेांगाे l
3. भाषाा का ध िवान, शब याो, िाोाोााक य, िाोाोााक्य रचनाा काा व्याािाोहााररक रूप माेां
प रयाोग कर सकाेां गाे l
4. भाषा के गुण-दोषो को परख सक ें गे l
5. रचनाा तथाा साृजनाात्मक िप राृवात्त काा िवाकाास हाोगाा l
6. िाोाोााका य-िवाचाोाार काोाे मााध यम साोाे भाषाोाा काोाो समाोाृिाो
नााएाोां गाोाे l
7. शाोाुिाो उच चाारण करनाोाे काोा याोगा यताा काोाो िवाकवासत कराोाे
ाोां गाोा े

Page 353

350 म ड ्य ˛ल I : ह ण ¸ ि ह च र एह शब्द ि ह च र (2 Credits)
घटक 1: ह ण ¸ ि ह च र
a) िोण ग: पररभााषाोाा एिाोाोां भाोाेद
b) स िर-वाा याोांजन एिाोाोां िाोण गमाालाोाा
c) हल वाचना ह, अनाोाुस िाार, िवासग ग
घटक 2 : ह ण ¸ (स्वर -व ्य ˙जन)
ह ग करण
a) उच चाारण काे थथाान पर आधााररत िाोगा करण
b) प्रयत न पर आधााररत िाोगा करण
c) .स्वरों का िोग करण
घटक 3: शब्द ि ह च र एह स ˙ज्ञ
a) शबा विचाार: विकाारा िएां अविकाारा शबा
b) सांज ञाा: पररभााषाा िएां भाेद
c) साोांज ञाोाा काोाा रूपाोाााोांतर – वालाोांग, िाोचन एिाोाोां
काोाारक काोाे आधाोाार पर

म ड ्य ˛ल II : शब्द -ि ह च र एह ह क्य –ि ह च र (2 Credits)
घटक 4 : सह ¸न म और
ि ह श ेषण
a) सिाो गनााम: पररभाषाोाा
एिाोाोां भाोाेद
b) सिाो गनााम काोाे रूपाोाााोांतर
c) िवाशाेषण: पररभााषाा िएां भाेद, िवाशाेषण काे रूपााांतर
घटक 5: ि क्रय एह ि क्रय
क े क ल
a) िवायाा क पररभााषाा िएां
भाेद
b) वािोयाोाा काोाे रूपाोाााोांतर - काोााल, िाोाोााच य,
पाोाुराुष, िाोचन, वालाोांग, आवाद
c) उपसग ग और िप रय.
घटक 6: ह क्य -ि ह च र तह स ˙ि ध एह सम स
a) िाोाोााक य: पररभााषाा िएां भाेद

Page 354

351 b) रचनाा एिाोाोां अथ ग काोाे आधाोाार पर िाोाोााका याोाोाोां काोाे
भाोाेद
c) सांवाध िएां समाास

Page 355

352 म ड ्य ˛ल III : अ ˙तर ् गतम ˛ल्य ˙कन(2 Credits)

Page 356

353 क्रमसंख्या कवावारण अंक
1 काोााय ग/दत त काोााय ग सताोा
माोाेाोां पा रिाोाोाेक
म डा याो ल
साोाे २x१० 20
2 सताोा माोाेाोां एक वानयत
काोाालाोा न कका षाोाा परा क षाा 15
3 सत में विषय सं ध एक वान ाोां ध 5
क¸ लर् र् 40

क य ¸/स्व ध्य य (क ई द )
1 वाहाोांदाोा िोण गमाालाोाा काोाे िाोगाोा करण काोाो उदाोााहरण
सवाहत काोा वाजए l
2. िाोत गमाान माोाेाोां ि यिाोहाार माोाेाोां लाोाायाोाे जाानाोाे
िोोाालाोाे अथ ग काोाे आधाोाार पर िाोाोााका याोाोाोां काोाो
साोांग रहा त कराोाे l
3. काोई एक कहााना िवाशाेषण तथाा उनकाे भाेदाोां काो ध याान माेां रखकर वालवाखए l
4. शबाोा भाोाेदाोाोाोां काोाो दशाोाा गताोाे हाुए एक मााइाोां ड माो`प
(Mind Map) ताो`याार काोा वाजए l
5. कााल तथाा उनकाे भाेदाोां काो पररभाावाषत करताे हुए उदााहरण सवाहत PPT त `यार का वाजए l
6. सांज्ञाा शबा ाोाोाोां काे वालांग और िाोचन का स चा त `यार का वाजए l
7. काोाारक काोाे भाोाेदाोाोाोां काोाो काोां ठथथ करकाोाे उनकाोा एक
ऑवाडयाोाो ररका वाडिाोाोांग (Audio Recording) काोा वाजए

स ˙दभ गग्र ˙थ:
1. वाहांदा ि यााकरण, काामतााप रसााद गाुरु, मवालक अांड कम्पना , 23, दररयागांज, नई वादल ला ,
110002
2. वाहाोांदाोा रा प रचनाा भाग 1 एिाोाोां भाग 2, प्र.साोां. आचाय ग
जयाोाेाोांद्र वाताोा िाोाोाेदाोा , लाोाोक भारता प्रकाोााशन, इलाोााहाा
ाोााद ।
3. वाहांदा ि यााकरण काा इवातहाास, डा . अनांत चा धर , वा हाार वाहांदा ग रांथ अकाादमा ,
पटनाा ।
4. साोाुगम वाहाोांदाोा ि याोााकरण (साोांशाोवाधत साोांस्करण),
प राोाो. िाोाोांशाोा धर तथा धम गपााल शाास ता राोा , वाशक षाोाा भारतो , मदरसा
रोड,

Page 357

354 कश्मा र गाेट, वादल ला ।
5. माानक वाहांदा ि यााकरण, शवाशशाेखर वािताारा , भाागलपाुर, वा हाार ।
6. आधाुवानक वाहांदा ि यााकरण और रचनाा, डा . िाोसाुदाेिाोनांदन प्रसाद
7. वाहांदा ि यााकरण िाोाोाावाटकाा, डा . श यााम साुांदर कप र, ज िाोन पद धवावाशांग
हााउस, प्रा.वाल. इांवाडयाा

Page 358

355 SEMESTER V
PART III
CORE COURSE: Marathi (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME : मध ्यर ् ¸र ् नमर ठ
ह ड ्.मर ् च इवति स (प्र र भत े१८१८ )

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks


अध्यन न उवद्दष्ट े(Objective) :
१) मध ययाुरा ाोा न मरााठा वाााडा .मयच यााइकतहाासााचाा परक चय करून दाेणाे.
२) याोााकाोाालखाोांडााता ल वाााडाोा .मय कनकमगताोा , प राोाेरणाा वा
साोाााोांस्काोाृ कतक पााशा वा गभाो मा चाोाा मााकहता करा न घाोाेणाोाे.
३) मध ययाुरा ाोा न काालखांडााता लमरााठा भाषाेचाे स िरूप अभ याासणाे.
४) मध ययाुरा ाोा न काालखांडााता ल वाााड ाोा .मया न परां पराा, रचनाा प रकाार वा
ग रांथकाारााांचा मााकहता करून घाेणाे.

अध्यर ्न वनष ्पह : (Outcome) :
हाोाा अभ याासक रम पाो ण ग काोाे ला ाोाावार कवादा ाोााथा
१) प्राच न मराठ साकहत्याच्याइकतहासाच माकहत देतो.
२) सांत- पांत- तांत कवाा च्या योदााा नााचा पररचय दाेताो.
३) शााकहरा वाााडा मयााचाा पररचय सााकवास तर सााांतो.
४) मरााठा भाषाेच याा वा `कशष्टा ट याे स्पष्ट करतो.

म डर ् ˛ ल I : मर ठ स वि त्य च
प ˛ह गप वठक ह वह वह ध प ˙वथर ् ˙च े
ह ड ्.मर ्- (2 Credits)
घटक १ :मर ठ स वि त्य च प ˛ह गप वठक -
अ) मरााठा ताोा ल आदाोा ग राोांथ
चचाोाा ग -थोडका याोाात पररचय. ब) कशलाालाेख,
तााम रपट यावारा ल मरााठा लाेखन पररचय.
क) महाानाुभाावा सांप रदााय - ठळक वा `कशष्ट्ट याे वामहाानाुभाावाा य वाााडा .मयाचाा पररचय.

Page 359

356 घटक २ : ह रकर प ˙थ र ् ˙च े ह ङ ् मर्
अ) महाोाारााष्टर ाोाात वााारकरा पाोांथाोााच प्रसाोा थापनाा -
प रमाोाुख वााारकरा साोांप्रदाोााय मा हणाो न त्याोााचा पररचय. ब)
ज ञाानदाेवा -नाामदाे वा वा त यााांच याा प रभावाळ ता ल इतरााांचाे
याोदााा न.

Page 360

357 क) एकनााथकाोाालाोा न महाोााराोााष्टर , एकनााथ ाोाा ाोां चाोाे वाााङाोा
मय वाताोाुकाोााराामाोाा ाोांचाोाे वाााङाोा मय

Page 361

358
घटक ३ : प ˙ वडत कह च े ह ङ ् मर्
अ) पाोांकडता काोााि याोााच
स िरूपवााो`कशष टा याोाे, पाोांकडता
काोााि याोााचाोा े राोा ाोाुणदाोाोष
चचाोाा ग. ब) पांकडता कााव्य ाोााचाे योदााा न वा
वााेळाे पण.
क) पांकडत कवाा माुक ताेश िर, माोराोपांत, रघाुनााथ पांकडत, साामरााज, कनरां जनमााधवा ,
वााामनपांकडत इ. - याोदााा न.

म डर ् ˛लII : श िवर ह ङ ् मर ् ह बखर द्यन - (2
Credits)
घटक ४ : मर ठ श िवर ह ङ ् मर् आवण ल ह ण -
अ) शााकहर वाााङा मय - लाावाणा , पाोवाााडाायाा कााि यप रकाारााांचा स िरूप वा `कशष्टा ट याे.
ब) कााहा कनवाडकलाावाणा काार - हाोनााजा बााळाा, राामजाोशा ,
प रभााकर यााांचाे याोदााा न.क) अनांत फां दा , परशरााम या शााकहरााांचाा
वात यााांच याा सााकहत यााचाा पररचय.
घटक ५ : अन्य धवमगर ् ˙न क े ल े ल ह ड ्.मर ् वनवम गत -
अ) िकसा ताोा धकमगयाोाााोांना काोाे लाोाे लाोा वाााडाोा .मय कनकमगता -
स िरूप वकशाोाेष ब) इसा लाोाामा
धकम गयाोाााोांना काोाे लाोा े
ला वााोााडाोा .मय कनकमगता -
स िरूप वकशाोाेष क) जाो`न
धकमगयाोाााोांना काोाे लाोाे ला वााोााडाोा .मय कनकमगता - स िरूप
कवाशाोाेष
घटक ६ : बखर द ् नय च स्वर प ह `वशष्ट ्य े -
अ) कशवापाो वा गकाोााला न बखरा - स िरूप वा ह `वशष्ट ्य े
ब) कशवाकाोााला न बखरा –स िरूप वा ह `वशष्ट ्य े
क) पाोाेशवााोाेकाोााला न बखरा - स िरूप वा ह `वशष्ट ्य े

म डर ् ˛ ल III : अ ˙तर ् गत म ˛ल्यम पन (2 Credits)

Page 362

359
अ.क्र. स्वर प र ् ¸ ण
१ प्रत्य ेकम डर ् ˛ ल मध˛न वकम न द हनर प्रकल्पल े
खन
२x१० २०
२ अ ˙तर ् गतच चण पर क्ष १५
३ वनब ˙ध ०५
एक˛ ण र ् ¸ ण ४०

Page 363

360 क˛ त / स्व ध्य र् (कोणत्याह द न )

Page 364

361 १) मराठ भाषेत ल आद ग्रंथाच माकहत कमळ न त थोडक्यात कलहा .
२) महाानाुभाावा सांप रदाायाबााबत मााकहता सांककलत करून लाे खन कराा.
३) महाोााराोााष्टर ाोााताोा ल वााारकरा साोांप रदाोाायााचाोाे स िरूप वा महत्त्व
काोााय ग स पष्ट कराा.
४) संत परं परे त ल कोणत्याह दोन संतांच माकहत प्राप्त करून कलहा .
५) ताोाुमा हाोाालाा पररकचत असलाोाे ला ाोाा काोाोणत याोााह दाोाोन
शाकहराोाााोांना कदलाोाे ला ाोाा याोराोा दाोाानााबदा दल कलहाोाा.

स ˙दभ ग ग ्र ˙थ :
१) शाेणाोला कर, श्रा . प रााचा न मरााठा वाााङा मयाचाे स िरा प, माोघाे प रकााशन, काोल्हााप र, १९७१.
२) नाोााकसरााबााडकर,ल.राा.–प रााचा नमरााठाोा वाााङाोा मयाोााचाा इकतहाोाास,
फडकाोाे प रकाोााशन,काोाोला हाोाापाो र.
३) ताोाुळाोाे पाोाुळाोाे , शाोां. रा ाोाो. वा इतर (साोांपाा.)
मरााठाोा वाााङाोा मयाचाोाा इकतहाोाास खाोांड महाोाारााष्टर
सााकहता य पररषद,पाोाुणाोाे, प.आ. १९८४.
४) माालशाोाे, साोां. राोा ाोां. वा इतर (साोांपाा.) मरााठाोा
वाााङाोा मयाोााचा इकतहाोाास खाोांड २ भारा १२ महाोाारााष्टर साोााकहत्य
पररषद, पाुणाे, प.आ. १९८२.
५) भावााोाे, कवा. ल. महाोाारााष्टर साोाारस ित, पा पा याोाुलर, माोाुाोांबई. आ. ५ कवा
१९६३.
६. म. वााा. (संपा.) महाट लावाण , म ज, मुंबई १९५६ .
७) जाोराोा , राा.श्रा . वा इतर (साोांपाोाा.) मरााठाोा वाााह मयाोााचाा
इकतहाोाास खाोांड महाोाारााष्टर सााकहता य पररषद, पाोाुणाोाे,प.आ.
१९७३ .
८) सहस रबाुवााे , म. नाा. मरााठा शााकहर बाहा मय. ठोकळ पाुणाे, १९६१.
९) सरदार र ं .बा., संत साकहत्याच सामाकजक फलश्रुत म. सा. प. पुणे १९७० (कत.आ.)
१०) ताुळपाुळाे , शां. रा ाोाो . पााच सांतकवाा , साुकवाचाार प रकााशन मांडळ, पाुणाे, १९८४
(कवा.आ.)

Page 365

362 SEMESTER V
PART III
CORE COURSE: URDU (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: CLASSICAL URDU LITERATURE – PROSE
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks


Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding about the fanni khususiyat and history of Dastan Nigari
2. To develop an understanding about the writing style of some Dastan Nigars
3. To develop an understanding about the fanni khususiyat of Qissa e Hatim Tai
4. To develop an understanding about the art of Haider Bakhsh ‘s Dastan Nigari
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Describes the fanni khususiyat and history of Dastan Nigari
2. Describes the writing style of some Dastan Nigars
3. Describes the fanni khususiyat of Qissa e Hatim Tai
4. Describes the art of Haider Bakhsh ‘s Datan Nigari


MODULE 1: URDU DASTANI ADAB (2 Credits )
Unit 1: Art of Dastan Nigari
a) Urdu Dastan - Meaning & Definitions
b) Urdu Dastan - Ajza-e-Tarkibi
c) Urdu Dastan – Mafauqul Fitrat Anasir
Unit 2 : History of Urdu Dastan
a) Urdu Dastan in North India
b) Urdu Dastan in Fort William College
c) Urdu Dastan out of Fort William College
Unit 3 : Some Important Dastan Nawais
a) Meer Amman Dahelvi
b) Insha -ullah Khan Insha
c) Rajab Ali Baig Suroor

Page 366

363 MODULE 2: HAIDAR BAKHSH HAIDARI & QISSA -E-HATIM TAI (2
Credits )
Unit 4 : Haider Bakhsh Haidari – The Writer
a) Life
b) Art of Dasatn Nawisi
c) Other Literary Work
Unit 5 : Qissa -e-Hatim Tai ( Aara’ish -e-Mehfil )
a) Husn Bano ka Qissa
b) Pehla Sawal
c) Dusra Sawal
Unit 6 : Critical Study of Qissa -e-Hatim Tai
a) Technical Aspects
b) Characters
c) Beauty of Dasstani Usloob


MODULE III – INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
4 Total 40

Task/Assignment ( Any Two)
1- Dastan nigari ki fanni khususiyaat ka tafseeli jayeza lijiye
2- Haider baksh haideri ki dastan nigari ka tanqeedi jayeza lijiye
3- Qissa e Hatim Tai ke aham kirdaron ka khaka pesh kijiye
4- Dastan nigari mai usloob ki ehmiyat ko ujagar kijiye
5- Dastan nigari ke irteqai safar ka haal bayan kijiye
6- Qissa e Hatim Tai mai maa fauqul fitrat anasir ki nishandehi kijiye


References:
Dastan aur Urdu Adab ki Rivayat by Prof Mohiuddin
Urdu dastan by Dr Sohail Bukhari

Page 367

364 Dastan se Afsane Tak by wiqar Azeem
Fanne Dastan Goi by Kalimuddin Ahmed
Fort William College ki Adabi Khidmat by Abeda Begham

Page 368

365
SEMESTER V
PART III - Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: GUJARATHI (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: LITERATURE ON MARGINALISED CLASSES
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100
Learning Objectives:
1. To critically understand the literature created on the socially deprived classes
2. To analyse Dalit literature written by contemporary authors and poets.
3. To analyse gender -related literature written by contemporary authors and poets.
4. To analyse the trend and styles of literature written on socially deprived classes.
5. To develop the skill of critical review of the Dalit literature
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Review the Dalit literature in own words
2. Critically analyse the gender related literature on the basis of different periods of
time
3 Use the skills to analyse styles and trends of Literature written on deprived classes


MODULE I : DALIT LITERATURE (2 Credits)
Unit 1: History of Dalit literature in Gujarati:
a) Overview of the Dalit Literature From the beginning till date
b) A critical review of Dalichetana, a monthly magazine comprising Dalit literature in
different forms)
c) English Book on Perspectives of Indian Dalit literature: Critical responses by Dilip Giri
(critical review in Gujarati
Unit 2 : Famous Dalit literature writers and their creation: (Critical review in the
context of the plight of Dalit class, style, perspective and focus on values to sensitize
the readers.)
a) Neerav Patel’s Poetry collection, ‘Bahishkrul Phulo’
b) Chandraben Shrimali’s ‘Gujarati Dalit short stories’

Page 369

366 c) Translation of the famous Dalit story collection in Hindi, Edited by Mohandas
Naimishrai’s ‘Ek Sau Dalit Atmakathayen’ (One hundred Dalit Stories) (Any 5)
Unit 3 : Dalit theatre in Gujarati:
a) Trend, Pattern and difference by Abhimanyu Acharya
b) Critical Review of the Dalit play titled, ‘gidh’ by Dalpat Chauhan
c) Bhavai - a performance art used on the plights of Dalits: An overview.


MODULE II : WOMEN -ORIENTED LITERATURE (2 Credits)
Unit 4 : History of women -oriented literature
a) Historical perspective of literature written on the suffering of females in India:
b) Publications and journals focussing on women empowerment: Critical review
c) Gujarati women writers and their creations: A historical perspective


Unit 5: Literature on gender empowerment: Critical review
a) Identifying the essential elements for capacity building from Jagruti Vakil’s book
on’Striya: Samasta safala jagatsu’
b) An inspiring story, ‘Kem Kem Chhokri’ by Gyanpith award -winning writer Mahashweta
Devi Translated in Gujarati by CHandrasen Momaya: Critical comparative analysis in
originality in affective aspects and writers perspective.
c) 10 core life skills as given by WHO in 1997 for women empowerment:: Identification in
empowering story of ….. ‘Dikrine Udawa Paankh to aapo’ by Dr. Mafatlal Patel
Unit 6: Gujarati films on Gender issues (A reflective review)
a) Gangubai Kathiawadi a film based on Manali Sadhrakiya’s novel
b) Gujarati films and reflection on the stereotyping role of women characters
c) Documentary on ‘Gulabi Gang’: a critical analysis of the issues and challenges faced by
women

MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
4 Total 40

Page 370

367
Task/ Assignment (Any Two)
1. In the era of Mahabharat, Eklavya was known to be belonging to the deprived class.
Make a project on the life of Eklavya reflecting on the hardship he face that represented the
plight of his community. Write a reflective report.
2. Critically analyze the advertisements appearing on TV in the context of the stereotyping
roles of the characters. Write a reflective report.
3. Write a script of the role-play having women at the center who represents the woman’s
changing role and performance in the class.
4. Read Sudha Murty’s title story (originally written in English) on the empowerment of
Transgenders titled, ‘3000 stitches: ordinary people, Extraordinary life’ and critically reflect
on the mindsets, societal pressure, reluctancy to change, pain of rejection, and many
challenges that the writer as well as the characters faced in the process of empowerment.
Present the paper in the class.

References:
Online reference links
https://www.academia.edu/42865043/Perspectives_on_Indian_Dalit_Literature_Cr itical_Res
ponses (PDF)
https:/ /www.a cademia.edu/42865043/Perspectives_on_Indian_Dalit_Literature_Critical_R
esponses(Non -fiction reports) (PDF)
https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dalitchetna
https://www.sahapedia.org/dalit -theatre -gujarati -trends -patterns -differences
https://www.firstpost.com/living/neerav -patel -poet-and-pioneer -of-dalit-literature -in-gujarat -
passes -away -but-power -of-his-verses -lives-on-6670581.html
https://www.academia.edu/919638/Short_Story_in_Gujarati_Dalit_Literature (PDF)
https:/ /www.flipkart.com/gujar ati-dalit-short -stories/p/itmab42647bea2da
http://dalpatchauhan.blogspot.com/2010/05/dalpat -chauhan.html
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=So0brwxZAiI (gidh)
https ://www.matrubharti.com/book/19892068/women -empowerment (PDF)
https://www.gujaratibooks.com/Dikari -Ne-Udava -Pankh -To-Aapo -Gujarati -book.html
Module II
https://www.ugc.ac.in/pdfnews/7913140_B.A. -Gujarati -HONOURS.pdf
https://brennaaubrey.net/blog/2011/05/27/incorporating -figurative -language -in-prose/

Page 371

368 SEMESTER V
PART III - Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE : GERMAN (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: German Language 5
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks : 100
Note: Language proficiency of B1 level as per the Common European Reference Framework
is necessary for this course. Candidates should have completed (passed) B1 at Max Mueller
Bhavan / Goethe Institut / equivalent course at University of Mumbai / any other university /
any other qualification equivalent to B1.

Learning Objectives :
1. To comprehend and make use of advanced language structures in authentic situations.
(CEFR B2.1)
2. To construct and answer questions pertaining to topics from one’s direct surroundings.
3. To understand and build sentences pertaining to concrete necessities.


Learning Outcome :
By the end of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Comprehend a broad spectrum of relatively longer and audio visual texts and derive
intricate meanings.
2. Construct and answer more complex questions pertaining to areas of interest, feelings,
desires or events from one’s life and one’s surroundings.

MODULE I : Zeit mit Freunden (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Leute heute + Wohnwelten
a) * In aller Freundschaft: Ein Radiobeitrag über Freundschaft verstehen
* Heldenhaft: Eine besondere
b) Ohne Dach: Informationen aus Radiointerviews über Obdachlosigkeit vergleichen
* Hotel Mama: Aus einem Text Argumente für und gegen das Wohnen bei den Eltern
sammeln
* Eine Meinung äußern und Ratschläge geben (in einer E -Mail und in Gesprächen)
c) Grammatik:

Page 372

369 * Tempusformen: ÜberVergangenes sprechen
* Verben und Ergänzungen
Unit 2: Wie geht’s denn so? + Viel Spaß!
a) * Frisch auf den Tisch?!Forumsbeiträge verstehen undkommentieren
* Lachen ist gesund:Informationen über das Lachenmit Hilfe von Notizen geben
* Bloß kein Stress! Über denTagesrhythmus sprechen
* Tipps gegen Stress geben(in Gesprächen und in einemForum)
b) * Meine Freizeit – Einen Radiobeitrag über Freizeitgestaltung verstehen und über
die eigene Freizeitgestaltung sprechen
c) Grammatik:
* Deklination der Adjektive
* Komparativ und Superlativ
Unit 3: Viel Spaß! + Alles will gelernt sein
a) * Abenteuer im Paradies: Eine Abenteuergeschichte weiterschreiben
b) * Lebenslanges Lernen: Wünsche zu Bildungsangeboten formulieren
* Surfst du noch oder lernst du schon? Eine Stellungnahme schreiben
* Texte über Denkaufgaben und Lerntechniken verstehen
* Mündliche und schriftliche Tipps zum Lernen formulieren
c) Grammatik:
* Konnektoren: Kausal -,
Konzessiv -, Konsekutivsätze
* Infinitiv mit und ohne zu


MODULE II : Jetzt und ewig! (2 Credits)
Unit 4 : Alles will gelernt sein + Berufsbilder + Für immer und ewig
a) Können kann man lernen: Ein Lied hören und Ratschläge geben Lernen und Behalten
b) * Darauf kommt’s an Bewerbungstipps in einer Zeitschrift verstehen
* Lebensformen: Einen Radiobeitrag über Alleinerziehende und
Patchworkfamilien verstehen
c) Grammatik:
* Verben mit Präpositionen und Präpositionaladverbien /Fragewörter
* Reflexive Verben
Unit 5 : Für immer und ewig + Kaufen, kaufen, kaufen
a) * Die große Liebe: Zeitschriftentexte über „die große Liebe“ verstehen

Page 373

370 b) * Dinge, die die Welt (nicht) braucht Ein Produkt beschreiben
* Die Reklamation Etwas reklamieren (telefonisch und in einem Brief)
c) Grammatik:
* Relativsätze
* Finalsätze
Unit 6 : Endlich Urlaub + Natürlich Natur!
a) * Einmal um die ganze Welt: Ein Interview zu einer Weltreise verstehen
b) * Umweltproblem Single: Einen Text über Singles und Umweltprobleme Verstehen
* Strategie: Ein Referat vorbereiten
c) Grammatik:
* Konnektoren: Temporalsätze
* Passiv
MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 05
4 Total 40
Task/Assignment (Any Two)
1. Listening Comprehension
(Best score of two tests)
2. Presentation
( Asynchronous videos made by students are also permitted)
3. Test
(Best score of two tests)
4. Oral Examination
(One internal and one external examiner should be present.)


Text Books:
1. Koithan Ute, u.a.: Aspekte Neu Mittelstufe Deutsch B1 Plus. Lehr - und Arbeitsbuch.
Stuttgart: Ernst Klett Sprachen / Goyal Saab 2014
Note: Some sections from the prescribed textbook have been skipped. Please refer to the

Page 374

371 description under Module I and II for details.
Additional material may be compiled and used by the teacher.


Reference:
 Buscha, Anne, Szita, Szilvia: B-Grammatik. Übungsgrammatik Deutsch als
Fremdsprache.
Sprachniveau B1–B2. 5. Aufl. Leipzig: Schubert Verlag 2015
 Funk, Hermann, u.a.: Studio d - Grundstufe: B 2.1 (Chapters 1-8). Gesamtband -
Kurs - und
Übungsbuch mit Audio -CD. Berlin: Cornelsen 2011
 Perlmann -Balme, Dr. Michaela, u.a.: em neu 2008. Brückenkurs B1+. Hueber Verlag
2011
 Any other textbook for B2.1 level proficiency (corresponding to the topics in the
syllabus)
may be used as a reference book.
 https://einstufungstests.klett -sprachen.de/eks/uebungen -aspekte -neu-B1/
Additional websites may be used by the teacher.

Page 375

372 SEMESTER V
PART III : CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS
CORE B.A SCHOOL SUBJECT
COURSE NAME: ELEMENTS OF DISCRETE MATHEMATICS
Total Credits : 6
Total Marks : 100

Learning Objectives
1. To enable students to have a a solid understanding of basic principles, methodologies,
and a thorough knowledge of the vast power of mathematical ideas and tools, as well as
how to utilize them through modelling, solving, and interpreting.
2. To reflect the subject's breadth and generating mathematical tools for further research in
different domains of science and technology.
3. To enhance students' holistic education and providing them with the computational
mathematical ability, problem -solving skills, creative talent, and communication power
required for teaching.
4. To Encourage students to acquire a positive attitude toward mathematics.


Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Explain the Elements of Discrete mathematics.
2. Gives analytical solutions for the Elements of Discrete mathematics.
3. Identifies the interlink between the Elements of Discrete mathematics.
4. Examine the solutions for the Discrete mathematics problem.
5. Reflect on the utility of Discrete mathematics .

MODULE I : POLYNOMIALS AND COMPLEX NUMBERS (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Polynomials
a) Definition of polynomials over a field F where F = Q (rational numbers) or R;
Properties of polynomials under addition and multiplication.
b) Division algorithm of polynomials and corresponding results – division
algorithm, consequences and applications, GCD of two polynomials and
corollaries to the gcd theorem, Euclidean algorithm.

Page 376

373 c) Roots of a polynomial - definition of a root of a polynomial, relation between
roots and coefficients, multiplicity of a root, remainder theorem, Factor theorem,
applications, Necessary conditions for a rational number p/q to be a root of a
polynomial with integer coefficients, simple consequences such as √p is not a
rational number where p is a prime number.
Unit 2: Complex numbers
a) Definitions and properties of complex numbers – addition, multiplication,
division, conjugate, absolute value.
b) Algebra of complex numbers - geometric interpretation of operations, inverse and
square root of a complex number.
c) Relation between roots and coefficients; DeMoivre’s theorem, finding nth roots of
unity.
Unit 3 : Practicals
a) Properties of polynomials under addition and multiplication
b) Division of polynomials – finding the GCD
c) Roots of a polynomial – finding roots, relation between real roots and coefficient
of a polynomial.
d) Complex numbers – basic operations and geometric interpretation (cartesian and
polar form)
e) Square root and inverse of a complex numbers (cartesian and polar form)
f) Complex roots of a polynomial – roots of unity


MODULE II : INDEX NUMBERS (2 Credits)
Unit 4 : Simple index numbers
a) Index numbers as a comparative tool, stages in the construction of an index
number.
b) Fixed based and chain -based index numbers, splicing.
c) Composite index numbers – simple and weighted index numbers (average and
aggregate).
Unit 5 : Standard Index Numbers and their applications
a) Price and quantity index numbers – Laspeyre’s, Paashe’s, Marshall -Edgeworth,
Bowley’s and Fishers, Value index number
b) Tests on Index Numbers – Factor reversal test, Time reversal test

Page 377

374 c) Applications of Index Numbers – HDI, Consumer and Wholesale Price Index,
Real Income, Deflating,
Unit 6 : Practicals
a) Simple index numbers
b) Composite index numbers
c) Price and quantity index numbers
d) Tests on index numbers
e) Applications of index numbers
f) Real income and deflating


MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
4 Total 40

Task/Assignment (Any Two)
(i) Assessment of Practical components will be based on Unit 3 of Module I and Unit 6 of
Module II.
(ii) Assessment of Practical component
4. Journal
5. Viva -voce
6. Practical test
References:
 Complex Variables and Applications : Ruel. V.Churchill; McGraw Hill Co.
 Elementary Number Theory : David Burton ; Tata McGraw Hill (Walter
RudinSeries), Indian Edition.
 Introduction to the theory of numbers, I. Niven and S. Zuckerman, Third Edition,
Wiley Eastern, New Delhi, 1972.
 Discrete Mathematics, Norman L. Biggs, Revised Edition, Clarendon Press, Oxford
1989.

Page 378

375  Calculus and its Applications, Marvin L. Bittinger, David J. Ellenbogen and Scott A.
Surgent, Addison Wesley, tenth edition.
 Ordinary and partial Differential equations,M.D. Raisingania, S. Chand and
Company,2009.
 Agarwal B.L.: Basic Statistics, New Age International Ltd.
 Spiegel M.R. : Tehory and Problems of Statistics, Schaum’s Publications series, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill
 Kothari C.R. : Research Methodology: Wiley Eastern Limited.
 Goon A.M. , Gupta M.K., Dasgupta B. : Fundamentals of Statistics, Volume II: The
World Press Private Limited, Calcutta

Page 379

376
SEMESTER V
PART III - Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE : HISTORY SCHOOL SUBJECTS
COURSE NAME : HISTORY OF MEDIEVAL INDIA
(1000 C.E - 1707 C. E)
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To understand the political and administrative scenario of the medieval period in North and
Deccan.
2. To examine medieval Indian society and economy
3. To acquaint students with religious and cultural trends of the period.


Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Develop a comprehensive understanding of the Turko -Afghan rule in early medieval
Indian History.
2. Study the political changes in the Deccan.


MODULE I : RULE OF SULTANATE (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Establishment & Consolidation of Sultanate rule
a) Turkish invasions; Foundation of Sultanate rule under Slave dynasty
b) Imperial expansion under Alauddin Khilji
c) Reforms of Alauddin Khilji
Unit 2: Decline & Administration under Sultanate rule
a) Tughlaq dynasty
b) Sayyeds & Lodis
c) Central Administration of Delhi Sultanate
Unit 3: Vijayanagar & Bahamani Kingdoms
a) Vijayanagar kingdom - Foundation, Expansion
b) Bahamani Sultanates - Establishment and growth, Vijayanagar - Bahamani conflict

Page 380

377 c) Art & Architecture


MODULE II : MUGHAL RULE (2 Credits)
Unit 4 : Establishment and expansion of Mughal rule
a) Babur, Humayun & Shershah
b) Akbar’s Imperialist policy
c) Aurangzeb – Deccan policy, Rajput policy
Unit 5 : Mughal Administration
a) Central Administration
b) Mansabdari System
c) Revenue system
Unit 6 : Cultural developments
a) Bhakti Movement, Sufism
b) Din – I – Ilahi, Sikhism
c) Art & Architecture


MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
4 Total 40

Task/ Assignments: ( Any two)
1. Prepare an assignment on the reforms of Alauddin Khilji
2. Group discussion on religious policy of Akbar
3. Make a presentation on any architectural monument of Medieval period.
4. PPT presentation on the art and architecture of Vijaynagar empire
5. Seminar on the religious teachings of bhakti movements saints
References:
 Bakshi, S. R.,(ed.,) Advanced History of Medieval India: 712-1525 (Vol. 1), Anmol
Publications, 1995.
 Banerjee Anil Chandra, A New History of Medieval India , S.Chand& Co. Ltd., New

Page 381

378 Delhi. 1983
 Basham A.L., A Cultural History of India , Oxford University Press, London.1975
 Chandra Satish, History of Medieval India (800-1700), Orient Longman, 2007.
 Chattopadhyaya B.D., The Making of Early Medieval India , 1994
 Chitnis, K.N., Glimpses of Medieval Indian Ideas and Institutions, Poona, 1981
 Chopra, P.N, Puri, B.N, Das M.N, A Social, Cultural and Economic History of India,
vol.II , Macmillan India, Delhi, 1974.
 Edward Sachau C., Alberuni’s India, reprint, Rupa& Co., New Delhi, 2002.
 Farooqui, Salma Ahmed, A Comprehensive History of Medieval India, Pearson, 2010
 Habib Irfan, Economic History of Medieval India, 1200 -1500 (vol. VIII Part I), Centre
for Studies in Civilisation, 2011
 Habib Irfan, Essays in Indian History , reprint, New Delhi, 1995.
 Lane, Poole Stanley, Life and Culture in Medieval India, Kamal Prakashan,
Indore.1978
 Lunia B.N., Life and Culture in Medieval India, Indore, Kamal Prakashan, 1978
 Mahalingam T.V., Administration and Social Life under Vijaynagar, vol.2 Chennai,
1952.
 Mehta, J., Advanced Study in the History of the Medieval India, vol. III, New Delhi,
Sterling Publishers, 1983
 Moosvi Shireen, The Economy of the Mughal Empire , Oxford University Press, 1987.
 Moosvi, Shireen, Episodes in the life of Akbar: contemporary records and
reminiscences, National Book Trust, 2000
 Nurul Hasan S., Religion, State and Society in Medieval India , ed. Satish Chandra,
Delhi, 2008.
 Pandey A.B. Early Medieval India , Central Book Depot, Allahabad.1955
 Pandey, A.B., Early Medieval India, Allahabad Central Book Depot.1970
 Prasad, Ishwari, History of Medieval India, Allahabad, 1952
 Rizvi S.A.A., The Wonder that was India , vol.II, reprint, Rupa& Co., New Delhi,
1997.
 Ranade A. K., Socio -Economic Life of Maharashtra between 100 and 1600 A.D .,
Serials Publication, New Delhi, 2009
 Rizvi S.A.A., A History of Sufism in India , Vol. I., Munshiram Manoharlal, New
Delhi,1978

Page 382

379  Sastri Nilkanta, & Srinivasachari S. Advanced History of India, Allied Publishers,
Bombay. 1970
 Singh Upinder, A History of Ancient and Early Medieval India : From the Stone Age
to the 12 th Century, Pearson Longman, New Delhi, 2009.
 Stein, Burton., New Cambridge History of India: Vijayanagara, Part of The New
Cambridge History of India, 2005.
 Tripathi R.P., Some Aspects of Muslim Administration , Allahabad, 1936.

Marathi
 Acharya Dhananjay, Madhyakalin Bharat (1000 -1707) Shri Sainath Prakashan,
Nagpur, 2008
 Chaubal J.S., Ase Hote Mughal , Maharashtra Rajya Sahity Sanskruti Mandal
Mumbai, 1992
 Kathare Anil, Madhyayugin Bharat -1000 -1707, Prashant Publication, Jalgaon, 2013
 Kolarkar S.G., Madhyakalin Bharat (2106 -1707) , Mangesh Prakashan, Nagpur, 1992
 Mate M. S. Madhyayugin Maharashtra - Samajik Aani Sanskritik Jivan(1300 -1650 ),
Maharashtra Rajya Sahitya Aani Sanskriti Mandal, Mumbai, 2002
 Sakshena B.P., Dilli va Shahajahancha Itihas ( Kunde B.G. Bhashantarit),1989
 Sardesai G. S., Marathi Riyasat , Popular Prakashan, Mumbai, 2012
 Sardesai G. S., Musalmani Riyasat , Bhag 1 Ani 2, Popular Prakashan, Mumbai 1993
 Sarkar Jadunath, Mughal Samrajyacha Rhas ,Bhag 3,Maharashtra Rajya Sanskritik
Mandal, Mumbai,1982 Kolarkar, S.G., MadhyakalinBharatachaItihas 1206 -1707, Shri
Mangesh Prakashan, Nagpur. 2000

Page 383

380 SEMESTER V
PART III- Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies CORE
COURSE: GEOGRAPHY SCHOOL SUBJECTS
COURSE NAME: AN INTRODUCTION TO
CLIMATOLOGY AND GEOMORPHOLOGY
Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To develop a basic understanding about nature, scope and branches of climatology
2. To understand the concept and elements of weather and climate
3. To understand composition and structure of atmosphere
4. To understand the air pressure and atmospheric circulation
5. To understand climate and weather phenomena
6. To develop a basic understanding about geomorphology
7. To understand Composition and Structure of the Interior of the Earth.
8. To develop a basic understanding about endogenic processes and exogenic processes on
the earth.

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Explain nature, scope and branches of climatology and elements of weather and climate.
2. Learn composition and structure of atmosphere.
3. Describe air pressure, atmospheric circulation, climate and weather phenomena
4. Describe geomorphology.
5. Summarize Composition and Structure of the Interior of the Earth
6. Compare endogenic processes and exogenic processes on the earth.


MODULE 1: AN INTRODUCTION TO CLIMATOLOGY (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Nature, scope of climatology and structure of atmosphere
a) Definition, nature, scope and branches of climatology, Concept and elements of weather
and climate
b) Composition and structure of atmosphere

Page 384

381 c) Insolation: Vertical and horizontal distribution of temperature
Unit 2 : Air Pressure and Atmospheric Circulation
a) Air pressure: Influencing factors – Tri-cellular model
b) Horizontal distribution of air pressure
c) Wind: Types of winds – global, regional and local and upper air circulation – jet
stream (concept, origin and effects)
Unit 3 : Humidity, Precipitation, Climate and Weather Phenomena
a) Humidity: Types - absolute, relative and specific, Condensation and its forms
b) Precipitation and its types, Cyclones: tropical and temperate, Anti-cyclones and tornados
c) Global distribution of rainfall, Global warming and climate change


MODULE II: GEOMORPHOLOGY (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Interior of the Earth
a) Definition & meaning of Geomorphology, Composition and Structure of the Interior of
the Earth
b) Composition and Structure of the Interior of the Earth, Rocks andMinerals
c) Wegner’s Continental Drift Theory – Theory of Plate Tectonics


Unit 5 : Endogenic Processes
a) Movements of the Earth’s Crust
b) Diastrophic Movements: Folding and Faulting
c) Catastrophic Movements: Volcanoes and Earthquakes – Examples from the World and
India
Unit 6 : Exogenic Processes
a) Weathering, Erosion and Mass Wasting – Fluvial and Glacial Landforms (Erosional and
Depositional)
b) Aeolian Landforms, Coastal Landforms (Erosional and Depositional)
c) Karst Landforms (Erosional and Depositional)


MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15

Page 385

382 3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
4 Total 40

Task/Assignment (Any 2)
1) Weather signs and symbols, Interpretation of IMD weather maps
2) Construction of :wind rose, Climotograph and Hythergraph
3) Concept of Contours – Calculation of gradient (with H.E. and V.I.)
4) Drawing of cross section profile to depict Contour Landforms – Intervisibility
5) Explain diagrammatically how cyclones are formed.
6) Prepare a project on methods to prevent Global Warming.


References:
 Ahrens,C.D.(2012):EssentialsofMeteorology:AnInvitationtotheAtmosphere;CengageLear
ning, Boston
 Ahrens, C.D., Jackson, P.L., Jackson, C.E.J. and Jackson, C.E.O. (2012): Meteorology
Today: An Introduction to Weather, Climate and the Environment; Cengage
Learning;Boston
 Barry, R.G. and Chorley, R.J. (2003): Atmosphere, Weather and Climate; Psychology
Press, Hove; EastSussex.
 Chawan S.V. (ed) (2015): Physical Geography, Paper I, Published by Director (I/C),
Institute of Distance and Open Learning, University ofMumbai.
 Critchfield, H.J., (1975): general Climatology, Prentice Hall, NewJersey.
 Lal D.S. (1997): Climatology; Sharda Pustak Bhavan;Allahabad
 Lydolph, P.E.( 1985): The Climate of the Earth, Rowman Nad Allanheld, Totowa,
NewJersey.
 Mather,J.R.(1974): Climatology: Fundamentals and Applications; Mc Craw Hill Book
Co.,U.S.A.
 Matthews, W. H., Kellogg, W., Robinson, G.D. (1971): Man’s Impact on Climate; M.I.T.
Press Design Dept.U.S.A.
 Oliver, J.E. (1993): Climatology: An Atmospheric Scien ce, Pearson Education India,
NewDelhi
 Rosenberg, N.J., Blad, B.L., Verma, S.B.(1983): Micro -climate Biological Environment;
John Wiley & Sons,U.S.A.

Page 386

383  Rumney, G.R. (1968): Climatology and the World Climates, Macmillan,London.
 Shinde P. ; Pednekar H. et.al. (2010): Introduction to Geography, Sheth Publishers
Pvt.Ltd.,Mumbai.
 Subrahmanyam, V.P. (ed) (1983): Contributions to Indian Geography a) Vol III - General
Climatology, b) Volume IV- Applied Climatology. Heritage Publishers, NewDelhi.
 Trewartha, G.T. (1980): An Introduction to Climate; McGraw Hill, New York, 5th
edition, (International StudentEdition)
 Singh, Savindra (2015): “Physical Geography”, Pravalika Publications,Allahabad
 Bunnett, R. B. (1965): “Physical Geography in Diagrams”, Parson Education, NewDelhi
 Lal, D. S. (2009): “Physical Geography:, Sharada Pustak Bhavan,Allahabad
 Qazi, S. A. (2009): “Principles of Physical Geography”, APH Publishing Corporation,
NewDelhi
 Negi, B. S. (1993): “Physical Geography”, S. J. Publications,Meerut
 Strahler, A. H. and Strahler, A. N. (1992): “Modern Physical Geography”, John Willey &
Sons, INC, NewYork
 Hussain, Majid (2001): “Fundamentals of Physical Geography”, Rawat
Publications,Jaipur
 Dayal, P. (2010): “A Text Book of Geomorphology”, Rajesh Publications, NewDelhi
 Thornbury, W. (1993): “Principles of Geomorphology”, Wiley Esatern Limited,
NewDelhi
 Sparks B. W. (1988): “An Introduction to Geomorphology”, Longman,London
 Mishra, B. (2008): “Interpreting Contours and Topographical Maps”, Frank Bros. and
Co., NewDelhi
 Singh, L. R. (2009): “Fundamentals of Practical Geography”, Sharda Pustak
Bhavna,Allahabad
 Mishra, R. P. and Ramesh, A. (2002): “Fundamentals of Cartography”, Concept
Publishing Company, New Delhi





Page 387

384
SEMESTER V
PART III- Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE : POLITICAL SCIENCE JUNIOR COLLEGE
COURSE NAME : ISSUES IN INDIAN POLITICS

Credits : 6
Total Marks : 100


Learning objectives:
1. To develop the basic understanding of issues in Indian Polity
2. To familiarise the students with challenges faced by Indian Polity
3. To sensitise the students about the plight of displaced persons and the importance
of maintaining the balance between development and conservation
4. To create awareness among the students regarding the challenges posing threat to
the national security and integrity

Learning outcomes:
By the end of the course, Student teachers will be able to:
1. Identify various challenges faced by the Indian Polity, like Caste, Religion,
Terrorism, Naxalism.
2. Work on the possible solutions for the various challenges.
3. Appreciate the importance of civil liberties movements and environmental
protection.
4. Address the problem of Rural Urban divide and the problems like unemployment
created by it.

MODULE I : SOCIETY & POLITICS (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Factors Influencing Indian Politics:
a) Caste and Politics
b) Religion and Politics
c) Issue of Regional Identities
Unit 2 : Women’s Representation in Politics

Page 388

385 a) Pioneers - Indira Gandhi, Sushma Swaraj, J. Jayalalita
b) Women’s representation in State and Union Legislature
c). Challenges faced – issue of reservation for women, gender bias


Unit 3 : Civil liberties movements
a) JP movement and the emergency
b) Right To Information movement
c) Lokpal


MODULE II : CHALLENGES TO INDIAN DEMOCRACY (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Security Challenges
a) Terrorism and Separatism
b) Naxalism
c) Maoism
Unit 5 : Environmental Challenges
a) Development vs. Sustainable livelihood
b) Biodiversity, Conservation and Tribal Rights
C. Community movements for environmental protection - Chipko Andolan,
Plachimada and Coca - Cola
Unit 6 : Challenges of Development, Unemployment and Displacement
a) The Rural Urban Divide
b) Unemployment
c) Displacement due to Development and Aggression - Case Study - Narmada Bachao
Andolan, Kashmiri Pandits, POJK Displaced Persons

MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
4 Total 40

Task/Assignment (Any Two )

Page 389

386 1. Prepare an analysis of political cartooning
2. Long essay - Social media as public opinion, Facebook analytica and data privacy,
Relevance of sedition laws in Indian Democracy, etc.
3. Street play on course content
4. Maintain a political diary during the semester (collect articles and news items on
course contents and write your detailed comments).
5. Film/ Documentary review on the course content
6 Make a collage on the theme of the social movements


References:
 Kohli, Atul & Prerna Singh (eds.). 2015. Routledge Handbook of Indian Politics . N. Delhi:
Routledge.
 Baviskar, Amita: In the Belly of the River: Tribal Conflicts over Development in the
Narmada Valley, Second Edition, Oxford University Press, Delhi, 2005.
 Fernandes, Walter and Vijay Pranjapai (ed.), Rehabilitation Policy and Law in India: A
Right to -Livelihood, New Delhi, Indian Social Institute and Econet, Pune, 1997.
 Fernandes, Walter: The Price of Development, Seminar 412-December, 1993. 19 -24
 Gadgil, Madhav, and Guha, Ramachandra, Ecology and Equity: The Use and Abuse of
Nature in Contemporary India, Penguin Books India, Delhi, 1995.
 Kohli, Atul: The success of India's democracy. [ed. by] New Delhi. Foundation Books Pvt.
Ltd., 2002
 Mohanty, Manoranjan and Mukerji, Partha Nath, People’s Rights: Social Movements and
the State in the Third world. 1998
 Morris Jones, W.H. 1987. The Government and Politics of India. London: Hutchinson.
 Narayan, Badri. 2016. Fractured Tales: Invisibles in Indian Democracy. N. Delhi: OUP.
 Nunes, William, Aruna Kumar Malik and Ravi Saxena. 2015. Political Science -I. N. Delhi:
LexisNexis.
 Jagmohan, (2019), My Frozen Turbulence in Kashmir (12th Edition_Reprint 2019),Allied
Publishers.

Page 390

387
SEMESTER V
PART III – Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: PSYCHOLOGY JUNIOR COLLEGE

COURSE NAME: THEORIES OF PERSONALITY


Course Credits: 6

Total Marks: 100



Learning Objectives:

At the end of this course, the student will be able to:
1) To understand the different schools of psychological thought.
2) To apply the information gained in the course to knowing oneself better.
3) To understand the reciprocal nature of self and environmental influence.
4) To understand Indian Psychology and its impact on personality.


Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1) Theoretically understand personality evolution.
2) Identify defense mechanisms in self
3) Know the contribution Indian Psychology can make to understanding the self.



MODULE I : FORCES OF PERSONALITY THEORY (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Psychodynamic theory -Sigmund Freud

a) Instinct and anxiety
b) Levels of consciousness and structure of personality
c) Psychosexual stages and defense mechanisms

Page 391

388 Unit 2: Learning Theory –B.F.Skinner & Albert Bandura

a) Classical Conditioning
b) Instrumental Conditioning
c) Social Cognitive theory

Unit 3: Humanistic Theory

a) Role of existential theory in the development of humanistic school of thought
b) Abraham Maslow
c) Carl Rogers



MODULE II: APPLICATIONS OF PERSONALITY THEORIES (2 Credits)

Unit 4 : Applications of three forces

a) Applications of psychoanalysis
b) Applications of behaviourism
c) Applications of Humanistic theories

Unit 5 : Other theories

a) Application of trait theories – Big Five
b) Application of motivational theories – Self-determination theory
c) Application of biological theories – Evolution and heritability

Unit 6 : Indian Psychology

a) Role of consciousness
b) Triguna theory of personality
c) Yoga and its significance in personality development






MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Page 392

389 SrNo Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 05
4 Total 40

Task/Assignment (Any Two)
1) Write a personal analysis based on the psychosexual stages given by Freud
2) Describe a personality trait that you may have inherited and how it expresses itself
differently across generations.
3) Explain how instrumental conditioning can be used to bring about changes in habits
4) Provide a description of your existential growth.
5) Practice pranayama for a week and describe benefits if any.


References:
 Feist,J&Feist,G.J.(2008).TheoriesofPersonality.McGrawHill.
 Burger, J.M. (2011). Personality. 8thEdn. Wadsworth Cengage Learning.
 Campbell,J.B.(2004).Lindzey,G.,Hall,C.S
==================================================================
==

Page 393

390 SEMESTER V
PART III – Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE : ECONOMICS JUNIOR COLLEGE
COURSE NAME : PUBLIC FINANCE COURSE
Course Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To introduce students to the field of public finance.
2. To provide an understanding of the functions of the government.
3. To familiarize students with the concepts and issues of government budget, public
revenue, public expenditure and public debt.
4. To provide an understanding of fiscal policy.
5. To familiarize students with Indian public finance.


Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Differentiate between public and private finance.
2. Explain the role of the government in an economy.
3. Explain with the concepts and issues of government budget, public revenue, public
expenditure and public debt.
4. Discuss the Indian fiscal policy and public finance.


MODULE I : INTRODUCTION, REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Introduction
a) Meaning And Scope of Public Finance – Fiscal Functions
- Allocation Function, Distribution Function and Stabilisation Function
b) Market Failure – Causes – Role of Government
c) Principle of Maximum Social Advantage: Dalton and Musgrave Versions - Limitations.
Unit 2: Public Revenue
a) Tax and Non-Tax Revenue – Sources – Direct and Indirect Tax – Merits and Demerits
– Rates of Taxation - Proportional, Progressive and Regressive Taxation

Page 394

391 b) Effects of Taxation – on Income and Wealth, Consumption, Savings, Investments and
Production, Redistribution effect.
c) Shifting of Tax Burden: Impact and Incidence of Taxation - Processes - Factors
Influencing Incidence of Taxation
Unit 3 : Public Expenditure
a) Classification of Public Expenditure - Significance of Public Expenditure
b) Economic Effects of Public Spending - on Production, Consumption, Distribution,
Employment and Stabilisation
c) Theories of Public Expenditure: Wagner’s Hypothesis and Wiseman Peacock
Hypothesis - Causes of Growth of Public Expenditure
Module II : DEBT, FISCAL POLICY AND INDIAN PUBLIC FINANCE (2
Credits)
Unit 4 : Public Debt
a) Meaning and Types of Public Debt
b) Burden of Debt Finance: Internal and External - Public Debt and Fiscal Solvency
c) Concepts of Deficits
Unit 5 : Fiscal Policy
a) Fiscal Policy: Meaning, Objectives - Contra Cyclical Fiscal Policy and Discretionary
Fiscal Policy –
b) Principles of Sound and Functional Finance
c) Budget - Meaning - Structure of Union Budget – Budget of the previous Financial
Year
Unit 6: Indian Public Finance
a) Intergovernmental Fiscal Relations - Fiscal Federalism and Fiscal Decentralisation
b) Introduction To GST – Rationale – Structure – Advantages and Limitations
c) FRBM Act – Appraisal


MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 credits)

Sr No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 05

Page 395

392 4 Total 40

Task/Assignment (Any Two)
(Written / PPT Presentation / Seminar)
1) Role of the government in the case of market failure (with real life examples)
2) Analysis of tax incidence with changes in demand and supply using diagrams
3) Trends in public expenditure
4) Discussion of the current year’s budget
5) Meaning, structure and advantages of GST


References:
 Musgrave, R. A. and Musgrave, P. B. (1976): Public Finance in Theory and Practice,
5th Edition.McGraw Hill Education India.
 Rosen, H. (2005): Public Finance, 7th Edition, New York: McGraw -Hill Irwin USA.
 Basu, K. and Maertens, A. (eds.) (2012), The New Oxford Companion to Economics
in India, 3rd Edition, Oxford University Press.
 Sarma, J.V.M., (2018): Public Finance - Principles and Practices, Oxford University
 Press.
 Bhatia H.L. (2020): Public Finance, 30th Edition, Vikas Publications.
 Hindriks, J., and Myles, G. D. (2013): Intermediate Public Economics, 2nd Edition,
MIT Press.

Page 396

393 SEMESTER V
PART III – Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: PHILOSOPHY JUNIOR COLLEGE
COURSE NAME : INDIAN EPISTEMOLOGY & ETHICS

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To introduce and acquaint students with the epistemological and ethical concepts and
theories of Indian philosophical systems.
2. To comprehend the Indian viewpoints about the validity and invalidity of knowledge.
3. To enhance students’ ability to critically reflect, analyze and evaluate varied views
emerging from these systems.

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Explain the basic notions in Indian Epistemology
2. Analyse the Indian Theories of Perception
3. Elaborate the Theories of Knowledge
4. Examine the notion of ethics with respect to karma, purushartahas and dharma
5. Investigate the different interpretations of the Gita with special reference to
nishkamakarma
6. Explain the perspectives of the heterodox systems


MODULE I: INDIAN EPISTEMOLOGY (PRAMANASASTRA) (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Basic Notions in Indian Epistemology
a) Prama, Aprama, Pramana, Prameya, Pramiti (definition, meaning)
b) Types of Pramanas: Pratykasha (Perception) & Anumana (Inference) & Sabda (Verbal
testimony)
c) Types of Pramanas:Upamana (Comparison), Arthapati (Implication) & Anupalabdi
(Non -cognition)
Unit 2: Indian theories on Perception

Page 397

394 a) The Nyaya -Buddhist debate on Perception
b) The Carvaka theory of Perception and refutation of inference and other pramanas.
c) The Jaina Epistemology: Immediate knowledge divided into Avadhi,
Manahparyaya, and Kevala; and mediate knowledge into Mati and Shruta; and the
jaina theory of Judgement (Syadvad )
Unit 3: Pramanavada (Theories of Knowledge)
a) Theories of Truth: Svatah & Paratah Pramanyavada.
b) Theories of Error: Satkhyati, Asatkhyati and Anirvacaniyakhyati.
c) Scepticism critique of pramanvada (Nagarjuna and Jayarasi)

MODULE II : INDIAN ETHICS (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Basic Notions in Indian Ethics
a) The Law of Karma and the notion of self-realization
b) The concept of Purusharthas : its relevance and critique
c) Dharma: varna dharma, ashrama Dharma, sadharana dharma and Visesha dharma
Unit 5: Concept of nishkamakarma yoga in Gita and its interpretations
a) The notion of nishkamakarma yoga in Gita. (with special reference to Gita Bhashya
of Shankara)
b) B.G.Tilak’s interpretation of nishkamakarma yoga
c) B R Ambedkar’s interpretation of Gita
Unit 6: Ethical Principles & Perspectives in Heterodox Systems
a) Triratnas ( The Three Jewels) &Mahavratas (The 5 Great Vows)
b) Four Noble Truths & Eightfold Path in Buddhism
c) Carvaka hedonism


MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 credits)

Sr No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 05
4 Total 40

Page 398

395 Task/Assignment (Any Two)
1. On the basis of your study of ethical principles in Jainism and Buddhism, discuss
the significance of right knowledge in according one’s moral life.
2. Attempt a critique on Carvaka hedonistic perspective.
3. Assess the Nyaya – Buddhist debate on perception
4. Essay on Dr B.R.Ambedkar’s interpretation on Gita
5. Elaborate on the Theories of Truth


References:
 Chakravarthi Ram -Prasad, Knowledge and Liberation in Classical Indian Thought,
Department of Religious Studies, Lancaster University, Palgrave, 2001, pp.162 -214.
 Glasenapp, Helmuth Von.Jainism: An Indian Religion of Salvation (Delhi: Motilal
Banarasidas Publishers, 1998)
 Hiriyanna, M. Outlines of Indian Philosophy (Delhi: Motilal Banarasidas, 1993),Unit
3 Indian Ethics Hiriyanna, M. Outlines of Indian Philosophy, Motilal Banarasidas,
Delhi
 1993.Unit 4 Goal of Life
 Hiriyanna, M. Outlines of Indian Philosophy, Motilal Banarasidas, Delhi, 1993.
 J.N. Mohanty, Classical Indian Philosophy, Rowman & Littlefield, Oxford, 2000.
Chapter 2, Pp.11 -36
 J.N. Mohanty, Classical Indian Philosophy, Rowman & Littlefield, Oxford, 2000.
Chapters 4 & 7.
 Mahadevan, TMP. Invitation to Indian Philosophy. New Delhi, Arnold -Heinemann,
1974.
 Padhi B. & Padhi M. Indian Philosophy and Religion: A Reader's Guide, New
 Delhi, D.K. Printworld Ltd., 1990.
 Purushottama Billimoria, ed., History of Indian Philosophy, Routledge, New York,
2018, chapter 1.
 Raju, P. T. The Philosophical Traditions of India. Pittsburgh: University of
Pittsburgh Press, 1972.
 Rao Nagaraja P, Fundamentals of Indian Philosophy, New Delhi, Indian Book
Company, Year of Publication (not found).
 Roy W. Perrett, Hindu Ethics, chapter 1, Hawaii University Press, Hawaii, 2010.

Page 399

396  Roy W. Perrett, Introduction to Indian Philosophy, Cambridge University, 2016,
chapter 2, pp. 91-137
 Roy W. Perrett, Introduction to Indian Philosophy, Cambridge University, 2016, pp.
48-58
 Sangharakshita. Essential Teachings of the Buddha (New Delhi: New Age Books,
2006)
 Sharma, Chandradhar, A Critical Survey of Indian Philosophy. Delhi. Motilal
Banarsidass; 14 edition. 2016.
 Sinha, Jadunath. A History of Indian Philosophy, Vol- I and II, (JatindranathSen,
Central Book Agency, Calcutta, 1952
 Stephen J. Laumakis, An Introduction to Buddhist Philosophy, Cambridge University
Press, 2008, chapter 8.
 T.C. Roy, A Companion Guide to Indian Philosophy, R.K Publications, Mumbai,
2018.
==========================================================

Page 400

397 SEMESTER V
PART III - Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE : SOCIOLOGY JUNIOR COLLEGE
COURSE NAME : CLASSICAL SOCIOLOGICAL THE ORY
Credits : 6
Total Marks : 100


Learning Objectives:
1. To comprehend the nature and development of classical sociological theories
2. To understand the significance of social theories in day to day life
3. To familiarize with different concepts in the classical sociological theories
4. To co -relate social reality with existing social theories in a better way


Learning Outcomes:
By the end of this course students will be expected to:
1. Explain interaction between theory and application
2. Critically evaluate the classical sociological theories.
3. Deduce the sociology theorists’ perceptions about the society
4. Identify and examine the theories in analysis of social structures in society


MODULE I : DEVELOPMENT OF SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES (2 Credits)
Unit 1: A Historical sketch of Classical Sociological Theory
a) Enlightenment and French Revolution
b) Social forces in development of sociological theory
c) Nature of Sociological theory
Unit 2 : August Comte
a) Social Statics and social dynamics
b) Law of three stages - Theological, Metaphysical, Positive or Scientific
c) Positivism
Unit 3: Herbert Spencer
a) Organic Analogy
b) Evolutionary Theory
c) Social Darwinism

Page 401

398
MODULE II : EARLY SOCIOLOGICAL THEORISTS (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Emile Durkhiem
a) Theory of solidarity - Mechanical and Organic
b) Theory of Suicide - Egoistic, Altruistic, Anomic, Fatalistic
c) Elementary forms of religious life
Unit 5: Karl Marx
a) Historical Materialism
b) Theory of Class struggle
c) Theory of Alienation


Unit 6: Max Weber
a) Methodology - Verstehen, ideal types
b) Theory of social action
c) Protestant Ethics and the Spirit of Capitalism


MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 credits)

Sr No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 05
4 Total 40

Task/ Assignment ( Any two)
1. Critically apply Marxist perspective in understanding modern day inequalities.
2. Explain How Durkheim’s Theory of Suicide can be applied in contemporary society.
3. How relevant is the theory of Comte/Spencer in modern day society
4. Critically analysis the Evolutionary Theory given Hebert Spencer

5. PPT presentation of Max Webwer’s Protestant Ethics and the Spirit of Capitalism

References:

Page 402

399  Adams, B. Nand Sydie, R.A,2001 Sociological Theory I&II,Great Britian,
Weidenfeld & Nicolson.
 Coser Lewis, 1971, Masters of Sociological Thought (2nded), Harcourt Brace
Jovanovich ,Inc.
 Delaney Tim, 2005, Contemporary Social Theory –Investigation and Application,
Delhi Pearson Education Inc.
 Fletcher Ronald, 2000, The Making of Sociology –A Study of Sociological Theory
Beginnings and Foundations, New Delhi, Rawat Publications.
 Joseph Jonathan (ed) 2005. Social Theory, Edinburg, Edinb urg University Press.
 Lemert, Charles. 1999. “Social Theory: Its Uses and Pleasures.” Pp. 1 -17 in Social
Theory: The Multicultural, Global, and Classic Readings.
 Morrison, Ken (2006) Formations of Modern Social Thought (2nd. Edition), New
Delhi: Sage Publications.
 Ritzer George, 1988, Sociological Theory (2nd ed.), New York, Mc –Graw -Hill
Publication.
 Ritzer George, 1996, Sociological Theory (4th ed.), New York, Mc -Graw -Hill
Publication. -
 Ritzer, George (2007) Sociological Theory (5th Edition). New Delhi: Tata McGraw
Hill.
 Ritzer, George. 2008. “The Ideas of Michel Foucault.” Pp. 480 -490 in Modern
Sociological Theory, Seventh Edition. • Foucault, Michel. 1975. Discipline and
Punish: The Birth of the Prison. “Panopticism” (195- 228).
 Scott, J. (2006) Social Theory: Central Issues in Sociology. New Delhi: Sage
Publications.
 Srivastsan R, History of Development Thought, a Critical Anthology,(ed) 2012,New
Delhi, Routledge Taylor and Francis Group .
 Turner Jonathan, 2001, The Structure of Sociological Theory (4th ed.), Jaipur, Rawat
Publication.
 Turner, J.H. (2013) Contemporary Sociological Theory. New Delhi: Sage
Publications.
 Wallace Ruth .A, 2006, Contemporary Sociological Theory U.S.A., Prentice Ha

Page 403

400



























SEMESTER VI

Page 404

401


SEMESTER VI
PART III
CORE COURSE: ENGLISH (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: SOUTH ASIAN AND EUROPEAN LITERATURE
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks

LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. To introduce South Asian and European literature to students
2. To familiarise students with literary and visual works of these regions
3. To make students aware of literature on a global scale

LEARNING OUTCOMES: By the end of the course, students will be able to:

1. Understand literary world of South Asian and the European region.
2. Analyse literary and visual texts belonging to these regions.
3. Compare and contrast these works of literature.

MODULE I: SOUTH ASIAN LITERATURE (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Pakistani Literature
a) Faiz Ahmed Faiz- “Africa , Come Back”, “This Harvest of Hopes”
b) Mohsin Hamid -The Reluctant Fundamentalist
c) Kamila Shamsie - “The Walk”

Unit 2: Sri Lankan Literature
a) Yasmine Goonaratne - “Big Match, 1983”, “The Lizard Cry”
b) Michael Ondaatje - The Englis h Patient
c) Selections from Bridging Connections

Unit 3: Bangladeshi Literature
a) Tasleema Nasrin - “Lajja”
b) Kaisar Haq - “Poor Man Eating”, “Liking It”
c) Sarah Gavron - “Brick Lane” (2007 film adaptation of Monica Ali’s novel Brick Lane)

MODULE II: EUROPEAN LITERATURE (2 Credits)

Unit 1: French Literature
a) Baudelaire - “Hymn to Beauty”
b) Guy de Maupassant - “The Ball of Fat”
c) Gustave Flaubert - Madame Bovary

Unit 2: German Literature

Page 405

402 a) Johann Wolfgang von Goethe - The Sorrows of Young Werther
b) Schiller - “Ode to Joy”
c) Gunter Grass - Selections from Of All That Ends

Unit 3: Italian Literature
a) Leonardo da Vinci - “The Mona Lisa”; Michelangelo Merisi da Caravaggio - “The
Martyrdom of
Saint Matthew”
b) Umberto Eco- “How to Take Intelligent Vacations”
c) Italian Film - Bicycle Thieves

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)
Sr.No Particular Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2x10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1. Poster presentation (Individual/Group)
2. Group discussion
3. Review submission
4. Quiz
5. Creative writing

List of References:
 Baudelaire, Charles. The Flowers of Evil. Oxford: Oxford University Press.UK. 2010
 De, Sica V, and Luigi Bartolini. Bicycle Thieves: A Film. London: Faber and Faber,
1994.
 Eco, Umberto. How to Travel with Salmon, and Other Essays.Vintage Digital edition.
2013.
 Flaubert, Gustave. Madame Bovary. Peacock Publication. 2008 
 Gavron, Sarah. Brick Lane. Sony Pictures Classics, 2007.
 Goethe Johann Wolfgang von. The Sorrows of Young Werther. Penguin Classics. 1989.
 Gomrich, E.R. The Story of Art. Phaidon Press. 1985.
 Gooneratne, Yasmine. The Lizard’s Cry and Other Poems. Y. Gooneratne .1972.
 Grass, Gunter. Of All That Ends. Vintage Publications. 2017.
 Hamid, Mohsin. The Reluctant Fundamentalist. Toronto: Bond Street Books, 2007
 Kiernan V G, Poems By Faiz: Faiz Ahmed Faiz, Oxford, 2020
 Maupassant, Guy de. The Complete Short Stories: Guy de Maupassant. Rupa
Publications: Delhi.2020. 
 Nsarin, Taslima. Lajja. New Delhi : Penguin Books, 1994.
 Ondaatje, Michael. The English Patient: A Novel. New York: Knopf, 1992 
 Schiller, Friedrich Von. The Poems of Schiller. Blurb Publications. 2021.

Web Resources

Page 406

403 1. https://www.nytimes.com/interactive/2020/07/07/magazine/kamila -shamsie -short -
story.html
2. https://frontline.thehindu.com/other/article30256560.ece

Page 407

404 SEMESTER VI
PART III
CORE COURSE: HINDI (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: वि ˙द भ ष : उद ् भह
एह वह क स
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks

अवधम न उद्द े श्य:
1. कवादा ाोााकथगयाोाोाोां काोाो आय ग भाषाोााओाोां काोाे उद्भवा
एवााोां कवाकाास साोाे पररकचत कराानाा।
2. कवादा ाोााकथगयाोाोाोां काोाो कहाोांदाोा भाषाोाा काोा उत पकता
एवााोां कवाकाास साोांबाोांधाोा तथा ा ाोाोाोां साोाे पररकचत
कराना।
3. कवादा ाोााकथगयाोाोाोां माोाेाोां कहाोांदाोा काोाे अलराोा -
अलरा रूपाोाोाोां काोाे प्रकत समझ कवाककसत करनाा।
4. कहाोांदाोा काोा प रमाोाुख बाोाोकलयाोाोाोां काोाे कवाषय
माोाेाोां पररचय दाोाे नाा।
5. कहंद भाषा के शब्द सम हों को समझना।
6. दाेवानाारर कलकप काे कवाकाास वा कवाशाेषतााओां साे पररकचत कराानाा।
अवधम न वनष ्पवह : अध ययन काोाे पश चाात छाात्र कनमा नकलखखत क षमतााओाोां काोाो कवाककसत कर
सकाोाे ाोां राोा ाोाे;
1. प्रााचा न, मध यकाला न और आधाुकनक भााषााओां काा कवाश लाेषण कर सकाेां रा ाोाे ।
2. कहांद भााषाा काे कवाकास वा उत पकता साे पररकचत हाो सकाेां रा ाोाे ।
3. खड बाोला , भाोजपाुरा , ब्रज, अवाकध बाोकलयाोां काा कवाश लाेषण कर सकाेां रा ाोाे ।
4. कहाोांदाोा , उदाो ग , दखिाो ना वा कहाोांदाोाु सा ताोााना
रूपाोाोाोां काोाो आता मसाात कर सकाोाे ाोां राोा ाोाे।
5. तता सम, तद भवा, दाोाेशज एवााोां कवादाोाेशाोा शबा द समाो
हाोाोाोां काोाा प्रयाोराोा कर सकाोाे ाोां राोा ाोाे।
6. दाेवानाारर कलकप काे कवाकाास, रा ाोाु णाोां वा सा मााओां साे पररकचत हाो सकाेां रा
ाोाे ।
म ड ्य ˛ल I:आर ् ग भ ष ओ क उद ् भह एह वह क स
तथ वि ˙द (2 Credits)
घटक 1: प्र च न, मध ्यक ल न ह आध ¸वनक भ ष ओ क पररचर ् ।
a. प रााचा न आय ग भाषाोााएाोां : वााो`कदक साोांस्काोाृ त एवााोां लाोा ककक

Page 408

405 साोांस्काोाृ त
b. मध यकााला न भााषााएां - पााला प रााकाृ त अपवाांश साामाान्य पररचय
c. आधुकनक भाषाएं
घटक 2: वि ˙द क उद ् भह एह वह क स
a. कहांदा काा उद भवा एवाां कवाकाास, नाामकरण
b. कहाोांदाोा काोाे प रचकलत एवााोां भाषाोाा वााो`ज्ञााकनक अथ ग
c. कहन्दा काा आकदकाल, मध यकााल एवाां आधाुकनक कााल
घटक 3: वि ˙द क प्रम ¸ख ब वलर ्
a. खड बोल

Page 409

406 b. भोजपुर

Page 410

407 c. ब्रज एवाां अवाधा

म ड ्य ˛ल II: वि ˙द क े वह वभन ्न र प, शब्द सम ˙ि और द े
ह न रन वलवप।(2 Credits)

घटक 4: वि ˙द क े अन्य र प
a. कहन्दा एवााोां उदाो ग
b. दद्धखन
c. कहंदुस्तान
घटक 5: वि ˙द क शब्द सम ˙ि
a. तत सम एवाां तद भवा शब्द
b. देशज शब्द
c. कवादाेशा शब्द
घटक 6: द े ह न रन वलवप
a. कवाकास
b. कवाशाेषतााएां
c. ककमयााां एवाां साुधाार

म ड ्य ˛ल III: अ ˙तर ् गत म ˛ल्य ˙कन (2 Credits)

क्रम
स ˙ख्य वह
ह र
ण अ ˙ क
1 काोााय ग/स िााध यााय साोाेमाोाेस टा र
काोाे प रता याोाेक मा डा याो ल साोा े
(2*10) 20
2 साेमाेस्टर मा ां एक कनयत कााला न कक षाा परा क षाा 15
3 साेमाेस्ट र माेां कवाषय सांबांध एक कनबांध 5
कु ल योर 40

क र ् ग/स्व ध्य र ् (क ई द )
1. प रााचा न, मध यकााला न और आधाुकनक भााषााओां काा ताुलनाात्मक अध ययन
करकाे ‘मााइांड म `प’के द्वाारा सांरचनाा त `याार क कजए।
2. कहांद भाषाा काे कवाकाास तथाा उत पकता पर कनबांध त `याार क कजए।
3. कहाोांदाोा काोाे कवाकभन्न शबा द समाो ह काोाे नमाो नाोाे प रसा ताोाुत
काोा कजए।
4. कवाकभन्न बाोकलयाोां पर एक पा पा टा त `याार क कजए।
5. दाेवानाारवाा कलकप काे कवाकास तथाा रा ाोाु णाोां पर एक कनबांध कलखखए।
6. कहांद भााषाा पर मरााठा काे प्रभाावा काा कवाश लाेषण का कजए।
7. कहाोांदाोा कफला ाोाोाोां माोाेाोां मरााठाोा

Page 411

408 भाोााषाा काोाे प रभाावा काोाे काोाारण आनाोाे
वााालाोा े बदलाोाावााोाोाोां काोाा अध ययन का कजए।
8. प राोाााोांता यताा काोाे प्रभाावा काोाो दाो र करताोाे हाुए आप
कहाोांदाोा कशक षक काोाे रा प माोाेाोां ककस प रकाोाार

Page 412

409 काोााय गरत हाोराोा ाोाे, सोदाोााहरण स पष्ट काोा कजए।

Page 413

410 स ˙दभ ग ग ्र ˙ थ स ˛च
 कहाोांदाोा भाषाोाा काोाा इकतहाोाास- धाोा राोाे ाोां द्र वामाोाा ग,
कहाोांदाोाु सा ताोााना एकाोाे डाोाे माोा , प्रयाोााराोा ।
 कहांदा उद भवा कवाकाास और रूप, डा हरदाेवा बााहरा , ककतााब महल
इलााहााबााद।
 कहांद भााषाा काा इकतहाास, डा . भाोलाानााथ कतवााारा , वाााणा प्रकााशन, कदल ला ।
 भाषाोााकवाज ञाान काोा भाो कमकाोाा, दाोाेवााोाेन्द रनााथ शमाोाा ग, दाोा खप्त
शमाोाा ग, रााधााकाोाृ ष्ण प रकाोााशन, कदला लाोा ।
 भााषाा कवाज ञाान, डा . भाोलाानााथ कतवााारा , ककतााब महल, इलााहााबााद।
 कहाोांदाोा शब दाानाोाुशाासन, आचााय ग ककशोरा दाोाास
वाााजपाोाेयाोा , नाोााराोा रा प रचााररणाोा सभाोाा,
वाााराोााणस ।
 सामाान्य भाषाा कवाज्ञाान, बाब रााम सक साेनाा, कहांद सााकहत्य सम माेलन, प रयारा ।

Page 414

411 SEMESTER VI
PART III
CORE COURSE: MARATHI (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: भ रत र ् ह प श्च त्यस वि त्यश स्र

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks

अध्यन न उवद्दष्ट े:
१) भाारता य वा पााश चाात्य सााकहत्यशाािाोाोााता लसांकल पनाा वा कसवाााांत समजावा न
घाेणाे.
२) भारता य वापााश चाात यसााकहत यशाािाोाोााताोा लसााकहता य भाषाोाेचाोाे स िरूप
वा काोााय ग यााचाोाा पररचय करा न घाोाेणाोाे.
३) सााकहत यााचा प रकक रयाा वा प्रयाोजन समजावा न घाेणाे.
४) साकहत्याचा आस्वाद वा पररणाम याचे स्वरूप समजावा न घेणे.
अध्यर ्न वनष ्पह : ि अभ ्य सक्रम प ˛ण ग क े ल्य ह र
वह द ् य थ ;
१) भाारता य वा पााश चाात्य सााकहत यशाास रााचाा पररचय दाेताो.
२) भारत य वा पाश्चात्य साकहत्यशास्राच्या आस्वादाच प्रकक्रया सांतो.
३) भारता य वा पााश्चााता य साकहत यााचाोा कनकमगता प रकका रयाोाा वा प्रयाोाोजनााचा पररचय
दाोाे ताोाो.

म डर ् ˛ ल I - भ रत र ् स वि त्यश स्त्र- स्वर प ह आकलन (2 Credits)
घटक १ : भ रत र ् स वि त्यश स्त ्र: स ˙कल्पन ह वसद ् ˙त
अ) अलांकाारकवाचाार वा
वाक राोक ता कवाचाारब)
ररता कसवाााांत वा
ध्वकनकसवाााांत
क) औकचत्यवकचार
घटक २ : भ रत र ् स वि त्यश स्त्र : स वि त्य च आस्व द ह
स वि त्य च भ ष
अ) भरतााचाा रसकसवाााांत
ब) रसकसवाााांतााचाे भााष यकाार : भटलाोल्लट, श रा शांकाु क, भटनाायक वा
अकभनवारा ाोाु प तक) सााकहता य भाषाोाेचाोाे स्वराो प वा
काोााय ग-शब दशक ताोा : अकभधाा, लक्षणाोाा वा
वाा याोांजनाा घटक ३ : भ रत र ्

Page 415

412 स वि त्यश स्त्र : वनवमगत प ्रवक्रर ् ह प्रर ् जन
वह च र अ) सााकहता य कनकमगता पा रकका रयाोाा -प रकतभा : स िरूप
वा
काोााय ग
ब) सााकहत यकनकमगता लाोाा पाो रक ठरणाराोाे
घटक : वाा याोाुत पता ाोा , अभ याास,स्फाो
ताोा . क) साकहत्याचाा प्रयाोजनकवाचार : भरत ते
अकभनवारा ाोाु प्त

Page 416

413 म डर ् ˛ लII -प श्च त्य स वि त्यश स्त्र- स्वर प ह आकलन (2 Credits)
घटक ४:प श्च त्य स वि त ्यश स्त ्र: स ˙कल्पन ह वसद ् ˙त
अ) प लाेटोचााअनाुकाृ ता कसवाााांत

Page 417

414 ब) ॲररस टा ाोा टलचााअनाुकाृ ता कसवाााांत
क) पााश्चााता याोाााोांना काोाे लाोाेला ाोाा काोााि यि याोााख याा:
वाड गस िथग, काोाोलरा ज, काोाोटगह प, एडराोा र असन पाोाो,
अनाोाोला ड. घटक ५: प श्च त्य स वि त्यवह च र: स वि त्य च
भ ष , वनवमगत प्रवक्रर ् ह प ्रर ् जन वह च र अ)
साकहत यााचाोा भाषाोाा : राो पक, प रकतक, प्रकतमाोाा
वाकनयाोाामाोला लाोांघन
ब) काोाोलररजचाोाा कल पनाोााशक ता चाा वा चमत्काोाृ ता शक्ता चाोाा
कसदा धाोाााोांत. क) आत मकवाष्काार, जा वानभााष य,
साामााकजक बााांकधलक ह प्रयाोजनाे .घटक ६: प श्च त्य
स वि त्य वह च र: स वि त्य च आस्व द
अ) ॲररस टाोा ाोा टलच्याा काो˘ थाोााकसगसचा
कसदा धाोाााोांत. ब) काो˘ थाोााकसगसचा कसदा धाोाााोांत
: कवाकवाध अथ ग क) ररचड ाोा गसचा प राोाेरणा
साोांताोाुलनााचा कसदा
धाोाााोांत.
म डर ् ˛ल III – अ ˙तर ् गत म ˛ल्यम पन (2 Credits)

अ.क्र. स्वर प र ्

¸ ण
१ प्रत ्य ेक म डर ् ˛ल मध ˛न वकम न
द हनर क र ् ग/स्व ध्य र ्
(२x१०) २०
२ अ ˙तर ् गत
च चण पर क्ष १५
३ स्व ध्य र ्/
वनब ˙ध ०५
एक˛ण
र ् ¸
ण ४०

क र ् ग/स्व ध्य र ् (क णत ेि द न )
०१)भारता य सााकहत यशाािाोाोाात साोाााोांकराोा तलाोाेलाोा
काोााि यलक षणाोाे काोाोणता ताोाे थोडका याोाात कलहाोाा.
०२) शब दशक ताोा मा हणजाोाे काोााय, साोाााोांराोा ाो न त्याोााबदा दल

Page 418

415 थोडका याोाात कवावााोाेचन कराा.
०४)प रकतभा याोाा सााकहत यकनकमगता च याा घटकाोााबदा दल मााकहता कलहाा.
०५)सााकहत यााचाे प्रयाोजन म हणजाे काय ताे सााांरा ाो न सााकहत य प रयाोजनााांचाे वारा
ाोा करण कसाे काे लाे जााताे ते सााांरा ाोाा.
०६)प लाेटाोचा सााकहत यकवाषयक भ कमकाा थोडक याात कवाशद कराा.
०७)अररस टाोा ाोा टलचा सज गक अनाोाुकाोाृ ता चा कसदा धाोाााोांत कलहाा.
स ˙दभ ग ग ्र ˙थ :
 कां लाे. र. प.. (सांपाा.) काि यशाािाो , म ज प रकाशन, माुांबई १९७४

Page 419

416  राोा ाोााडराोा ाोा ळ. स.राा.. काोााि यशाोाािाो पा रदाोा प,
ि हाोा नस, पाोाुणाोाे (सहाोाावााोा आवााोाृता ाोा ). २००३
 दाोाे शपाोाााोांडाोाे , राोा . त्रा याोां. भाोाारताोा य
साोााकहता यशाािाो, पाोा पा याोाुलर, माोाुाोांबई (कत.आ.) १९८०
 पाोााटणकर, राा. भा. सा दय गमाोा माोाााोांसाोाा, माोा ज, माोाुाोांबई
(कत.आ.) २००४
 पाोााटणकर, वासाोांत, सााकहता यशाोाािो : स िरूप आकण समस याोाा
पदा मराोा ाोांधाोाा, पाोाुणाोाे, २००६.

Page 420

417  मालशाोाे, कमकलाोांद, आधाोाुकनक, भाषाोाा कवाजा ञाोाान: कसदा धाोाााोांत आकण
उपयाोजन, लाोाोकवाााङाोा मयराोा ाोाृह, माोाुाोांबई.
१९९५
 पाोााटणकर, वासाोांत, सााकहता यशाोाािो : स िरूप आकण समस याोाा
पदा मराोा ाोांधाोाा, पाोाुणाोाे, २००६.
 रा .राा. भटकळ फााऊां डाेशन, माुांबई, २००१ १४ रााजाध यक ष, कवाजयाा वा इतर (सांपाा.)
मरााठा वाााङा मयकाोश, खाोांड ४, (समा का षाोाा साोांज ञाोाा),
महाोााराोााष्टर राोााज्य सााकहत्य साोांस्काोाृ ताोा माोांडळ,
माोाुाोांबई, २००२
 रा ाोााडरा ाोा ळ, स. राा.- कााि यशाास रप रदा प
 काु लकणा वााा.ल, सााकहत्य स िरूप आकण समा क षाा
 मालशाोाे, कमकलाोांद, आधाोाुकनक भाषाोाा कवाजा ञाोाान: कसदा धाोाााोांत आकण
उपयाोजन, लाोाोकवाााङाोा मयराोा ाोाृह,माोाुाोांबई.
१९९५
 णाोरकर, प रभा, उहााकाे बसांत आबााज वा इतर (सांपाा.) वाााङा मया न सांज ञाा
सांकल पनाा कोश.रा .राा. भटकळ फाऊ ं डेशन , मुंबई , २००१

Page 421

418
SEMESTER VI
PART III
CORE COURSE: URDU (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: CLASSICAL URDU LITERATURE – POETRY
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks

Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding about the art and history of Urdu Marsiya Nigari
2. To develop an understanding about the writing style of few Marsiya Nigars
3. To develop an understanding about Mir Anis as Marsiya Nigar
4. To develop critical understanding of Marasiye Mir Anis

Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will be able to:

1) Describe the art and history of Urdu Marsiya Nigari
2) Describe the writing style of few Marsiya Nigars
3) Describe Mir Anis as Marsiya Nigar
4) Critically analyse the Marasiye Mir Anis

MODULE 1: URDU MARSIYA (2 Credits)
Unit 1 : Art of Marsiya Nigari
a) Meaning and Definition’s
b) Ajza -e- Tarkibi
c) Ashkhas -e- Marsiya
Unit 2: History of Urdu Marsiya
a. Dakan mein Urdu Marsiya
b. Dehli mein Urdu Marsiya
c. Lucknow mein Urdu Marsiya
Unit 3: Urdu ke Chand Marsiya Nigar
a. Mir Zameer
b. Mir Khaleeq
c. Mirza Dabeer

MODULE 2: MIR BABER ALI ANIS AND MARSIYA -E- ANIS (2 Credits)
Unit 4 : Mir Anis - The Poet
a. Life

Page 422

419 b. Art of Urdu Marsiya Nigari
c. Marsiya -e- Anis mein Hindustani Anasir
Unit 5: Marsiya -e- Mir Anis; Jab Qata Ki Masafat -e- Shab Aftab Ne
a) Ibtedayee 100 band
b) Akher ke mokammal band
c) Marsiye ki khususiyaat
Unit 6: Critical Study of Marsiya -e- Mir Anis
a. Technical Aspect
b. Kirdar Nigari
c. Manzar Nigari
MODULE 3 : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
4 Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1. Urdu Marsiye Ke Irteqayi Safar ka jayeza lijiye
2. Mir Anees ki marsiya nigari ka tanqeedi jayeza pesh kijiye
3. Marasiye Anees me Hindustani anasir ki nishandehi kijiye
4. Urdu marsiya me kirdar nigari ki ehmiyat wazeh kijiye
5. Urdu Marsiye mai ashkhase marsiya ka taarruf pesh kijiye
6. Mir Anees ki zindagi ke ahem pehluon par roshni daliye

References:
 Muazanae Anees o Dabeer by Shibli Nomani
 Urdu Marsiye ka Irteqa by Masihuz zamam
 Urdu Marasi ke Awwaleen Nuqoosh by Dr Jafar Raza
 Urdu Marsiya by Sefarish Hussain
 Marsiya Shanasi by Dr Sayed Ali Haider
 Mir Anis Bahaisiyat Razmiya Shayer by Akbar Haidery
 Anees Shanasi by Fazle Imam

Page 423

420 SEMESTER VI
PART III

CORE COURSE: GUJARATI (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: FUNCTIONAL GRAMMAR FOR CREATIVE
WRITING

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks

Learning Objective:

1. To develop the skills of creative writing by applying appropriate grammar concepts.
2. To critically comprehend in own words different forms of Gujarati literature
3. To apply emotive expressions in the creative writing
Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Identify the vocabulary and the grammar concepts that are essential for creative writing
2. effectively use the different forms of Gujarati literature in own creative writing
3. Create own style in creative writing

MODULE I: CREATIVE WRITING SKILLS (2 Credits)

Unit - 1 Essay Writing on different themes
a. Meaning and characteristics of Essay writing
b. Significance of Essay writing in Gujarati Literature
c. Rulles and pre-requisit skills for Essay writing

Unit 2: Formal and Informal letter writing
a. Meaning, characteristics of formal and informal letter writing
b. Rules and Skills required for letter writing
c. Critical review of different literature focussed on letter writing

Unit 3: Comprehension and creative writing of prose and poetry literature
a) Unique features of creative writing of Gujarati Prose and Poetry
b) Comparative analysis of prose and poetry literature written in Gujarati
c) Skills required for capacity building in prose and Poetry writing

MODULE 2: USE OF EMOTIVE EXPRESSIONS IN THE LITERATURE (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Nine Emotive expressions: Meaning and purpose in the different forms of
literature (Prose and Poetry)
a. Types and significance of Navras in the literature writing

Page 424

421 b. Identification of navras infamous Gujarati Poetry literature
c. Writing a script for a street play on the theme of Gender equality by applying navras.

Unit 5: Use of significant Grammar concepts and rules commonly used in Poetry
literature -:Figures of speech (Alankar), verses (chhand), Compounds (Samas),
idioms(rudhiprayog)

a) Meaning and types of Figures of speech -- Identifying in Gujarati kavya (Garabi, Bhakti
Gito, Gazal, Diaro
b) Meaning and types of Chhand, Samas --- Identifying in Gujarati patriotic songs
c) Meaning of Idioms (Rudhiprayoga), proverbs (muhavara) and identifying its use in poetry
literature.

Unit 6: Significant Grammar concepts and rules commonly used in prose literature

a) Use of metaphor, analogies, expressions, punctuations, direct and indirect voices. ( with
reference to Jayant Parikh’s Adivasi sambodh kavya rachana.
b) Use of Idioms and proverbs in the prose literature of different forms: Folk text, Novels
and Drama and fiction text
c) Tenses (Kaal) and figurative language used in different forms of prose writing
:(Personification (sajivaropan), alliteration (anupras) and similie (upama)

MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given Semester 15
3 One Essay test held in the given Semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1. Write the script for the Roleplay in the mono act form on the theme of your choice focussing
on incorporating the Navras and presenting in the class.

2. Select any one each Dalit and female -oriented poetry and identify the different forms of
grammatical concepts used to convey the desired message with appropriate emotions.

3. Select Mirabai’s bhajans of your choice(any four) and identify the pattern of grammatical
concepts used in poetic literature. Compare it with any of the modern poetry and present your
interpretation.

4. Compare any four types of prose literature and identify typical grammar used in these forms.
Reflect upon its significance for each form.

5. Pick up any style of writing the prose and compose at least 2 stanza on any theme of your
choice and present in the class.

Page 425

422 Online reference links:

 https://www.academia.edu/42865043/Perspectives_ on_Indian_Dalit_Literature_Critic
al_Responses (PDF)
 https:/ /www.a cademia.edu/42865043/Perspectives_on_Indian_Dalit_Lite rature_Critic
al_Responses(Non -fiction reports) (PDF)
 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dalitchetna
 https://www.sahapedia.org/dalit -theatre -gujarati -trends -patterns -differences
 https://www.firstpost.com/living/neerav -patel -poet-and-pioneer -of-dalit-literature -in-
gujarat -passes -away -but-power -of-his-verses -lives -on-6670581.html
 https://www.academia.edu/919638/Short_Story_in_Gujarati_Dalit_Literature (PDF)
 https:/ /www.flipkart.com/gujar ati-dalit-short -stories/p/itmab42647bea2da
 http://dalpatchauhan.blogspot.com/2010/05/dalpat -chauhan.html
 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=So0brwxZAiI (gidh)
 https://www.matrubharti.com/book/19892068/women -empowerment (PDF)
 https://www.gu jaratibooks.com/Dikari -Ne-Udava -Pankh -To-Aapo -Gujarati -
book.html
 https://w ww.ugc.ac.in/pdfnews/7913140_B.A. -Gujarati -HONOURS.pdf
 https://brennaaubrey.net/blog/2011/05/27/incorporating -figurative -language -in-prose/
 https://www.veethi.com/ind ia-people/jayant_pathak -profile -13275 -25.htm

Page 426

423
SEMESTER VI
PART III

CORE COURSE: GERMAN (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: TEACHING GERMAN AT A1 LEVEL
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks : 100

Note: Language proficiency of B1 level as per the Common European Reference Framework
is necessary for this course. Candidates should have completed (passed) B1 at Max Mueller
Bhavan / Goethe Institut / equivalent course at University of Mumbai /any other university /
any other qualification equivalent to B1.

Learning Objectives:

1. Understand and discuss the fundamental principles, methods and techniques of teaching
German as a Foreign Language at A1 level.
2. Plan, design, discuss and evaluate a lesson plan for actual classroom teaching in groups.
3. Apply the teaching concepts and skills in real classroom situations by group teaching.

Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will be able to;

1. Apply interpersonal skills while effectively planning and teaching in groups.
2. Demonstrate the methods and techniques of teaching German as a Foreign Language at A1
level.
3. Discuss and evaluate one’s teaching skills.

MODULE I: Lehrkraft und Lernen (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Introduction
a. Introduction :German as a foreign language - Language Skills
b. History of the German Language
c. Linguistics

Unit 2: Teacher and Teaching

a. Methods of teaching German as a foreign language
b. Role of the teacher
c. Teaching grammar, vocabulary

Unit 3: Facilitating the Learning process
a. Psychology of learning
b. German Culture
c. Learning Games

Page 427

424 MODULE II: Lehrskizzen und Unterricht (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Lecture Planning
a) Planning a lecture
b) Techniques of question formation
c) Types of exercises

Unit 5: Lecture Execution Aids

a) Internal differentiation
b) Use of Audio -visual methods, Didactics in big groups
c) Tests in German as a foreign language

Unit 6 – Practicals
a) Planning
b) Practicals
c) Feedback

MODULE 3 : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
4 Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1. Group practical
(Teaching practical in groups on A1 level students)
2. Lesson plan preparation
3. Test
4. Hospitation and class participation
(On actual class of A1 level students)

References:

 Ballweg, Sandra u.a.: Wie lernt man die Fremdsprache Deutsch? Deutsch Lehren
Lernen (DLL 2). München 2013.
 Barkowski, Hans u.a.: Deutsch als fremde Sprache. Deutsch Lehren Lernen (DLL 3).
München 2014.
 Dengler, Stefanie, u.a.: Netzwerk A1. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Kursbuch und
Arbeitsbuch. München / Delhi: Klett Langenscheidt / Goyal Saab 2015.
 Ende, Karin u.a.: Curriculare Vorgaben und Unterrichtsplanung. Deutsch Lehren
Lernen (DLL 6). München 2013.
 PONS (Hg. von): 600 übungen. Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Stuttgart 2018.

Page 428

425 Any other textbook for A1 level proficiency (corresponding to the topics in the syllabus) may
be used as a reference book and/or teaching practicals.

Page 429

426


SEMESTER VI
PART III Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: HISTORY (SCHOOL SUBJECTS)
COURSE NAME: HISTORY OF THE MARATHAS (1630 CE – 1818 CE)

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To get an overview of the political history of the Marathas under Shivaji and his
successors.
2. To discuss the expansion of Maratha powers under Peshwas.
3. To understand the socio – cultural developments and administration under the
Marathas.
Learning Outcomes: By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Describe the role of Shivaji in establishment of Swaraj.
2. Analyze the struggle between the Marathas and other contemporary political powers.
3. Understand the Maratha administration.
4. Examine the rise of Peshwas and their role in expansion of Maratha power.
5. Describe the revival and also the fall of the Marathas power.
MODULE I: ROYAL PERIOD (1600 – 1707) (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Establishment of Swaraj under Shivaji
a. Deccan in the 17th century – Geo-Political and Economic conditions
b. Shivaji’s early life & Foundation of Swaraj
c. Shivaji’s relations with Deccan Sultanate
Unit 2: Expansion and Consolidation of Maratha Power
a. Shivaji’s relations with Mughals
b. Shivaji and Europeans
c. Coronation and its significance; Shivaji’s Karnataka Campaign
Unit 3: Administration and Period of Crisis
a. Administration of Shivaji
b. Sambhaji, Rajaram and Tarabai

Page 430

427 c. Civil War : Tarabai and Shahu


MODULE II : PESHWA PERIOD (1707 -1818) (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Rise of Peshwas
a. Balaji Vishwanath
b. Peshwa Bajirao I
c. Peshwa Balaji Bajirao (Nanasaheb); Third Battle of Panipat
Unit 5 : Revival and Downfall
a. Peshwa Madhavrao I
b. Barbhai Council
c. Downfall of the Maratha Power
Unit 6: Socio - cultural developments
a. Society
b. Literature and Art
c. Architecture
MODULE 3 : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
4 Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1. Prepare a presentation on Ashta Pradhan Mandal.
2. Prepare a map of Maratha empire under Peshwas.
3. Write an assignment describing the famous painting of Shivaji’s coronation.
4. Prepare a model of any Maratha fort.
5. Group Discussion on Downfall of the Maratha Power.

References:
 Sardesai G.S., The New History of the Marathas, Vol I: Shivaji and his Times , Phoenix
Publications, Bombay, 1971
 Sarkar Jadunath, House of Shivaji , Orient Longman, Bombay, 1978.
 Sarkar Jadunath, Shivaji and His Times , 6th edition, Sarkar & sons, 1973.
 Sen Surendranath, Administrative System of the Marathas , K.P. Bagchi & Company,
Calcutta, 1923.
 Sen Surendranath, The Military System of the Marathas , Orient Longmans, Calcutta,
1958.

Page 431

428  Sharma S.R., The Founding of Maratha Freedom , Orient Longman, Bombay, 1964.
 Chitnis K. N, Glimpses of Medieval Indian Ideas & Institutions, 2nd edition, Mrs. R K
Chitnis, Pune, 1981.
 Chitnis K. N., Glimpses of Maratha Socio - Economic History, Atlantic Publishers &
Distributors, New Delhi, 1994.
 Deshmukh R.G., History of Marathas, Nimesh Agencies, Bombay, 1993.
 Duff James Grant, History of Mahrattas, Vol. I and Vol. II, R. Cambray & Co., Calcutta,
1912.
 Fukazawa Hiroshi, The Medieval Deccan – Peasants, Social Systems and States –
Sixteenth to Eighteenth Centuries, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 1991
 Gordon Stewart, Marathas, Marauders, and State Formation in Eighteenth Century
India, Oxford University Press, Delhi, 1994.
 Gordon Stewart, The New Cambridge History of India, The Marathas, Cambridge
University Press, New Delhi, 1998.
 Gune Vithal Trimbak, The Judicial System of the Marathas, Deccan College, Pune,
1953
 Kotani Hiroyuki, Western India in Historical Transition – Seventeenth to Early
Twentieth Centuries, Manohar Publishers & Distributors, New Delhi, 2002
 Kulkarni A. R., Maharashtra in the Age of Shivaji, Deshmukh & Co., Poona, 1969.
 Kulkarni A. R., Maharashtra: Society and Culture, Books and Books, New Delhi, 2000.
Marathi Books:
 Bhave Vasudev Krishna, Shivarajya va Shivakal, Pune, 1953
 Deshmukh S, Shivakalin va Peshwakalin Stree Jeevan , Tilak Maharashtra
Vidyapeeth, Pune, 1973.
 Gaikwad B.D, Sardesai B. N, Thorat D. B & Hanmane V. N, Marathe kalin Sanstha
Va Vichar, Phadke Booksellers, Kolhapur, 1987.
 Mehendale Gajanan Bhaskar, Shree Raja Shivachhatrapati , Vol. I, G.B. Mehendale,
Pune, 1996.
 Pagadi Setu Madhavrao, Chhatrapati Shivaji , Continental Prakashan, Pune, 1974

Page 432

429

SEMESTER VI
PART III – Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: GEOGRAPHY (SCHOOL SUBJECTS)
COURSE NAME: SOCIAL GEOGRAPHY AND POLITICAL
GEOGRAPHY

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To understand about Social Geography.
2. To learn about Elements of Social Geography.
3. To understand about Contemporary Issues in India.
4. To develop the basic understanding about Political Geography.
5. To learn about Frontiers and Boundaries.
6. To understand about Electoral Geography.
Learning Outcomes:By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Explain Social Geography and its elements.
2. Learn Contemporary Issues in India.
3. Describe Political Geography and Electoral Geography.
4. Describe geomorphology.
5. Compare Frontiers and Boundaries.

MODULE 1: SOCIAL GEOGRAPHY, ITS ELEMENTS AND
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN INDIA (2 Credits)

UNIT 1: Introduction to Social Geography
a. Social Geography: Definitions, Nature, Scope and importance
b. Branches and Approaches in Social Geography
c. Concept of Social Space and Socio -cultural Regions

UNIT 2 : Elements of Social Geography -World
a. Race: Concept and Basis of Classification and distribution, Major races and its
distribution in India
b. Religion: Characteristics, Distribution and Spread of Major Religions in the World,
Major Religions and its distribution and its distribution in India
c. Language: Characteristics and Distribution of Major Linguistic Families in the World,
Major Linguistic Families in India

UNIT 3 : Contemporary Issues in India

Page 433

430 a. Social issues related to Religion and Language
b. Patterns of gender issues in India
c. Socio -economic problems of indigenous communities in India
MODULE 2: POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY, FRONTIERS AND BOUNDARIES,
AND ELECTORAL GEOGRAPHY (2 Credits)
UNIT 4 : Introduction of Political Geography
a. Definition, Nature and Scope of Political Geography
b. Concept of state and factors
c. Concept of Nation, Nation -State, and Nationalism

UNIT 5 : Frontiers and Boundaries
a. Frontiers and Boundaries: Concepts and Distinction
b. Functions and Classification of Boundaries, Functions of Frontiers
c. India’s Boundaries: Characteristics and Disputes

UNIT 6 : Electoral Geography
a. Concept, Nature and Approaches of Electoral Geography
b. Changing Political Map of India
c. Challenges to Election System in India

MODULE 3: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1. Conduct a survey on any one of the following tasks: Health, levels of Education, Income
Levels, and Higher rates of Unemployment.
2. Presentation of case study on Religious discrimination
3. Discussion on Effect of Websites, social media channels, and television programmes on
Language development.
4. Discussion on Sino Indian border dispute and dispute between India and Pakistan border.
5. Discuss on the current challenges faced in the Election system of India.
6. Create a discussion forum on Gender sensitization.
References:
 Ahmad, A. (1999): “Social Geography”, Rawat Publications, Jaipur
 Bannerjee -Guha, S. (2004): “Space, Society and Geography”, Rawat Publications, Jaipur
 CMS (2010): “India Corruption Study 2010: Is the Scenario Changing?”, CMS Research
House, New Delhi, Downloaded from
http://unpan1.un.org/intradoc/groups/public/documents/apcity/unpan047870.pdf 
 Desai, M. (2007): “Women and the Built Environment”, Zuban Publications, Delhi.

Page 434

431  Dutt, A., Wadhwa, V. et al (2012): “Facets of Social Geography: International and Indian
Perspectives”, Foundation Books, New Delhi
 Gharpure, V. (2013): “Samajik ani anskrutik Bhugol”, (Marathi) Pimpalapure and
Company Publishers, Nagpur
 Jyptirmoy Sen (2007): A Text Book of Social and Cultural Geography,” Kalyani Publsiher,
New Delhi.
 Karmarkar, D. (2012): “Fishy Spaces: Globalisation and Livelihood of Indigenous
Fishermen A Case of Mumbai”, LAP LAMBERT Academic Publishing, Germany 
 Knowles, R and Wareing, J. (1996): “Economic and Social Geography”, the Made Simple
Series, Rupa& Co., Calcutta Page 46 of 50
 Krishnaraj, M. (2012): “The Women’s Movement in India: A Hundred Year History”, Sage
Publications, New Delhi
 Leong, Goh-Cheng and Morgan, G. (1994): “Human and Economic Geography”, Oxford
University Press, Oxford
 Puniyani, R. (2018): “Communalism: India’s Struggle for Democracy and Pluralism”, 
 Raju, S. (2011): “Gendered Geographies: Space and Place in South Asia”, Oxford
University Press, New Delhi.
 Rubenstein, J. (2015): “Contemporary Human Geography”, Pearson Education, Noida
 Singh, B. N.: “Human Geography”, PrayagPustakBhavan, Allahabad 
 Singh, L. R. (2009): “Fundamentals of Human Geography”, ShardaPustakBhawan,
Allahabad 
 Sukhtankar, S. and Vaishnav, M. (2015): “Corruption in India: Bridging Research 
 Evidence and Policy Options”, An Independent Paper downloaded from
https://www.dartmouth.edu/~sandip/Sukhtankar -Vaishnav -Corruption -IPF_Full.pdf 
 Warburton, J. (2013): “Corruption as Social Process”, in P. Larmour and N. Wolanin (eds),
Corruption and Anti-Corruption”, ANU E Press, Downloaded from
http://pressfiles.anu.edu.au/downloads/press/p228301/pdf/ch13.pdf 
 www.nptel.ac.in/courses/109103022/40 
 Adhikari, S. (2015): “Political Geography”, Rawat Publications, Jaipur
 Adhikari, S. (2011): “Political Geography of India: A Contemporary Perspective”, Sharda
Pustak Bhawan, Allahabad 
 Dikshit R. (1985): “Political Geography: A Contemporary Perspective” McGraw, Hill,
New Delhi
 Dikshit, S. (1993): “Electoral Geography of India”, Vishwavidyalaya Prakashan, Varanasi 
 Dwivedi, R. (1996): “Political Geography” Chaitanya Prakshan, Allahabad 
 Jones, M. (2004): “An Introduction to Political Geography: Space, Place and Politics”,
Routledge 
 Muir, R. (1995): “Modern Political Geography”, McMillan, London
 Painter, J. and Jeffrey, A. (2009): “Political Geography”, Sage Publications 
 Sinha, M. (2007): “Electoral Geography of India”, Adhyayan Publications and
Distributers, New Delhi

Page 435

432
SEMESTER VI
PART III – Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies
CORE COURSE: ECONOMICS (SCHOOL SUBJECTS)
COURSE NAME: GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT
Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To understand the difference between economic growth and development.
2. To understand the concepts of development.
3. To introduce students to various theories of development.
4. To provide an understanding of the issues of poverty and inequality.
5. To introduce students to the study of demography
6. To understand structural transformation in economic development
7. To introduce students to various concepts and role of technology in the process of
development

Learning Outcomes: By the end of the course, students will be able to;
1. Explain the various concepts of development.
2. Familiarise with some of the important theories of economic development.
3. Analyse the issues of poverty and inequality.
4. Explain the theory of demographic transition.
5. Interpret structural changes in developing countries.
6. Explain the various concepts of technology and its role in economic
development.
MODULE I : Concepts, Theories and Issues of Development (2 Credits)
Unit 1 Concepts of Economic Growth and Development:
a) Concepts of Economic Growth and Development - Three Core Values of
Development
b) Concept of Human Development - HDI, GDI – Sen’s Concept of Development
c) Concept of Sustainable Development

Unit 2 Theories of Development
a) Big Push Theory, Rostow’s Stages of Growth
b) Schumpeter’s Theory of Development - Lewis’ Model of Unlimited Supplies of Labour
c) Harrod -Domar Growth Model – Solow’s Growth Theory

Unit 3 Poverty, Inequality and Development
a) Concept and Measurement of Poverty - Head -Count Index and Poverty Gap Indices
b) Concept and Measurement of Income Inequality
c) Measures to Alleviate Poverty and Inequality

Page 436

433 MODULE II: ASPECTS OF DEVELOPMENT (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Population And Human Resources
a) Malthusian Theory -Theory of Demographic Transition
b) Approaches to Population Policy
c) Human Capital and its Role in Development – Role of Education, Health, Nutrition in
Human Capital Formation

Unit 5 : Structural Transformation
a) Urbanisation – Causes and Effects
b) Migration – Types – Causes and Effect
c) Urban Informal Sector – Role and Policies

Unit 6 : Technology and Economic Development
a) Role of Infrastructure – Concept and Types
b) Role of Technology – Green Technology
c) Schumacher’s Concept of Intermediate/ Appropriate Technology

MODULE 3: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Task/Assignments (Any two)

(PPT Presentation / Seminar/Report writing on following topics)
1. Comparison of HDI of the top 5 most developed and bottom 5 least developed
countries with BRICS countries.
2. Discussion of progress in attainment of SDGs
3. Trends in expenditure on development of human capital in India
4. Contribution of the urban informal sector to development in India
5. Real life examples of the corporate sector implementing /introducing green
Technology

References:
 Todaro, M. P. and Smith, S. C. (2017): Economic Development, 12th Edition. Pearson India
Education.
 Thirlwall, A. P. (2005): Growth and Development, 6th Edition. New York: Palgrave MacMillan.
 Ray, D. (1998): Development Economics , Princeton University Press.
 Meier, G. M. and Baldwin, R. E. (1957): Economic Development: Theory, History, Policy.
New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 Baldwin, R. E. (1980): Economic Development and Growth. Krieger Publishing Company
 Meier, G. M. and Rauch, J. E (2006): Leading Issues in Economic Development, 8th Edition.
New Delhi: Oxford University Press.

Page 437

434

SEMESTER VI
PART III - Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies

CORE COURSE: MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS (SCHOOL
SUBJECTS)
COURSE NAME: ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks
Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding of Analytical Geometry’; Linear Equation.
2. To apply the understanding of Coordinate Systems; Linear Equation in a given new
situation
3. To evaluate the solution for the Coordinated System; Linear Equation.
4. To appreciate the utility of Analytical Geometry.

Learning Outcomes: By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Explain the analytical Geometry; Linear Equation.
2. Compare the coordinate systems.
3. Explain the Linear Equation.
4. Examine the solutions given for the specified examples of the coordinated system.
5. Reflect on the utility of analytical Geometry.

MODULE I: TWO & THREE DIMENSIONAL ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY (2
Credits)

Unit 1: 2d Analytical Geometry
a. Coordinate systems in 2 dim (Cartesian and polar form)
b. Equation of a line; Change in axis; linear and non-linear equations
c. Second degree equations – circle, conic – standard form, derivation of the equation,
properties, tangents and normal to the curve.

Unit 2: 3-dim Analytical Geometry Coordinate systems
a. Coordinate systems; direction ratios and direction cosines
b. Equation of a plane; normal form; plane passing through three points; intercept form;
angle between two planes; distance of a point from a plane; distance between two planes;
bisector planes.
c. Equation of a line in space; Symmetric and unsymmetric form; lines passing through two
points; angle between a line and a plane, perpendicular distance of a point from a plane;
condition for two lines to be coplanar(no proof)

Unit 3: Practical

Page 438

435 a) Constructing a 2 dimension form – line, triangle, square, rectangle, circle. (discussion
on the methods and properties), Constructing a 3 dimensional form – sphere, cuboid,
cylinder, cone (discussion on the methods and properties).
b) Mensuration – 2 dimensional problems, 3 dimensional problems
c) Equation of a plane in 3 dimension, Equation of a line in space

MODULE II: SYSTEM OF LINEAR EQUATIONS (S.L.E) (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Matrices and Determinants

a) Definitions; types of matrices, operations on matrices (with properties) – addition,
scalar multiplication, matrix multiplication, matrix transpose, symmetric and skew
symmetric matrices
b) Elementary operations on matrices, invertible matrices
c) Determinants of order 1, 2,3; properties, area of a triangle using determinants, minors
and cofactors, adjoint and inverse of a matrix, applications

Unit 5: Solutions to a system of linear equations
a. System of m linear equations in n unknowns, homogeneous and non -homogeneous
system
b. Matrix form of the s.l.e, echelon form, row reduced echelon form of a matrix, rank of
a matrix.
c. Gauss Elimination method, consistency of a system of non-homogeneous equations
(Condition without proof)

Unit 6 – Practical
a. Matrices – basic operations, Invertible matrices
b. Determinants, Creating a system of homogeneous linear equations.
c. Solution to a system of homogeneous linear equations – echelon method, Cramer’s
rule, Gauss Elimination method

MODULE 3: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40


Task/Assignments (Any Two)

Assessment of Practical components will be based on Unit 3 and Unit 6.

1. The Practical Journal

Page 439

436 2. Individual Viva -voce
3. A Practical Test

References:
 Analytical Geometry of Two and Three Dimensions: Qazi Zameeruddin; Narosa
Publications 
 Challenging Problems in Geometry. Alfred S. Posamentier & Charles T. Salkind. Dover
Publications INC. 2012
 Discrete Mathematics, Norman L. Biggs, Revised Edition, Clarendon Press, Oxford 1989.
 Euclidean Geometry in Mathematical Olympiads: 27 (MAA Problem Book Series). Evan
Chen. The Mathematical Association of America. 2016
 Introduction to Math Olympiad Problems. Michael A. Radin. Chapman and Hall. 2021 
 Introduction to the theory of numbers, I. Niven and S. Zuckerman, Third Edition, Wiley
Eastern, New Delhi, 1972.
 Matrices: Shanti Narayan; S.Chand & Co. N.Delhi
 Master Maths: Solving Word Problems. Brita Immergut. Cengage Learning PTR. 2009
 Solving problems in geometry Insights and Strategies for Mathematical Olympiad and
Competitions. Kim Hoo Hang Jiabin Wang. World Scientific Publishing Co. Pte. Lmt.
2018
 The mathematics that Every Secondary School Teacher Needs to Know. Alan Sultan &
Alice F. Artzt. Routledge. 2011

Page 440

437

SEMESTER VI
PART III Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies

CORE COURSE: PSYCHOLOGY (JUNIOR COLLEGE SUBJECTS)
COURSE NAME: HEALTH PSYCHOLOGY

Course Credits: 6 Credits
Total Marks: 100 Marks

Learning Objectives

1. To understand the role of psychological factors in health and illness
2. To apply the practical information gained in the course to personal lifestyle choices.
3. To understand the nature of stress and coping
4. To understand quality of life and promoting the good health.

Learning Outcomes: By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Analyse how beliefs impact physical health
2. Make healthy lifestyle choices
3. Critically analyse how stress impacts the body

MODULE 1 – PSYCHOLOGY AND HEALTH (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Introduction
a. Definition, Nature
b. Aims & objectives
c. Early & current literature
Unit 2: Health Beliefs
a. Lay theories about health
b. Cognition and social cognition models
c. Assumptions in health psychology

Unit 3: Interrelationships among beliefs behaviour and health
a. A history of inert treatments
b. Cognitive dissonance theory
c. The role of placebo effects in health psychology

MODULE 2 – PSYCHOLOGICAL AND SOCIAL FACTORS RELATING TO
HEALTH BEHAVIOURS (2 Credits)
Unit 4 : Stress – Definitions, Nature & Types,
a) Sources of Stress (Sources within the Person, Sources in the Family & Sources in the
Community and Society)

Page 441

438 b) Responding to Stress (Physiological, Emotional & Behavioural Response)
c) Coping Behaviour – Problem Focused coping (Ellis’s rational thinking,
Positive reinterpretation &Humor as a stress reducer) & Emotion Focused Coping
(Using systematic problem solving, using time more effectively & improving self -
control)
Unit 5 : Quality of life and Health Behaviour –
a. Changing Health Habits & Health Beliefs (Attitude change & Placebo Effect)
b. Health Compromising Behaviours (Characteristics) - Obesity, Smoking &
Drinking
c. Developmental, Gender, and Sociocultural Factors in Health - Development and
Health,
Gender and Health, Sociocultural Factors and Health
Unit 6 : Future trends
a. Mind -Body Connection
b. Prevention
c. Role of technology

MODULE 3: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Task/Assignment (Any two)
1. Analyse a lifestyle pattern that leads to poor physical health
2. Describe a real-life situation related to health compliance by the public.
3. Describe a study related to placebo effect
4. Interview someone who cannot give up smoking/drinking/junk foods
5. Describe a coping behaviour you may have that is unhealthy.
References
● Ogden, J. (2017). Health psychology: A textbook (4th ed.).McGraw Hill
Education.
● Sarafino, Edward P and Smith, Timothy W (2012). Health Psychology -
Bio psychosocial Interaction (7th ed). Wiley India Edition.
● Taylor, Shelley E. (2018). Health Psychology (10th ed). McGraw Hill Higher
Education. Indian Edition

Page 442

439

SEMESTER VI
PART III- Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies

CORE COURSE: SOCIOLOGY (JUNIOR COLLEGE SUBJECTS)
COURSE NAME: MODERN SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100
Learning Objectives:
1. To understand the meaning of central concepts and theories in modern sociological
theory
2. To identify important similarities and differences between modern sociological
theories.
3. To understand how modern sociology has been shaped by classical sociology.

Learning Outcomes: By the end of this course students will be able to:
1. Engage with contemporary theoretical debates in sociology.
2. Critically evaluate the basic ideas and concepts developed by major contemporary
theorists.
3. Analyse the interpretive approaches of the modern sociological theorist towards the
society
4. Analyse various social phenomena by using contemporary theoretical perspectives

MODULE I : STRUCTURAL FUNCTIONALISM (2 Credits)
Unit 1: Functionalism
a. Intellectual Background
b. What is functionalism?
c. Premises and propositions

Unit 2: Talcott Parsons
a. Social Action
b. Social System
c. Pattern Variables

Unit 3: Rober K. Merton
a. Function, Dysfunction, Non-function
b. Latent and Manifest Functions
c. Reference Group

MODULE II : INTERPRETATIVE APPROACH (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Symbolic Interactionalism

Page 443

440 a. Meaning and characteristics
b. G.H Mead - Self and Identity
c. C. H Cooley – Looking Glass Self

Unit 5: Ethnomethodology
a. Understanding Ethnomethodology
b. Examples of Ethnomethodology
c. Harold Garfinkel - Breaching Experiments

Unit 6: Dramaturgical Perspective
a. Erving Goffman - Presentation of Self
b. Front Stage and Back stage
c. Impression Management

MODULE 3: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Task/Assignment (Any Two)
1. Explain the AGIL model as explained by Parsons.
2. Explain Goffman’s Dramaturgical perspective with suitable examples.
3. Describe how the process of role taking in different stages of development is
significant for future growth.

Reference Books:
•Elliott, A. (2009). Contemporary Social Theory: An Introduction. London & New York: Routledge.
•Elliott, A. (Ed.). (2010). The Routledge Companion to Social Theory. London & New York:
Routledge.
•Goffman, Erving. 1959. The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life. Pp. 1-46.
•Ritzer, G. (Ed.). (2003). The Blackwell Companion to Major Contemporary Social Theorists. Malden,
MA: Blackwell.
•Ritzer, G. (2011). Sociological Theory (8th Edition). New York: McGraw -Hill.
•Wallace, R. & Wolf, A. (1995). Contemporary Sociological Theory: Continuing the Classical
Tradition. New Jersey: Prentice Hall.

Page 444

441

SEMESTER VI
PART III -Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies

CORE COURSE: PHILOSOPHY (JUNIOR COLLEGE SUBJECTS)
COURSE NAME: MODERN WESTERN PHILOSOPHY
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To acquaint students with the modern era in philosophy and the prominent philosophers
beginning with rationalism of Rene Descartes to Absolute Idealism of Hegel and
Bradley
2. To provide a good understanding of key problems and ideas, which shaped the history
of modern philosophy
3. To critically review the history of western thought during the modern period the course
also seeks to develop important critical thinking skills.
Learning Outcomes: By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Investigate the Modern period in Western Philosophy with its metaphysics and
epistemology
2. Differentiate between the traditions of Rationalism and Empiricism
3. Analyse the subjective idealism of Berkeley
4. Critically evaluate philosophical arguments of scepticism
5. Examine the critical philosophy of Kant
6. Explain Dialectic Method and Absolute Idealism
MODULE I : RATIONALIAM & EMPIRICISM (2 Credits)

Unit 1: The Rationalists: Descartes, Spinoza and Leibnitz
a) Descartes’ rationalism: Method of Doubt & Cogito Ergo Sum
b) Spinoza's Substance, Attributes and Modes
c) Leibnitz's Monadology - theory of pre-established harmony

Unit 2: The Empiricist realism: John Locke
a. John Locke: Rejection of innate ideas
b. Primary & secondary Qualities
c. John Locke: epistemology: origin, classification and definition of knowledge (including
degrees of knowledge)

Unit 3: Subjective idealism: George Berkeley
a. George Berkeley: critique of representative theory of perception
b. Principle of ‘esse est percipi’
c. Subjective idealism

Page 445

442
MODULE II : SKEPTICISM, CRITICAL PHILOSOPHY & ABSOLUTE IDEALISM(2
Credits)
Unit 4 Hume’s Empiricist Skepticism
a. Hume’s phenomenalist critique of substance: Impressions and Ideas
b. Causality (causal relation as ‘constant conjunction’ between two events)
c. Hume’s Scepticism: Rejection of Metaphysics

Unit 5: Kant’s Critical Philosophy
a) Kant’s Transcendentalism: The Possibility of Synthetic a priori judgements -
Reconciliation of rationalism and empiricism
b) Categories of Understanding
c) Phenomena and Noumena

Unit 6: Hegel’s Absolute Idealism
a. Hegel’s Dialectical Method
b. Hegel: Absolute Idealism
c. Hegel’s ‘Spirit’ (Geist) (ontological monism) vs Descartes’ mind –body dualism,
Impression Management

MODULE 3: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Task/Assignment (Any Two)
1. Attempt a critical essay examining the solution to mind -body problem advanced by
Descartes.
2. Conduct a survey among 30 students of your college/institute to identify the reasons
for their belief in idealism or realism. Analyse your survey results to see whether they
are admissible as sufficient reason for a belief in either, and write a report on it.
3. Write an essay critically assessing Hume’s skepticism on causality.

Reference Books:
 Benneth Jonathan, Locke, Berkeley, Hume; Central themes, Oxford, 1971.
 Bennett, Jonathan. Locke Berkeley Hume: Central Themes (Oxford: Clarendon Press,
1971)
 Copleston, F., S.J A History of Philosophy, Burns and Oates Limited, London,
 Copleston, Frederick. A History of Philosophy Vol IV, V and VI (Doubleday: Image
Books, 1985)
 Errol Harris, Fundamentals of Philosophy, George Allen & Unwin Ltd., London,1969.

Page 446

443  Falckenberg, Richard. History o f Modem Philosophy, translated by A C Armstrong.
Jr. 'Kasha Publishing' House, Delhi 1989.
 Falckenberg, Richard. History of Modern Philosophy (Calcutta: Progressive
Publishers)
 Hampshire, Stuart. Spinoza (Penguin Books)
 Hartnack, Justus. Kant’s Theory of Knowledge (Macmillan, 1968)
 Jones,W.T. Kant to Wittgenstein and Sartre: A History of Western
Philosophy,(Hartcourt, Brace and World, Inc, 1969)
 O' Connor, D. J., Critical History of Western Philosophy, New York, The Free Press,
1964.
 O’Connor D.J. John Locke (New York: Dover Publications, 1967)
Publishers, 1954)
 Rusell, B., History of Western Philosophy, London, Allen & Unwin 1963.
 Saw, R. L. Leibniz (Penguin Books, 1954)
 Seruton Roger, A Short History of Modem Philosophy; Routledge Classics,
London,1995.
 Thilly, F. A History of Western Philosophy (SBW Publishers, New Delhi, 1993)
Vol.111(1966), Vol.lV(1971), Vol. V(1968), Vol. VI (1968).
 Warnock, G.J. Berkeley (Penguin Books, 1953)
 Wells, Harry. Pragmatism: Philosophy of Imperialism (New York: International
Wright, W.K. A History of Modern Philosophy (New York: The Macmillan
Company, 1941

Page 447

444
SEMESTER VI
PART III- Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies

CORE COURSE: POLITICAL SCIENCE (JUNIOR COLLEGE SUBJECTS)
COURSE NAME: WORKING OF THE GOVERNMENT IN INDIA
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the working of the three organs of the government at the union level.
2. Analyse the distinctive features of India’s federalism
3. Comprehend the organisation of local self-government in India under the
73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendment and emerging issues thereafter.
4. Familiarise with the working aspects of public administration in India and
acquaint with select landmark public policy.

Learning Outcomes: By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Identify their composition and distinctive functions of the three organs
of the government at the union level.
2. Compare and contrast the unitary and federal features of the Indian
constitution and related issues.
3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the local self-governance model in India.
4. Demonstrate an understanding of key concepts of the administrative machinery in
India

MODULE I : STRUCTURE & FUNCTIONS (2 Credits)

Unit 1 - Organs of Government (Union)
a. Legislature - Bicameral, Elections, Legislative procedure, Parliamentary Committees
b. Executive - Nominal and Real, Office of the Vice President.
c. Judiciary - Appointment of Supreme Court Judges, Powers andfunctions
Unit 2 - Federalism

a. Quasi federal features of the Constitution of India
b. Asymmetric Federalism in India - issues
c. Cooperative federalism - the wayforward

Unit 3 - Local Self-Government
a. 73rd and 74th Constitutional Amendment
b. Three tiers, elections, reservations
c. People’s participation - Gram Sabha

Page 448

445 MODULE II - ADMINISTRATIVE MACHINERY (2 Credits)
Unit 4- Introduction to Public Administration
a. Public Administration - meaning, definition, changing scope
b. New Public Management & Public Choice Approach
c. Decentralisation, Accountability & Good Governance.
Unit 5 -Concepts in Public Administration
a. Bureaucracy - meaning, features, Views of Max Weber
b. Civil Services in India - origin, features, types, recruitment, lateral entry
c. Tools of administration - E -Governance, Public Private Partnership (PPP) model, Self
Help Groups (SHGs) as Vehicles of Implementation
Unit 6 - Landmark Public Policies - origin, provisions, features, significance
a. Mid-day Meals Scheme
b. Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan
c. Janani Suraksha Yojana

MODULE 3: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)

1. Evaluate the various E -governance portals of GOI or GOMH and write a long Essay
on Digital India Mission (CoWin app, Aaple sarkar, etc.)
2. Conduct a Survey on Public awareness with regards to important schemes like Sarva
Shiksha Abhiyan, RTI, Mahila Gram Sabha, Working of Panchayats
3. Group discussion on Role of Bureaucracy in Development, People centric
governance, your local police’s women safety campaign, etc.
4. Maintain a political diary during the semester (collect articles and news items on
course contents and write your detailed comments).
5. Film/ Documentary/Poster Making/Street play/ review on the course content
6. Debate on Maharashtra’s OBC reservation in Local self -governments and Judicial
intervention, Competitive and Cooperative Federalism in India, Role of Speakers
and Governors.

References:
 M.P. Sharma, and others (2014) Public Administration in Theory and Practice,
Kitab Mahal Publishers, Delhi
 Rathod, P.B. (2004), Contemporary Public Administration, A.B.D. Publishers

Page 449

446  Almond G. A. and Verba S., 1963, The Civic Culture, New Jersey,
Princeton University Press.
 Ball Alan R., 1971, Modern Politics and Government, London, Macmillan.
 Venkatesan V., 2002, Iinstitutionalizing Panchayati Raj in India, New Delhi,
Institute of Social Science.
 Bhagwan Vishnu and Bhushan Vidya, 2007, Public Administration, New
Delhi, S Chand
 Avasthi Amreshwar and Maheshwari Shriram, 1982, Public
Administration, Agra,Lakshmi Narayan Aggrawal and Company Ltd.
 M Laxmikanth, 2012, Public Administration, New Delhi, McGraw Hill.
 S. R. Maheshwari, 1994, Administrative Theories, New Delhi, Allied.
Kothari, Rajni. 2000. Politics in India. Hyderabad: Orient BlackSwan

Page 450

447 SEMESTER VI
PART III - Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies

CORE COURSE: INDIAN CONSTITUTION (JUNIOR COLLEGE
SUBJECTS)
COURSE NAME: INDIAN CONSTITUTION


Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To understand the Constitution of India.
2. To comprehend Indian Constitution and Fundamental rights.
3. To analyse the Articles provided in the Indian Constitution.
4. To critically analyse Indian Parliamentary Democracy and Remedies.

Learning Outcomes: By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Define the various concepts used in the Constitution of India.
2. Explain the Constitution of India.
3. Discuss the provisions made in the Constitution of India.
4. Describe the Articles provided in the Constitution of India.
5. Give reasons for the importance of Indian Parliamentary Democracy and Remedies.
MODULE 1 : INDIAN CONSTITUTION AND FUNDAMENTAL RIGHTS (2 Credits)

Unit 1: The Indian Constitution
a) Introduction Sources of the Constitution, Government of India Act, 1935 and Indian
Independence Act 1947
b) The Constituent Assembly & The Constitution Of India 1. Historical Context of
Constituent Assembly 2. Compositions & Functions of Constituent Assembly 3.
Critical Evaluation of Constituent Assembly
c) Drafting of the Constitution of India and its features, Salient Features of the
Constitution and Federal and Unitary Form of Government (Comparison with U.S. and
U.K), The Preamble Introduction & Purpose, Source & Meaning and Amendments in
Preamble

Unit 2: Constitution and Fundamental Rights
a) Understanding structure of the Constitution and Union Territories: Integration of
India, The States of India, Reorganisation of States
b) Introduction of Fundamental Rights: Kinds of Rights, Characteristic
Features of Fundamental Rights, Fundamental Rights in India, Advent of Fundamental
Rights in U.K. and U.S.
c) Citizenship : Introduction: Citizenship in Indian Law, Domicile (Article 5),
The Citizenship Act, 1955

Page 451

448 Unit 3: Articles of the Indian Constitution
a) Article 12 : Definition of State, Other Authorities ; Article 13: Introduction to Article
13, Pre and Post Constitutional Laws, Doctrine
b) Article 14 : Introduction, Article 14, Equality Before Law and Equal Protection of
the Laws, Doctrines of Equality Natural Justice
c) Article 15: Reservation System in India,Constitutional Provisions - Clauses
1,2,3, Constitutional Provisions - Clauses 4, 5, 6

MODULE 2: DEMOCRACY AND INDIAN PARLIAMENT (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Articles in the Indian Constitution
a) Article 16 : Reservation in public jobs & employment, Constitutional Provision -
Clauses 1 to 3, Constitutional Provision - Clauses 4 to 4-B, Constitutional Provisions -
Clauses 5 & 6
b) Article 17 to 19
Article 17- Untouchability Article
18- Abolition of titles
Article 19 : Fundamental Freedoms
c) Article 20- 22:
Article 20: Protection in respect of conviction for offences
Article 21: Protection of life and personal liberty
Article 22: Protection against arrest and detention in certain cases

Unit 5: Directive Principles & Fundamental Duties
a) Article 23- 30 : Article 23-24- Right against Exploitation, Article 25-28- Right to
Religion, Article 29-30- Rights of Minorities
b) Directive Principles of State Policy : Meaning and Origin of Directive
Principles, Nature and Scope of Directive Principles, Relationship between
Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles, Judicial Interpretation of Directive
Principles
c) Fundamental Duties: Source and Features of the Fundamental Duties

Unit 6: Indian Parliamentary Democracy and Remedies
a) Right to Constitutional Remedies : Article 32 and 226 Recent legislations, BC Act,
2021
b) Article 35A and 370: Introduction, The Timeline, The Presidential
Order, Justifications & Objections, Impact, J&K Reorganisation Act, 2019, The
President's Rule
c) Indian Parliamentary Democracy: a) Lok Sabha, Rajya Sabha Central
Executive President, Prime minister, and Central Ministry b) Vidhan Sabha, Vidhan
Parishad and State Executive (Governor, Chief Minister, Minister of State )

Page 452

449 MODULE 3: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Task/Assignments (Any Two)
1. Project on recent amendments in Constitution of India.
2. Street Play on the awareness of the Articles in the Constitituion of India.
3. Debate on the need for Fundamental Rights and Duties.
4. Write Open Book Assignment on Drafting of the Constitution of India and its
features.
5. Dramatization on Prevention and Violation of Human Rights.

References:
 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA - A handbook for students by Subhash C Kashyap
(Author)
 Constitution of India by M. P. Jain
 Constitution of India by Durga Das Basu 4. Constitution of India by Dr. J. N . Pandy
(Students version) 5. CONSTITUTION OF INDIA : The Constitution of India is the
supreme law of India by P K AGRAWAL
 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA - by P .M . Bakshi published by Universal Law
Publishing.
 Constitution of India ...V.N Shukla
 Bharat n Ka Samvidhan...Dr. Ambedkar
 Ambedkar's INDIA. Dr. Ambedkar
 The Indian Constitution Cornerstone of a Nation. Ganville Austin

Websites:
 https://doj.gov.in/acts -and-rules
 https://legislative.gov.in/
 https://www.india.gov.in/my -government/constitution -india
 https://www.india.gov.in/topics/law -justice
 https://legislative.gov.in/constitution -of-india
 https://www.clearias.com/constitution -of-india/
 https://eci.gov.in/pwd/pwd -articles/existing -measures/safeguards -provided -in-the-
constitution -of-india -r7/

Page 453

450
SEMESTER VI
PART III- Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies

CORE COURSE:HUMAN RIGHTS (JUNIOR COLLEGE SUBJECTS)
COURSE NAME: HUMAN RIGHTS

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To enhance the knowledge and understanding of human rights.
2. To foster attitudes of tolerance, respect, solidarity, and responsibility.
3. To comprehend how human rights can be translated into social and political reality.
4. To develop soft skills for protecting human rights.
5. To create awareness of Indian approaches to Social and Economic problems in the
context of Law as a means of Social Control and Change.
6. To create a spirit of inquiry to explore and exploit law and legal institutions as a means
to achieve development within the framework of law.
7. To explore the institutional nature of law, from socio -economic and political aspects,
as different than individualistic perspective.
Learning Outcomes: By the end of the course, students will be able to;
1. Explain the historical growth of the idea of human rights.
2. Demonstrate an awareness of the international context of human rights.
3. Demonstrate an awareness of the position of human rights in the United Nations.
4. Analyse and evaluate concepts and ideas.
5. Discuss about Human Rights and Duties.
6. Sensitize the learner about Human Rights issues and develop basic understanding of
Human Rights and their enforcement.
7. Explain about moral, ethical, social and democratic values.

MODULE 1 : UNITED NATIONS AND HUMAN RIGHTS (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Sociology of Human Rights
a) Sociology of Human Rights
i. Society and the individual.
ii. Society and Groups, Socio -economic Justice.
iii. Society and Societal Culture.
iv. Society and the Process of Socialization.
b) Classifications of Rights and duties, Co-relation of rights and duties. Changing
dimensions of human rights & duties, Theories of human rights.
c) Values, Dignity, Liberty, Equality, Justice, Unity & Diversity. Inherent, inalienable,
universal and individual.

Page 454

451 Unit 2: Introduction to Human Rights
a) Introduction to Human Rights -I
1. Evolution of Human Rights 2. Concepts of Rights and Duties 3. Correlation
between Rights and Duties
b) Introduction to Human Rights –II
4. Theories related to Human Rights 5. Different aspects of Human Rights 6. Protection
of Human Rights
c) Introduction to Human Rights –III
7. Social Movements 8. Education of Human Rights 9. Formulation of NGOs 10.
Government Initiatives

Unit 3: Human Rights and Duties
a) United nations and human rights and duties -I
Universal Declaration of Human Rights 1948, International Convention of Civil &
Political Rights 1966, International Convention on Economics, Social and Cultural
Rights 1966.
b. UNITED NATIONS AND HUMAN RIGHTS AND DUTIES -II
Convention on Elimination of All forms of Discrimination against women 1979,
Convention on the Rights of the Child 1989, UN Declaration and Duties and
Responsibilities of Individuals 1997.
c. UNITED NATIONS AND HUMAN RIGHTS AND DUTIES -III
UN agencies to monitor compliance such as UN High Commission for Human Rights
and the Committees under various Conventions.

MODULE 2: UNITED NATIONS AND HUMAN RIGHTS (2Credits)

Unit 4: HUMAN RIGHTS: AN INDIAN APPROACH
a) HUMAN RIGHTS: AN INDIAN APPROACH –I
1. Constitutional approach including basic features of the constitution, fundamental
rights and duties and their co-relation with International rights and duties. 2.
Recognition of human rights and formulation of state bodies to protect these rights: 3.
Judiciary

b) HUMAN RIGHTS: AN INDIAN APPROACH –II
4. National Human Rights Commission 5. Non-state bodies to protect Human Rights 6.
Social movements 7. NGOs 8. Relation/Difference between state and non -state bodies

c) HUMAN RIGHTS: AN INDIAN APPROACH –III
9. Emerging trends: 10. Human Rights and Environment 11. Human Rights and
Terrorism 12. Human Rights and Globalisation

Unit 5 : Introduction to Human Rights
a) HUMAN RIGHTS OF SPECIAL CATEGORY AND MARGINAL
GROUPS -I
(a) Rights of the Women, (b) Rights of the Children (c) Rights of the Dalit and Tribes
b) HUMAN RIGHTS OF SPECIAL CATEGORY AND MARGINAL GROUPS -
IIof Old and Disabled (b) Rights of Minorities (c) Rights of unorganized Labour &
Displaced Persons
c) Society and Human Rights : Promotion and Protection
i. Role of NGOs

Page 455

452 ii. Role of Mass Media
iii. Role of Educational Institutions

Unit 6: Prevention of Violation of Human rights
a) PREVENTION OF VIOLATION OF HUMAN RIGHTS -I
1. Bodies to prevent violation.
2. At international level
3. At National level
b) PREVENTION OF VIOLATION OF HUMAN RIGHTS -II
4. Relation between both the levels along with transparency of information
5. Measures taken by International organizations in the past years and status of those
measures. 6. Need of new measures
c) Protection & enforcement of human rights and duties .
(a) Police and Human Rights, Judiciary and Human Rights. (b) National and State
Human Rights Commission & other grievance redressal mechanism.

MODULE 3: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Task/Assignment (Any two)
1. Interview an NGO and list out the activities they do for the society.
2. Power Point presentation on human rights Indian approach.
3. Street play on Intervention of human rights.
4. Open book assignment on the human rights and duties.
5. Poster making on human rights of Special Category and Marginal groups.

Reference Books:
 Alam, Aftab (ed.), Human Rights in India: Issues and Challenges (NewDelhi: Raj
Publications, 1999)
 Bajwa, G.S. and D.K. Bajwa, Human Rights in India: Implementation and Violations
(New Delhi: D.K. Publishers, 1996)
 Basu, Durga Das, Human Rights in Constitutional law (New Delhi: Prentice Hall 1994)
 Baxi, Upendra, Future of Human Rights (2002)
 Bueren, Geraldine Van, International Law on the Rights of the Child (1995)
 Caney, Simon and Jones, Peter (eds.), Human Rights and Global Diversity (2001)
 Freeman, Michael, Human Rights : An Interdisciplinary Approach (2002)
 Gogia, S.P., Law relating to Human Rights (2000)
 Gupta D.N. and Singh, Chandrachur, Human Rights and Freedom of Conscience:
Some suggestions for its Development and Application (2001)
 Human Rights Law Network, Dalits and the Law (2005)
 Jhunjhunwala, Bharat (ed.) Governance and Human Rights (2002)

Page 456

453  Justice V.R. Krishana Iyer, Social Justice (Eastern Book Co., 1993)
 Lyer, Venkat (ed.), Democracy, Human Rights and the Rule of Law: Essayes in Honour
of Nani Palkivala (2000)
 Mani, V.S., Human Rights in India: An Overview (New Delhi: Institute for the World
Congress on Human Rights, 1998)
 Neera Burna, Child Labour (1994) Human Rights Law Network, Right to Food (2004
 Nirmal, Chiranjivi J. (ed.), Human Rights in India: Historical, Social and
Political Perspective (2002)
 Paul, R.C. Situation of Human Rights in India (2000)
 Peter, S.E., Human Rights: Perspective and Challenges (New Delhi: Lancers Books,
1994)
 Polly Vizard, Poverty and Human Rights (OUP, 2006)
 Rai, Rahul, Monitoring International Human Rights (2002)
 Rao, D. Bhaskar (ed.), Human Rights and the Constitution: Vision and the Reality
(2003)
 Saksena, K.P. (ed.), Human Rights and the Constitution: Vision and the Reality
(2003)
 Sen, Sankar, Human Rights and Law Enforcement (2002)
 Sinha, Manoj Kumar, Implementation of Basic Human Rights, (1999)
 Sreekumar, R. Handbook for Prison Visitors: Checking, Correcting and Preventing
in Prisons (2003)
Text Books:
https:/ /www.suniv.a c.in/upload/Syllabus -
%20Certificate%20Course%20in%20 Human%20rights%20&%20duties.pdf. 2.
https://ww.stxaviersthumba.org/content/images/common/humanrights
_syllabus.pdf

Page 457

454 SEMESTER VI
PART III - Curriculum and Pedagogical Studies

CORE COURSE: LIBRARY RESOURCE (JUNIOR COLLEGE SUBJECTS)
COURSE NAME: LIBRARY RESOURCE
Total Credits: 03
Total Marks: 50
Learning Objectives:
1. To develop basic understanding of the key concepts of library and types of libraries.
2. To acquaint students with the skills of handling and evaluating reference and
information sources.
3. To comprehend different types of print and digital reference and information sources.
Learning Outcomes: By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Explain key concepts of library science.
2. Discuss the role of different types of libraries with the importance of school library .
3. Analyse the importance and applications of five laws of library science.
4. Describe different types of documents in the library.
5. Differentiates the various types of print and digital reference and information sources.
6. Critically analyse the different types of reference and information sources.

MODULE I: FUNDAMENTALS OF LIBRARY (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Introduction to library
a) Library - Definition, Role and Functions
b) Importance of library to the Society
c) Five laws of library science

Unit 2: Types of libraries and documents
a) Historical development of Libraries
b) Types of Libraries – National, Public, Academic, School, and Special
Libraries: Role, Functions and Services
c) Different types of documents – Books, Thesis, Periodicals, Newspaper

MODULE II REFERENCE AND INFORMATION RESOURCES (2 Credits)

Unit 3: Library Resources
a) Definition, and Purpose of Reference and Information Sources
b) Types of Reference and Information sources – Primary, Secondary and
Tertiary (Print and Digital) – Significance and Role
c) Non Documentary Resources - Institutional and Human, Map, AV Material

Unit 4 Reference sources
a) Encyclopedias, Dictionaries and Biographical Sources – Types and Usage
b) Bibliographical sources and Abstract and Indexing Sources – Types and Usag
c) Evaluation Reference Sources – Print and Digital

Page 458

455 MODULE 3: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1. Create small videos on benefits of the library and make a presentation of it.
2. Create a poster on different types of libraries illustrating their functions and role.
3. Make a chart indicating importance of five laws of library science.
4. Prepare power point presentation on the development of National library of India.
5. Visit any two school libraries/ college library and write your observations.
6. Prepare newspaper clippings poster (print or digital) on the topic of your choice (ex:
Pandemic, Environment, Motivation, Sports, Career, Health, Books, Women
development, Education)
7. List the resources of your choice pertaining to your one of the methods (Eg. Math,
Science, Geography, History, English, Economics)

References:
 Rubin, Richard E. (2013) Foundation of library and Information Science. 3rd Ed. DBS
Imprints, New Delhi.
 Kumar, Kishan (1980). Reference Service. 2nd rev, ed. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing.
 Kumar, Kishan (1987). Library Organization. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing.
 Cleveland, Donald B. & Clevland Ana D. (2001). Introduction to indexing and
abstracting 3rd ed.Colorado: Libraries Unlimited.
 Kapoor, S. K..(2010). Fundamental of Library Science and Librarianship. New Delhi:
Cyber Tech Pub.
 Kumar, P.S.G. (2003). Foundations of Library and Information Science. Delhi: B. R.
Publishing. Kumar, P.S.G. (2004). Information Sources and Services. Ch3. Delhi: B.
R. Publishing
 Ranganathan, S. R. (2006). Five laws of library science. EssEss pub.
 Majumder, U. (1984). India's National library: Systematization and modernization.
Calcutta: National Library. McElroy, A. R. (Ed.). (1984). College Librarianship:
objectives and practices. London: Library Association.
 Sharma, Pandey S. K. (1987). Libraries and Society. New Delhi: EssEss Publications.
 Kumar, P.S.G. (2004). Information Sources and Services. Delhi: B. R. Publishing.
 Rowley, J.E. (1984). Abstracting and indexing. 2nd Edition: London: Aslib.
 Davinson, D. (1980). Reference Services. London: Clive Bingley.
Webliography
 https://libguides.ala.org/library -definition
 https://egyankosh.ac.in/bitstream/123456789/34898/1/Unit -2.pdf
 https://tamraliptamahavidyalaya.org/tmrr/vol2/5RAri_F1.pdf
 https://egyankosh.ac.in/bitstream/123456789/34897/1/Unit -1.pdf

Page 459

456  https:/ /www.librarianshipstudi es.com/2017/09/five -laws-of-library -science.html
 https:/ /www.a cademia.edu/11998396/Historical_Development_of_Libraries
 https:/ /www.lisbdnetwork.com/types -libraries -academic -public -national -special -
library/
 https:/ /www.lisc afey.com/2015/07/different -types -of-libraries.html
 https://nios.ac.in/media/doc uments/SrSecLibrary/LCh -006.pdf
 https://egyankosh.ac.in/bitstream/123456789/33140/1/Unit -2.pdf
 https://sia.libguides.com/c.php?g=521408
 https:/ /www.nios. ac.in/media/documents/SrSecLibrary/LCh -005.pdf
 https://guides.auraria.edu/referencesources/types
 https://research.ewu.edu/reference/biographies
 https://study.com/academy/lesson/evaluating -print-electronic -sources -for-research -
projects.html

Page 460

457

















SEMESTER VII

Page 461

458 SEMESTER VII
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: ENGLISH (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: WORLD LITERATURE AND POPULAR
LITERATURE
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an appreciation for literature from Latin America
2. To develop an appreciation for literature from Africa
3. To develop an appreciation for literature from Australia
4. To develop an appreciation for literature from Canada
5. To develop an appreciation for literature from Russia
6. To develop an appreciation for literature from Korea

LEARNING OUTCOMES:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Give an oral demonstration of the literary and visual representative texts of Korea
2. Give an oral demonstration of the literary and visual representative texts of Russia
3. Give an oral demonstration of the literary and visual representative texts of Canada
4. Write a general overview of the literary and visual representative texts of Africa
5. Write a general overview of the literary and visual representative texts of Australia
6. Write a general overview of the literary and visual representative texts of Latin America


MODULE I: WORLD LITERATURE AND POPULAR LITERATURE 1
(2 Credits)
Unit 1: Latin American Literature
a) Gabriel Garcia Marquez (“A Very Old Man with Enormous Wings”)
b) Jorges Luis Borges (“The Garden of Forking Paths”)
c) Pablo Neruda (“And Because Love Battles”/”Tonight I Can Write the Saddest Lines”)

Page 462

459 Unit 2: African Literature
a) Ben Okri - The Famished Road
b) Chinua Achebe (“The African Writer and the English Language”)
c) Wole Soyanka (“Telephone Conversation”/”Procession I-Hanging Day”)

Unit 3: Australian Literature
a) A.D Hope - (“His Coy Mistress to Mr. Marvell”/”The Death of the Bird”)
b) Judith Wright (“For New England”)
c) Peter Carey - (“Peeling”)


MODULE II: WORLD LITERATURE AND POPULAR LITERATURE 2
(2 Credits)
Unit 4: Canadian Literature
a) Margaret Atwood: “Happy Endings”, “Gertrude talks back” (short stories)
b) Alice Munro: “Train” (short story)
c) Yann Martel: Life of Pi (movie)

Unit 5: Russian Literature
a) Nikolai Gogol: “The Nose” (short story)
b) Alexander Pushkin: “To.”, “The Moon” (poems)
c) Anton Chekhov: The Cherry Orchard (play)

Unit 6: Korean Literature
a) Bon Joon Ho: Parasite (movie)
b) Moon Tae-Jun: “A Brief Nap”, “A Faraway Place” (poems)
c) Kim Young -Ha: “Whatever Happened to the Guy Stuck in the Elevator?” (short story)

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Page 463

460 Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1) Comprehension on the literary and visual representative texts of Korea and Russia
2) Oral activity on literary and visual representative texts of Canada and Latin America
3) PPT on the literary and visual representative texts of Africa and Australia
4) Maintain a log-book of readings on the literary and visual representative texts
5) Poster presentation (Individual/Group) of these short stories, poetry, plays and movies

References:
 Butler, Rex. Borges' Short Stories: A Reader's Guide, Bloomsbury Publishing Plc,
2010.
 Chielozona, Eze. Postcolonial Imaginings and Moral Representations in African
Literature and Culture. Lexington Books, 2011.
 Colette, Ann and Dorothy Jones. Judith Wright and Emily Carr: Gendered Colonial
Modernity. Bloomsbury Academic, 2021.
 Cooper, Brenda. Magical Realism in West African Fiction : Seeing with a Third Eye,
Taylor & Francis Group, 1998.
 Egginton, William and David E. Johnson. (eds.) Thinking with Borges. The Davies
Group, Publishers, 2009.
 Emenyonu, N., and E. Nnolim. Remembering a Legend: Chinua Achebe : Chinua
Achebe, African Heritage Press, 2014.
 Gaile, Andreas. (ed). Fabulating Beauty : Perspectives on the Fiction of Peter Carey,
BRILL, 2005.
 Guignery, Vanessa. (ed.) The Famished Road : Ben Okri’s Imaginary Homelands.
Cambridge Scholars Publisher, 2013.
 Jeyifo, Biodun. Wole Soyinka: Politics, Poetics and Postcolonialism. CUP, 2004.
 Lim, David C. L.. The Infinite Longing for Home : Desire and the Nation in Selected
Writings of Ben Okri and K. S. Maniam, BRILL, 2005.
 Martin, Gerald. The Cambridge Introduction to Gabriel García Márquez, Cambridge
University Press, 2012.
 Mezu, Rose. Chinua Achebe : The Man and His Works, Adonis & Abbey Publishers
Ltd, 2006.
 Pelayo, Ruben. Gabriel Garcia Marquez: A Critical Companion, Greenwood
Publishing Group, Incorporated, 2001.
 Snodgrass, Mary Ellen. Peter Carey: A Literary Companion. McFarland & Company,
Inc.2009.
 Sushiela, Nasta. Writing Across Worlds: Contemporary Writers Talk. Routledge,
2004.
 Wawrzinek, Jennifer and J.K.S. Makhokha. Negotiating Afropolitanism : Essays on
Borders and Spaces in Contemporary African Literature and Folklore, BRILL, 2011.

Page 464

461  Woodcock, Bruce. Peter Carey, Manchester University Press, 2003.
 Ying, Zhu. Fiction and the Incompleteness of History: Toni Morrison, V.S.Naipaul
and Ben Okri. Peter Lang A.G,. 2006.
 Comte de Colleville, Ludovic. Is Canada Postcolonial?: Unsettling Canadian
Literature. Wilfrid Laurier Univ. Press, 2003.
 Cornwell, Neil, ed. The Routledge companion to Russian literature. London:
Routledge, 2001.
 Damrosch, David, and David Lawrence Pike. The Longman Anthology of World
Literature. Vol. 6. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2009.
 Damrosch, David. What is world literature?. Princeton University Press, 2018.
 D'haen, Theo, César Domínguez, and Mads Thomsen. World literature: a reader.
Routledge, 2012.
 D'haen, Theo, David Damrosch, and Djelal Kadir, eds. The Routledge companion to
world literature. Routledge, 2011.
 D'haen, Theo. The Routledge concise history of world literature. Routledge, 2013.
 Kahn, Andrew, et al. A History of Russian Literature. Oxford University Press, 2018.
 Keith, William John. Canadian literature in English. Vol. 1. The Porcupine's Quill,
2006.
 Kim, Hŭng -gyu. Understanding Korean Literature. ME Sharpe, 1997.
 Kröller, Eva-Marie, ed. The Cambridge companion to Canadian literature. Cambridge
University Press, 2017.
 Lawall, Sarah N., and Maynard Mack. The Norton anthology of world literature. Vol.
6. New York: Norton, 2002.
 Lee, Peter H., ed. A history of Korean literature. Cambridge University Press, 2003.
 Lee, Peter H., ed. Modern Korean literature: an anthology. University of Hawaii Press,
1990.
 New, William H., and William Herbert New. A history of Canadian literature. Vol.
5149. McGill -Queen's Press -MQUP, 2003.
 Suh, Serk-Bae. "The Location of “Korean” Culture: Ch'oe Chaesŏ and Korean
Literature in a Time of Transition." The Journal of Asian Studies 70.1 (2011): 53 -75.
 Turner, Charles Edward. Studies in Russian literature. London: S. Low, Marston,
Searle & Rivington, 1882.

Page 465

462
SEMESTER VII
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: HINDI (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: आध ¸वनक वि ˙द स वि त्य क
ह `च ररक प ˛ष ्ठभ ˛वम
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks

अवधम न उद्द े श्य:
1. छाात राोां काो भारता य नवाजाारा ण याुरा साे अवाता कराानाा
2. कथाा सााकहत य पर रा ाोाााोां धा वाााद काे प्रभाावा काा कवाश लाेषण करनाा
3. छााता राोाोाोां काोाो मााका स गवाााद काोाे साकहखत्यक दृकष टकाोाोण
वा कहाोांदाोा काोा प्रराोा कतवाााद ककवाताा साोाे
अवाराोा त कराानाा
4. मनाोकवाश लाेषण साे प्रभााकवात उपन याासकाराोां काे बााराे माेां जानकार दाेनाा
5. आधुकनक साकहत्य में दकलत साकहत्य के योदा न का पररचय कराना
6. छााता राोाोाोां माोाेाोां समाोााज साोांबाोांधाोा यथाथ गपरक
अकभि यखक त काोाो समझनाोाे काोा क षमताोाा कवाककसत करना
अवधम न वनष्पहव:
अध ययन काोाे पश चाात छाात्र कनमा नकलखखत क षमतााओाोां काोाो कवाककसत कर सकाोाे ाोां
राोा ाोाे:
1. ब रहा म समाोााज, आय ग समाोााज, प्रााथगनाा समाोााज वा सत्यशाोधक
समाोााज काोाे बाोााराोाे माोाेाोां ज्ञाान प्राप्त कर सक ें र ाोाे
2. कथा सााकहता य पर राोा ाोाााोांधाोा वाााद काोाे प्रभाावा
काोाो तथा राोा ाोाााोांधाोा वााोााद काोाे कसदा
धाोाााोांताोाोाोा ं काोाो साोाुदश गन वा
प राोाेमचाोांद काोा कहााकनयाोाोाोां काोाे वकशाोाेष
साोांदभ ग माोाेाोां कवाशा लाोाेकषत कर सकाोाे ाोां
राोा ाोा े
3. मााका स गवाााद काोाे प रमाोाुख कसदा धाोाााोांताोाोाोां काोाो
कहाोांदाोा काोा प्रराोा कतवााादाोा ककवाताा काोाे मााध यम साोाे
समझ सकाोाे ाोां राोा ाोा े
4. मनाोकवाश लाेषण साे प्रभााकवात रचनााकााराोां साे पररकचत हाो सकाेां रा ाोाे
5. िाोाोा कवामश ग साोाे पररकचत हाोाोताोाे हाुए मकहलाोाा

Page 466

463 सशक ता करण काोा अवाधाारणाोाा काोाो समझ सकाोाे ाोां राोा ाोा े
6. दकलत कवामश ग साोाे पररकचत हाोताोाे हाुए ओमप्रकाोााश
वााोााला ाोा कक काोा ककवातााओाोां साोा े अवारा त हाो
सकाेां रा ाोाे
7. आकदवााास कवामश ग वा साोांघषाोाोां काोाा कवाशा लाोाेषण
कनम गलाोाा पाोाुताोाुल एवााोां जकसाोांताा काोाे
रकाोा े टा को कवकताओ के द्वारा कर सक ें र ाोाे

Page 467

464 8. छाात्र आधाुकनक जा वान म ला ाोाोाोां काो समझ कर जा वान माेां उनकाा
उपयाोरा कर सकाेां र

म ड्य˛ल I : भ रत र ् हनज रन ण (2 Credits)
घटक I: स ¸ध र आ ˙द लन

Page 468

465 a) ब रह म समाोााज एवााोां आय ग समाोााज
b) राामकाोाृ ष्ण कमशन एवााोां कथयोसोफाोा
c) प्रााथगनाा समाोााज एवााोां सता यशाोधक समाोााज
घटक 2: र ् ˙ ध ह द
a) रा ाोाााोां धा वाााद : प्रमाुख कसवाााांत
b) कथाा सााकहत्य पर रा ाोाााोां धा वाााद काा प रभाावा
c) साोाुदश गन एवााोां प राोाेमचाोांद काोा कहााकनयाोाोाोां
काोाे वकशाोाेष साोांदभ ग माोाेाोां- हाार काोा जा त (साोाुदश गन)
माोांत्र (प राोाेमचाोांद)
घटक 3: म क ्स गह द
a) मााका स गवाााद : प रमाोाुख कसदा धाोाााोांत
b) कहाोांदाोा काोा पा रराोा कतवाााद ककवाताा
c) काोाे दाोाारनााथ अगा रवाााल क े स ˙ दभ ग म े ˙- प ˙ ˙ ज पवत एह
श्रमज ह : प ्रवतवनवध कवह त ए

म ड ्य ˛ल II : मन वह श ्ल ेषणह द, स्त्र , दवलत एह
आवदह स वह मश ग (2 Credits)
घटक 4: मन
वह श ्ल ेषणह द
एह
a) मनोवकश्लेषवणाद : कवसांत स्त्र वह मश ग
b) अजा ञाोाेय, जाो`नाोाेाोांद्र इलाोााचाोांद्र जाोश काोाे साोांदभ ग माोाे
ाो
c) िाोाोा कवामश ग
घटक 5: स्त्र वह मश ग एह दवलत वह मश ग
a) काोाात याोाायना काोा ककवाताा काोाे वकशाोाेष साोांदभ ग
माोाेाोां- हा काोा खाोाेलता हाुई लडककयाोाााोा ं
b) दकलत कवामश ग
c) ओमप रकाोााश वाााला ाोा कक काोा ककवाताा काोाे वकशाोाेष
साोांदभ ग माोाेाोां- माोाुट ठाोा भर चाावाल; श याोरााज कसाोांह
बाोाेचाो`न का ..'बसा स इता ाोा साोा बाोाात'..माोाेरा कप रय
कहााकनयाोाा ाोाााो साोांकलन साोाे, रााजपाल एाोां ड सना ज़, नई कदल ला ।
घटक 6 :आवहद स वह मश ग
a) आकदवााास कवामश ग
b) कनम गलाोाा पाोाुताोाुल काोा ककवाताा - आकदवााास लडककयाोाोाोां

Page 469

466
काोाे बाोााराोाे माोाे ाोां
c) जकसांताा काे रकाे टाा का ककवाताा -नदा , पहााड और बााजार
म ड ्य ˛ल III : अ ˙तर ् गत म ˛ल्य ˙कन (२ श्र ेर ् ˙क)
क्रम
स ˙ख्य वह
ह र
ण अ ˙क
१ काोााय ग/प रकलाोा प सत्र काोाे प्रता याोाेक
मा डा याो ल साोाे २*१० २०

Page 470

467 २ सत र मा ां एक कनयत काला न कक षाा परा क षाा १५
३ सत र माेां कवाषय सांबांध एक कनबांध ५
कु ल योर ४०

Page 471

468 स्व ध्य र ् /क र ् ग (क ई भ द
1) ब रहा म समाोााज वा आय ग समाोााज काोाे कसदा धाोाााोांताोाोाोां
काोाा ताोाुलनाोाात्मक अध ययन काोा कजए
2) रा ाोाााोां धा वाााद काे माुख्य कसवाााांताोां काो स्पष ट करताे हुए कथाा
सााकहत्य पर रा ाोाााोां धा वाााद काे प्रभाावा पर चचाोाा ग साोाेकमनाार
काोाा आयाोजन तथा ररपाोटग ताो`याार करनाा
3) मााका स गवाााद साोाे प राोाेररत प्रराोा कतवााादा ककवाताा
काोाा साोांग रह करताोाे हाुए ककसाोा एक ककवाताा पर
भावापाो ण गककवाताा वाााचन प रकतयाोकराोा ताा काोाा आयोजन तथा
ररपाोटग ताो`याार करनाा
4) अज ञाेय, ज `नाेांद्र या इलााचांद्र जाोशा काा ज वान पररचय वा रचनााओां पर प्रकल्प त `याार का कजए
5) आकदवााासा उपन याासाोां माेां साे ककसा एक काा कवावााेचनाात मक कवाश लाेषण क कजए

स ˙दभ ग ग ्र ˙थ:
 साोाृजन काोाा अना तरपाठ : उत्र आधाोाुकनक कवामश ग, काोाृ
ष णदताोा पाालाोा वाााल, साामकयक प रकाोााशन, नई कदल्ल ।
 आकवदास लेखन : एक उभरत चेतना , रमकणका र ाोाु प्ता, समाकयक प्रकाशन , नई कदल्ल ।
 आकदवााासा समााज और सााकहत य, रमकणकाा रा ाोाु प्ताा, साामकयक प्रकााशन, नई कदल्ला ।
 दकलत दश गन काोा वााो`चाोााररकाोा , बाोा . आर. कवाप लवाा , वाााण
प्रकाोााशन, नई कदल ला ।
 समकाोाालाोा न आलाोाोचनाा कवामश ग, अवाधाोाेश कसाोांह, वाााण
प्रकाोााशन, नई कदल ला ।
 समकाोाालाोा न कहाोांदाोा सााकहता य : कवाकवाध कवामश ग, प्राोाो. श रा रााम
शमाोाा ग, वाााण प रकाोााशन, नई कदल्ला
 मााका स गवाााद और सााकहता य, कशवाकाोाु माार कमशा र, वाााण प रकाोााशन, नई कदल ला ।
 मााका स गवााादा सकहता य कचाोांतन, कशवा काोाु माार कमशा र, वाााण प्रकाोााशन,
नई कदल ला ।
 नार चेतना के आयाम , अलका प्रसाद , राजकमल प्रकाशन सम ह, नई कदल्ल ।
 स्वााधाोा नताा काोाे िाोाोा पका ष, अनाोााकमकाोाा, रााजकमल
प्रकाोााशन समाो ह, नई कदल ला ।
 आधाुकनक कहांद कथा साकहत्य और मनाोकवाज्ञाान, डा . दाेवारााज उपााध यााय
 रा ाोाााोां धा का भ कम साे, रााजककशाोर, प्रकााशन सांस थाान, नई कदल ला ।
 रा ाोाााोां धा जा का दाे न, डा . रााजाेन्द्र प रसाद, प रभात प रकाशन, नई कदल ला ।
 िाोाोा वााादाोा कवामश ग, क्षमाोाा शमाोाा ग, रााजकमल प रकाोााशन, नई
कदल ला ।
 आधाोाुकनक कहाोांदाोा सााकहता य काोा वााो`चाोााररक पाोाृषा टभाो कम,

Page 472

469 सम्पाोाादक. प्रवाा ण चन्द्र कबषा ट।
 प रकतकनकध कवातााएां , काे दारनााथ अग्रवाााल, रााजकमल प रकााशन, कदल ला I
 https://www.hindwi.org/ ओमप रकाोााश वाााला ाोा कक काोा
ककवाताा काोाे वकशाोाेष साोांदभ ग माोाेाोां- माोाुट ठाोा
भर चाावाल
 श याोरााज कसाोांह बाोाेचाो`न काोा ..'बसा स इता ाोा
साोा बाोाात'..माोाेरा कप रय कहााकनयाोाा ाोाााो साोांकलन
साोाे, रााजपाल एां ड सन ज़, नई कदल ला ।
 https://www.hindwi.org/कनम गलाोाा पाोाुताोाुल काोा ककवाताा -आकदवााास
लडककयाोाोाोां काोाे बाोााराोाे माोाे ाोां
 https:/ /www.hindwi.org/ नद , पहाड और बाजार

Page 473

470  आधाोाुकनक साामाोााकजक मनाोकवाज ञाान काोाे माो ल तताोा , सरयाो प्रसााद
च बाोाे, काोा ना साोाेप्ट पखिाो., नई कदल ला ।

Page 474

471 SEMESTER VII
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: MARATHI (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
भ ष हवज्ञ न पररचर ् ह मर ठ व्य करण

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

अध्यन न उवद्दष्ट े :
1. भाषाोाेचाोाे स िरूप आकण कतथाोाे काोााय ग जााणाो न घाोाेणाोाे.
2. भाषाोााभ याासाच याोाा कवाकवाध अाोांराोा ाोाााोांचा पररचय करा न
घाोाेणाोाे.
3. भाषााभ याासाच्या आधाुकनक वा शाािाोाोा य पधा दता चा पररचय करून घाेणाे.
4. मरााठा ि यााकरणााचाा इकतहाास वा कवाकवाध ि यााकरणकरााांचाापररचय करून घाेणाे.
5. शब दााांचाे वारा ाोा करण,कवाकाारण कवाचाारवाशब्द घटनाा समजावा न घाेणाे.

अध्यर ्न वनष ्पह :
ि अभ ्य सक्रम प ˛ण ग क े ल्य ह र वह द ् य थ :
1. भााषाेच याा कवाकवाध अरा ाोाााोां चाा पररचय दाे ताो.
2. भाषाोाेच्याा अभ याासााच याोाा आधाोाुकनक वा शाखा य पदा धता चा पररचय दाोाे
ताोाो.
3. मरााठा ि यााकरण ि यवास थाेचाा स क्ष्म पररचय दाेताो.
4. मरााठा ि यााकरण ि यवास थाेता ल समस यााांचाे स पष टा करण करताो.

म डर ् ˛ ल I - भ ष हवज्ञ न स्वरूप आवण मि त्त्व (2 Credits)
घटक १ : भ ष श स्त्र च्य वह वह ध श ख
अ) भाषाोाेचाोाे स िरूप आकण काोााय ग
ब) माानवाा भााषाेचाे लक षणाेवाभााषााकाु ल सांकल पनाा
क) भाषाोााभ याासाच याोाा कवाकवाध पदा धता -वाण गनाोाात मक, ऐकतहाोााकसक वा
समाोााजशाािाोाोा य.

Page 475

472
घटक २ : स्वनवह च र ह स्ववनम वह च र (स्वन, स्ववनम, स्वन ˙तर, स्ववनम ˙च े
प्रक र)

Page 476

473 अ) स िनकवाज्ञाान सांकल पनाा वा शााखाा - उच चाारकाेां द्रा ,
सांचाारणकाेां द्रा , श रवाणकाेां द्रा ब) स िनकनकमगता वा
वााो`कशषा टयाोा े
क) स िकनम वास िकनमााांचाे प रकार

घटक ३ : अथ गह अथ गवह च र : स्वर पह प्रक र
अ) अथ गकवाचाोाार -
स िरूप ब)
अथाोाा गचाोाे
कवाकवाध
प रकाोाार क)
अथ गपररवातगन -
साोांकला पना
म डर् ˛ ल II - मर ठ व्य करण च पररचर् (2 Credits)
घटक ४ : शब्द ˙च े ह र ् करण- प र पररक ह आध ¸वनक
अ) शब दााांच याा जाता - कवाकाारा वा
अकवाकाार शब्द ब) नााम, सवा गनााम,
कका रयाापद वा वकशाोाेषण
क) कक रयााकवाशाेषण, शब दयाोरा ाोा , उभयाान्वया अि यय वा काे वालप्रयाोरा ाोा

घटक ५ : वह करण- वल ˙र ्, ह चन, वह भह , आख्य त.
अ) कलाोांरा वा वाचन
कवाचाोाार- स िरूप वा
प रकाोाार ब) कवाभक्ता वा कतचाे
प्रकाार
क) आख याात कवाकाार

Page 477

474 घटक ६ : शब्दवसद ् ह प्रर ् र ् वह च र
अ) शब दकसदा धाोा अथ ग वा
स िरूप ब) कसदा ध,
सााकधत,उपसराोा ग वा प रत यय
क) प्रयोर वा त्याचे प्रकार


म ड ्य ˛ल III : अ ˙तर ् गत म ˛ल्य ˙कन (२ श्र ेर ् ˙क)
क्रम स ˙ख्य वह अ ˙क

Page 478

475 ह र

१ काोााय ग/प रकलाोा प सत्र काोाे प्रता याोाेक
मा डा याो ल साोाे २*१० २०

Page 479

476 २ सत र मा ां एक कनयत काला न कक षाा परा क षाा १५
३ सत र माेां कवाषय सांबांध एक कनबांध ५
कु ल योर ४०

स्व ध्य र ् /क र ् ग (क णत ेि द न)
1. भाषाा म हणजाे कााय ताे सााांरा ाो न माानवाा भाषाेचाे स िरा प थोडक याात स्पष ट कराा.
2. भाषाोाेच काोाोणता हाोा चार लक षणाोाे थोडका याोाात कलहाा.
3. भाषााकाु ल सांकल पनाा स्पष ट करून सााांरा ाोाा.
4. अथाोाा गचाोाे कवाकवाध प रकाोाार काोाोणताोाे ?
5. कवाकारा शब द म हणजाे काय, त यााचाे प्रकाार कोणताे?
6. मरााठा ताोा ल वाचन कवाचाोाार वा त्याोााचाोाे प रकाोाार कलहाा.

स ˙दभ ग ग ्र ˙ थ :
 काळाे , कला ाोााण वा इतर (सांपाा.), आधाुकनक भााषााकवाज ञाान
(सांरचनाावााादा , साामाान्य आकण सामाकजक , प्रकतमा प्रकाशन , पुणे,
(दु.आ.) २००३ .
 राोा जाोाेाोांदा रराोा डकर, श्रा . न. भाषाोाा आकण
भाषाोााशाािाो, ि हा नस प रकाोााशन, पाोाुणाोाे, (दाोाु. आ.)
१९७९ .
 राोा ाोाोकवालकर लाोा लाोाा, वाण गनाोाात मक भाषाोााकवाज ञाान, आरताोा
प रकाोााशन, डाोाोकबवालाोा , १९९२.
 पाोाुाोांडाोाे , द. कद., साोाुलभ भाषाोााकवाज ञाान, साोाेहवाध गन प रकाोााशन,
पाोाुणाोाे, २००५
 माालशाोाे, स. राोा ाोां. वा इतर (साोांपाा.),
भाषाोााकवाज ञाानाो: ऐकतहाोााकसक वा वाण गनाोाात मक, पदा
मराोा ाोांधाोाा प रकााशन,पाुणाे, २००५
 मटकर अलकाा, मरााठा भााषाेचाा भााषाावा `ज्ञााकनक अभ याास - शब दाालय प रकााशन,२०१५
 अज ाोाुगनवाााडकर,श्रा काोाृ ष्ण - मरााठाोा ि याोााकरण वाााद आकण प्रवाााद
 रा ाोाोकवालकर , ला लाा - मरााठ चाे ि यााकरण

Page 480

477 SEMESTER VII
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: URDU (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: PROGRESSIVE URDU LITERATURE – PROSE

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding about the art and history of Urdu Novel Nigari
2. To develop an understanding about the writing style of few Novel Nigars
3. To develop an understanding about Asmat Chughtai as Novel Nigar
4. To develop critical understanding of Novel Ziddi

Learning Outcomes:
1. The student describes the art and history of Urdu Novel Nigari
2. The student describes the writing style of few Novel Nigars
3. The student describes Asmat Chughtai as Novel Nigar
4. The student does the criticism on Novel Ziddi

MODULE 1: URDU NOVEL (2 Credits)
Unit 1 Art of Novel Nigari
a) Meaning and Definition
b) Ajza -e- Tarkibi
c) Kinds of Novel

Unit 2 History of Urdu Novel
a) Munshi Prem Chand aur Moasereen
b) Urdu Novel par taraqqee pasand tahreek ke asarat
c) Mawzooa’at

Unit 3 Urdu ke Chand Novel Nigar
a) Krishn Chandr
b) B Qurratul Ain Haider
c) C Qazi Abdussattar

Page 481

478
Module 2: Ismat Chughtaee aur Novel Ziddi (2 Credits)
Unit 4 Ismat Chughtaee – The Writer
a) Life
b) Art of Novel Nigari
c) Other Literary Work

Unit 5 Novel Ziddi
a) Characters: Puran, Bhabhi, Chote Bhayya, Chamki, Phool, Holi, AnkhMacholi,
Devrani
b) Haat, Nafrat, Thokar, Faisla, Bhool Gaye, Aag,Sukoon, Hut
c) Novel Ziddi ka Tajziya

Unit 6 Critical Study of Novel Ziddi
a) Technical Aspect
b) Characters
c) Waqea Nigari

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1) Urdu Novel ka tareekhi pasmanzar bayan kijiye
2) Novel Ki tareef bayan karte hue uske fun par tafseeli note likhiye
3) Munshi Premchand ki novel nigari ka tanqeedi jayeza lijiye
4) Ismat Chughtai ki zindagi ke nashebo Faraz ko kalamband kijiye
5) Urdu Novel par taraqqi pasand tehreeq ke asarat ka jayeza lijiye
References :
 Urdu Novel ki Tareekh o Tanqeed by Ali Abbas Hussaini
 Ismat Chughtai - Fun aur Shakhsiyat by Jagdish Chandra Viddhavan
 Ismat Chughtai - Fun aur Shakhsiyat by Afsar Farooqi

Page 482

479  Munshi Premchand ka fani wa fikri mutalea by Sayyad Mohammed Aseem
 Urdu Novel ki tanqeedi Tareekh by Mohammed Ahsan Farooqi
 Munshi Premchand Shakhsiyat aur Karname by Dr Qamar Raees

Page 483

480 SEMESTER VII
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: GUJARATI (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: LITERARY CRITICISM AND CREATIVE
WRITING

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding of the theories and types of literary criticism
2. To develop the skill of literary criticism.
3. To analyse the prose and poetry forms of literature from the lenses of literary criticism
4. To analyse the trend and styles of literary criticism from medieval to post Independent
era.
5. To develop the skill of creative writing of different forms.
Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. write the reflective criticism on the Dalit literature in own words
2. identify the different styles of literary criticism
3. Apply the skills to write the story in own words using the ideas and characters from
related Gujarati literature

MODULE I: LITERARY CRITICISM AND GUJARATI LITERATURE (2 Credits)
Unit 1. Concept of Literary Criticism
a) (Meaning, types, significance and Process)
b) Theories of Literary criticism: Formalism or new criticism theory, Reader -response
theory, Psychological theory and New Historicism Analysis
c) Literary criticism in different forms of literature in Gujarati (Plays, Articles, Novels,
poetry) in the context of the theories mentioned above.

Unit 2. Literary criticism and Poetry forms of Gujarati Literature
a. Dhvani theory and Rasa Theory of Poetic literary criticism: (Meaning and components
of these theories for literary criticism
b. Kavi Dalpatram’s ‘Andher Nagari’ Poetry and Literary Criticism with reference to the
components of the two theories given in a. of unit 2.
c. Akha BHagat’s ‘Akhana Chhappa’ composition and literary criticism.

Page 484

481 Unit 3: Literary criticism and Performing art forms of Gujarati Literature
a) Traditional Bhavai musical: Viewing ‘Jasma Odan’ Folk Tale directed by
Shanta Gandhi and literary criticism with reference to Histerocism theory
b) Documentary Film based on the reality of attraction to migrate abroad, ‘Kevi rite Jaish’
and literary criticism based on psychology theory
c) Literary criticism of Hindi film ‘English -Vinglish’ directed by Gauri Shinde:
Identifying the literary theory to be applied for literary criticism)

MODULE II: CREATIVE WRITING (2 Credits)
Unit 4. Concept of Creative writing
a) Meaning in the context of literature writing, types
b) The distinction between creative literature and other literary work is based on the
criteria of creative writing
c) Steps and process of creative writing

Unit 5: Requisites for creative writing
a. Skills required for developing creative writing capability: (communication skill,
Adaptability, Organizational skills, Research skill, Editing, Persistence)
b. Guiding principles of creative writing (thorough reading, inspiration in daily things, use of
writing prompts, criticizing other’s writing to impro ve self -writing, creating and maintaining
own journal/diary, paraphrasing/rewriting famous stories, incentivizing own writing, writing
based on the pictures, images, writing as per own interest, Planning and scheduling,
comfortable surrounding,)
c. Elements of creative writing of poetry, fiction, drama, story (in the context of the plot,
characters, setting, narrative, conflict, theme, writer’s voice)

Unit 6: Creative writing of different forms: (in the context of the essential elements)
a. Identifying the essential elements and skills possessed by the writer Sane Guruji in the
book Shyamchi Aai translated in Gujarati by Aruna Jadeja
b. Rewriting the Panchatantra stories (any 5) Using all the guiding principles of creative
writing.
c. A critical review of the children's poetries in Gujarati for Imaginative Poetry composition
based on the pictures or as per the age-wise interest of small children

Page 485

482 MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)

1. Compose Poetry based on real-life experience by using the essential elements of poetry
writing. Recite the poetry in the class.
2. Write a Story on the topic of interest by using the appropriate guiding principles. Self-
evaluate the story.
3. Review the famous Gujarati plays on the theme of your choice and write a script using
essential elements of creative writing
4. Compare the storybooks Vagadana by and Swapna by Ashoksinh Tank with reference
to essential elements and guiding principles of writing stories.
5. carry out the activities based on the 4th assignment as follows:
i. Identify the common element
ii. Criticize the faults and gaps you find based on the guiding principles
iii. write your own story using the ideas and characters used in these stories.
Reference:
 Unit 1:
 Basics of Literary criticism: Dr. Vilas Salune DIamand Publications Pune
 Bharatiya Kavyasidhant: Jayant Kothari
 https://www.amazon.in/Literary -Theory -History -Criticism -
Gujarati/s?rh=n%3A1318173031%2Cp_n_feature_three_br owse -
bin%3A9495761031
 https://content.bridgepointeducation.com/curriculum/file/1d4980fa -45ee -4432 -a598 -
f42cd6ccb2a1/1/ENG125%20 -%20Critical%20Literary%20Theories.pdf
 Unit 2
 http://cmclnmu.ac.in/wp -content/uploads/2020/04/English_PK -PGII -Dhvani.pdf
 http://www.rncollegehajipur.in/rn/uploads/products/PG%20II%20CC -
7%20The%20Theory%20of%20Rasa%20by%20Dr%20Ravi%20K%20Sinha
%20(1).pdf
 https://literariness.org/2020/11/13/indian -literary -theory -and-criticism/
 https://gargicollege.in/wp -content/uploads/2020/03/08 -chapter -2.pdf
 https://www .academia.edu/39721084/Indian_Aesthetics_Rasa_Theory

Page 486

483  https://gu.wikipedia.org/wiki/%E0%AA%85%E0%AA%96%E0%AA%BE_%E0%A
A%AD%E0%AA%97%E0%AA%A4
 https://creativeyatra.com/poetry/%E0%AA%85%E0%AA%96%E0%A A%BE%E0%
AA%A8%E0%AA%BE -
%E0%AA%9B%E0%AA%AA%E0%AB%8D%E0%AA%AA%E0%AA%BE -akha-
na-chhappa/ (Akha verses)
 Unit 3
 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gujarati_theatre
 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_Vinglish
 https://thecult uretrip.com/asia/india/articles/jo -baka -watch -these -films -before -
your -ahmedabad -trip/
 Unit 5
 https:/ /www.im agineforest.com/blog/10 -ways -improve -creative -writing -skills/
 https://oxfordsum mercourses.com/articles/what -is-creative -writing/
 https://unlu.io/blog/writing -guide -what -is-creative -writing -and-its-types
 https://www.imagineforest.com/blog/10 -ways -improve -creative -writing -skills/
 https://medium.com/swlh/7 -essential -skills -for-writers -that-arent -writing -
f6b3b7979864
 https:// www.imagineforest.com/free -resources/writing -prom pts
 https://www.scribophile.com/academy/what -are-literary -elements
 Unit 6
 https ://www.bookreviewgujarati.online/search/label/KidsStory?&max -results=6
 https://www.bookpratha.com/bookdetail/Index/268946?name=Shyamni -Maa
 Assignments:
 https:/ /www.matrubharti.com/book/19924518/vagdana -phool -16
 https:/ /www.matrubharti.com/stories/guj arati/short -stories
 https://www.matrubharti.com/book/19 925236/svapna
 https:/ /www.matrubharti.com/book/19924518/vagdana -phool -16

Page 487

484 Semester VIII
PART III : CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGY STUDIES
CORE COURSE: GERMAN (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME GERMAN SPEAKING COUNTRIES IN THE PAST
AND PRESENT
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100
Learning Objectives:
1. Understand and recall basic social and cultural practices.
2. Knowledge of relevant facts pertaining to German speaking countries
3. To familiarize with the selected history of German speaking countries.
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, student will be able to
1. Connect the past to the present and to reflect the values of the past in context of the present.
2. Discuss and reflect on intercultural aspects .

MODULE I: Die DACH Länder und deutsche Geschichte (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Einführung: DACH
a) Einwohner, Bevölkerung, Lage, Flüsse, Seen, Landschaft, Klima, Jahreszeiten
b) Die deutschsprachige Gesellschaft, Struktur, Dialekte
c) Die DACH Länder in EUnit 1 - Die DACH Länder

Unit 2 - Deutsche Geschichte – I
a) Nationalsozialismus
b) Holocaust
c) Der Zweite Weltkrieg

Unit 3 - Deutsche Geschichte – II
a) Die Teilung Deutschlands
b) Mauerfall
c) Deutsche Wiedervereinigung

Page 488

485 MODULE II: Mehr über das Land (2 Credits)

Unit 4 - Das politische System Deutschlands
a) Migration
b) Staatsaufbau, Staatsorgane Bundesländer und ihre Hauptstädte
c) Parteiensystem und Wahlen Im Bundestag vertretene Parteien

Unit 5 - Kultur & Tourismus
a) Religionen und Feste in Deutschland
b) Kultureinrichtungen, Kunst und Architektur
c) Sehenswürdigkeiten der deutschsprachigen Länder

Unit 6 - Bildungssystem & Wirtschaft
a) Wirtschaft
b) Forschung
c) Bildungssystem

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Any two of the following tasks:
(Topics based on Landeskunde even outside those mentioned above.)
The following topics can be suggested:
Reformation, Dreißigjähriger Krieg, Das Heilige Römische Reich Deutscher Nation,
Deutsch -Französischer Krieg, Gründung des Deutschen Reichs, Erster Weltkrieg,
Weimarer Republik may also be selected as topics.

Text Books:

Page 489

486 1. Bemmerlein, Georg/ Göbel, Walter: Abiturwissen. Geschichte 19. Jahrhundert bis
1933. 5. Aufl. Stuttgart: Klett Lehrtraining GmbH 2013
2. Kuhne, Berthold: Grundwissen Deutschland: Kurze Texte und Übungen inklusive
Lösungsschlüssel. München, Iudicium; Auflage: 2. Aufl. 2003
3. Luscher, Renate: Landeskunde Deutschland 2010. Von der Wende bis heute. Für
Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Daten - Texte - Aufgaben (Lernmaterialien). Verlag für
Deutsch; Auflage: 5. aktual. 2010
Additional material may be compiled and used by the teacher.

Reference Books:
1. Sabine Schmidt, Karin Schmidt (Hg.): Erinnerungsorte: Deutsche Geschichte im
DaF-
Unterricht. Materialien und Kopiervorlagen mit Dokumenten -CD-ROM und CD
Berlin Cornelsen 2007

Websites:
● www.deutschland.de
● www.auswaertiges -amt.de
● www.goethe.de
● https:/ /www.oesterre ich.gv.at
● https:/ /www.ch.c h
Additional websites may be used by the teacher.

Reference Books:
· Bemmerlein, Georg/ Göbel, Walter: Abiturwissen. Geschichte 19. Jahrhundert bis 1933.
5. Aufl. Stuttgart: Klett Lehrtraining GmbH 2013
· Kuhne, Berthold: Grundwissen Deutschland: Kurze Texte und Übungen inklusive
Lösungsschlüssel. München, Iudicium; Auflage: 2. Aufl. 2003
· Luscher, Renate: Landeskunde Deutschland 2010. Von der Wende bis heute. Für
Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Daten - Texte - Aufgaben (Lernmaterialien). Verlag für
Deutsch; Auflage: 5. aktual. 2010
Additional material may be compiled and used by the teacher.
· Sabine Schmidt, Karin Schmidt (Hg.): Erinnerungsorte: Deutsche Geschichte im DaF -
Unterricht. Materialien und Kopiervorlagen mit Dokumenten -CD-ROM und CD Berlin
Cornelsen 2007
Websites:
· www.deutschland.de

Page 490

487 · www.auswaertiges -amt.de
· www.goethe.de
· https:/ /www.oesterreich.gv.at

Page 491

488 SEMESTER VIII
PART III: CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: HISTORY (SCHOOL SUBJECTS)
COURSE NAME: LANDMARKS IN WORLD HISTORY
(1453 -1950)
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100
Learning Objectives:
1. To Comprehend the transition of Europe from medieval to modern times in the context
of Renaissance and Reformation in Europe.
2. To develop an understanding of ideologies that led to the creation of nations and trace
the rise of fascism in Europe.
3. To analyse the causes and effects of the World War I
4. To apply the knowledge of the learned topic in a given situation
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
5. Examine the features, causes and the impact of Renaissance movement that led to
nuanced learning in the field of Art, Architecture, Literature and Science
6. Explain the causes, effects and significance of the American, French and Industrial
Revolution in Europe that challenged the old order
7. Describe the concept that led to the emergence of nation states in Europe and enumerate
the factors and that led to the Unification of Italy and Germany
8. Analyse the causes and effects of the World War I and comprehend the military
strategies and technology used during the War
9. Obtain insights into the concept of features of fascism in Europe and explain the nature,
domestic reforms and the failure of the totalitarian governments in Italy, Germany and
Japan
10. Gain insights into the technology, military strategies and the causes, consequences of
the second world war

MODULE I: ERA OF REVOLUTIONS (14th Century – Late 19th century) (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Dawn of the Modern Era
a) Renaissance
b) Reformation movement
c) Geographical Discoveries

Unit 2: Age of Revolutions

Page 492

489 a) American Revolution
b) French Revolution and Rise of Napoleon
c) Industrial Revolution

Unit 3: Democracy and Emergence of Nation States
a) Democracy, Nationalism and Nation -State
b) Unification of Italy
c) Unification of Germany
MODULE II Era of Wars (19th century – 1960s) (2 Credits )
Unit 4: World in Transition (1870 -1919)
a) Forms, Causes and Impact of Imperialism
b) World War I and League of Nations
c) Russian Revolutions 1917

Unit 5: World at Arms
a) Dictatorship in Italy
b) Dictatorship in Germany
c) Militarism in Japan

Unit 6: World War II and Cold War
a) Causes, Course and Consequences of World War II.
b) United Nations Organization
c) Origin of Cold War Politics

MODULE 3: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.
No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
4 Total 40

Page 493

490
Any two of the following tasks:
1) Prepare a poster on forms of Imperialism
2) Make a map of the geographical explorations of various European explorers.
3) Prepare an assignment on the unification of Germany
4) Group discussion on Causes and Impact of Imperialism
5) Drama on the theme ‘Dictatorship in Germany.’

Reference Books:
• Carr, E.H., International Relations between the two World Wars, 1919 -1939,
Macmillan, London, 1989.
• Chakrabarty Ranjan, History of Modern World, Primus Books, New Delhi, 2013.
• Cornell, R.D, World History in the Twentieth Century – Longman, Essex 1999.
• David, M.D. Rise and Growth of Modern Japan - Himalaya Publication House,
Mumbai 1999.
• Dev Arjun and Dev Indira, History of the World, Orient Blackswan Publishers, New
Delhi, 2009.
• Doyle William, Origins of the French Revolution, OUP, 1980.
• Fay, S. B, Origins of the World War, New York - Second Ed. New York Free Press
1999.
• Grant Arthur J. and Temperley H.W.V., Europe in the Nineteenth and Twentieth
Centuries (1789 – 1950), Prentice Hall Press, 1971.
• Hayes C.J. H. Contemporary Europe Since 1870 -1955, Macmillan, New York, 1953.
• Lipson, E, Europe in the 19 th century, 1815 -1914, A.H. Black. London,1961.
• Lowe Norman, Mastering Modern World History, Palgrave Macmillan Publishers,
New Delhi, 2016.
• Parkes Henry, The United States of America: a History, Alfred A. Knopf, USA. 1953.
• Rao B.V., History of Modern World, Sterling Publishers Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.
• Taylor A.J.P., The Struggle for Mastery in Europe (1848 – 1918), Oxford University
Press, Oxford, 1971.
• Thompson David, Europe since Napoleon, Penguin Publishers, London 1990.



Additional References:
• Barraclough, Geoffrey, Turning Points in World History, Thames and Hudson, USA,

Page 494

491 1977.
• Gershoy Leo, The French Revolution 1789 -1799, Holt Rinehart & Winston, 1932.
• Hobsbawm Eric, The Age of Revolutions (1789 – 1848), Little Brown Book
Company, UK, 1988.
• Hobsbawm Eric, The Age of Empire (1875 – 1914), Little Brown Book Company,
UK, 1989.
• Hobsbawm Eric, The Age of Extremes (1914 – 1991), Little Brown Book Company,
UK. 1995
• Roberts J. M., The Penguin History of the World (6th Edition), Penguin Publishers,
London, 2014
• Taylor A.J.P., Origins of the Second World War, Penguin Books, London, 1971.
Books in Marathi:
• Acharya Dhananjay, Adhunik Jagacha Itihas, Shree Sainath Prakashan, Nagpur, 2008
• Ambulgekar P.J., Arvachin Europe 1789 -1945, Abhay Prakashan, Nanded
• Bhamre Jitendra, Jagachya Itihasatil Mahatvache Tappe, Sheth Publisher, Mumbai,
2010
• Jain ani Mathur, Adhunik Jag, K’Sagar Prakashan, Pune, 2006
• Kadam, Y.N., Vishavya Shatakateel Jagacha Itihaas, Phadke Prakashan, Kolhapur,
2005
• Kulkarni, A.R. and Deshpande, Adhunik Jagacha Itihaas, Vol.1 and 2, Snehavardhan
Publishing House, Pune, 1996
• Udgaokar, M.N. and Ganesh Raut, Adhunik Jag, Diamond Publications, Pune, 2008
• Vaidya Suman, Adhunik Jag Part I, Shree Sainath Prakashan, Nagpur, 2000
• Vaidya Suman and Shanta Kothekar, Adhunik Jag, Vol.1 and 2, Shree Sainath
Prakashan, Nagpur, 2000

Page 495

492 SEMESTER VIII
PART III: CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
Core Course Name: Geography (School Subject)
ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY AND GEOGRAPHY OF TRANSPORT
Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To develop a basic understanding about Economic Geography.
2. To understand the various Economic Activities.
3. To learn about Economic Development of India.
4. To develop the basic understanding about Transport Geography.
5. To learn about Transport Network System.
6. To understand Evolution of Modes of Transport.

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Recognize the various Economic activities and Economic Development of India
2. Apply the basic understanding about Economic and Transport Geography.
3. Able to understand Transport Network System and different Evolution modes.

MODULE I: ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY, ACTIVITIES AND ECONOMIC
DEVELOPMENT OF INDIA (2 Credits)
Unit – 1: Introduction of Economic Geography
a) Definition, Nature, Scope and Branches of Economic Geography, Approaches
of Economic Geography and Relation with other social sciences
b) Concept and Operation of Economy
c) Resources: Concept, Classification and Importance in Economy

Unit – 2: Economic Activities
a) Economic Activities: Type and Characteristics, Factors Affecting Economic
Activities
b) Agriculture and Lumbering: Types and Distribution
c) Fishing and Animal Husbandry: Types and Distribution

Unit – 3: Economic Development of India

Page 496

493 a) Levels of Economic Development in India , Globalization and its impact on
Indian economy
b) Special Economic Zones: Concept and issues in India
c) Environment and Economic Development and related issues

MODULE II: TRANSPORT GEOGRPAHY, ITS NETWORK SYSTEM AND
EVOLUTION OF MODES OF TRANSPORT (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Introduction to Transport Geography
a) Concept and Definition of Geography of Transport, Nature and Scope
Geography of Transport
b) Definition of Distance and its types, Factors affecting on Transportation
c) Significance of the study of Geography of Transport

Unit 5: Transport network system
a) Transport network system – structure and properties and Application of
graph theory measures
b) Location of routes and efficiency of network
c) Conflicting aspects of decision making

Unit 6: Evolution of Modes of Transport
a) Evolution of transport network and their environment.
b) Issues associated with roadways and railways transport network
c) Issues associated with water and air transport development

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40


Any two of the following tasks:

Page 497

494 1) Group Discussion on any one:
1. Poultry Farming,
2. Cattle Farming
3. Fish Farming.
4. Dairy Farming
2) Presentation on any one: Means of Transport:
1. Roadways,
2. Railways,
3. Waterways
4. Airways.
3) Project on Terrace Cultivation.

Reference Books:
· Datt, G. And Mahajan, A. (2016): “Datt and Sundaram’s Indian Economy”, S. Chand
· Publishing, New Delhi
· Drezee J and Sen A.: “Indian Economic Development and Social Opportunity”, Oxford
· University Press, London
· Gautam, A. (2010): “Advanced Economic Geography”, Sharda Pustak Bhawan,
Allahabad
· Hartshorne T. & Alexander J.W.: “Economic Geography”, Prentice New Delhi
· Hodder, B. and Lee, R. (2008):“Economic Geography”, Rawat Publishers, Jaipur
· Khanna K.K., Gupta V. K., (1987): “Economic and Commercial Geography”, Sultan
Chand and Com.
· Memoria, C. B.: “Economic and Commercial Geography of India”
· Saxena, H. (2016): “Economic Geography”, Rawat Publishers, Jaipur
· Singh, J. and Dhillon, S.: “Agricultural Geography”, Tata McGraw hill Publication
Company Ltd., New Delhi.
· Vaidya B.C. (1998): “Readings in Transportation Geography”, Devika Publications,
New Delhi.
· Vaidya B.C. (2003): “Geography of Transport Development”, Concept Publication,
New Delhi.
· Weber Alfred (1957): “Theory of Location of Industry “Chicago Press
· अबाोा क रराावा , धाोाापटनाोाे, पााटनाोा ल, पशदाोाे) १९९७(: आथ गथक भाो
राोा ाोाोल, बा नरााला प्रकाोााशन, पाोाुणाोा े
· एस. ए. ठााकाो र, आर. बाोा . पाोााटना ल, पाोाेडणाोाेकर,
धाोाुरा )२०१२( : आथ गथक भाो राोा ाोाोल, काोाोकण
जाोगा रफसाोाु असोब्सएशन

Page 498

495 · खता ब) २००७: आथ गथक भाो राोा ाोाोल, माोाेक ताा पिाोलपशरा क
ाोााउस, काोाोलाोा क ाोाापाो

Page 499

496 · फाोाु लाोाे, पशदाोाे, पवााार, अडसाो ळ, पााटन ल) १९९८(: आथ गथक भाो
राोा ाोाोल, सपा राोाेमपा रकाोााशन, काोाोलाोा क
ाोाापो र
· ब्वठा ठल घारपाोाुराोाे (२०१३): आथ गथक भाो राोा ाोाोल, पपपळाापाोाुराोाे
अाोांड पिाोलशसाोाु, नाोााराोा पाो र.
· पशदाोाे, ाोकाोां राोा ाोााराोाे, माानाोाे-दाोाेशमाोाुख) १९९९(:
आथ गथक भाो राोा ाोाोल, फडकाोाे प रकाोााशन, काोाोलाोा क
ाोाापो र
· सवादा , काोळाे कर (२०१०): अब भनवा भ रा ाोाोल: ब नरााला प रकााशन, पाुणाे
· Chorley R.J. & Haggett P. (1967): Models in Geography Methuen & Co. London.
· Hagget, F and Chorley, R.J. Network Analysis’, Edward Arnold, London, 1968.
· Hay, A.: Transport Economy, MacMillan, London, 1973.
· Hoyle, B.S. (ed.): Transport and Development, MacMillan, London, 1973.
· Hurst, M.E. (ed.) (1974): Transportation Geography, McGraw -Hill.
· Raza, M. and Agrawal Y.P.: Transport Geography of India, Concept. New Delhi, 1985.
· Robinson H &Bamford C.G.: Geography of Transport Macdonald & Evans.,
London1978.
· Saxena, H. M. (2010): Transport Geography, Rawat Publications, Jaipur
· Taffe, E.J. & Gauthier (Jr.) H.L.: Geography of Transportation, Prentice -Hall,
Englewood Cliffs, N.J., 1973.
· Ullman E.L.: American Commodity Flow University of Washington Press 1957.
· White H.P. and Senior, M.L. Transport Geography, Longman, London, 1983
· घारपुरे , ब्वठ्ठल ) २०१० (: भारताचाभ र ाोाोल , पपपळापुरे आब्णप्रकाशक , नाप ा र.
· मरा , जयकाु माार) २००८(: भारतााचााभ रा ाोाोल, ब्वदा ाोााप्रकााशननााप ा र.

Page 500

497 SEMESTER VII
PART III: CURRICULUM AND PEDGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: Economics (School Subject)
COURSE NAME: INDIAN ECONOMY

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
(1) To acquaint students with the economic thought of Phule and Gokhale.
(2) To make students understand the economic views of Naoroji, Ranade and
Ambedkar.
(3) To introduce students to Gandhian Economic Thought.
(4) To familiarise students with Indian economic thinkers after Independence.
(5) To provide students with an understanding of the various sectors of the Indian
economy and developments therein.
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:

1) The students would have gained an understanding of pre- and post -
Independence Indian economic thought.
2) The students would have also gained an understanding of the works of
contemporary Indian Economists.
3) Students would have studied and understood various features, issues and policies
for the sectors and subsectors of the Indian economy.

MODULE I: INDIAN ECONOMIC THOUGHT:

Unit 1: Introduction
a) Mahatma Phule's Views on Agriculture – Gokhale’s Economic Ideas (Six Ideas)
b) Naoroji - Drain Theory, Criticism and Long Run Relevance – Ranade’s Views
on Railway Investment and the Methodology of Indian Economics – Dr. Ambedkar’s
Contribution to The Rupee Debate and RBI
c) Gandhian Economic Thought - on Self -Sufficient Village Economy - Dignity
of Labour – Trusteeship – Sarvodaya

Unit 2: Economic Thinking after Independence

Page 501

498 a) Nehruvian Perspective
b) Mahalanobis’s Planning Model
c) Manmohan Singh’s NEP

Unit 3: Famous Contemporary Thinkers
a) Jagdish Bhagwati
b) Amartya Sen
c) Abhijeet Banerjee

MODULE II SECTORS OF THE INDIAN ECONOMY

Unit 4: Agriculture
a) Role of Agriculture in the Indian Economy
b) Agricultural Finance – Sources - NABARD
c) Agricultural Policies – Pricing – Marketing - NAP 2007 - Food Security – Organic
Farming

Unit 5: Industry
a) Role of Industrial Sector in the Indian Economy
b) Classification and Role of the Industrial Sector - Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises
(MSMEs), Large Scale
c) Industrial Policy – NIP 1991 - Start Up India - Make In India - Skill India

Unit 6: Service
a) Role of the Service Sector in the Indian Economy
b) Sub-Sectors in the Service Sector – Economic -Transport, Storage and Communication -
Trade, Hotels, and Tourism – Banking and Insurance Services; Social – Education - Health -
Administration
c) Performance of the Service Sector –Trends in Sub-Sectors








MODULE 3: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Page 502

499 Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Tasks/ Assignments (Any Two):
(i) Essay on the contribution to economic thought by Jagdish Bhagwati / Amartya
Sen / Abhijeet Banerjee
(ii) Case studies of organic farming
(iii) Evaluation of Start Up India / Make In India / Skill India
(iv) Role of NABARD and microfinance
(v) Trends in tourism in India


References:
· Dasgupta, A. K. (1993): A History of Indian Economic Thought, Routledge, London
and New York.
· Balakrishnan, P. (2007): The Recovery of India: Economic Growth in the Nehru Era.
Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 42, Issue No. 45-46 (10 November, 2007), pp. 52-
66.
· Sen, A. (2003): Development as Capability Expansion. In: Fukuda -Parr S, et al
Readings in Human Development. New Delhi and New York: Oxford University Press.
· Datt, G., and Mahajan, A. (2017 ): Indian Economy, 72nd Edition, S. Chand Publishing.
· Misra, S. K. and Puri, V. K. (2021 ): Indian Economy, 39th Edition, Himalaya
Publishing House.
· Government of India, Ministry of Finance: Economic Survey of India – Recent issue

Page 503

500 SEMESTER VII
PART III: CURRICULUM AND PEDGOGICAL STUDIES
Core Course: Mathematics and Statistics (School Subject)

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

University Assessment: 60 Marks and College Assessment: 40 Marks
Learning Objective:
1. To develop an understanding of Definite Integration.
2. To evaluate different methods of Definite Integration.
3. To apply the understanding of Definite Integration in a given new situation
4. To evaluate the solution for the Definite Integration..
5. To appreciate the utility of Definite Integration.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Explain the concept of Definite Integration.
2. Compare the different Methods of Definite Integration.
3. Examine the solutions given for the Definite Integration.
4. Reflect on the utility of Definite Integration.

MODULE I: INTEGRATION

Unit 1: Definite integration I
a) Integration as an inverse process of differentiation; geometric interpretation of
integration
b) Different methods of integration – substitution; trigonometric identities; standard
functions; partial fractions.
c) Integration by parts .

Unit 2: Definite integrations II
a) Rules of definite integration (with proof).
b) Definite integration by substitution; improper integrals – infinite limits, discontinuous
integrand; comparison test for improper integrals.
c) approximating definite integrals – midpoint rule; trapezoid rule, Simpson’s rule Unit

Unit 3: Practical
i. Integration by substitution

Page 504

501 ii. Using trigonometric identities and partial fractions to integrate the given functions iii.
Integration by parts
iv. Solving definite integrals using rules
v. Improper integrals
vi. Approximation of definite integrals

MODULE II: APPLICATIONS OF INTEGRATION

Unit 4 - Area and Volume
a. Arc length and surface area;
b. area of a bounded region (under a curve, between a line and a curve, between two
curves);
c. Volume of solids (solids of revolution, solids with known cross sections); Centre
of gravity and Momentum of a body – Work (given distance travelled); Centre of
mass; momentum of inertia; velocity, trajectory and thrust of a satellite

Unit 5 - Economic applications of Integration
a. Marginal and total revenue, cost and profit.
b. Capital accumulation over a specified period of time; consumer and producer
surplus.
c. Lorenz curve and Gini coefficient

Unit 6 – Practical
i. Integration by substitution
ii. Using trigonometric identities and partial fractions to integrate the given functions
iii. Integration by parts
iv. Solving definite integrals using rules
v. Improper integrals
vi. Approximation of definite integrals

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Page 505

502 Tasks/ Assignments (Any Two)
Assessment of Practical component
1. Journal
2. Viva -voce
3. Practical examination
4. Presentation of Economic applications of Integration
5.Open Book Assignment on the comparison of the different Methods of Definite Integration

References
1. A Course in Calculus and Analysis by Sudhir Ghorpade and Balmohan Limaye, Springer
2006.
2. Calculus and its Applications, Marvin L. Bittinger, David J. Ellenbogen and Scott A.
Surgent, Addison Wesley, tenth edition.
3. Calculus of a single variable Ron Larson , Bruce Edwards, 10th edition. 4. Differenti al
Calculus, Shantinarayan, 10th Edition, S. Chand and Co. 5. Elementary Analysis, The Theory
of Calculus, Kenneth A. Ross, Springer Publication, second edition.
6. Introduction to Real analysis, William F.Trench, Free edition, 2010. 7. Master Maths:
Solving Word Problems. Brita Immergut. Cengage Learning PTR. 2009
8. Ordinary and partial Differential equations,M.D. Raisingania, S. Chand andCompany,2009.
9. Principles of Mathematical Analysis, W. Rudin, Third Edition, McGraw Hill, 1976 10.The
mathematics that Every Secondary School Teacher Needs to Know. Alan Sultan & Alice F.
Artzt. Routledge. 2011

Page 506

503 SEMESTER VII
PART III: CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: PSYCHOLOGY (JUNIOR COLLEGE)
COURSE NAME: COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding about the mental processes to begin with sensation and
perception up to how it results in thoughts and communication
2. To develop an understanding of the Importance of Attention and Motivation in
Psychology
3. To develop an Understanding of the theoretical perspectives of learning

Learning Outcome:

By the end of the course, student will be able to:

1. Student can explain the meaning of Sensation, perception and how concept formation
takes place
2. Student can explain the importance and theories of Motivation
3. Student can apply the cognitive perspectives of learning in the learning process

4. Student can explain the factors that affect learning

MODULE I: COGNITIVE PERSPECTIVES AND LEARNING
Unit1: Cognitive Processes
a) Sensation - Basics of sensation - Sensory receptors (eye and ear), transduction,
sensory thresholds, and Sensory adaptation
b) Perception: Nature of perceptual process - Figure and ground, Grouping
(Gestalt laws), Perceptual constancies, and illusions, Perception of distance and depth.
c) Concept formation: Meaning, characteristics, steps and types of concepts

Unit2: Factors Affecting Learning
a) Attention: Meaning, types, and Educational Implications,

Page 507

504 b) Motivation: Meaning, type, and the Educational Implications
c) Maturation and learning

Unit3: Theoretical Perspectives
a) Maslow’s theory of Hierarchy of needs
b) McClelland's achievement theory
c) Piaget’s theory of cognitive development

MODULE II: LEARNING AND MEMORY
Unit -1: Concept of Learning
a) Learning and teaching – Meaning and characteristics,
b) Learning process and the learning curve.
c) Transfer of Learning: Meaning and Types and theories of transfer of learning,
promoting transfer

Unit -2: Theories of Learning
a. Classical Conditioning.
b. Operant conditioning
c. Observational learning

Unit -3: Memory
a) Memory - Concept, types, Information Processing theory, factors affecting memory
b) Models of Memory: The Traditional Model of Memory and The Levels -of-
Processing Model (LOP)
c) Forgetting - Concept, types, causes, Theories of Forgetting (Interference theories)
educational implications.



MODULE 3: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.
No. Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
4 Total 40

Page 508

505
Tasks/ Assignments: (Any two)
1. Conduct of Experiment on any two -Attention/Fatique/Transfer of learning/ division of
attention and recording the observations
2. Interview four school teachers and identify the challenges faced by them while teaching,
to help children learn, and the strategies, they adopt to enhance student learning
3. Carry out a case study on a student who gets very good grades in exams and report the
techniques he/she uses for learning and memorizing information
4. Prepare a presentation on any two cognitive theories of learning
5. Make a scrap book on at least 5 activities related to memory - games/ quizzes etc



REFERENCES

 Galotti, K. M. (2017). Cognitive Psychology in and out of the Laboratory. 5thEdition. Sage
Publications, New Delhi, India.
 Sternberg, R.J. & Sternberg, K. (2012). Cognitive Psychology. 6th Edition. 
 Smith, E. E., Nolen -Hoeksema, S., Fredrickson, B., & Loftus, G (2003).
 Atkinson& Hilgard’s Introduction to Psychology. Wadsworth Publishing Company 
 Changizi, M.A. & Hall, W. G. (2001). Thirst modulates a perception. Perception, 
 30(12), 1489 -1497.
 Coon, D. & Mitterer, J.O. (2007). Introduction to Psychology: Gateways to Mind
 and Behaviour (11th edition). Delhi (India): Thomson Wadsworth. 
 Solso, R.L (2006). Cognitive Psychology.6thed, Pearson Education. 

Page 509

506 SEMESTER VII
PART III: CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: SOCIOLOGY (JUNIOR COLLEGE)
COURSE NAME: SOCIAL RESEARCH - QUANTITATIVE AND
QUALITATIVE

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. Students will be able to demonstrate the ability to choose methods appropriate to
research aims and objectives
2. Students will be able to develop skills in qualitative and quantitative data analysis and
presentation
3. Students will be able to develop basic research skills
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of this course students will be expected to have gained ability to:
1. Explain key research concepts and issues
2. Explain research articles in their academic discipline.
3. Identify and discuss the complex issues inherent in selecting a research problem,
selecting an appropriate research design, and implementing a research project.
MODULE I: SOCIAL RESEARCH - CONCEPT, METHOD, ANALYSIS
Unit 1: Social Research - Types
a) What is Social Research - Nature and Scope
b) Characteristics, significance and critique
c) Steps in conducting a research project
Unit 2: Methods of Data Collection
a) Survey Method
b) Drafting a Questionnaire
c) Sampling - Meaning, Merits, demerits, Types
Unit 3: Analysis of Quantitative Data
a) Tabulation and graphical Representation of data (Bar diagram, histogram, pie chart)
b) Measures of Central Tendency - Mean, Median and Mode
c) Measures of Dispersion - Range, Standard Deviation and Quartile Deviation

Page 510

507 MODULE II: QUALITATIVE RESEARCH - CONCEPT, APPROACHES
AND PROPOSAL WRITING (2 Credits)
Unit 4: Qualitative Research
a) What is Qualitative research, Advantages and disadvantages
b) Ethical Issues - Subjectivity and objectivity
c) Difference between quantitative and qualitative research
Unit 5: Approaches to Qualitative research
a) Ethnography
b) Case Study and Oral history
c) Grounded Theory
Unit 6: Writing a Research proposal
a) Preparation of Research Proposal
b) Writing an Abstract
c) Referencing Skills
MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments: (Any two)
1. Tests on the modules in the form of multiple -choice questions after the syllabus of unit is
completed
2. Assignment : Prepare a Research proposal –Introduction, Literature review, Identifying
research Gap, Objectives, Hypothesis/research question, Research design and methods,
Analysis, Relevance, Future scope, References
3. Field visit -based project – Conduct an original Ethnographic field work (use quantitative
and qualitative techniques in collection of data) and submit a report based on
same.

Reference Books:
 Best, J., Kahn, J. (2008) Research in Education (10th ed.). Prentice Hall. Pearson
Education
 Bryman, A. (1988). Quantity and Quality in Social Research. London : Routledge

Page 511

508  Bryman Alan (2001) ‘Social Research Methods’, Oxford University Press.
 Bryman, A. (2008). Social Research Methods. Oxford University Press
 Cresswell,J.W, (2007) ‘Qualitative Inquiry and Research Design‐ Choosing
among five approaches’Sage Publication: New Delhi
 Cresswell ,J.W, (2002), Research Design ‐Qualitative Quantitative and
MixedMethodsApproaches, Sage Publication: New Delhi
 Elhance, D. N. (1984). Fundamenta ls of Statistics. Delhi: KitabMahal
 Elhance, D. N. (2002). Practical Problems in Statistics. Delhi: KitabMahal
 Gibbs Graham (2007), ‘Analyzing Qualitative Research’, The Sage Qualitative
Research Kit, Sage Publications.
 Goode, W., Hatt, P. (1981). Methods in Social Research. McGraw -Hill Book Company
 Matt, H., Weinstein, M., Foard N. (2006) A Short Introduction to Social Research. New
Delhi: Vistaar Publications
 Somekh, B., Lewin, C. (ed) (2005). Research Methods in the Social Sciences. New
Delhi: Vistaar
 Uwe Flick (2007), ‘Designing Qualitative Research’, The Sage Qualitative Research
Kit, Sage Publications.
 Uwe Flick (2007), ‘Managing Quality in Qualitative Research’, The Sage Qualitative
Research Kit, Sage Publications.
 https:/ /www.sheffield.a c.uk/socstudies/phd/research -proposal
 https://harappa.education/harappa -diaries/grou nded -theory -
research/#:~:text=Grounded%20theory%20is%20often%20used,their%20problems%
20and%20presents%20solutions

Page 512

509 SEMESTER VII
PART III: CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: PHILOSOPHY (JUNIOR COLLEGE)
COURSE NAME: INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100


Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the concept of Philosophy, major classifications and traditions in
Philosophy.
2. Identify the main fields of philosophy.
3. Familiarise with the methods of philosophizing and primary issues, concerns, and
debates within philosophy.
Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Respond analytically and critically Indian and Western ways of thinking.
2. Demonstrate knowledge of the context from which a particular philosophical
viewpoint arose.
3. Evaluate the implications of philosophical positions in daily life.

MODULE I: PHILOSOPHY: BASIC CONCEPTS; ITS BEGINNINGS
Unit 1: Nature, Scope, and Significance of Philosophy
a) What is philosophy? Nature & Scope of Philosophy
b) Basic overview of the major areas of philosophy
c) Value of Philosophy - Russell

Unit 2: Beginnings of Philosophy in India: Vedic & Upanishadic Cosmologies
a) Beginnings of Indian Philosophy: From Vedas to Upanishads (Samhita, Brahmana,
Aranyaka & Upanishads)
b) Vedic Cosmology : concept of Rta and Rna in the moral and cosmic order; cosmology in
Purusha sukta (Rig Veda, book 10, hymn 90) and Naasadiya sukta(Rig Veda, book 10, hymn
129).
c) Upanishadic Cosmology (Brahman, Cosmic Egg & Cosmogenesis as sacrifice)
Śvetāśvatara Upanishad (1. 1), Brihadaranyaka Upanishad, 1.2.1 -7) Kaṭha Upanishad 3. 10 -
13, and 6. 7-8; Chāndogya Upanishad 6. 4

Page 513

510 Unit 3: Beginnings of Philosophy among the Greeks: Pre -Socratic Natural philosoph y
and Cosmologies
a) Beginnings of Philosophy among the Greeks: from myths to Philosophy
b) Pre-Socratic Cosmology: Natural Philosophy - Thales of Miletus
c) Pre-Socratic Cosmology: Natural Philosophy - Anaximander & Anaximenes

MODULE II APPROACHES IN INDIAN & WESTERN PHILOSOPHY

Unit 4: Indian Philosophy: Features & classifications
a) Features of Indian Philosophy
b) Classifications of Indian Philosophy (Orthodox &Heterodox)
c) Classifications of Indian Philosophy (Analytic & synthetic)

Unit 5: Western Philosophy: Features & classifications
a) Features of Western Philosophy
b) Introduction to schools of Western Philosophy (Idealism of the Platonic tradition & Realism
of Aristotelian tradition)
c) Introduction to schools of Western Philosophy (Rationalism & Empiricism)

Unit 6: Philosophical Methods
a) Method of Philosophy: The Vedic/Upanishadic Method (Neti…Neti..)(way of
negation)(Brihadaranyaka Upanishad 2.3.6)
b) Method of Philosophy: The Socratic Method (Elenchus)
c) Inductive (empiricist method) & Deductive (Aristotelian) Methods (Russell, Problems of
Philosophy, chs. 6 & 7)
Inducto -deductive (integrated reasoning) (Nyaya) (Chandhradhar Sharma, A critical survey of
Indian philosophy ch.12)

Page 514

511
MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Tasks/ Assignments: (Any two)
1. Critically evaluate Russell’s arguments in support of value of philosophy.
2. Compare Vedic cosmology with the modern scientific view on origin and evolution of the
universe.
3 Using steps of Socratic Method develop an argumentation on any issue of your choice.
4. Group Discussion on Indian Philosophy and Western Philosophy
5. Power Point Presentation on Beginnings of Philosophy in India: Vedic & Upanishadic
Cosmologies



References :

· Bishop, Donald (ed.) Indian Thought: An Introduction (New Delhi: Wiley Eastern
· Chandradhar Sharma. A critical survey of Indian philosophy. Motilal Banarsidass
Publ, 2000. Ch. 12- integrated reasoning (induction -deduction method)
· Dutta and Chatterjee, Introduction to Indian Philosophy. Calcutta: Motialal , 1961
· G S Kirk and J E Raven, The Presocratic Philosophers, chapter 1 (Myth and
philosophy)
· H. Hiriyanna, Essentials of Indian Philosophy. Delhi: Motialal
· James Warren, Presocratics, chapter 2 (Natural philosophers) chapter 5 and 6
(Heraclites and Parmenides)
· Karsten Friis Johansen, A History of Ancient Philosophy: From the Beginnings to
Augustine, pp. 11-19 (Myth and philosophy); pp. 21-29 (Natural philosophers)
· Paul Deussen, Sixty Upanishads of the Veda, Volume 1, Motilal Banarsidass, New
Delhi.Private Ltd., 1975)
· Radhakrishnan, Indian Philosophy ( Vol. I and II). Delhi Oxford. 1999

Page 515

512 · Raju, P. T. The Philosophical Traditions of India. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh
Press, 1972.
· Roy W. Perrett, Introduction to Indian Philosophy, Cambridge University, 2016,
chapter 6.
· Russell Bertrand. The Problems of Philosophy. 1914. Chs. VI,
VII; https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.202549/page/n11/mode/2up
· T C Roy, A Companion Guide to Western Philosophy: From the Greeks to the
Scholastics, Anushka Publications, Mumbai, 2019.
· T.C. Roy, A Companion Guide to Indian Philosophy, R.K Publications, Mumbai,
2018.
· T.M.P. Mahadevan, Invitation to Indian Philosophy. Madras: Arnold Heinmann, 1974.
· Websites:
· https://web.ics.purdue.edu/~drkelly/RussellValuePhilosophy1912.pdf
· https://oll.libertyfund.org/page/upanishads -and-philosophy
· http://www.hindupedia.com/en/Overview_of_Cosmology_in_the_Scriptures#Upanish
adic_Cosmology
·

Page 516

513 SEMESTER VII
PART III: CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: POLITICAL SCIENCE (JUNIOR COLLEGE)
COURSE NAME: INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To Understand the evolution, scope and relevance of International Relations (IR) as an
academic discipline.
2. To Explain the origin of the modern Westphalian nation state system, and differentiate the
role played by various Non - State Actors amidst the power dynamics in the contemporary
world.
3. To Learn the concepts of national power, diplomacy, foreign policy, and polarity.
4. To Familiarize with the various forms of Dispute Resolution Mechanism expounded in the
UN Charter and the primary organizations involved, like the UNSC and the ICJ.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this course students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate a thorough understanding of the nature of IR and the relevance of its study
2. Analyse the current issues and interdependencies within State and Non-State Actors in
contemporary global politics.
3. Correlate the impact of diplomacy and foreign policy on the distribution of power in the
international arena.
4. Use the knowledge of Dispute Resolution Methods as lenses to analyze and explain
outcomes of various conflict resolution efforts in the past and present.

MODULE I - INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (IR)( 2 credits)
Unit 1: International Relations as an Academic Discipline
a) Definition, Scope and Evolution of IR
b) Relevance of the study of IR
c) Contemporary relevance of Realism and Liberalism in IR
Unit 2: Modern Nation State System
a) Peace of Westphalia &; the Modern Nation State System, Elements of Modern Nation -
State System (Sovereign equality, Territorial integrity &; Principle of non-interference &; non-
use of force)

Page 517

514 b) Doctrine of Responsibility to Protect (R2P) - provisions, failed state, usage, issues.
c) Definition, Elements & Limitations of National Power (International Law,
International Organizations &; World Public Opinion)

Unit 3: Key concepts
a) Diplomacy – meaning, types - Public diplomacy, Track II Diplomacy &; Paradiplomacy
b) Foreign Policy - features, factors, India’s Foreign Policy - basic tenets (Panchasheel)
c) Polarity -Bi-Polarity (1949 -1991), Cold war, Fall of Berlin Wall & USSR, Uni-
polarity (1991 – 2001), Multi -polarity (2001 - present)

MODULE II – NEW ACTORS, PEACE AND CONFLICT IN IR.
Unit 4: Emergence of the Non State Actors (NSAs)
a) Classification of NSAs –Non Violent Non State Actors &; Violent Non State Actors
(VNSAs)
b) Features &; Role of MNCs, INGOs, IGOs &; NLM (National Liberation Movements)
as Non Sovereign Actors in IR with relevant Case Studies
c) VNSAs – rise and threat, Global Terrorist Organizations, International Criminal
Syndicate (Drug cartels &; Human Traffickers, Arms Traffickers) &; War Lords.

Unit 5: Peace &; Conflict Resolution
a) Peaceful Settlement of Disputes - Chapter VI of the United Nations (UN) Charter
b) Functions &; Role of International Court of Justice (ICJ)
c) UN Peace Keeping Operations - Principles, Case studies &; Critical Appraisal

Unit 6: Coercive Methods of Settlement of Disputes
a) Chapter VII of the UN Charter
b) United Nations Security Council (UNSC) as Global Enforcement Agency – Effectiveness
&; Challenges, Uniting for Peace Resolution (UNGA /RES/377 (A))
c) Nuclear deterrence - During cold war &; its relevance in contemporary world









MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Page 518

515
Sr.No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester
(2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given semester 15
3 One Essay held in the given semester 5
Total 40

Any two of the following tasks:

1. Long essay - Disarmament and Arms Control, Denuclearization,
2. Street play on course content
3. Maintain a political diary during the semester (collect articles and news items on course
contents and write your detailed comments).
4. Film/ Documentary review on the course content
5. Poster Making on the course content
6. Organize Panel Discussion on course content
7. Power Point presentation on Cheque book diplomacy - China’s OBOR, Piracy in
21st century, terrorism
8. Make a collage on the theme of Rise of India as an Asian giant
9. Book review on the theme of Diplomacy, National Security and Intelligence,
India’s Foreign Policy, War and disputes
10. Debate on Challenges to Ukrainian sovereignty by Russian Invasion, Idea of
Hegemony - Case study on South China Sea Dispute / China in South -East Asia
11. Blog writing on course content - Use of India’s soft power (Culture, Cuisine, Yoga,
Music, Films)
12. Invite former Ambassadors/ diplomats for an interactive session

References:
· Arora, P. (1996) International Politics, New Delhi: Cosmos Book Hive Pvt. Ltd.
· Basu, R. (2012) International Politics: Concepts, Theories and Issues, New Delhi:Sage
Publications India
· Baylis, J. & Smith, S. (2020) The Globalisation of World Politics: An Introduction
to International Relations. 8 th ed., New York: Oxford University Press

Page 519

516 · Ghosh, P. (2009) International Relations, 5 th ed., New Delhi: PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
· Heywood, A. (2015) Global Politics, London; New York: Palgrave Macmillan
· Murthy, B.S. (2002) International Relations and Organization, Lucknow: Easter Book
Company
· AC Roy (2003) International Relations since 1919,World Press Pvt Ltd, Calcutta
· Rathod, P.B. (2004), Diplomacy, A.B.D. Publishers. Jaipur
· Scott Burchill ... [and others]. (2009). Theories of international relations. Houndmills,
· Basingstoke, Hampshire; New York : Palgrave Macmillan
· Appadurai, A. (2000) The Grounds of the Nation -State: Identity, Violence and
· Territory, in Nationalism and Internationalism in the Post-Cold War Era. K.
· Goldmann, U. Hannerz, and C. Westin (Eds.). London: Routledge

Page 520

517













SEMESTER VIII

Page 521

518 SEMESTER VIII
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: ENGLISH (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: LITERARY CRITICISM THEORY AND
LINGUISTICS

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding of the significant theoretical
perspectives on literature
2. To develop an understanding of the important works of literary criticisms
3. To develop an understanding of the basic elements of linguistics
4. To develop an understanding of the literary theory and critical approaches
5. To appreciate various literary texts.

Learning Outcomes :
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Recognize the theoretical perspectives applied to the study of literary texts
2. Demonstrate the understanding of linguistics in the situations provided.
3. Describe the chronological development of the history of linguistics
4. Write a general overview of phonology, phonetics and morphology.
5. Recognise the important elements of syntax, semantics and transformational grammar

MODULE I: LITERARY CRITICISM AND THEORY (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Literary Criticism
a) Sir Phillip Sidney (The Defence of Poetry)
b) William Wordsworth and Coleridge - Poetry, Imagination, Primary and
Secondary Imagination
c) Arnold and Leavis - Culture, Anarchy and Folk Culturea)

Unit 2: Literary Theory and Critical Approaches - 1
a) Marxism
b) Gender Theory
c) Psychoanalysis

Unit 3: Literary Theory and Critical Approaches - 2
a) Post -Colonial Theory
b) Eco - criticism
c) Structuralism and Post Structuralism

Page 522

519 MODULE II: BASICS OF LINGUISTICS (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Language and Communication
a) Types of Communication: Non -human and human communication; verbal
and non-verbal communication; spoken and written language.
b) Forms of Language: language and dialect; register; diglossia.
c) Language Structure: The concept of linguistic sign; syntagmatic and
paradigmatic relation; langue and parole; competence and performance; etic
and emic; form and substance.
Unit 2: Linguistic Analysis I
a) Phonology: Phoneme and its nature; Phonemi c principles: the concepts of
contrast, minimal pairs,
complementary distribution; Types of distribution; Phonemic variation;
Distinctive Feature Theory
Syllabicity; Procedures for phonemic analysis.
b) Phonetics: Branches of Phonetics; The anatomy and physiology of speech:
speech organs & their function; Major components of speech production
(Initiation, Phonation, Articulation); Classification and Description of speech
sounds (consonants, vowels, diphthongs ; Multiple articulation and
Coarticulation; Supra -segmentals; Phonetic Transcription; Acoustic
characteristics of speech.
c) Morphology: Morphemes and Allomorphs; Classification of Morphemes;
Criteria for identifying morphemes; Analysis of morphological structure:
complex words; Variati on in morphology; The hierarchical structure of
words; Problems in morphological analysis: zero derivation, unmarked
forms, discontinuous morphemes; The concept of morphophoneme; Major
types of morphophonemic alternations.

Unit 3: Linguistic Analysis II
a) Syntax: Types of Sentences; word order in English; phrase structure
grammar; deep and surface structure; Grammatical categories; form -classes,
gender, person, number, case, tense, aspect, mood; three models of linguistic
description
b) Semantics: What is mean ing; denotation and connotation; synonymy;
antonym; hyponymy; hyponymy; polysemy; componential analysis; speech
acts.
c) Transformational Grammar (selected transformational processes in
English)

Page 523

520 MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1) Comprehension on the theoretical perspectives applied to the study of
literary texts
2) Oral activity on poetic devices
3) PPT on linguistics
4) Group activity on phonology, phonetics and morphology.
5) Poster presentation (Individual/Group) syntax, semantics and
transformational grammar .
References:
 Baldick, Chris. The Oxford Dictionary of Literary Terms. Oxford UP,
2008.
 Barry, Peter. Beginning Theory: An Introduction to Literary and Cultural
Theory. Manchester,2021.
 Culler, Jonathan. Literary Theory: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford UP,
2011.
 Abercrombie, D. 1967.Elements of General Phonetics. Edinburgh:
Edinburgh University Press.
 Bhaskararao, Peri. 1977. Practical Phonetics. Pune: Deccan College.
 Akmajian, A., R.A. Demers, A.K. Farmer, & R.M. Harnish 2001.
Linguistics: An Introduction to Language and Communication.
Cambridge, Massachusetts: The MIT Press.
 Ashby, Michael and John Maidment 2005. Introducing Phonetics Science.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
 Ashby, P. 1995. Speech sounds. London: Routledge.
 Asher, R. (ed.). 1994. Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Elsevier
Pargamon.
 Bauer, L. 2007. The linguistics student’s handbook. Edinburgh: Edinburgh
University Press.
 Clark, J. and C. Yallop 1990. An Introduction to phonetics and phonology.
Oxford: Basil Blackwell.
 Fasold, R. & J. Connor -Linton. 2006. An introduction to language and
linguistics. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
 Fisher -Jorgensen, G. 1975. Trends in phonological analysis. Copenhagen:
Akademish Forlog.

Page 524

521  Fromkin, V., and R. Rodman. 1974. An Introduction to Language. New
York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston. (2nd Edition).
 Hockett. C.F. 1958. A Course in Modern Linguistics. New York:
Macmillian. Indian Edition, New Delhi: Oxford and IBH Publishing Co.
 Hyman, Larry M. 1975. Phonology: Theory and analysis. N.Y.: Holt
Rinehart and Winston.
 Verma, S.K., and N. Krishnaswamy. 1993. Introduction to Modern
Linguistics. Delhi: Oxford University Press

Page 525

522 SEMESTER VIII
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: HINDI (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: स वि त्य सम क्ष : छ द एह अल ˙ क र

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

अवधम न उद्द े श्य:
१. कवादा ाोााकथगयाोाोाोां काोाो भारता य काोााि यशाािाो साोाे पररकचत
कराानाा
२. कवादा ाोााकथगयाोाोाोां काोाो सााकहता य काोाे स िरूप एवााोां
तता ाोाोाोां साोाे पररकचत कराानाा
३. कवादा ाोााकथगयाोाोाोां काोाे समक्ष कलाोाा काोाे स िरूप वा उसकाोाे
वारा ाोा करण काोाो प रसा ताोाुत करनाा
४. भारता य काोााव्य काोाे कवाकवाध रूपाोाोाोां काोाो स पष्ट करनाा
५. कवादा ाोााकथगयाोाोाोां काोाो रस काोा अवाधाारणाोाा वा उसकाोाे
कवाकभन न भाोाेदाोाोाोां काोा
जाानकाोाारा दाोाे ना
६. कवादा ाोााकथगयाोाोाोां काोाो भारता य छाोां द शाािाो वा रचनाा
कनयमाोाोाोां साोाे अवारा त कराानाा
७. कवादा ाोााकथगयाोाोाोां काोाो अलाोांकाोाार काोाे भाोाेद वा
उनकाोाे उदाोााहरणाोाोाोां साोाे
पररकचत कराानाा

अवधम न वनष्पहव:
१. भाारता य कााव्यशाािाो वा उसकाे स िरूप साे पररकचत हाोरा ाोाा
२. कलाा वा उसकाे भाेदाोां साे पररकचत होरा ाोाा तथा
जा वान माेां उन भाेदाोां काे आधाार पर कलाा काा वारा
ाोा करण कर सकाे रा ाोाा
३. भाारता य कााव्य काे कवाकभन्न रा पाोां काो पहचाान सकाे रा ाोाा तथाा
उनकाे कवाश लाेषण माेां सक्षम होर ाोाा
४. स काे कवाकभन्न अवायवााोां साे पररकचत हाोरा ाोाा एवाां रस काे भाेदाोां काो पहचाान
सकाे रा ाोाा
५. छाोां द काोाे कवाकभन्न कनयमाोाोाोां काोाो जाानकर छाोां दाोाोाोां
काोाा कनमाोाा गण कर सकाोाे राोा ाोाा
६. अलांकााराोां काे कनयमाोां काो समझ कर अलांकााराोां का पहचान कर सकाे रा ाोाा
७. सााकहत्य रचनाा प्रकक रया वा रसाास िाादन का क षमताा कवाककसत कर सकाे रा ाोाा

म ड ्य ˛ल I : स वि त्य क स ्वर प (२ श ्र ेर ् ˙क)

Page 526

523
घटक १ :स वि त्य - तत ्व,
ि ेत ¸ एह
अ) साकहत्य के तत
ब) काव्य के हेतु
क) काव्य के प्रयोजन प्रर ् जन

Page 527

524 घटक २ : कल - पररभ ष एह ह र ् करण
अ) साकहत्य एवाां
सांरा ाोा तब)
कचत्र एवाां नाय
क) नाृत्य एवाां
कशल्प
घटक ३ : क व्य के रूप
अ) महाकाव्य
ब) खण्डकाव्य
क) माुक तक काि य, रा ाोा कत काव्य

म ड ्य ˛ल II: रस वसद ् ˙त, छ द एह अल ˙क र (२
श ्र ेर ् ˙क)
घटक ४: रस वसद ् ˙त
अ) रस काोाा अथ ग
एवााोा ं पररभाषोा ब)
रस के वअवय क) रस के भेद

घटक ५: छ द - म वत ्रक एह
ह वण गक
अ) दाोहा एवाां
च पाई ब) राोलाा
एवाां सोरठा
क) इाोां दा रवाNाोाा एवााोां
दा राोाु त वकलाोांकबत
घटक ६ : अल ˙क र -
शब्द ल ˙क र एह
अ) अनाुप राास, यमक
एवाां श लाेष ब) उपमा,
रूपक , उत्प राेक षाा क)
कवाराोधााभाास, प रता प



अथ गल ˙क र

म ड ्य ˛ल III : अ ˙तर ् गत म ˛ल्य ˙कन (२ श ्र ेर ् ˙क)
क्रम
स ˙ख्य वह
ह र
ण अ ˙क
१ काोााय ग/प रकलाोा प सत्र काोाे प्रता याोाेक २०

Page 528

525
मा डा याो ल साोाे २*१०
२ सत र मा ां एक कनयत काला न कक षाा परा क षाा १५
३ सत र माेां कवाषय सांबांध एक कनबांध ५
कु ल योर ४०
स्व ध्य र ्/क र ् ग (क ई भ द )
1. भारता य कााव्यशािाो काे आधाार पर कााव्य काे हाेताु स्पष ट का कजए।
2. भारता य काोााि यशाािाो काोाे आधाोाार पर काोााव्य काोाे
प्रयाोाोजनाोाोाोां पर एक कनबाोांध कलखखए।

Page 529

526 3. कवाकभन्न लकलत कलााओां काा साामाान्य पररचय दा कजए।
4. महााकाव्य और माुक तक कााव्य का कवाशाेषतााओां काे आधाार पर परस्पर ताुलनाा का कजए।
5. पाायका रम काोाे ककना ाोा ाोां ता न अलाोांकाोााराोाोाोां
काोाो उदाोााहरण सकहत स पष्ट काोा कजए।

Page 530

527 स ˙दभ ग ग ्र ˙थ :
 रस मा माोाााोांसाोाा-आचाय ग राामचन्द्र शाोाुका ल-प्रथम साोांस्करण-
नाोााराोा रा प रचााररणाोा सभाोाा, काोााश
 आधाोाुकनक सााकहता य : साोाृजन वा समाोा क्षा - आचाय ग नन्द दाोाु
लाोााराोाे वाााजपाोाेयाोा - प्रथम साोांस्करण, द माो`द्धखलन
काोां पनाोा कल. कदल्ला
 सााकहता य सहचर - हजााराोा प्रसााद कदा वावााोाेदाोा - कदा वाता य साोांस्करण -
लाोाोकभारता प रकाोााशन, इलाोााहााबाोााद
 भारता य सााकहता य शाािाो - आचाय ग बलदाोाे वा उपााध याोााय - प्रथम
साोांस्करण नाोांदककशोर एाोा ं ड सन स प्राोाा. कल. वााारााणसाोा .
 समाोा क्षा लाोाोक -प्राोाा. भाारा ाोा रथ दाोा कक्षत -प्रथम साोांस्करण- समाोाुदय
प रकाोााशन, माोाुमा बई.
 भाारता य सााकहत्य शाािाो - णाेश त रयांबक दाेशपााांडाे - प रथम सांस करण- पा पाुलर प रकााशन,
माुम बई
 कााव्य प रदा प - राामबहाोरा शाुक ल- 42 वाााां सांस करण- लाोकभाारता प रकााशन, इलााहााबााद.
 समकाोाालाोा न आलाोाोचनाा कवामश ग - अवाधाोाेश काोाु
माार कसाोांह - प्रथम साोांस्करण-वाााण प रकाोााशन, नई कदल्ला .
 भरा ाोा रथ कमशा र, काोााि यशाािाो, कवाकश िदाोा ाोाालय प रकाोााशन,
वाााराोााणसाोा .
 अथाताो स दय ग कजज ञाासाा, रमशाोाे काोाु ाोां तल मघ,ाोाे मखाो` िाोलन
प रकाोााशन, कदल्ला

Page 531

528 SEMESTER VIII
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: MARATHI (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: व्यह स र ् वभम ¸ख मर ठ
Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

अध्यन न उवद्दष्ट े :
1) भााषाोाााोांतर, अनाोाुवाााद, रुपाोाााोांतर,
अवााोाा गच ना करणसाोांकल पनाोाााोांचा पररचय करा न घाोाेणाोाे.
2) भााकषक क शला ाोाााोां च याा आकलन वा कवाकवाध ि यवासााकयक सांधा सााठा
आवाश यक ज ञाान प्रााप्तकरणाे.
3) कवाकवाध मााध यमााांसााठा लााणााा र का शला ाोाे प रााप्त करणाे.
4) कवादा ाोााथा ा ाोाा ाोाााोांच्याा लाोाेखनक्षमताोाेचा वा सज गनशा लताोाेचा कवाकाास
करणाोाे.
5) मााध यमााांमधा ल राोजरा ाोाारााच्या सांधा चा पररचय करा न दाेणाे.
6) व्यावासाकयक लेखनासाठ मराठ भाषचे उपयोजन करणे .

अध्यर ्न वनष ्पह :
हाोाा अभ याासक रम पाो ण ग काोाे लाोा ाोाावार कवादा ाोााथा :
1) स्व भाषाोाेत सज गनशा लताोाेनाोाे लाोाेखन कराो शकताोाो.
2) कवाकवाध मााध यमााांसााठा आवाश यक लाेखनााच याा प रकाारााांचाा पररचय दाेताो वा
लाेखन करताो.
3) कवाकवाध मााध याामााांमधा ल राोजरा ाोाारााच याा सांधा स िा कारतो.

म डर ् ˛ल I: भ ष ˙तर-स `द ् क्तन्तक वह च र ह ग ्र ˙थ पर क ्
षणस्वर (२ श ्र ेर ् ˙क)

घटक १ : भ ष ˙तर, अन ¸ह द, र ¸प ˙तर, अह गच न करण
र ् स्वर पभ ेद ˙च चच ग
अ) भााषााांतर सांकल पनाा - ि यााख याा,
स िरा पवा महत्त िब) भाषांतरकारकडे वआश्यक
र ाोाु ण/ क्षमता
क) भाषाोाााोांतर, अनाोाुवाााद, रुपाोाााोांतर, अवााोाा गच ना करण-
सााम्यभाोाेद

घटक २ : लवलत स वि त्य च े भ ष ˙तर : स ˙ स्क ˛ वतक स ˙दभ ग ह श `ल
वह षर ्क समस्य
अ) लकलत सााकहत यााचाे भााषााांतर - स िरूप वा

Page 532

529 वााेळाे पण.ब) साोाााोांस्काोाृ कतक
भाोाेदाोाााोांच्याासाोांदभाोाा गच
ाोाे महत ता वा.
क) भााषााांतराात श `ला कवाषयक समस्याा.



घटक ३ : ग ्र ˙थ पर क्षण
अ) पुस्तक पर क्षण लेखनाचे स्वरूप

Page 533

530 ब) पाुस तक परा क षणााचाे महत्त्व
क) पाोाुसा तक पर क्षण लाोाेखनााचाोाे प रकाोाार
(वााोाृता पता राोााताोा ल, वाााङ मया न
कनयतकाोााकलकाोााताोा ल ग रांथ परा क षण, समा क षणाात्मक)
म डर ् ˛ल II: वह वह ध म ध्यम ˙स ठ ल ेखन
क ौशल ्य े (२
श ्र ेर ् ˙क)
घटक ४: वह वह ध म ध्यम ˙ स ठ म ¸ल खत ल ेखन
अ)माोाुलाोााखत : स िरूप
वा पाो वा गतयाोाारा
ब)माुलााखत: प्रकाार वा त्याासााठ च
का शला ाोाे . क)माुलााखता च
प्रश नाावाला मसाुदाा.
घटक ५: प्रस रम ध्यम ˙स ठ ल ेखन
अ) आकााशवाााण मााध यमाासााठा लाेखन: श राुकतकाा, नभाोनााय
वा जाकहराात लाेखनब) द रकचत्रवाााणा वा समााज मााध यमाासााठा
लाेखन.
क) वााृत लाेखन वा कनयत कााकलकााता ल लाेखन.

घटक ६: न य ह वचत्रपट पर क्षणलेखन
अ)नााय वा कचत्रपट - परा क्षण
लाेखनााचाे स िरा प ब)नााय वा कचत्रपट
- परा क षण लाेखनााचाे महत्त्व
क)अना य लाोाेखनप रकाोाार : ईमाोाेल लाोाेखन, िाोाोा राोा लाोाेखन, कवाककपा कडयाासाठा लाोाेखन.

म ड ्य ˛ल III: अ ˙तर ् गत म ˛ल्यम पन (2 Credits)
अ.क्र स्व
रू
प र
ाो
ाु

१ प रत याेक मा डय ल मध न ककमाान दाोनवार प रकल पलाेखन
(२x१० ) २०
२ अाोांतराोा गत चाचणाोा परा क षाा १५
३ स्वाध्याय / कनबंध ०५

Page 534

531 एक ण

ाो
ाु ण ४०
स्व ध्य र ् /क र ् ग (क णत ेि द न )
1) भाषांतर या संकल्पनेचे स्वरूप आकण महत्त्व स्पष्ट करा.
2) भााषाोाााोांतरकाोाारकडाोाे काोाोणताोाे राोा ाोाुण
असाावााोाेत ताोाे कलहाा.
3) ताोाुमा हाोाालाोाा मााकहत असलाोाेला ाोाा काोाोणत याोााह पााच
अनाोाुवाााकदत पाोाुसा तकाोाााोांच नाावााोाे कलहाोाा.
4) पाोाुसा तक पर क्षण मा हणजाोाे काोााय ताोाे थोडका याोाात कलहाा.
5) ताुम हा नाुकत्यााच वाााचलाेला ाोाा काोणत्यााहा एकाा पाुस तकााचाे परा क षण कराा.

Page 535

532 स ˙दभ ग ग ्र ˙थ :
 कऱा हााडाेसदाा, भााषााांतर, लाोकवाााङ मय रा ाोाृ ह, माुांबई १९९२

Page 536

533  नसा रााबाादकर, ल.राा., ि याावाहााररक मरााठा , फडकाे प रकााशन, काोल्हााप र.
 डाोा . शाोाेकडाोाे , साोाुभाोााष,
ि याोाावाहााररक मरााठाोा अध याापनााचा याोाा कदशा, ऋताो
प रकाोााशन,अहमदनराोा र,२०१२.
 भाषाोाााोांतर आकण भाषाोाा : कवालाोाास सााराोां राोा , मा ज,
माोाुवाई
 अनाुवााादमा मााांसाा - सांपाा. काे शवा ताुपाे, साक षाात, औरां रा ाोााबााद.
 ड . काळे कल ाोााण आकण ड . सोमण अंजल , भाषांतरम मांसा प्रकतमा प्रकाशन , पुणे १९९७
 भाषाोाााोांतरकवादा ाोाा : स िरूप आकण समस्याा, साोांपाा. रमाोाेश
वारखाोाेडाोाे , य.च.म.माोाु.कवा.. नाोााकशक
 संण्क युर : अच्युत र ाोाोडबोले

Page 537

534 SEMESTER VIII
PART II- PERSPECTIVES IN EDUCATION
CORE COURSE NAME: GUJARATI (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: RESEARCH ON GUJARATI LITERATURE

Total Credits:06
Total Marks:100

Learning Objectives:
1. To develop research skills to inquire into Gujarati literature
2. To critically analyze different types of Gujarati literature
3. To develop a critical understanding of literary inquiry

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of the Course, students will be able to:
1. Critically review various aspects of literary inquiry
2. Identify different types of Gujarati literature to appreciate.
3. Review research based on Gujarati articles

MODULE I : INQUIRY INTO DIFFERENT FORMS OF
GUJARATI LITERATURE (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Literary research and basics
a) Meaning, Characteristics, Significance of literary research
b) Types of literary research (Textual, Historical, Biographical, Theoretical, and
interpretative)
c) Elements of writing literary research reviews:

Unit 2. Process of literary research review
a) Steps of writing review of the literature ( Introduction: summary of the literature
under review, Central theme, characters and their involvement in the literature plot,
writer’s perspective, analysis of the beginning, middle and end part of the literature,
reflection on it, language used, the impact of surrounding and c haracters on the central
theme, a summary of the interpretation.
b) Inquiry to collect information about the writer and source.: Strategies: Survey,
Interviews, Document study etc.
c) Analysis of collected information to start the review process.

Unit 3 Gujarati literature: Essential elements of research Inquiry:
a) Fiction literature and research review (Novels, stories, songs, poetries etc):Plot,
characters, viewpoints, communication, setting, style, pacing, beginning, middle, end
b) Non fiction literature: Gujarati journal and magazines, Documentaries, Biographies,
etc: Plot, Idea, reader friendly aspects, elements taken from fiction , verification of
facts, Figurative language
c) Folktales: Historical perspective, characters, setting, style, beginning, middle, end


MODULE II: RESEARCH REVIEWS OF GUJARATI
LITERATURE (2Credits)

Page 538

535 Unit 4: Research review of different forms of fiction literature in Gujarati
a) Historical research review of the Novel:(anyone)
b) Critical review of Gujarati literary researches in the context of the paper, .‘Meerabai -A
study in the Context of Literature and Nature’ A research paper by Jayashree Singh
(identification of elements of Historical research).
c) Review of Folk literature

Unit 5. Review of the non-fiction literature in Gujarati
a) Review of Gujarati Magazine, ‘ Abhiyan’
b) Review of Biography on Ranjitsinh, ‘ Nana rajvadana rajkumar pan ek mahan ramat na
samrat; by Jaydeep Buch
c) Review of the translated gujarati book, ‘VIdyarthi ane Personality Development’ by
Vijay Agarwal

Unit 6: Review of the western literature
a) Polo Koyelo’s Gujarati version ‘Dhanurdhar’ Critical analysis
b) ‘Maro Sangharsh’ Adolf Hitler’s Autobiography translated in Gujarati by Shabdalok
prakashan ; Critical review
c) American Research Journal of English and Literature: A critical review


MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1) Review the fiction and non-fiction Gujarati literature and compare the process and style
of analysis between the two. Prepare a table of comparison and present.
2) Write a reflective article on the significance of research reviews of the Gujarati
literature (in 500 words)
3) “Reviews of Fiction literature is easier than the nonfiction literature” Critically analyze
different forms of both the forms of Gujarati literature and justify with examples of
your claim favoring or opposing the statement.
4) Critically review the work of anyone popular Gujarati poet and folk writer and write
your reflection in terms of your views for or against their style of literary work.
5) Suggest with ju stification how you would like to correct the gaps you feel go against
the popularity among readers with reference to the above question.


Web links:
Unit 1:

Page 539

536  https://study.com/academy/lesson/what -is-literary -research -definition -strategies.html
 https:/ /www.a cademia.edu/61018153/Meerabai_A_Study_in_Context_of_Literature_
and_Nature
 https:/ /www.arese archguide.com/25 -literature -research -paper -topics.html
 https:/ /www.youtube.com/watch?v=134dXE SbC4o (b of unit 1)
 https:/ /www.jstor.org/st able/23328615 (Review of related literature for c of unit 1)

Unit 2:
 https://guides.lib.uoguelph.ca/c.php?g=130964&p=5000948
 https:/ /www.drnishikantjha.com/papersCollection/2nd%20Edition,%20The %20Hand
book%20to%20Literary%20Research,%20.pdf
 https:/ /www.arese archguide.com/write -literary -analysis.html
 https:/ /www.middlesex.mass.edu/ac e/downloads/tipsheets/poetanly.pdf
 https:/ /www.masterclass.com/ articles/how -to-analyze -poetry#how -to-analyze -a-
poem -in-10-steps

Unit 3:
 https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Folklore_studies
 https://human.libretexts.org/Bookshelves/Literature_and_Literacy/Writing_and_ Critic
al_Thinking_Through_Literature_(Ringo_and_Kashyap)/02%3A_About_Creative_N
onfiction/2.02%3A_Elements_of_Creative_Nonfiction
 https://slideplayer.com/slide/14743638/ (non-fiction reviews)
 https://slideplayer.com/slide/11736845/ (fiction review)
Unit 5:
 https:/ /www.magzter.c om/IN/SAMBHAAV -MEDIA -LIMITED/ABHIYAAN/News/
 https:/ /www.matrubharti.com/book/19913879/the -prince -of-a-small -kingdom -is-also-
a-great -game -emperor (b- Unit 4)
 https:/ /www.booksforyou.co.in/ Books/Vidhyarthi -Ane-Personality -Development -
(Gujarati -Book)
Unit 6:
 https://navbharatonline.com/dhanurdhar -gujarati -translation -of-the-archer.html
 https://fr eehindipustak.com/mera -sangharsh/
 https:/ /www.arjonline.org/a merica n-research -journal -of-english -and-literature

Page 540

537 SEMESTER VIII
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: URDU (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
PROGRESSIVE URDU LITERATURE – POETRY

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks : 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding about the art and history of Jadeed Urdu Nazm
2. To develop an understanding about the writing style of few Nazm Nigars
3. To develop an understanding about Faiz Ahmed Faiz as Nazm Nigar
4. To develop critical understanding of Naqshe Faryadi

Learning outcomes:
1. The student describes the art and history of Jadeed Urdu Nazm
2. The student describes the writing style of few Nazm Nigars
3. The student describes Faiz Ahmed Faiz as Nazm Nigar
4. The student critically analyses Naqshe Faryadi

MODULE I: JADEED URDU NAZM (2 Credits)

Unit 1 : Art of Urdu Poem
a) Meaning aur Definition
b) Kinds of Urdu Poem
c) Historical and Gradual Development

Unit 2 : Taraqqui Pasand Tahreek aur Urdu Nazm
a) Aghraazo Maqasid
b) Mawzooat
c) Taraqqui Pasand Tahreek ke Urdu Nazm Par Asara t

Unit 3: Chand Ahem Taraqqui Pasand Nazm Nigar
a) Josh Malihabadi
b) Makhdoom Mohiuddin
c) Sahir Ludhyanvi

MODULE II : FAIZ AHMED FAIZ AUR NAQSHE FARYADI
(2 Credits)
Unit 4: Faiz Ahmed Faiz - The Poet
a) Life
b) Art of Nazm Nigari
c) Faiz ki Inferadiyat

Unit 5: Faiz ki Muntakhab Poem’s
a) Khuda who waqt na laye, Intehae kaar, Anjam, Suroode Shabana, Akheri
Khat, Intezar, Teen Manzar, Ek Rahguzar, Mere Ndeem, Mujh se Pahli si
Mohabbat Mere Mahboob Na Mang

Page 541

538 b) Raqeeb Se, Tanhaee, Chand Roz Aur Meri Jaan, Kutte, Bol, Iqbal, Mazooe Sukhan,
Ham Log, Shah Rah, Mere Hamdam Mere Dost
c) Kalame faiz ka jaeza

Unit 6: Critical Study of Naqshe Faryadi
a) Faiz ek Romani Shyer
b) Faiz ek Inquilabi Shayer
c) Faiz ki Nazm Nigari ke Mohasin wa Ma’aeb

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1) Jadeed Urdu nazm ke ahad ba ahad Irteqa par roshni daliye
2) Urdu nazm par taraqqi pasand tehreeq ke asarat qalamband kijiye
3) Taraqqi pasand tehreeq ke agraso maqasid bayan kijiye
4) Faiz Ahmed Faiz ki nazm nigari ka tanqeedi jayeza lijiye
5) Taraqqi pasand nazm nigar shoera ka ijmali tarruf pesh kijiye

References:
 Jadeed Urdu Nazm by Aqeel Ahmed Siddiqui
 Urdu Adab ke Irteqa me adabi tehreeqen aur rujhan ka hissa by Dr Manzar Aazami
 Faiz ek jayeza by Ashfaq Hussain
 Faiz Ahmed Faiz Hayat aur Shayeri by Uzam Parveen
 Fun aur Shakhsiyat: Faiz Ahmed Faiz by Salma Siddiqui and Sabir Dutt

Page 542

539 SEMESTER VIII
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: GERMAN (ANCILLARY MAJOR)
COURSE NAME: GERMAN LITERARY TEXTS

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks : 100

Note: Language proficiency of B2.1 level as per the Common European Reference
Framework is necessary for this course. Candidates should have completed B2.1 at Max
Mueller Bhavan / Goethe Institute / equivalent course at University of Mum bai / any other
university / any other qualification equivalent to B2.1

Learning Objectives:
1. To comprehend simple German literary texts.
2. To contextualize them with respect to the genre.
3. To determine the relevance of the texts to their present, personal and social
environment.

Learning Outcomes:
1. Analyse and interpret simple German literary texts.
2. Identify character constellation, plot, figures of speech, rhyme scheme, metre etc.
based on the genre of the text.

MODULE I: EINFÜHRUNG (2 Credits)

Unit 1 : Short Narrative Texts – I
a) Einführung
b) Eine Frau, ein Mann - Leonhard Thoma OR
Die Tochter - Peter Bichsel OR
San Salvador - Peter Bichsel
c) Nachts schlafen die Ratten doch - Wolfgang Borchert OR
Jenö war mein Freund - Wolfdietrich Schnurre OR
Zentralbahnhof - Günter Kunert

Unit 2 : Short Narrative Texts – II
a) Neapel sehen - Kurt Marti OR
Der Makkaronifresser - Gudrun Pausenwang OR
Der Lacher - Heinrich Böll
b) Textanalyse der Erzählungen
c) Charakteranalyse der Erzählungen

Unit 3: Poems – I
a) Schläft ein Lied in allen Dingen – Eichendorf
b) Ein Gleiches - Johann Wolfgang von Goethe
c) Lorelei - Heinrich Heine

Page 543

540 MODULE II: UMGANG MIT TEXTEN (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Poems – I
a) Das Karussel - Rainer Maria Rilke
b) Der Handschuh - Friedrich Schiller
c) Analyse der Gedichte

Unit 5: Long Narrative Text Mobbing - Annete Pehnt OR
Tschick - Wolfgang Herrnhof OR Spiegelbild - Yoko Tawada
a) Einführung
b) Lektüre ausgewählter Auszüge
c) Lektüre ausgewählter Auszüge

Unit 6: Analysis of the Long Narrative Text
a) Zusammenfassung
b) Textanalyse
c) Kontextualisierung

Note: Alternate literary texts (B2 level) may be selected by the teacher according to the
target group.

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1. Zusammenfassung
2. Textanalyse
3. Charakteranalyse
4. Gedichtanalyse
5. Werke vergleichen

References:
 Bichsel, Peter: Die Tochter. In: Krusche, Dietrich. Aufschluss. Kurze deutsche Prosa
im Unterricht Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Teil I 6. Aktualisierte Ausgabe Bonn
(Internationes) 1999 S. 190-193
 Bichsel, Peter: San Salvador. In: Kru sche, Dietrich. Aufschluss. Kurze deutsche Prosa
im Unterricht Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Teil I 6. Aktualisierte Ausgabe Bonn
(Internationes) 1999 S. 194-195

Page 544

541  Bichsel, Peter: Die Tochter. In: Janina Schnormeier: Analyse und Interpretation der
Kurzgeschichte "Die Tochter" von Peter Bichsel mit Unterrichtsentwurf für eine 10.
Klassenstufe. 1. Auflage. GRIN Verlag, München 2010.
 Borchert, Wolfgang: Das Gesamtwerk. Rowohlt, Reinbek, ISBN 978 -3-498-00652 -5
(Erweiterte und revidierte Neuausgabe, hrsg. von Michael Töteberg, unter Mitarbeit
von Irmgard Schindler), 2007 S. 255–258
 Böll, Heinrich: Der Lacher. In: Krusche, Dietrich. Aufschluss. Kurze deutsche Prosa
im Unterricht Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Teil I 6. Aktualisierte Ausgabe Bonn
(Internatio nes) 1999 S. 175-177
 Conrady, Karl Otto: Das Buch der Gedichte. Deutsche Lyrik von den Anfängen bis zur
Gegenwart. Berlin, Cornelsen, 2010.
 Echtermeyer: Deutsche Gedichte. Von den Anfängen bis zur Gegenwart. Neugestaltet
von Benno von Wiese. Düsseldorf, August Bagel Verlag, 1966.
 Herrnhof, Wolfgang: Tschick. Berlin, Rowolt Taschenbuch Verlag 2010. (Akin, Fatih:
Tschick. Berlin, Lago Film 2016)
 Kunert, Günter: Zentralbahnhof. In: Durzak, Manfred: Erzählte Zeit. 50 deutsche
Kurzgeschichten der Gegenwart. 1. Auflage Stuttgart (Reclam) 1980 S. 129-130
 Pehnt, Annete: Mobbing. München / Berlin / Stuttgart, Piper 2016.
 Schnurre , Wolfdietrich : Als Vaters Bart noch rot war: Vater -und-Sohn -Geschichten.
Berliner Taschenbuch Verl. 2014.
 Tawada, Yoko: Spiegelbild: In. Yoko Tawada: Aber die Mandarinen müssen heute
abend noch geraubt werden: Poetische Texte. Konkursbuch Verlag 1997.
 Thoma, Leonard: Eine Frau, ein Mann. Ismaning: Hueber, Verlag GmbH & Co. KG
2013.

Websites:
https://trojanow.de/werke/buecher/
Additional websites may be used by the teacher.

Page 545

542 SEMESTER VIII
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: HISTORY (SCHOOL SUBJECT)
APPLIED HISTORY

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To develop an understanding about the meaning and definitions of museology and
have an insight in the working of a museum.
2. To develop an overall basic understanding of the allied fields of tourism, Archival
Science and Public History.
3. To acquaint students with the field of Public History which would enable them to apply
historical knowledge to heritage sites, museums and public spaces of historical interest.
4. To critically appraise the role of media in reinforcing inclusion and gender roles in popular
culture.

Learning Outcomes:
After completion of this course, the students will be able to:
1. Have an overview of the museum, its functions, and its activities.
2. Develop an understanding of the application of historical knowledge in the allied fields
of museology, archives, tourism, and media.
3. Recognize the impact of media on Society.

MODULE I: MUSEUMS AND TOURISM (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Museums
a) Definitions of Museology; Museum Movement in India
b) Types of Museums
c) Role of Curator

Unit 2: Collection of Objects and Activities of the Museum
a) Methods of collection
b) Types of Exhibitions
c) In-house and Outreach activities of Museums

Unit 3: Tourism
a) New Trends in tourism
b) Meaning, Scope and importance of Heritage tourism
c) UNESCO World Heritage Cultural sites in India

MODULE II: MEDIA (2 Credits )

Unit 4: Public History
a) History in Popular media (films, documentaries & television)
b) Archives – Concept, types and importance
c) Oral history – Concept, trends and importance
Unit 5: Print & Electronic media

Page 546

543 a) Growth of Press and Indian Independence Movement
b) Journalism and social reform in India
c) History of Broadcasting in India: Origin and Growth of Radio and Television in India

Unit 6: Media And Society
a) Media and Social change
b) Impact of media on Society
c) Media and Gender

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/Assignments (Any Two)
1) Prepare a presentation on any one type of museum
2) Study the website of an archive and write a detailed report on it.
3) Group discussion on the impact of media on children.
4) Write an assignment describing any UNESCO World Heritage site in India.
5) Critical analysis of the depiction of women in mass media (ads/serials/films/print
media)

References:
Museology
 Banerjee, N. R., Museum and Cultural Heritage of India , Agam Kala Prakashan, New
Delhi, 1990.
 Dwivedi V.P, Museums and Museology: New Horizons, Agam Kala Prakashan, New
Delhi, 1980.
 Samel, Ranade, Nabar, Elements of Archaeology, Museology, Archival Science and
Library Science , Manan Prakashan, Mumbai
 Sarkar, H, Museums and Protection of Monuments and Antiquities in India , Sundeep
Prakashan, New Delhi, 1981.
 Markham, S.F., The Museums of India, The Museum Association, London, W.C.
1,1936.
 Sarkar, H., Museums and Protection of Monuments and Antiquities in India, Sundeep
Prakashan, New Delhi, 1981.
 Thomson John M.A. and Others, Manual of Curatorship: A Guide to Museum Practice ,
Routledge, New York, 1984.
 Wittlin Alma, Museums: Its History and Its Tasks in Education , Routledge and K Paul,
London, 1949.


Tourism

Page 547

544  Anand M.M., Tourism and Hotel Industry in India , Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1976
 Babu V. K., Gade Jayaprakashnarayana (ed.), Tourism in India , Zenon Academic
Publishing, Telangana, 2014.
 Bhatia A. K., Tourism Development - Principles and Practices , Sterling Publishers Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi,1986.
 Batra K. L., Problems and Prospects of Tourism , Printwell Publisher, Jaipur,1990
 Chopra Sunita, Tourism Development of India , Ashish Publishing House, New
Delhi,1991
 Gupta S. P., Krishna Lal, Tourism Museums and Monuments in India , Oriental
Publishers,New Delhi, 1999.
 King Christine et al, Travel and Tourism , Heinman Educational Publishers, UK, 2005.
 Matheson Alistair, Wall Geoffrey, Tourism - Economic, Physical and Social Impact ,
Orient Longman, London, 1983.
 Robin H, Geography of Tourism , MacDonald and Evence Ltd., London. 1976.
 Bala Usha, Tourism in India , Policy and Perspective, Arushi Publishers, New Delhi.
1988
Media
 Kasbekar Asha, Pop Culture India!: Media, Arts, and Lifestyle , ABC -CLIO, 2006
 Khan and Kumar, Studies in Modern Mass Media , 3 Vol, 1993
 Kumar Keval J., Mass Communication in India (4th Edition), Jaico Publishing House,
2000
 Mukhopadhyay Durgadas, Folk Arts and Social Communication , Publications Division
Ministry of Information & Broadcasting, 2017
Books in Marathi:
Museology
 Khobrekar, V.G., Daptarkhana - Varnan va Tantre, Maharashtra Sahitya Va Sanskriti
Mandal, Mumbai
 Samel, Ranade, and Nabar, Puratatvashahstra, Vastusanghrahalaya, Abhilekhva
Granthalaya Shastra, Manan Prakashan, Mumbai
Media
 Lele K. R., Marathi Vrittapatrancha Itihas , Continental Publishers, Pune, 1984
 Puri S., Jansamparka Sankalpana ani Siddhanta , Vimuktajai Prakashan, Aurangabad,
1984
 Thakur Yogendra, Patrakaritaaani Jansamparkshastra , Amod Prakashan, Mumbai,
1997

Page 548

545 SEMESTER VIII
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: GEOGRAPHY (SCHOOL SUBJECTS)
COURSE NAME: REGIONAL PLANNING AND TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES IN
GEOGRAPHY

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To develop a basic understanding about concepts associated with subject of
regional planning and development
2. To understand the need, criteria and methods of regional planning.
3. To comprehend problems and planning urban fringe of Indian cities.
4. To prepare a case of Mumbai Metropolitan Regional planning.
5. To understand concepts of map projections
6. To analyse the basic elements of map and calculation /identification of relief,
direction, bearing and distance
7. To understand to design geographical data representation by using computers

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Explain concepts associated with the subject of regional planning and
development.
2. Describe the needs, criteria and methods of regional planning.
3. Identify problems and planning urban fringe of Indian cities.
4. Discuss case of Mumbai Metropolitan Regional planning.
5. Interpret concepts of map projections and its basic elements and calculation
/Identification of relief, direction, bearing and distance.
6. Design geographical data representation by using computers.

MODULE 1: UNDERSTANDING REGIONAL PLANNING
(2 Credits)

Unit 1: Regional Planning - An Introduction
a) Planning: Concept, types, and need, Development: concept and indicators
b) Regional planning: Concept, nature, relation with Geography
c) Problems associated with regional planning

Unit 2: Concept of Region in Planning
a) Region: Concept, types, and delineation
b) Planning Regions: Need, characteristics, and hierarchy
c) Demarcation of planning regions: Principles, criteria, and methods

Unit 3: Regional Planning in India
a) Planning regions of India, Micro level planning in rural area, backward area
development programme
b) Urban fringe of Indian cities: Problems and planning
c) Metropolitan Planning: A Case of Mumbai Metropolitan Region.

Page 549

546 MODULE 2: TOOLS AND TECHNIQUES IN GEOGRAPHY FOR
SPATIAL ANALYSIS (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Map Projections
a) Basic Concepts – Definition, azimuth, graticule, great circle, true meridian, types of
projections, choice of projections
b) Zenithal Polar Projections and Cylindrical Projections Equal Area, Equidistant
c) Conical Projections - One standard parallel, two standard parallel

Unit 5: Map Basic
a) Calculation or identification of relief, bearing and distance
b) Area calculation with square method and strip method
c) Demarcation of watershed on toposheet, Tracing of stream network and
contours

Unit 6: Use of computers in geographical data representation
a) Construction of line graphs & simple and multiple bar graphs using MS -
excel
b) Construction of divided bar graphs & pie charts using MS -excel
c) Preparation of datasheet in SPSS, Calculation of central tendency and standard
deviation using SPSS

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/ assignments (Any Two)
1) Any region area calculation with the square method and strip method
2) Demarcation of the watershed on toposheet, Tracing of stream network and contours
3) Construction of line graphs & simple and multiple bar graphs using MS-excel
4) Construction of divided bar graphs & pie charts using MS -excel
5) Preparation of datasheet in SPSS
6) Calculation of central tendency and standard deviation using SPSS

References:
 Chand, Mahesh (2000): “Regional Planning In India”, Allied Publishers Ltd., Mumbai
 Chandana, R. C. (2016): “Regional Planning and Development”, Kalyani Publishers,
New Delhi
 Dhamdhere, S. et al (2015): “Arthik Vikas Ani Niyojan”, (Marathi), Diamond
Publications, Pune
 Dikshit, J. K. (2011): “The Urban Fringe of Indian Cities: Professor Jaymala Diddee
Felicitation Volume”,(ed.) Rawat Publications, Jaipur

Page 550

547  Jhingan, M. L. (2017): “The Economics of Development and Planning”, Vrinda
Publications (P) Limited,Delhi
 Kant, S. et al (2004): “Reinventing Regional Development: Festschrift to Honour Gopal
Krishnan”,(ed.) Rawat Publications, Jaipur
 Misra, R. P. (2002): “Regional Planning”, Concept Publishing Co., New Delhi
 Ahirrao ani Karanjkhele – pratyashik bhoogol
 Karlekar Shrikant - pratyashik bhoogol Diamond Publication
 KarlekarShrikant - Bhoogol shastratil Sanshodhan Paddhati, Diamond Publication
 Monkhouse F.J. - Maps & Diagrams, Methuen and Co., London, 1971 (3rd
Edition, Revised).
 NCERT - Textbook for Class -12, Practical Work in Geography Part II
 Peter A. Rogerson - Statistical Methods for Geography, Sege Publishers -2001
 Sarkar Ashis - Practical Geography, Orient Black Swan – 2015
 Sarkar Ashis –Quantitative Geography, Orient Black Swan – 2013
 Singh R.L. & Singh P. B. - Elements of Practical Geography, Kalyani Publishers
2005
 Stoddard Robert – Field techniques and research methods in geography, Geography
faculty publication
 http://digitalcommons.unl.edu/geographyfacpub/26
 Thakur S. A. - pratyashik bhoogol, Konkan Geographer’s publication (2016)

Books for further reading:
 Bhargava, G. (2001): “Development of India’s Urban, Rural, and Regional Planning in
21st Century: Policy Perspective”, Gyan Publishing House, Delhi
 Datt, G. And Mahajan, A. (2016): “Datt and Sundaram’s Indian Economy”, S. Chand
Publishing, New Delhi
 Devi, Laxmi (2000): “Planning Development and Regional Disparities”,
(ed.) Anmol Publications, New Delhi
 Dhamdhere, S. and Shinde, S. (2010): “Bhartiya Ani Jagtik Arthik Vikas” (Marathi),
Diamond Publications, Pune
 Hall, P. (2016): “Urban and Regional Planning” Routledge, London
 Sundaram, K. V. (1985): “Geography and Planning: Essays in Honour of Prof. V. L. S.
PrakasaRao”, Concept Publishing Co., New Delhi
 Knowles, R and Wareing, J. (1996): “Economic and Social Geography”, the Made
Simple Series, Rupa& Co., Calcutta
 Yojana, Monthly Journal Published in English and Marathi by Government of
Maharashtra
Web Links:
 mmrda.maharashtra.gov.in
 niti.gov.in
 planningcommission.gov.in
 yojana.gov.in

Page 551

548 SEMESTER VIII
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: ECONOMICS (SCHOOL SUBJECTS)
COURSE NAME: INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS

Total Credits: 6
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To understand the importance of international trade and finance.
2. To comprehend the theories of international trade.
3. To understand the concept of balance of payments and its issues.
4. To introduce students to international economic institutions.
5. To analyse economic integration and RTAs.
6. To critically analyse the global economic crisis.

Learning Outcome:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Describe the field of international economics.
2. Explain the theories concerning international trade.
3. Compares between Balance of Trade (BOT) and Balance of Payment (BOP)
Disequilibrium in BOP.
4. Discuss the concepts of foreign exchange rates and the functioning of foreign
exchange markets.

MODULE 1:INTERNATIONAL TRADE (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Introduction
a) Meaning, Scope, and Importance of International Trade - Difference between Internal
and International Trade
b) Adam Smith’s Theory of International Trade – Ricardian Theory of Comparative Cost
Difference
c) Heckscher -Ohlin Theory -Leontief’s Paradox – Law of Reciprocal Demand and
Offer Curves – Purchasing Power Parity

Unit 2: Balance of Payments (BOP)
a) Structure of BOP - Meaning and Difference between Balance of Trade (BOT) and
Balance of Payment (BOP) Disequilibrium in BOP – Types – Causes – Measures to
overcome Disequilibrium in BOP
b) Concepts of Terms of Trade (Net Barter, Gross Barter and Income Terms of Trade,
Single Factoral and Double Factoral) - Case for and against Free Trade, and
Protectionist Trade Policy
c) FDI – Need For - Types - MNCs – Advantages and Disadvantages

Unit 3: International Economic Institutions and Economic Integration
a) WTO - Objectives, Functions – Agreements - TRIPS, TRIMS, GATS, AoA
b) Forms and Objectives of Economic Integration – Regional Trade Agreements –
Concept - Objectives – Trends
c) EU - ASEAN – SAFTA

Page 552

549 MODULE 2: INTERNATIONAL FINANCE (2 credits)

Unit 4: Foreign Exchange Rate
a) Gold Standard – Interwar Period – Bretton Woods – Collapse of Bretton Woods System
b) Fixed and Flexible Exchange Rate – Merits and Demerits
c) Concepts – Spot and Forward Rates - Foreign Exchange Rate Determination -
Interrelationship Between Exchange Rates and Interest Rates

Unit 5: Foreign Exchange Market
a) Meaning and Functions of Foreign Exchange Market Features – Types
b) Arbitrage, Hedging and Speculation in Foreign Exchange Markets
c) Currency Convertibility – Types – Advantages and Disadvantages

Unit 6: International Financial Institutions and International Debt Problem
a) IMF, World Bank, Asian Development Bank (ADB)
b) New Development Bank (NDB), Asia Infrastructure Investment Bank (AIIB) and
their Role with Special Reference to India.
c) Global Economic Crisis, Global Financial Crisis of 2008, International Debt Problem.

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits )

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given Semester 15
3 One Essay test held in the given Semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/ Assignments (Any Two)
1) Film/ Documentary review of the course content
2) Poster Making on the course content
3) Make a collage on the theme of Agencies of the UN and their work
4) Book review on the theme of course content
5) Invite subject experts for guest lectures.

References:
 Krugman, P., Obstfeld, M, and Melitz, M. (2017): International Economics - Theory
and Policy, 10th Edition, Pearson Education.
 Salvatore, D. (2014 ): International Economics: Trade and Finance, 11th Edition, Wiley
International Student Edition.
 Kindleberger, C. P. and Lindert, P. H. (1982): International Economics, Homewood,
IL, USA.
 Sodersten, B. and Reed, G. (1994 ): International Economics, 3rd Edition, Palgrave
Macmillan, 1994.
 Cherunilam, F. (2017): International Economics, 5th Edition, McGraw -Hill
Education.
 Avadhani, V. A. (2017): International Finance, Himalaya Publishing House.

Page 553

550 SEMESTER VIII
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS
(SCHOOL SUBJECT)
COURSE NAME: MEASURES OF DISPERSION AND PROBABILITY

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives
1. To reflect on the utility of the learned concept.
2. To develop an appreciation of the topic in terms of its utility.
3. To acquire mathematical skills while learning the topic.
4. To acquire mathematical modelling skills with using the topic.
5. To solve day-to-day problems that can be modelled using the topic.
6. To develop an interest in practical activities based on the topic.
7. To create recreational products using the topic.
8. To suggest different solutions for given problems based on the topic.

Learning Outcomes:
After completing the semester, the students will be able to:
1.Explain the Absolute and Relative measures of Dispersion.
2.Explain the Probability.
3. Examines the solution given for the problems based on measures of Dispersion;
Probability.
4. Reflect on the utility of Measures of Dispersion.
5.Reflect on the utility of Probability.
6.Identifies examples of measures of Dispersion; Probability from their surroundings.


MODULE I: MEASURES OF DISPERSION (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Absolute and Relative measures of dispersion
a) Requirements of a good measure of dispersion; absolute and relative measures of
dispersion;
b) Concept, applications, merits and demerits of i. range; ii. quartile deviation; iii. mean
deviation (absolute and relative measures), box plot
c) Standard deviation and Variation - variance and standard deviation; properties;
applications; coefficient of variation

Unit 2: Correlation and Regression
a) Concept, scatter diagram; Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation; properties and
applications.
b) Spearman’s rank correlation -derivation, method.
c) Linear regression – concepts, properties, applications

Unit 3 Practicals
i. Measures of dispersion

Page 554

551 ii. Measures of dispersion using boxplots
iii. Variation
iv. Correlation
v. Rank correlation
vi. Regression

MODULE II: PROBABILITY (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Elementary probability
a) Definition of probability (classical and empirical)and events.
b) Conditional probability and independence of events; addition theorem; multiplication
theorem.
c) Baye’s theorem and its applications.

Unit 5 : Discrete and continuous random variables
a) Definition of discrete and continuous random variables; probability and cumulative
probability functions – definitions and properties; expectation and variance of random
variables with properties
b) bivariate probability distribution of two random variables - joint probability, marginal
probability and conditional probability; expectation, variance and correlation in bivariate
distribution.
c) Standard Probability Distributions - Definition, derivation of mean and variance,
properties of i. Binomial distribution; ii. Poisson distribution iii. Hyper geometric
distribution; iv. Uniform discrete and continuous distribution v. Normal distribution (and
Standard Normal distribution)

Unit 6 : Practicals
i. Permutations and combinations, probability (using definition)
ii. Theorems of probability
iii. Baye’s theorem
iv. Discrete and continuous random variables
v. Bivariate random variables
vi. Standard probability distributions

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)
Sr. No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given Semester 15
3 One Essay test held in the given Semester 05
Total 40

Task/Assignment (Any two)
a) Power Point Presentation on Discrete and continuous random variables Explain the
Probability.
b) Examines the solution given for the problems based on measures of Dispersion;
Probability.
c) Write the Reflection on the utility of Measures of Dispersion.
d) Discuss on the utility of Probability.
e) examples of measures of Dispersion; Probability from their surroundings.

Page 555

552
References
 Complex Variables and Applications: Ruel. V.Churchill; McGraw Hill Co.
 Elementary Number Theory: David Burton; Tata McGraw Hill (Walter RudinSeries),
Indian Edition.
 Introduction to the theory of numbers, I. Niven and S. Zuckerman, Third Edition, Wiley
Eastern, New Delhi, 1972.
 Discrete Mathematics, Norman L. Biggs, Revised Edition, Clarendon Press, Oxford
1989.
 Matrices: Shanti Narayan; S. Chand & Co. N. Delhi
 Analytical Geometry of Two and Three Dimensions: Qazi Zameeruddin; Narosa
Publications
 Introduction to Real Analysis by Robert G. Bartle and Donald R. Sherbert, Fourth
Edition, John Wiley and Sons.
 Differential Calculus, Shantinarayan, 10th Edition, S. Chand and Co.
 A Course in Calculus and Analysis by Sudhir Ghorpade and Balmohan Limaye,
Springer 2006.
 Principles of Mathematical Analysis, W. Rudin, Third Edition, McGraw Hill, 1976
 Elementary Differential equations, William F. Trench, E-book (Free download)
 Introduction to Real analysis, William F.Trench, Free edition, 2010.
 Calculus of a single variable Ron Larson , Bruce Edwards, 10th edition.
 Elementary Analysis, The Theory of Calculus, Kenneth A. Ross, Springer
 Publication, second edition.
 Calculus and its Applications, Marvin L. Bittinger, David J. Ellenbogen and Scott A.
Surgent, Addison Wesley, tenth edition.
 Ordinary and partial Differential equations, M.D. Raisingania, S. Chand
andCompany,2009.
 Agarwal B.L.: Basic Statistics, New Age International Ltd.
 Spiegel M.R.: Tehory and Problems of Statistics, Schaum’s Publications series, Tata
Mc-Graw Hill
 Kothari C.R.: Research Methodology: Wiley Eastern Limited.
 Goon A.M., Gupta M.K., Dasgupta B.: Fundamentals of Statistics, Volume II: The
World Press Private Limited, Calcutta

Page 556

553 SEMESTER VIII
PART III – CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: B.A. PSYCHOLOGY
COURSE NAME: POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY

Total Credits:06
Total Marks:100

Learning Objectives:
1. To understand the basic nature and concepts of Positive Psychology.
2. To study the theories of Positive Psychology.
3. To understand the benefits of Positive Psychology.
4. To develop Positive Effective Teaching strategies in the classroom.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the student will be able to:
1. Explain the theoretical and practical applications of Positive Psychology.
2. Apply positive Effective Teaching strategies in the classroom.
3. Comprehend well being -based understanding of psychology.

MODULE I: WHAT IS POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY? (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Definitions, Three Pillars and Measurement of Positive Psychology
a) Definition Introduction and Origin and Nature of Positive Psychology
b) Three Pillars of Positive Psychology :
i. Positive experiences
ii. Positive states
iii. Positive institutions
c) Measurement in positive psychology

Unit 2 : Cognitive and Emotional Processes
a) Positive illusions
b) Explanatory Style
c) Positive emotions and self-esteem

Unit 3 :Theories
a) Martin Seligman – Learned optimism
b) Mihaly Czisentmihalyi – theory of flow
c) Brene Brown – Shame Resilience Theory

MODULE II: AREAS OF STUDY (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Research in positive psychology
a) Qualitative methods
b) Character strengths
c) Applications of research

Page 557

554 Unit 5: Cognitive & interpersonal factors
a) Gratitude
b) Hope
c) Self-efficacy

Unit 6: Coping in positive psychology
a) Resilience
b) Meaning making
c) Post-traumatic growth

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENTS (2 credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/ Assignments (Any Two):
1) Maintain a gratitude diary for one month
2) Interview an artist who experiences flow
3) Study an organization known for positive practices and submit a report
4) Identify your character strengths through any of the free positive psychology surveys
5) Provide a case study on post-traumatic growth

References:
 Baumgartner, S.R., & Crothers, M.K. (2012). Positive Psychology . New Delhi:
Pearson.
 Snyder, C. R., & Lopez, S. J. (2011). Positive psychology: The scientific and
practical explorations of human strengths. Sage Publications/ Sage South Asia.
 Brown, K.W. & Ryan, R.M. (2003). The benefits of being present: Mindfulness and
its role in psychological well -being. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology,
84, 822-848.

Page 558

555 SEMESTER VIII
PART III - CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: SOCIOLOGY (JUNIOR COLLEGE SUBJECT)
EMERGING FIELDS IN SOCIOLOGY

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To trace the evolution of gender as a category of social analysis.
2. To understand the emergence of the movement in India and the history of struggles.
3. To comprehend new and emerging issues in the Indian feminist landscape.
4. To analyse newer methods of protest and resistance.
5. To understand sociological issues related to the informal sector.
6. To introduce students to the growing sector of informal workers in the Indian
economy.
7. To make students understand issues related to the informal sector in the context of
globalization.

Learning Outcomes:
At the end of this course, the student will be able to:
1. Describe the role of women in society.
2. Critically evaluate the gender related laws at home and workplace.
3. Debates on outsourcing, downsizing, social clauses, social security of workers.
4. Explain the issues related to the informal sector in the context of globalization.

MODULE I: GENDER STUDIES (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Understanding Gender
a) History of the women’s movement
b) Different types of genders
c) Movements led by women – Participation in Ambedkarite movement, Black Panthers,
Chipko, “Me too”

Unit 2: Women and work
a) Household chores related (Cooking, cleaning, care work, etc.)
b) Discrimination in various professions
c) Eco-feminism

Unit 3: Gender -Related Laws
a) Dowry Prohibition Act,, 1961
b) Vishaka Guidelines and Verma Committee recommendations
c) The Transgender Persons (Protection of Rights) Act,2019


MODULE II: WORK AND LABOUR (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Theories relating to Work and Labour
a) Work and Labour – Definition and meaning

Page 559

556 b) Surplus Value and Alienation – Karl Marx
c) World Systems Theory -- Immanuel Wallerstein

Unit 5: Globalization of Work and Labour
a) Globalization of Work (BPOs, call centres, shifting of production)
b) Brain Drain
c) Conditions of Immigrant workers

Unit 6: Labour issues and concerns
a) Types of Labour (Permanent, Contractual, Seasonal, migrant, Self-employment)
b) Hazardous industries/Occupational hazards (ship -breaking, mining, chemical
industries
c) Women and work – “Equal pay for equal work”, agricultural work, bidi-making,
readymade garment industry

MODULE III: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)


Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/ Assignments (Any Two): (Module I )
1) Case study and critical evaluation on Eco-feminism
2) Report on the case study of any one women’s group.
3) Elaborate how the Chipko movement was an eco-feminist movement.
4) Case study on types of labour and problems
5) Interview the bidi-making workers and write a report.

References:
 Bandyopadhya, Shekhar. 2004. Caste, culture and hegemony: Social dominance in
colonial Bengal. Sage publications: New Delhi 
 Bhowmik, Sharit K. (2004). Work in globalizing economy: Reflections on
outsourcing in India.Labour, Capital and Society, 37 (1&2).
 Chakravarti, Uma. 2003. Gendering Caste: Through A Feminist Lens. Stree
 Desai, Ashok. (2006). ‘Outsourcing Identities -Call Centres and Cultural 
 Dutt and Sundaram. (2007) Indian Economy, New Delhi: Chand Publications. 
 Edgell.S. (2006). The Sociology of Work. United Kingdom: Sage Publications. 
 Geeta, V. 2002. Gender (Theorizing Feminism). Gazelle Distribution Trade
 Hooks, Bell. Feminism is for everybody: Passionate politics. Pluto Press, 2000.
 Ignatius, Chithelen. (2004). ‘Outsourcing to India, Causes, Reaction and Prospects’,
Economic and Political Weekly, 6, Vol 39.
 Kofman and Younges 2003, Globalisation, theory and practice continuum, London

Page 560

557  Korzsynski, Lynne. MacDonald, C. (2009). The Globalisation of Nothing and the
Outsourcing of Service Work.
 Krishan Kumar 2005. From post-industrial to post modern society. Blackwell
publishing. 
 Pilcher, Jane and Whelahan, Imelda. 2005. Fifty key concepts in gender studies. Sage
publications: New Delhi
 Rao, Subba. (2011). Essentials of Human Resource Management and Industrial
Relations.Himalaya Publications. 
 Rao. P V. (2010). Educate women and loose nationality. New Delhi: Critical Quest
 Tonkiss Fran.(2008). Contemporary Economic Sociology. London and New York:
Routledge. 

Websites:
 Gender theories
https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=Awrx259N0AFikkkAjwC7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNzZz
MEcG9zAzMEdnRpZAMEc2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1644314829/RO=10/RU=https%3
a%2f%2fwww.sagepub.com%2fsites%2fdefault%2ffiles%2fupm -
binaries%2f38628_7.pdf/RK=2/RS=3dS3f7YgDX_8LUno3V5cGLm432M -
 What is work? --
https://r.search.yahoo.com/_ylt=Awrxy8yC1QFi2QMA1wC7HAx.;_ylu=Y29sbwNz
ZzMEcG9zAzUEdnRpZAMEc2VjA3Ny/RV=2/RE=1644316162/RO=1 0/RU=https 
%3a%2f%2fstudy.com%2facademy%2flesson%2fwhat -is-work -sociological -
definition -analysis.html/RK=2/RS=RBb_MR4N21.s75fyJW_PqCgCt04 -

Page 561

558 SEMESTER VIII
PART III - CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: PHILOSOPHY (JUNIOR COLLEGE SUBJECT)
COURSE NAME: THEORIES AND ISSUES IN APPLIED ETHICS

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100

Learning Objectives:
1. To introduce students to traditional ethical theories.
2. To acquaint students with approaches to the environment
3. T develop in students an understanding of the principles and implications of the
different approaches.
4. To understand the ethical obligations to the other by extending moral consciousness to
the other including the environment.
5. To introduce students to the ethical issues that arise in media/ journalism and how to
assess the strengths and weakness of philosophical positions in that regard.

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Demonstrate a thorough insight into problems of applied ethics, and also be able to
discuss different views critically.
2. Demonstrate an overview of differences, similarities and connections between different
views within applied ethics and to give critical assessments of the different views.
3. Develop students’ competence for ethical reflection based on rational arguments.

MODULE I: ETHICAL THEORIES AND BIO-ETHICS (2 Credits)

Unit 1: Introduction: Prominent Ethical Theories
a) Deontological ethics: Immanuel Kant: hypothetical and categorical imperative
b) Consequentialism: Utilitarianism of J.S. Mill and Bentham (version of Utilitarianism;
Rule and Act Utilitarianism); critical appraisal
c) Existentialist ethics: Jean-Paul Sartre: ethics of ambiguity and ontology of freedom

Unit 2: Bio-ethics -1
a) Abortion: the moral status of the embryo and fetus
b) Arguments for and against abortion
c) Euthanasia: forms of euthanasia: conflict between duty to prolong life versus duty to
relieve pain
Unit 3: Bioethics 2-
a) Human Reproductive Cloning & Embryonic Stem Cells: aspects that make human
cloning attractive
b) Ethical dangers involved in human cloning
c) Surrogacy: the notion of ‘mother’ – genetic, biological and social; commercial
surrogacy and ethics of surrogacy

MODULE II: MEDIA, MEDICAL ETHICS & EXTENDING MORAL
CONSCIOUSNESS (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Principles in Media & Medical Ethics

Page 562

559 a) Principles of objectivity and truthfulness as principles in Journalist ethics
b) The Principle of Informed consent in research involving humans
c) Principles of medical ethics: autonomy, justice, beneficence and non-maleficence.
Unit 5: Extending Moral Consciousness -1
a) Arguments for and against Corporate Social Responsibility
b) A Case in favour of assisting the needy: Peter Singer
c) A case against assisting the needy: Garrett Hardin

Unit 6: Extending Moral Consciousness -2
a) Do the animals have rights? (Peter Singer vs Carl Cohen)
b) Environmental ethics: Deep Ecology vs shallow ecology -the claim for environmental
egalitarianism
c) Obligations to future generations


MODULE 3: INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1. Task/ Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2. One periodical class test given in the given semester 15
3. One essay test held in the given semester 05
Total 40

Tasks/ Assignments (Any Two):
1) Prepare a case study on the Aruna Shanbaug case and expose the arguments for
Euthanasia.
2) Examine the notion of corporate social responsibility. Assess the claim that corporates
should focus on economic activity and profit maximization rather than wasting
resources on non-profitable acts of charity.
3) Attempt a case study of any one corporate house and its endeavour in fulfilling social
responsibility and substantiate.
4) Prepare a case -based study on the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals Act 1960 an d
critically assess the arguments for and against animal rights.
5) PPT presentation of any one topic

References:
 Aggarwal, S.K. (1993, 2010) Media and Ethics. Delhi: Shipra Publications
 Arthur, John. “Famine Relief and the Ideal Moral Code”. In Ethics in Practice, pp. 563-
70.
 Hanson, E. Ralph., (2014), Chapter 14. Media Ethics: Truthfulness; Fairness, and
Standards of Decency. [Online] Available:
http://www.cqpress.com/docs/college/Hanson%204e%20Mass%20Com%20CH%20
14.pdf (May 10, 2015)
 Harris J. The value of life. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1985 especially 7-27.
 Julie Van Camp, Jeffrey Olen, and Vincent Barry, Applying Ethics: A Text With
Readings, 11th edition (2015)

Page 563

560  Kagan, Shelly. “What’s Wrong with Speciesism”? Journal of Applied Philosophy 33:1
(2016), pp. 1 -21.
 LaFollette, Hugh (ed.). Ethics in Practice: An Anthology, 4th edition, Malden, Mass.:
Wiley -Blackwell, 2013.
 Lippert -Rasmussen, Kasper, Brownlee, Kimberlee, & Coady, David (eds.). A
Companion to Applied Philosophy, Chichester, UK: John Wiley & Sons, 2017.
 Manuel Velasquez and Cynthia Rostankowski (ed.) Ethics: Theory and Practice
 Marquis, D. “An Argument that Abortion is Wrong” in LaFollette, H. (ed) Ethics in
 Mary Anne Warren, “On the Moral and Legal Status of Abortion”
 Monash Bioethics (magazine) Vol. 19 , Pages 34 - 36 , Dr. Richard Ashcroft , A
research on The Ethics of Cloning (2000)
 Nussbaum, M. & Sunstein, C. (ed.) Clones and Clones. Part III. (W.W. Norton and
Oxford, 2000) Practice: An Anthology (Blackwell Publishing, 1997, 2002)
 R.F. Smith. Ethics in Journalism 6th edn. (Blackwell, 2008)
 R.G. Frey and C.H. Wellman (ed.) A Companion to Applied Ethics.
 Rachels, J. “Active and passive Euthanasia” in Tom Beauchamp & LeRoy Walters (ed.)
Contemporary Issues in Bioethics 5th edn.
 Ronald Dworkin Life’s Dominion: An Argument about Abortion, Euthanasia and
Individual Freedom (Knopf Doubleday Publishing Group, 1994)
 Rosalind Hursthouse, “Virtue Theory and Abortion”
 Saxena, P., Mishra, A., & Malik, S. (2012). Surrogacy: ethical and legal issues. Indian
Journal of Community Medicine, 37(4), 211–213.
 Singer, Peter. “All Animals are Equal”. In Ethics in Practice, pp. 172-80.
 Singer, Peter. “Famine, Affluence, and Morality”. In Ethics in Practice, pp. 554-62.
 Singer, Peter. “Why Speciesism is Wrong: A Response to Kagan”. Journal of Applied
Philosophy 33:1 (2016), pp. 31-35.
 Singer, Peter. Practical Ethics, 3rd edition, Cambridge : Cambridge University Press,
2011.
 Thompson, J.J. “In Defense of Abortion” in LaFollette, H. (ed) Ethics in Practice: An
 Tieu, M.M. (2009). Altruistic surrogacy: the necessary objectification of surrogate
mothers. Journal of Medical Ethics, 35(3), 171-175.
 Tom Beauchamp and James Childress. Principles of Biomedical Ethics.
 Walker, J. Environmental Ethics (Hodder & Stoughton, 2000)
 Ward, Stephen, J.A., (2015), Global media Ethics. University of Wisconsin: Centre for
Journalism Ethics. [Online] Available:

Page 564

561 SEMESTER VIII
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: POLITICAL SCIENCE (JUNIOR COLLEGE SUBJECT)
COURSE NAME: INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION & ISSUES IN
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (IR)

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks

Learning Objectives:
1. Learn the origin and working of various International Organizations
2. Explore the phenomenon of globalization and evaluate the role of MNCs as an agent of
globalization.
3. Understand issues of contemporary importance like global North -South divide, wealth
inequality, climate justice and sustainability.
4. Sensitize about Human Security, Forced Displacement of Refugees, Asylum Seekers
and the lived realities of the Migrants.

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Assess the relevance of various International Organizations in global politics, past and
present
2. Summarize the positive and negative impact of globalization, including that of MNCs.
3. Identify the factors responsible for the gap between the Global North and South in terms
of wealth and their engagement with climate change.
4. Recognise the problems of Refugees, Asylum Seekers and Migrants and the efforts of
the UNHRC to ameliorate their condition.

MODULE I- INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION (2 Credits)

Unit 1: United Nations Organization (UNO)
a) Historical context - World War I & League of Nations, causes for emergence and
failure.
b) UNO - Formation, Objectives, Purposes & Principles
c) United Nations Economic and Social Council (UN ECOSOC) and INGOs.

Unit 2: Specialized Agencies - origin, functions & importance
a) Origin – World War II and the idea of Neoliberalism
b) World Trade Organisation (WTO), International Monetary Fund (IMF), World Bank
c) International Labour Organisation (ILO), World Health Organisation (WHO),
International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA)




Unit 3: Regional Organizations & Groupings - origin, features, membership, significance
a) Regional arrangements & UNO - Chapter VIII of the UN Charter

Page 565

562 b) Organisation of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC), The Association of
Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN), The European Union (EU), The Arab League,
South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC)
c) Collective security arrangements (NATO) and Regional Groupings (BRICS, QUAD)

MODULE II : CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN IR (2 Credits)

Unit 4: Globalisation and the world
a) Globalisation - meaning and impact
b) Globalisation and MNCs (Human Rights Violations and Challenges to State
Sovereignty)
c) Role of technology in Globalisation of Education.

Unit 5: Contextualising Inequality and Climate Change
a) Global North -South divide
b) Inequality - World Inequality Report 2022 and the Oxfam India Inequality Supplement
2022
c) Climate Justice: Carbon Divide, Climate Emergencies, UN Sustainable Development
Goals (SDGs)

Unit 6: Understanding Human Security
a) Human Security - meaning, definition, threats, UNGA/RES/66/290 of 2012
b) Asylum seekers, Stateless persons, Migrants & Refugees: the differences.
c) Role of United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) & the case of
Climate refugees

MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)
Sr. No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given Semester 15
3 One Essay test held in the given Semester 05
Total 40

Tasks /Assignments (Any Two)
1) Conduct a mock UN, pass a resolution on a relevant theme
2) Conduct a Civic awareness campaign on - Vaccine Inequality, climate refugees
3) Maintain a political diary during the semester (collect articles and news items on course
contents and write your detailed comments).
4) Debate on Role of WHO & Nation -States in management of pandemics,
5) Organise/interview dignitaries from embassies, high commissions, MEA for interactive
sessions/ talks.



References :

 Arora, P. (1996) International Politics, New Delhi: Cosmos Book Hive Pvt. Ltd.
 Basu, R. (2012) International Politics: Concepts, Theories and Issues, New Delhi: Sage
Publications India 

Page 566

563  Baylis, J. & Smith, S. (2020) The Globalisation of World Politics: An Introduction to
International Relations. 8th ed., New York: Oxford University Press
 Ghosh, P. (2009) International Relations, 5th ed., New Delhi: PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
 Heywood, A. (2015) Global Politics, London; New York: Palgrave Macmillan 
 Koser, K. (2007) International Migration: A Very Short Introduction, Oxford: Oxford
University Press
 Murthy, B.S. (2002) International Relations and Organization, Lucknow: Eastern Book
Company 
 Ravenhill, J. (eds.) (2008). Global Political Economy. Oxford: Oxford University Press
 Reus – Smit, C. & Snidal, D. (eds.) (2008) The Oxford Handbook of International
Relations, Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press 
 Broad, R. & Cavanagh, J. (2021) The Water Defenders: How Ordinary People Saved a
Country from Corporate Greed. Beacon Press. Boston.

Page 567

564 SEMESTER VIII
PART III- CURRICULUM AND PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES
CORE COURSE: WOMEN STUDIES

Total Credits: 06
Total Marks: 100 Marks
Learning Objectives:
1. To raise consciousness among learners who enroll for the course and to sensitize them
to address the gender issues in their everyday lives.
2. To create awareness of exclusion and discrimination
3. To comprehend Feminist theory
4. To analyze the contemporary approaches in Feminism
5. To understand the women’s movement in India.
6. To critically analyze gender -based violence, Economy, and issues at the workplace.
7. To build the learners’ capacity and to enable them to actively engage in discourses and
debates on gender issues.
8. To equip students to undertake research from a gender perspective.
9. To comprehend the role of law as an instrument of empowerment
10. To comprehend feminist research methodology.

Learning Outcomes:
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
1. Analyse the contemporary approaches in Feminism
2. Explain the women’s movement in India.
3. Critically analyze gender -based violence, Economy and issues at work place .
4. Undertake research from a gender perspective.
5. Undertake feminist research from a gender perspective.

MODULE I : BASIC CONCEPTS OF WOMEN STUDIES (2
Credits)

Unit 1: Basic Concepts and Gender Equality
a) Basic Concepts
i. Sex and gender, multiple identities, femininity, masculinity, parallel sexualities
ii. Patriarchy and structures of patriarchy: family and kinship, private and public, economy and
state
iii. Power, powerlessness, empowerment and subordination, sexual division of labour, personal
is political.

b) Equality, Rights and Empowerment
i. Approaches to gender equality (formal, substantive, protectionist, de jure and de facto)
ii.Gender equity and equality
iii.Rights vs. Needs


c) Exclusion and Discrimination
i. Engendering Citizenship and governance

Page 568

565 ii. Different forms of Exclusions and discriminations: Social, religious, economic and political,
differently -abled
iii. Inclusive policies and affirmative action

Unit 2 : Feminism Approaches and Theories
a) Feminist Theories
i. Liberal
ii.Socialist / Marxist
iii.Radical
b) Contemporary Approaches / Debates in Feminism
i. Post-modern
ii. Black feminism, post -colonial
iii.Multiculturalism
c) Feminism in India
i. Gandhian feminism
ii. Marxist and Socialist feminism
iii.Dalit feminism

Unit 3: Women’s Movements, Gender Based Violence and Law in India
a) The Women’s Movements in India
i. Phases in the women’s Movements -Social Reform, Freedom, Contemporary
women’s Rights movement.
ii. Women’s movements and the law
iii. Intersection of women’s movement with people movements

b) Gender -based Violence
i. Meaning, forms, and extent
ii. Violence by the family, community, and the state
iii. Intersectionalities of caste, class, race, ethnicity, disability, minority, religion, and
gender

c) Law as an Instrument of Empowerment and Disempowerment
i. Indian Constitution (substantive provisions, role of judiciary)
ii.Labour, Family, and Criminal justice system.
iii.Affirmative Actions, Gender laws and policies (restriction of women’s work
through protectionist/moralist approaches, anti -beggary, criminal tribes, land
acquisition, population control, dracon ian laws)

MODULE II : WOMEN’S DEVELOPMENT AND CHALLENGES
(2 Credits)
Unit 4: Emerging challenges and Trends: Gender in Politics and globalization
a) Women and Development
i. Women, Work and Livelihood (Formal, Informal Sectors, role of labor unions,
facilities for women at work)
ii. Property and Ownership, land, and housing rights.
iii.Education, health, and nutrition


b) Gender and Political Participation

Page 569

566 i. Overview of women’s participation, marginalization of minorities
(religious/linguistic / caste / ethnic/parallel sexuality)
ii. Reservation of seats in the union, state, and local government
iii.Political participation of sexual minorities and people with disability.

c) Emerging Challenges and Responses
i. Moral policing, honor killing, and acid attacks.
ii. Women in public space (sexual harassment at the workplace, acid attacks…)
iii.Cybercrimes and Cyber Safety.

Unit 5 : Gender Issues and Globalisation
a) Gender and Economy
i. Women as Workers, Gender & Inequality in Labor Market
ii.Gender Inequality in Labor Market, Unorganised Sector,
iii.Women in Indian Planning

b) Gender and Globalisation
i. Globalization and its impact on gender
ii. Concentration of women in the informal sector and feminization of
occupations
iii. Working conditions in the unorganized sector Issues of wage
discrimination and exploitation

c) Gender Issues at the Workplace
i. Women's participation in organised sector
ii. Gender Discrimination, Marginalization and Glass Ceiling
iii. Gender issues at the work place

Unit 6 : Researches from Gender Perspectives
a) Research Methodology
Introduction, Quantitative and Qualitative Studies, Types of Research Design,
Research Problem, Sampling, Data Generation and Presentation
b) Feminist Research Methodology
Feminist Perspectives and Knowledge Building, Encountering Methods in Feminist
Research, Analytic Framework, Feminist Research Praxis, Feminist writing.
c) Project Management
Identifying issues, relevant materials, and funding agencies for the project,
Implementation of the project, Monitoring and evaluating the project, Support
system after the completion of the project, and Impact Assessment.

Page 570

567 MODULE III : INTERNAL ASSESSMENT (2 Credits)

Sr. No Particulars Marks
1 Task/Assignment/ Activity for each module held in the
semester (2X10) 20
2 One periodical class test held in the given Semester 15
3 One Essay test held in the given Semester 05
Total 40

Task/Assignments (Any Two)
1) Role Play on Gender and political participation
2) Street play on Equality, Rights and Empowerment of Women
3) Debates on contemporary Approaches in Feminism
4) Powerpoint presentation on Gender based violence.
5) write a essay on role of law as a instrument of empowerment

References:
 Alam, Aftab (ed.), Human Rights in India: Issues and Challenges
(NewDelhi: Raj Publications, 1999)
 Bajwa, G.S. and D.K. Bajwa, Human Rights in India: Implementation and
Violations (New Delhi : D.K. Publishers, 1996)
 Basu, Durga Das, Human Rights in Constitutional law (New Delhi: Prentice Hall 1994)
 Baxi, Upendra, Future of Human Rights (2002)
 Bueren, Geraldine Van, International Law on the Rights of the Child (1995)
 Caney, Simon and Jones, Peter (eds.), Human Rights and Global Diversity (2001)
 Freeman, Michael, Human Rights : An Interdisciplinary Approach (2002)
 Gogia, S.P., Law relating to Human Rights (2000)
 Gupta D.N. and Singh, Chandrachur, Human Rights and Freedom of
Conscience: Some suggestions for its Development and Application (2001)
 Human Rights Law Network, Dalits and the Law (2005)
 Jhunjhunwala, Bharat (ed.) Governance and Human Rights (2002)
 Justice V.R. Krishana Iyer, Social Justice (Eastern Book Co., 1993)
 Lyer, Venkat (ed.), Democracy, Human Rights and the Rule of Law: Essayes in
Honour of Nani Palkivala (2000)
 Mani, V.S., Human Rights in India: An Overview (New Delhi: Institute for the
World Congress on Human Rights, 1998)
 Neera Burna, Child Labour (1994) Human Rights Law Network, Right to Food (2004)
 Nirmal, Chiranjivi J. (ed.), Human Rights in India: Historical, Social and
Political Perspective (2002)
 Paul, R.C. Situation of Human Rights in India (2000)
 Peter, S.E., Human Rights: Perspective and Challenges (New Delhi: Lancers Books,
1994)
 Polly Vizard, Poverty and Human Rights (OUP, 2006)
 Rai, Rahul, Monitoring International Human Rights (2002)
 Rao, D. Bhaskar (ed.), Human Rights and the Constitution: Vision and the Reality
(2003)
 Saksena, K.P. (ed.), Human Rights and the Constitution: Vision and the Reality (2003)
 Sen, Sankar, Human Rights and Law Enforcement (2002)
 Sinha, Manoj Kumar, Implementation of Basic Human Rights, (1999)

Page 571

568  Sreekumar, R. Handbook for Prison Visitors: Checking, Correcting and Preventing in
Prisons (2003)

Websites:
 https://www.suniv.ac.in/upload/Syllabus -
%20Certificate%20Course%20in%20Human%20rights%20&%20duties.pdf .
 https://ww.stxaviersthumba.org/content/images/common/humanrights _syllabus.pdf 






Signature: Signature:

Chairman of Board of Studies Faculty of Dean

Page 572

7 POINTS JUSTIFICATION FOR
B.A.B.ED. FOUR YEAR S INTEGRATDED COURSE

1. Necessity for starting the course: As per the NEP 2020 Integrated
Teacher Education programme is
vital to address the learning
flexibility and continuity.

2. Whether the UGC has
recommended the course: This course is recommended by the
UGC, 26th October 2021. सी.जी.-
डी.एल.-अ.-
26102021 -230728xxxGIDHxxx CG -
DL-E-26102021 -230728
3. Whether all the courses have
commenced from the academic
year 2019 -2020 (2022 -23):
Academic Year 2023 -24
4. The courses started by the
University are self -financed,
whether adequate number of
eligible permanent faculties are
available?: the courses haven’t started yet, but
the course can be self - financed and
each college will have the
necessary faculty for the same.
5. To give details regarding the
duration of the Course and is it
possible to compress the course?: The course is Integrated Teacher
Education Programme and the
duration is 4 years. It consists of
Degree and Education as a dual
degree programme but Integrated as
one Programme. It comprises of
theory and practical of the
graduation and education
programme . It has 20 weeks of
Internship, community and electives
of both the programme.
6. The intake capacity of each course
and no. of admissions given in the
current academic year: The intake capacity of each course
and no. of admissions given in the
current academic year (2019 -20).
Intake capacity 50 per unit.
Admission is not commenced yet.
7. Opportunities of Employability /
Employment available after
undertaking these courses: Yes educational opportunities in
schools and colleges, educational
opportunities, research analyst,
curriculum and content writers


Signature:




Chairman, Board of Studies